Living in Britain
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Living in Britain
Results from the
2000/01 General
Household Survey
Alison Walker
Joanne Maher
Melissa Coulthard
Eileen Goddard
Margaret Thomas
London: The Stationery Office
i
Living in Britain
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
© Crown copyright 2001.
Published with the permission of the Controller of
Her Majesty’s Stationery Office (HMSO).
A National Statistics publication
National Statistics are produced to high professional
standards set out in the National Statistics Code of
Practice. They undergo regular quality assurance
reviews to ensure that they meet customer needs.
They are produced free from any political interference.
ISBN 0 11 621479 1
ISSN 1469 2759
Applications for reproduction should be submitted to
HMSO under HMSO’s Class Licence:
www.clickanduse.hmso.uk
Alternatively applications can be made in writing to:
HMSO
Licensing Division
St. Clement’s House
2-16 Colegate
Norwich
NR3 1BQ
Contact points
For enquiries about this publication, contact
Lesley Sanders:
Tel:
020 7533 5444
E-mail: [email protected]
To order this publication, call The Stationery Office
on 0870 600 5522. See also back cover.
For general enquiries, contact the National Statistics
Public Enquiry Service on 0845 601 3034
(minicom: 01633 812399)
E-mail: [email protected]
Fax:
01633 652747
Letters: Room DG/18, 1 Drummond Gate,
London SW1V 2QQ
You can also find National Statistics on the internet –
go to www.statistics.gov.uk.
This report is available on the web
www.statistics.gov.uk/lib
About the Office for National Statistics
The Office for National Statistics (ONS) is the
government agency responsible for Compiling,
analysing and disseminating many of the United
Kingdom’s economic, social and demographic
statistics, including the retail prices index, trade
figures and labour market data, as well as the
periodic census of the population and health
statistics. The Director of ONS is also the National
Statistician and the Registrar General for England
and Wales, and the agency that administers the
registration of births, marriages and deaths there.
ii
Living in Britain
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Contents
page
Acknowledgements
Notes to Tables
1
Introduction
An overview of the General Household Survey
The 2000/01 survey
Content of the interview
Usual alcohol consumption in the last 12 months
Social capital
Informal carers
Weighting and grossing
Disseminationg the results
Content of the report
The availability of unpublished data
2
A summary of changes over time
Households
Families with dependent children
People
Housing tenure
Cars
Consumer durables
Marriage and cohabitation
Pensions
Self-reported illness
Use of health services
Smoking
Drinking
Maximum daily amount drunk last week
Weekly alcohol consumption level
3
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
7
Households, families and people
Household size and composition
One person households
Households with two or more adults
Households and families with dependent children
Number of dependent children
Age of youngest child
Stepfamilies
Household income
9
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
iii
Living in Britain
Contents
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
People
Socio-economic group
Ethnic group
Tables 3.1-3.21
4
Housing and consumer durables
Tenure - trends over time
Characteristics of tenure groups
Owner occupiers
Social renters
Private renters
Persons per room
Cars and vans
Consumers durables - trends over time
Consumer durables and socio-economic group
Consumer durables and gross weekly income
Consumer durables and household type
Consumer durable and lone parent families
Tables 4.1-4.24
5
63
63
64
64
65
65
65
65
65
67
General health and use of health services
Self reported health
Chronic sickness
Acute sickness
iv
49
49
50
51
51
51
51
52
52
53
Occupational and personal pension schemes
Pension scheme membership among employees
Membership of current emplyer’s pension scheme
Trends in membership of an occupational pension scheme
Socio-economic group and pension scheme membership
Income and pension scheme membership
Length of time with current employer and pension scheme membership
Size of establishment and pension scheme membership
Industry and pension scheme membership
Personal pension arrangements among the self-employed
Tables 6.1-6.11
7
27
27
27
28
28
28
28
29
29
30
30
31
32
Marriage and cohabitation
Marital status
Current cohabitation
Current cohabitation and trends over time among women
Dependent children and current cohabitation among women
Past cohabitations which did not end in marriage
Previous cohabitations by current marital status
First cohabitations which did not end in marriage
Duration of past cohabitations not ending in marriage
End of previous cohabitations
Tables 5.1-5.13
6
12
12
12
14
75
75
76
Living in Britain
Contents
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Self-reported sickness, socio-economic group and economic activity status
Self-reported sickness and regional variations
Details of longstanding conditions
Use of health services
General Practitioner (GP) consultations
Practice nurse consultations
Children’s use of other health services
Hospital visits
Tables 7.1-7.33
8
82
Smoking
The reliability of smoking estimates
The effect of weighting on the smoking data
Targets for the reduction of smoking
Trends in the prevalence of cigarette smoking
Trends in the prevalence of smoking among men and women
Regional variation in cigarette smoking
Cigarette smoking and socio-economic group
Cigarette smoking and economic activity status
Cigarette consumption
Cigarette type
Tar level
Cigar and pipe smoking
Age started smoking
Dependence on cigarette smoking
Tables 8.1-8.35
9
76
77
77
78
78
79
80
107
107
107
107
108
109
109
110
111
111
111
112
112
112
115
Drinking
Measuring alcohol consumption
Frequency of drinking during the last week
Maximum daily amount drunk last week
Daily drinking and sex, age and marital status
Daily drinking and weekly alcohol consumption level
Daily drinking and socio-economic group
Regional variation in daily drinking
Weekly alcohol consumption level
Trends in weekly alcohol consumption level
Weekly alcohol consumption level and socio-economic group
Tables 9.1-9.20
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix C
Appendix D
Appendix E
Appendix F
Appendix G
139
139
140
140
142
142
143
143
143
144
145
163
175
181
195
203
207
253
v
Living in Britain
Acknowledgements
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Acknowledgements
We would like to thank everybody who contributed
to the Survey and the production of this report. We
were supported by our specialist colleagues in ONS
who were responsible for sampling, fieldwork, coding and editing. In particular, thanks go to Steven
Connor our web consultant.
Our thanks also go to colleagues who supported us
with administrative duties. Particular thanks are
due to the interviewers who worked on the 2000
survey, and to all those members of the public who
gave their time and co-operation.
vi
Living in Britain
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Notes to Tables
1. Harmonised outputs: where appropriate,
tables including marital status, living
arrangements, ethnic groups, tenure, economic
activity, accommodation type, length of residence
and general health have adopted the harmonised
output categories described in the publication
‘Harmonised Concepts and Questions for
Government Social Surveys’ London: ONS (1996).
However, where data from the 2000 survey has been
combined with data from earlier years to provide
sufficient sample size for analysis and where long
established time series are shown, harmonised
outputs may not have been used.
2. Classification variables: variables such as age
and income, are not presented in a standard form
throughout the report partly because the groupings
of interest depend on the subject matter of the
chapter, and partly because many of the trend series
were started when the results used in the report had
to be extracted from tabulations prepared to meet
different departmental requirements.
3. Nonresponse and missing information: the
information from a household which co-operates
in the survey may be incomplete, either because of a
partial refusal (eg to income), or because information was collected by proxy and certain questions
omitted because considered inappropriate for
proxy interviews (eg marriage and income data), or
because a particular item was missed because of
lack of understanding or an error.
Household and individuals who did not co-operate
at all are omitted from all the analyses; those who
omitted whole sections (eg marriages) because they
were partial refusals or interviewed by proxy are
omitted from the analyses of that section. The ‘no
answers’ arising from omission of particular items
have been excluded from the base numbers shown in
the tables and from the bases used in percentaging.
The number of ‘no answers’ is generally less than
0.5% of the total and at the level of precision used on
GHS the percentages for valid answers are not
materially affected by the treatment of ‘no answers’.
Socio-economic group and income variables are
the most common variables which have too many
missing answers to ignore.
4. Base numbers: Very small bases have been
avoided wherever possible because of the relatively
high sampling errors that attach to small numbers.
In general, percentage distributions are shown if the
base is 50 or more. Where the base is 20-49, the
percentages are shown in square brackets. For some
analysis several years data have been combined to increase the sample size to enable appropriate analysis.
5. Percentages: A percentage may be quoted in the
text for a single category that is identifiable in the
tables only by summing two or more component
percentages. In order to avoid rounding errors, the
percentage has been recalculated for the single
category and therefore may differ by one percentage
point from the sum of the percentages derived from
the tables.
The row or column percentages may add to 99% or
101% because of rounding.
6. Conventions: The following conventions have
been used within tables:
.. data not available
-
category not applicable
0 less than 0.5% or no observations
[] the numbers in square brackets are percentages
on a base of 20-49. See note 4.
7. Statistical significance: Unless otherwise
stated, changes and differences mentioned in the
text have been found to be statistically significant at
the 95% confidence level.
8. Mean: Throughout the report the arithmetic
term ‘mean’ is used rather than ‘average’. The
mean is a measure of the central tendency for
continuous variables, calculated as the sum of all
scores in a distribution, divided by the total
number of scores.
9. Weighting: All percentages and means
presented in the tables in the substantive chapters
are based on data weighted to compensate for
differential nonresponse. Both the unweighted and
weighted bases are given. The unweighted base
represents the actual number of people/households
in the specified group. The weighted base gives a
grossed up population estimate in thousands.
Trend tables show unweighted and weighted
figures for 1998 to allow direct comparison
between 1998 and 2000 and to give an indication of
the effect of the weighting. For the weighted data
(1998 and 2000) the weighted base (000’s) is the
base for percentages. Unweighted data (up to 1998)
are based on the unweighted sample.
1
Living in Britain
Acknowledgements
Chapter 1: Introduction
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Chapter 1
Introduction
The General Household Survey (GHS) is a multipurpose continuous survey carried out by the
Social Survey Division of the Office for National
Statistics (ONS) which collects information on a
range of topics from people living in private
households in Great Britain. The survey started in
1971 and has been carried out continuously since
then, except for breaks in 1997/98 (when the survey
was reviewed) and 1999/2000 when the survey was
re-developed.
An overview of the General Household
Survey
The main aim of the survey is to collect data on a
range of core topics, comprising: household and
family information; housing tenure and household
accommodation; consumer durables including
vehicle ownership; employment; education; health
and use of health services; smoking and drinking;
family information including marriage,
cohabitation and fertility; income; and
demographic information about household
members including migration. The information is
used by government departments and other
organisations for planning, policy and monitoring
purposes, and to present a picture of households,
families and people in Great Britain.
The GHS has documented the major changes in
households, families and people which have
occurred over the last 30 years. These include the
decline in average household size and the growth in
the proportion of the population who live alone,
the increase in the proportion of families headed by
a lone parent and in the percentage of people who
are cohabiting. It has also recorded changes in
housing, such as the growth of home ownership,
and the increasing proportion of homes with
household facilities and goods such as central
heating, washing machines, microwave ovens and
home computers. The survey also monitors trends
in the prevalence of smoking and drinking.
Fieldwork for the GHS is conducted on a financial
year basis1, with interviewing taking place
continuously throughout the year. A sample of
approximately 13,000 addresses is selected each
year from the Postcode Address File. All adults
aged 16 and over are interviewed in each
responding household. Demographic and health
information is also collected about children in the
household. For 2000/01, the survey response rate
was 67%, which yielded a sample size of 19,266
people of all ages (see Appendix B).
The survey is sponsored by ONS, the Department
of Health, Department of Transport, Local
Government and the Regions (formerly DETR),
the Department of Culture, Media and Sport; the
Department for Work and Pensions (formed from
the DSS and part of the DfEE); the Inland Revenue;
the Department for Education and Skills (formerly
part of DfEE); the Scottish Executive; the
Government Actuary’s Department; and a public
sector organisation, the Health Development
Agency.
The 2000/01 survey
The new millennium saw the introduction of many
enhancements to the methodology of the GHS and
a basic change to the way in which the survey is
planned and run. These improvements were all
designed within the basic proviso that there should
be no loss to the sets of time series data which have
built up since the inception of the survey.
Content of the interview
The review of the GHS carried out in 1997 concluded that the survey should be re-launched from
April 2000 with a different design. The survey was
suspended during 1999 to carry out development
work for the new survey. This work was described
in the report of the 1998 survey and is reproduced
in Appendix E.
From April 2000, the survey consists of two
elements: the Continuous Survey and trailers. The
Continuous Survey is to remain unchanged for the
five-year period April 2000-March 2005, apart
from essential changes to take account of, for
example, changes in benefits. It consists of a
household questionnaire, to be answered by the
Household Reference Person (see Appendix A) or
spouse, and an individual questionnaire to be
completed by all adults aged 16 and over resident in
the household. The household questionnaire
covers the following topics:
■
■
■
demographic information about household
members
household and family information
household accommodation
1
Living in Britain
Chapter 1: Introduction
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
■
■
■
housing tenure
consumer durables including vehicle ownership
migration.
The individual questionnaire includes sections on:
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
employment
pensions
education
health and use of health services
smoking
drinking in the last seven days
family information including marriage,
cohabitation and fertility history
income.
As in previous years, the GHS retains its modular
structure, which allows a number of trailers to be
included each year to a plan agreed by sponsoring
Departments. The trailers included in 2000/1
survey were:
■
■
■
usual alcohol consumption in the last 12
months
social capital
informal carers.
Usual alcohol consumption in the last 12
months
The continuous element of the GHS includes
questions about alcohol consumption on the
heaviest day during the week prior to interview.
These questions were introduced in 1998 following
the publication, in 1995, of an inter-departmental
review of drinking (see Chapter 9). Also included
in 1998 was the measure which had been in use
since 1984 based on average weekly consumption
over the past year. During the review of the GHS it
was agreed that data required to continue this trend
series would be collected every two years in the
form of a trailer.
Social capital
Recent evidence suggests that social approaches to
the organisation and delivery of public health may
have considerable potential for health
improvement2, particularly for those that suffer
most disadvantage in society. The evidence base for
moving forward in this field is however somewhat
limited. The concept of social capital is a relatively
new addition to the health field but has been put
forward as one coherent construct which will
contribute to the debate about the general
importance of social approaches to public health.
The key indicators of social capital include social
relationships, social support, formal and informal
2
social networks, group membership, trust,
reciprocity and community and civic engagement.
As part of a wide programme of work on social
capital, the Health Development Agency (HDA,
formerly the Health Education Authority)
commissioned SSD in partnership with the
University of Surrey (UniS) to develop a module of
questions on social capital for inclusion in the
2000/1 GHS.
UniS carried out a programme of cognitive
interviewing in August 1999 to explore respondents’
understanding of some of the key concepts
underlying the dimensions of social capital and to
test a set of questions drawn up jointly by the HDA,
SSD and UniS. These were then piloted prior to
inclusion in the 2000/01 survey.
The module, which takes 10-15 minutes to
administer, was addressed to one randomly selected
adult aged 16 or over in each responding
household. It includes questions designed to
measure the several dimensions of social capital,
including respondents’ views of their
neighbourhood, reciprocity and trust, civic
engagement, social networks and social support.
The results from this work are contained in a
separate report to be published in early 2002. A
user guide to the questions was published in 2001.3
A user guide to the analysis of the questions is due
to be published at the end of 2001.
The GHS social capital question set and data form
part of a cross-government review, conducted by
ONS, of social capital research. The GHS is the first
major government survey to collect such data and
as such has achieved international recognition.
Informal carers
The GHS is the main source of national data on
informal caring. Modules of questions have been
run since 1985 on a periodic basis, most recently in
1995. The module has been streamlined and new
questions asking about the effect of caring on
respondents’ health and social life have been added.
For the first time, the 2001 Census included a
question on informal carers, using a question
which related closely to those used in the GHS, thus
allowing comparisons to be made between the two
sets of data. The results from the GHS trailer on
informal carers are to be published in a separate
report due out early in 2002. It should also be noted
that informal carers identified through the GHS
sample were asked to take part in a further study,
conducted by SSD on behalf of the Department of
Health, to investigate their health and well-being.
The results are to be published in 2002.
Living in Britain
Chapter 1: Introduction
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Weighting and grossing
Content of the report
A major methodological change for the 2000/01
data set is the introduction of weighting and
grossing.
The report is based on the data collected by the
GHS in 2000/01 and provides information across a
wide range of topics. Also included are a number of
tables presenting data on trends and changes
measured by the GHS since it began.
The GHS, unlike other major ONS surveys (for
example the Family Expenditure Survey and the
Labour Force Survey), has not been weighted for
nonresponse bias nor grossed to population values
in the past because of the complexity of the data.
The simplified data structure created in response to
the review of 1997 and developments in household
grossing techniques and software, such as Calmar
or Bascula, provide the opportunity to weight and
gross GHS data for the first time.
In summary grossing and weighting can :
■
■
■
■
■
reduce nonresponse biases;
reduce variance of estimates;
improve precision for a wide range of social
survey estimates;
provide a consistent set of grossing and
weighting figures (rather than different
individuals developing their own weights which
may give differing results);
bring the GHS in line with other surveys and
the recommendation of the GSS Task Force on
Weighting and Estimation.4
The main analysis is presented in Chapters 2-10.
■
■
■
Technical information is provided in the appendices. These include:
■
■
■
■
■
■
A dual weighting scheme has been introduced.
First, weighting to compensate for nonresponse in
the sample based on known under-coverage in the
Census-linked study of nonresponse.5 Second, the
(weighted) sample has been weighted (grossed) up
to match known population distributions (as used
in the Labour Force Survey). The substantive chapters of the report present data for 2000/1 in
weighted form only, to prevent confusion that may
arise from the presentation of two different figures
(weighted and unweighted) for the same estimate.
For further details of the weighting see Appendix D.
Details of presentation of the data in report tables
can be found in ‘Notes to tables’.
Disseminating the results
The GHS 2000/01 ‘Living in Britain’ report is the
first major ONS report to be published as a web
designed publication. The ‘Living in Britain’ report
of the 2000/1 survey was selected as a prototype for
the development of a content management system
suitable for use across the entire National Statistics
website. This is the first major ONS report to be
published first as a web document and second in
paper.
Chapter 2 presents an overview of change.
Chapters 3 to 9 cover information relating to
the different topics included in the GHS.
Chapter 10 presents analysis of the data for
population groups disadvantaged in terms of
employment.
■
a glossary of definitions and terms used
throughout the report and useful notes on how
these have changed over time (A);
information about the sample design and response (B);
sampling errors including a comparison with
1998 (C);
weighting and grossing (D);
a description of the development work for the
2000/01 survey (E);
the household and individual questionnaires
used in 2000, excluding self-completion forms
and prompt cards (F);
a list of the main topics covered by the survey
since 1971 (G).
The web publication includes extra technical information including the full papers describing the
methodological improvements carried out for
the 2000/01 survey.
The availability of unpublished data
Unpublished GHS data can be made available to
researchers, for a charge, if resources are available,
and provided that confidentiality of informants is
preserved. Any work based on the GHS data is the
responsibility of the individuals concerned, but
ONS should be given the opportunity to comment
in advance on any report or paper using GHS data,
whether prepared for publication or for a lecture,
conference or seminar.
In addition, copies of GHS datasets are available for
specific research projects, subject to similar
conditions, through the Data Archive at the
University of Essex.6
The 1998 report was made available on the web in pdf
format shortly after publication of the paper version.
3
Living in Britain
Chapter 1: Introduction
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Notes and references
1 Prior to 1988 fieldwork was conducted on a calendar year basis.
2 Gillies P. The effectiveness of partnerships and
alliances for health promotion. Health
Promotion International (1998) vol 13. no 2.
3 Coulthard M, Walker A and Morgan A.
Assessing people’s perceptions of their
neighbourhood and community involvement.
Part 1: A guide to questions for use in the
measurement of social capital based on the
General Household Survey module. Health
Development Agency 2001. The web address is:
http;//www.hda-online.org.uk/downloads/
pdfs/peopleperceptions.pdf
4 Elliot, D. Report of the Task Force on Weighting
and Estimation GSS methodology Series 1999.
5 Foster, K. The General Household Survey report
of the 1991 census-linked study of survey nonrespondents. OPCS (unpublished paper 1994).
6 For further information, contact:
Data Archive
University of Essex
Wivenhoe Park
Colchester
Essex
CO4 3SQ
Tel: 01206 872 001
Fax: 01206 872 003
e-mail: [email protected]
4
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: A summary of changes over time
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Chapter 2
A summary of changes over time
Since it was established in 1971 the GHS has
monitored changes in the demographic, social and
economic characteristics of households, families
and people in Great Britain. Among the key
changes which have been measured by the survey
are:
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
a decline in household size and changes in
household composition;
a growth in the proportion of lone-parent
families;
an increase in the proportion of people living
alone;
an increase in the proportion of people who are
cohabiting;
an increase in home ownership and a decline in
the proportion of households living in social
housing;
an increase in the household availability of
consumer durables;
an increase in the prevalence of self-reported
longstanding illness or disability;
a decline in the prevalence of smoking;
changes in the proportion of respondents
belonging to occupational pension schemes.
This chapter presents an overview of some of the
main changes which the GHS has measured
between 1971 and 2000. More detailed analyses of
life in Britain in 2000 are given in subsequent
chapters. Changes and additions to question
wording mean that the time period for which
information is available varies between topics. The
introduction of weighting for non response in 2000
has had a small effect on some of the trend data.
Details can be found in Appendix D. Where
comparisons are made between 1998 and 2000 in
this chapter the figures for both years are weighted.
Households
Over the last 30 years, household size has declined
from an average of 2.91 persons in 1971 to 2.48 in
1991, then more slowly to 2.30 in 2000.
There have also been marked changes in household
composition, with increases in the proportion of
one-person households, and of households headed
by a lone parent. Between 1971 and 2000, the
proportion of one-person households overall has
almost doubled, from 17% to 32%, and the
proportion consisting of one person aged 16-59 has
more than tripled, from 5% to 16%. The
proportion of elderly people living alone has
remained stable since the mid 1980s but, among
those aged 25 to 44, the proportion increased from
5% in 1985 to 12% in 2000.
The proportion of households containing a
married or cohabiting couple with dependent
children declined from 31% of all households in
1979 to 25% in 1991 and then decreased more
gradually to 21% in 2000. Households with
dependent children headed by a lone parent
showed the reverse trend, rising from 4% of all
households in 1979, to 7% in 1993 and remaining
at this level thereafter.
Families with dependent children
Changes in family composition show the same
pattern as those in household composition, Thus,
there has been a steady decline in the proportion of
families with dependent children headed by a
married or cohabiting couple and a corresponding
increase in the proportion headed by a lone parent.
Whereas couple families accounted for 92% of all
families in 1971, they comprised 78% of families in
1993 and 74% in 2000. Most of the growth in loneparent families has been among lone mothers,
lone-father families accounting for 1-3% of all
families throughout the lifetime of the GHS. The
proportion of families headed by a lone mother
rose from 7% in 1971 to 23% in 2000. The
proportion headed by a single (never-married)
mother increased from 1% in 1971 to 11% in 2000
while the proportion headed by a divorced or
separated mother rose from 4% to 12%, during the
same period.
People
Over the last 30 years, the most marked
demographic trend among people living in Britain
has been the ageing of the population. The
proportion of people aged 75 and over 1 almost
doubled from 4% in 1971 to 7% in 1991 but has
shown no change since then.
Chapter 3
Housing tenure
There has been a marked increased in home
ownership over the last 30 years. About a half of all
households were owner occupiers in 1971. This
proportion increased to about two thirds in the
1980s since when the increase has levelled off and,
5
Living in Britain
Chapter 2: A summary of changes over time
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
in 2000, 68% of households were owner occupiers.
There was a corresponding decline in the 1980s in
the proportion of households living in social
housing, from about a third to about a quarter of
all households. These opposing trends are partly
attributable to the ‘Right to buy’ legislation in the
early 1980s. The downward trend in the number of
council tenants continued during the 1990s as
council properties in some areas were transferred
to housing associations (now more correctly
described as ‘Registered Social Landlords’ or
‘RSLs’). Thus, between 1989 and 2000, the
proportion of council tenants decreased from 24%
to 16% while the proportion renting from a
housing association rose from 2% to 6% .
Cars
Car ownership has risen steadily over the lifetime
of the GHS with the 1980s recording the steepest
increase. The proportion of households with access
to a car or van rose from 52% in 1972 to 59% in
1981 rising to 68% in 1991 and then to 73% in
2000. The proportion of households with two or
more cars tripled, from 9% in 1972 to 28% in 2000.
In recent years there has also been an increase in
three-car households, the proportion rising from
4% in 1996 to 6% in 2000.
Consumer durables
The availability of some consumer goods, such as
televisions, has always been high, and is now almost
universal. Others started at relatively high levels in
1972, and quickly became even more widespread;
for example, 73% of households had a refrigerator
in 1972, a proportion which had risen to 92% by
the end of the 1970s. Other household amenities
and items were available to only a minority of
households when the GHS first asked about them,
but are now widespread. For example, whereas
only 37% of households had central heating and
42% a telephone in 1972, the proportions had risen
to 92% and 98% respectively by 2000. The
proportion of households with access to more
recently introduced items, such as microwave
ovens, tumble driers and dishwashers is still
growing.
Household access to some entertainment items has
been particularly rapid. In 1983, 18% of
households had a video recorder, a proportion
which had risen to 88% in 2000. The availability of
CD players rose five-fold from 15% of households
in 1989 to 77% in 2000. More recently, between
1998 and 2000 there were sharp increases in the
availability of home computers, from 34% to 45%,
and satellite, cable and digital television receivers,
from 29% to 40%. Internet access at home was
6
measured for the first time in the GHS in 2000 - a
third of all households had such access. Chapter 4
Marriage and cohabitation
Much of the longer term trend data about marriage
and cohabitation in the GHS refers to women aged
18 to 49. Between 1979 and 2000, the proportion of
women aged 18 to 49 who were married declined
from nearly three quarters (74%) to just over a
half (51%). In contrast, over the same period, the
proportion of single women in this age group
almost doubled from 18% to 35%.
Among single women aged 18 to 49, the
proportion who were cohabiting at the time of
interview almost quadrupled, from less than one in
ten (8%) in 1979 to almost one in three (31%) in
1998 but there was no further change to 2000. The
proportion of divorced women who were
cohabiting rose from one in five (20%) in 1979 to
over a third (35%) in 2000.
Among both men and women aged 16 to 59
reported past cohabitations which did not end in
marriage showed an increase over time. Among
men currently aged 16 to 59, 2% reported starting
such a cohabitation in the 1960s. In the 1970s this
figure was 12% compared to 37% in the 1980s and
47% in the 1990s. The equivalent figures for
women were 1%, 10%, 41% and 47%. Chapter 5
Pensions2
Between 1989 and 2000 the proportion of fulltime male employees belonging to their employer’s
scheme decreased from 64% to 54% reflecting the
decline in the proportion of employees who were
offered a pension by their employer. Over the same
period, participation in employer schemes among
full-time female employees rose slightly from 55%
to 58% and among female part-time employees the
level doubled from 15% to 31%. This upward trend
among female employees is the result of an increase
in the proportion of women joining a scheme
provided by their employer, rather than an increase
in the proportion of employers providing such a
scheme.
Chapter 6
Self-reported illness
The prevalence of self-reported longstanding
illness has increased over the lifetime of the GHS
rising from 21% of adults and children in 1972 to
32% in 2000. The proportion reporting a
longstanding illness increased steadily during the
1970s but has since fluctuated between 29% and
35%, with no clear pattern over time. The
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: A summary of changes over time
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
prevalence of limiting longstanding illness has
shown a similar trend although the overall increase
has been smaller: the proportion reporting a
condition which limited their activities rose from
15% in 1975 to 19% in 2000. Reports of chronic
sickness are based on respondents’ own
assessments; increases in prevalence may reflect
increased expectations which people have about
their health as well as changes in the actual
prevalence of sickness.
2000, 29% of men and 25% of women were
cigarette smokers.
The proportions reporting an acute sickness in the
14 days before interview also increased in the
1970s, from 8% of adults and children in 1972 to
12% in 1981. Prevalence remained fairly stable
during the 1980s but then increased slightly in the
early 1990s, and has ranged between 14% and 16%
since 1993.
Use of health services
The upward trends in the prevalence of chronic
and acute conditions have been accompanied by an
increase in the use of some health services. The
proportion of adults and children who had seen a
GP in the 14 days prior to interview rose from 12%
in 1972 to a peak of 17% in 1993 and then fell to
14% in 1998 and 2000. There were also upward
trends in hospital outpatient and day-patient rates.
Thus, the proportion of people visiting an
outpatient or casualty department at least once in
the three months prior to interview rose from 10%
in 1972 to 16% in 2000, while the proportion
attending as a day patient in the 12 months prior to
interview increased from 4% in 1992 to 7% in 2000.
The proportion reporting an inpatient stay in the
12 months prior to interview has fluctuated
between 8% and 10% since 1982 when it was first
monitored.
Chapter 7
Smoking
The prevalence of cigarette smoking fell
substantially in the 1970s and the early 1980s from 45% in 1974 to 35% in 1982. The rate of
decline then continued more slowly until the early
1990s when there was a levelling out. Between 1996
and 1998 and between 1998 and 2000 there was a
decline in the prevalence level - although neither
difference was statistically significant it confirms
that there is still an overall downward trend.
In the 1970s, men were much more likely than
women to be smokers - in 1974, for example, 51%
of men, compared with 41% of women, smoked
cigarettes. Since then, the difference in smoking
prevalence between men and women has reduced,
although it has not disappeared completely. In
Throughout the 1990s, the prevalence of cigarette
smoking was highest among those aged 20 to 24.
Between 1998 and 2000, however, prevalence fell in
this age group from 40% to 35%, the same level as
among 25 to 34 year olds.
The GHS has consistently shown that cigarette
smoking is considerably more prevalent among
those in manual groups than among those in nonmanual groups. In the 1970s and 1980s, the
prevalence of cigarette smoking fell more sharply
among those in non-manual than in manual
groups. In the 1990s there was little further change
in the relative proportions smoking cigarettes until
2000, when, compared with 1998, there was a fall of
two percentage points in the prevalence of smoking
among both men and women in manual socioeconomic groups.
Chapter 8
Drinking
Two measures of alcohol consumption are used in
this report (one daily-based and the other weeklybased) reflecting the move from weekly to dailybased guidelines from the Department of Health in
1996. Thus, long term trend data is currently
available only for the weekly-based measures.
However, 2000 was the second year in which the
questions relating to maximum daily amount were
asked.
Maximum daily amount drunk last week
There were no significant changes between 1998
and 2000 in the proportions of men and women
who had exceeded the recommended number of
daily units on at least one day in the week prior to
interview. However, there was an increase in heavy
drinking among women: the proportion of women
who had drunk more than 6 units on at least one
day in the previous week rose from 8% in 1998 to
10% in 2000.
Weekly alcohol consumption level
During the 1990s there has been a slight increase in
overall alcohol consumption among men but much
more marked one among women. This pattern
continued in 2000 when mean consumption
among men rose by 0.3 units per week, from 17.1 in
1998 to 17.4 units, while mean consumption for
women rose by twice this amount, from 6.5 units in
1998 to 7.1 in 2000. In particular, weekly
consumption among young women increased
significantly between 1998 and 2000. Among
7
Living in Britain
Chapter 2: A summary of changes over time
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
women aged 16 to 24, the proportion drinking
more than 14 units rose from 25% in 1998 to 33%
in 2000 and their average weekly consumption rose
from 11.0 to 12.6.
Chapter 9
Notes and references
1 The GHS interviews all people aged 16 and over
in private households. This means that the
population figures presented here do not include
those living in institutions and residential homes.
2 The GHS has included questions on pensions
from time to time since 1971. A change in July 1988
in the rules governing personal pension
arrangements means, however, that a strictly
comparable time series on occupational pensions
can only be presented from 1988.
8
Living in Britain
Chapter 3: Households, Families and People
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Chapter 3
Households, families and people
Household size and composition
For nearly thirty years the GHS has provided data
about households, families and people. This
chapter looks at how the composition of
households and families has changed during this
time and describes the socio-economic groups and
ethnic backgrounds of the people in these
households.
■
■
■
Tables in this chapter look at three different levels
of data: households, the families who live within a
household and the people who comprise the
household.
■
In this first year of the new millennium the
average household in Britain contained 2.30
people.
Over the last three decades, average household
size has declined from 2.91 in 1971 to 2.70 in
1981 and 2.48 in 1991.
Just under one in three households contained
one person only1 (32%), and just over one in
three households contained either two people
(34%) or three or more people (35%).
74% of households comprised adults only and
26% included children aged less than 16.
Tables 3.1-3.2, Figures 3A-3B
Figure 3A Mean household size: Great Britain, 1971-2000
(data is not available for 1997 and 1999)
3.0
Mean household size
2.9
2.8
2.7
2.6
2.5
2.4
2.3
2.2
Unweighted data
20
00
19
98
19
98
19
95
19
96
19
93
19
91
19
89
19
87
19
85
19
83
19
81
19
79
19
77
19
75
19
73
19
71
0.0
Weighted data
Figure 3B Households by type of
household: Great Britain, 2000
Households
Other
3%
Married couple
with dependent
children 18%
Married couple with
no children or nondependent children
30%
Cohabiting
couple with
dependent
children
3%
One person only
32%
Lone parent with nondependent children only 2%
Cohabiting couple
with no or nondependent children
5%
Lone parent with
dependent children
7%
9
Living in Britain
Chapter 3: Households, Families and People
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
One person households
The proportion of one person households has
almost doubled since 1971 from 17% in that year to
32% in 2000. It is this increase that has had the
most significant effect on reducing the overall
average household size. Most of the increase can be
seen for households containing one adult aged 16
to 59 (from 5% in 1971 to 16% in 2000).
Tables 3.1-3.2
For adults aged 16 and over, 17% lived alone in
2000 with no change from the figure for 1998.
There was a long term rise in the proportion of
people aged 16 and over living alone from 9% in
1973 to 14% in 1991. There was then little change
over the decade, before showing a small rise in the
late 1990s.
The likelihood of living alone increased with age,
with 50% of those aged 75 and over 2 living alone
compared with 12% of those aged 25 to 44. Older
women are more likely to live alone than older
men: 60% of women aged 75 and over lived alone
compared with 33% of men. The proportion of
those aged 65 to 74 and 75 and over living alone has
remained relatively stable since the mid 1980s
while the proportion of those aged 25 to 44 has
increased from 5% to 12%.
Tables 3.3-3.4
Households with two or more adults
The size and composition of this type of household
has changed little since the late 1970s. In 2000, 42%
of households comprised 2 or more adults and no
children aged less than 16.
Table 3.2
The proportion of households consisting of a
married or cohabiting couple with no children of
any age has remained stable at around 28% from
the late 1970s to 2000, as has the proportion of
households containing two or more unrelated
adults (3% in 2000). The proportion of households
consisting of a married or cohabiting couple with
adult (non-dependent) children only has varied
slightly over this time but remained consistently at
6% since the mid 1990s.
Table 3.5
Households and families with dependent3
children
The proportion of households containing a
married or cohabiting couple and dependent
children has shown considerable change over the
last three decades. At the beginning of the 1980s
around 30% of households consisted of a married
or cohabiting couple and dependent children. This
declined to 25% by 1991. In 2000, 21% of
households in Britain contained a married or
cohabiting couple and dependent children, with
married couple households making up the larger
part of this group.
Table 3.5
Seven per cent of households contained a lone
parent and dependent children in 2000. In 1979
this group represented 4% of households and
increased slowly to 7% in 1993 since when there has
been no change.
Table 3.5
Table 3.6 shows these figures as a proportion of all
families with dependent children. The figures show
the same overall pattern as seen for households but
with a more evident increase in the proportion of
lone parent families. For example, the proportion
of married or cohabiting couple families with
dependent children decreased from 92% in 1971 to
74% in 2000, with a corresponding increase in lone
parent families from 8% in 1971 to 26%.
Figure 3C Families with dependent children by family type: Great Britain, 1971-2000
Married/cohabiting couple
80
60
40
Lone mother
20
Lone father
Unweighted data
10
20
00
19
98
19
98
19
95
19
93
19
91
19
89
19
87
19
85
19
83
19
81
19
79
19
77
19
75
19
73
0
19
71
Percentage of families with dependent children
(data is not available for 1972, 1974, 1976, 1978, 1980, 1982, 1997 and 1999)
100
Weighted data
Living in Britain
Chapter 3: Households, Families and People
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
As in previous years, in 2000 the majority of lone
parents were women; 23% of families with
dependent children were headed by a lone mother
compared with 3% headed by a lone father. Lone
mothers were more likely to be widowed, divorced
or separated than to be single (13% of families
headed by the former compared with 11% headed
by the latter) .
Table 3.6, Figure 3C
These figures are reflected by the proportions of
dependent children living in different types of
family. In 2000, 75% of dependent children lived in
a married or cohabiting couple family and 25% in a
lone parent family compared with 88% and 12%
respectively in 1981.
Twentyfive percent of children were the only
dependent child in their family in 2000. Table 3.7
Number of dependent children
In households containing families with dependent
children, the average number of dependent
children has remained stable at 1.8 since 1981. In
2000, there was little difference between the average
numbers of children in married couple families
and those in cohabiting couple families or lone parent families (1.8, 1.7 and 1.7 respectively).
Table 3.8
Age of youngest child
Based on aggregated data from 1998 and 2000,
families headed by a lone parent were less likely to
have a child under 5 than married or cohabiting
couple families (35% compared with 41%).
Lone fathers were more likely to have older children
than younger children; the youngest child was
under five in 13% of lone-father families, in 53% of
such families the youngest dependent child was
aged 10 to 15.
Table 3.9
■
■
Household income
There were marked differences in income between
different family types. Married couple families
with dependent children were the most likely of the
three family types to have a usual gross weekly
household income of more than £500, followed by
cohabiting couples with dependent children and
then lone parent families with dependent children.
■
The usual gross weekly household incomes of lone
parent families varied according to the marital
status and gender of the family head. Although the
numbers of lone fathers were relatively small (60),
there was a marked difference between their
incomes and those of lone mothers.
Stepfamilies
■
In 2000, 58% of married couple families with
dependent children had a gross weekly
household income of over £500. This
compared with 43% of cohabiting couples with
dependent children and 11% of lone-parent
families with dependent children.
While the majority of married or cohabiting
couples with dependent children had a gross
weekly household income over £500, nearly half of
lone parent families had incomes of £150 or less.
Among lone parent families, 45% had a usual gross
weekly household income of £150 or less compared
with 10% of married couple families and 15% of
cohabiting couple families.
■
The GHS asks respondents aged 16 to 59 whether
they have any stepchildren living with them. In
2000, the majority of stepfamilies in which there
was at least one dependent child from a previous
marriage or relationship consisted of a couple with
at least one child from the female partner’s
previous relationship. Three types of stepfamilies
were categorised:
9% of stepfamilies consisted of a couple with at
least one child from the male partner’s previous
relationship;
Stepfamilies containing at least one dependent
child from a previous marriage or relationship
of each partner were a much smaller group
within all stepfamily types, with 3% being of
this type.
Table 3.10
41% of lone fathers had a usual gross weekly
income over £400, compared with a15% of lone
mothers with this level of income.
Single lone mothers were particularly likely to have
low incomes:
■
31% of families headed by a single mother had a
usual gross weekly income of £100 or less,
compared to 11% of divorced lone mother
families and 13% of separated lone mother
families.
Table 3.11
88% of stepfamilies consisted of a couple with
at least one child from the female partner’s previous relationship;
11
Living in Britain
Chapter 3: Households, Families and People
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
People
The gradual ageing of the British population has
been reflected in the GHS sample since 1971. In
1971, 4% of people were aged 75 or over compared
with 7% in 1998. In 2000, this age group still
represented 7% of the population.
Almost two-thirds of those aged 75 and over were
women.
Tables 3.12-3.13
Socio-economic group
Men were more likely than women to be classified
in the professional group, 8% and 3% respectively
in 2000. There were also proportionately fewer
women in the employers and managers group than
men, 12% and 21% respectively in 2000 but the
proportion of women in this group has tripled
since 1975 when 4% of women were classified as
employers and managers.
The proportion of men in the skilled manual group
has declined since 1975 when 41% of men were in
this group. In 2000, 33% of men were in the skilled
manual socio-economic group.
Tables 3.14
Ethnic group
In 2000, 7% of people described themselves as
belonging to an ethnic minority group.
For the combined years 1996, 1998 and 2000,4 50%
of people in all ethnic groups were born in the UK
compared with 96% of those describing themselves
as White. The differences in the age distributions
within the ethnic groups reflects the patterns of
immigration in Britain.
Among people aged 25 or over, 34% of those
describing themselves as Black were born in the UK
compared with 14% of those describing themselves
as Indian and 13% of those describing themselves
as Pakistani or Bangladeshi.
Among those aged under 25, 81% of those
describing themselves as Black were born in the UK
compared with 91% of those describing themselves
as Indian and 78% of those describing themselves
as Pakistani or Bangladeshi. Table 3.16, Figure 3D
As has been seen in previous years, the Pakistani and
Bangladeshi population had the highest proportion
of children aged under 16, 38% compared with 30%
of the Black population, 27% of the Indian
population and 20% of the White population.
At the upper end of the age range the most marked
difference was between the White population and
each of the ethnic groups. Sixteen per cent of the
White population was aged 65 and over, compared
with 6% of the Indian population, 5% of the Black
population and 3% of the Pakistani and
Bangladeshi population. Age variation between
minority ethnic groups was evident when taking
into account all those aged 45 and over; around
14% of the Pakistani and Bangladeshi population
were in this age group compared with 24% of the
Indian population and 22% of the Black
population.
Tables 3.17-3.18
Of the three main ethnic minority groups, the
Pakistani and Bangladeshi population was the most
widely dispersed through the regions of England
with 26% in London, 21% in the West Midlands,
18% in the North West and 15% in the East
Midlands. In contrast, 69% of the Black population
lived in London.
Table 3.19
Figure 3D Percentage born in the UK by age and ethnic group:
Great Britain, 1996, 1998 and 2000 combined
100
Under 25
25 and over
Total
Percentage
80
60
40
20
0
White
12
Indian
Pakistani/
Bangladeshi
Black
Other ethnic
groups
All ethnic minority
groups
Living in Britain
Chapter 3: Households, Families and People
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
The average (mean) size of households in the
combined years 1996, 1998 and 2000 varied
according to the ethnic group of the head of
household.5
The average household size for Pakistani or
Bangladeshi households was the highest at 4.2
persons. For households headed by an Indian
householder the average household size was 3.3
persons. Black households averaged 2.5 persons
and those headed by a White householder, 2.3
persons.
Table 3.20
Notes and References
1 The introduction of weighting for nonresponse
has had a significant effect on the proportion of
one person households suggesting that the
increase seen over time has been slightly
underestimated in the past.
2 As the GHS interviews all people aged 16 and
over in private households, the figures
presented for those living alone aged 75 and
over does not take account of the proportion of
people in this age group who live in institutions
and residential homes.
3 Dependent children are persons aged under 16
or single persons aged 16 but under 19, in fulltime education, in the family unit and living in
the household.
4 Data for 1998 and 2000 have been weighted as
described in Appendix D with weights scaled to
1 (ie the average weight equals 1). Data for 1996
have all been given a weight of 1.
5 In 2000, the head of household (HOH)
definition was replaced by the household
reference person (HRP) -see Appendix A. This
combined years dataset uses HOH for 1996 and
1998 and HRP for 2000.
13
Living in Britain
Chapter 3: Households, Families and People
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 3.1 Household size: 1971 to 2000
(a) Households and (b) Persons
Number of persons in household
(all ages)
Great Britain
Unweighted
1971
1975
Weighted
1981
1985
1991
1993
1995
1996
1998
1998
2000
Percentage of households of each size
(a) Households
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
1
2
3
4
5
6 or more
17
31
19
18
8
6
20
32
18
17
8
5
22
31
17
18
7
4
24
33
17
17
6
2
26
34
17
16
6
2
27
35
16
15
5
2
28
35
16
15
5
2
27
34
16
15
5
2
29
36
15
14
5
2
31
34
16
14
4
2
32
34
15
13
5
2
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%*
Unweighted sample*
24,450
11988
12097
12006
9993
9955
9852
9758
9158
8636
24,845
8221
Average (mean) household size
2.91
2.78
2.70
2.56
2.48
2.44
2.40
2.43
2.36
2.32
2.30
Percentage of persons in households of each size
(b) Persons
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
1
2
3
4
5
6 or more
6
22
20
25
15
13
7
23
19
25
14
11
8
23
19
27
14
9
10
26
20
27
12
6
11
27
20
25
11
5
11
28
19
25
10
6
12
29
20
24
10
5
11
28
20
25
10
6
12
30
19
24
10
5
13
30
20
23
9
4
14
30
20
22
10
5
56,751
34849
33579
32410
25555
24657
24079
23385
22274
20396
57,106
19266
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%*
Unweighted sample*
* Trend tables show unweighted and weighted figures for 1998 to allow direct comparison between 1998 and 2000 and to give an indication of the effect of the weighting. For weighted
data (1998 and 2000) the weighted base (000’s) is the base for percentages. Unweighted data (up to 1998) are based on the unweighted sample.
14
Living in Britain
Chapter 3: Households, Families and People
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 3.2
Household type: 1971 to 2000
(a) Households and (b) Persons
Great Britain
Household type
Unweighted
1971
1975
Weighted
1981
1985
1991
1993
1995
1996
1998
1998
2000
Percentage of households of each type
(a) Households
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
1 adult aged 16-59
2 adults aged 16-59
Youngest person aged 0-4
Youngest person aged 5-15
3 or more adults
2 adults, 1 or both aged 60 or over
1 adult aged 60 or over
5
14
18
21
13
17
12
6
14
15
22
11
17
15
7
13
13
22
13
17
15
8
15
13
18
12
17
16
10
16
14
16
12
16
16
10
16
14
16
11
17
17
12
17
13
16
10
16
15
11
15
13
17
11
16
16
13
16
13
16
9
17
16
15
16
12
16
10
15
15
16
17
11
15
10
15
16
24,450
11934
12090
12006
9993
9955
9852
9758
9158
8636
24,845
8221
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%*
Unweighted sample*
Percentage of persons in each type of household
(b) Persons
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
1 adult aged 16-59
2 adults aged 16-59
Youngest person aged 0-4
Youngest person aged 5-15
3 or more adults
2 adults, 1 or both aged 60 or over
1 adult aged 60 or over
2
10
27
31
15
11
4
2
10
23
34
13
12
5
3
10
21
33
16
12
6
3
12
21
28
17
13
6
4
13
22
25
16
13
7
4
13
22
25
15
14
7
5
14
20
26
15
14
6
5
13
21
27
15
13
7
5
14
21
25
13
14
7
7
14
19
26
15
13
7
7
14
19
25
15
13
7
56,751
34720
33561
32410
25555
24657
24079
23385
22274
20396
57,106
19266
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%*
Unweighted sample*
* See the footnote to Table 3.1.
Table 3.3
Percentage living alone, by age: 1973 to 2000
All persons aged 16 and over
Great Britain
Percentage who lived alone
Unweighted
Weighted†
1973
1983
1987
1991
1993
1995
1996
1998
1998
2000
2
2
8
26
40
2
4
9
28
47
3
6
10
28
50
3
7
11
29
50
4
8
11
28
50
5
9
12
27
51
4
8
11
31
47
4
10
14
27
48
4
12
15
28
48
5
12
16
29
50
All aged 16 and over
9
11
12
14
14
15
14
16
17
17
Unweighted sample*
16-24
25-44
45-64
65-74
75 and over
3811
8169
7949
2847
1432
3498
7017
5947
2494
1490
3558
7418
5802
2389
1596
2819
7118
5493
2196
1603
2574
6875
5360
2303
1581
2318
6761
5615
2129
1451
2233
6489
5114
1943
1485
1885
5861
4892
1862
1374
1870
5393
4803
1672
1344
All aged 16 and over
24208
20446
20763
19229
18693
18274
17264
15874
15082
16-24
25-44
45-64
65-74
75 and over
* See the footnote to Table 3.1.
† Weighted bases are shown in Table 3.21.
15
Living in Britain
Chapter 3: Households, Families and People
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 3.4 Percentage living alone, by age and sex
All persons aged 16 and over
Great Britain: 2000
Percentage who lived alone
Men
Women
Total
16-24
25-44
45-64
65-74
75 and over
6
17
16
19
33
4
7
15
37
60
5
12
16
29
50
All aged 16 and over
All persons*
16
13
18
14
17
14
3,161
8,707
6,703
2,200
1,460
22,230
28,134
3,030
8,423
6,817
2,518
2,429
23,216
28,973
6,191
17,130
13,519
4,719
3,888
45,447
57,106
932
2544
2361
806
549
7192
9322
938
2849
2442
866
795
7890
9944
1870
5393
4803
1672
1344
15082
19266
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
16-24
25-44
45-64
65-74
75 and over
All aged 16 and over
All persons*
Unweighted sample
16-24
25-44
45-64
65-74
75 and over
All aged 16 and over
All persons*
* Including children.
16
Living in Britain
Chapter 3: Households, Families and People
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 3.5
Type of household: 1979 to 2000
(a) Households and (b) Persons
Household type
Great Britain
Unweighted
1979
Weighted
1985
1991
1993
1995
1996
1998
1998
2000
Percentage of households of each type
(a) Households
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
1 person only
23
24
26
27
28
27
29
31
32
3
4
3
3
2
3
2
3
3
31
7
27
28
8
27
25
8
28
24
7
28
24
6
29
25
6
28
23
6
30
22
6
28
21
6
28
Married couple
with dependent children
with non-dependent children
no children
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
23
6
25
20
5
26
19
6
24
18
6
24
Cohabiting couple
with dependent children
with non-dependent children
no children
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
3
0
4
3
0
4
3
0
5
3
0
5
Lone parent
with dependent children
with non-dependent children only
4
4
4
4
6
4
7
3
7
3
7
3
7
3
7
3
7
2
Two or more families
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
24,389
11454
9993
9955
9852
9738
9138
8617
24,787
8204
2 or more unrelated adults
Married/cohabiting couple
with dependent children
with non-dependent children only
no children
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%*
Unweighted sample*
Percentage of persons in each type of household
(b) Persons
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
1 person only
9
10
11
11
12
11
12
13
14
2 or more unrelated adults
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
3
49
9
20
45
11
21
41
11
23
41
9
23
40
9
25
42
9
24
39
8
26
38
9
25
36
9
25
Married couple
with dependent children
with non-dependent children
no children
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
37
9
21
34
8
22
33
8
21
32
9
21
Cohabiting couple
with dependent children
with non-dependent children
no children
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
4
0
3
5
0
4
5
0
4
5
0
4
Lone parent
with dependent children
with non-dependent children only
5
3
5
4
7
3
8
3
8
3
8
3
9
3
8
3
9
2
Two or more families
2
1
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
56,605
30546
25454
24657
24079
23325
22190
20350
56,955
19220
Married/cohabiting couple
with dependent children
with non-dependent children only
no children
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%*
Unweighted sample*
* See the footnote to Table 3.1.
See Appendix A for the definition of a household.
17
Living in Britain
Chapter 3: Households, Families and People
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 3.6
Family type, and marital status of lone mothers: 1971 to 2000
Families with dependent children*
Great Britain
Family type
Weighted
Unweighted
1971
1975
1981
1985
1991
1993
1995
1996
1998
1998
2000
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
92
90
87
86
81
78
78
79
75
76
74
Lone mother
single
widowed
divorced
separated
7
1
2
2
2
9
1
2
3
2
11
2
2
4
2
12
3
1
5
3
18
6
1
6
4
20
8
1
7
4
20
8
1
7
5
20
7
1
6
5
22
9
1
8
5
21
8
1
7
5
23
11
1
7
5
Lone father
1
1
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
All lone parents
8
10
13
14
19
22
22
21
25
24
26
7,182
4864
4776
4445
3348
3143
3145
3022
2975
2659
7,105
2464
Married/cohabiting couple†
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%**
Unweighted sample**
* Dependent children are persons under 16, or aged 16-18 and in full-time education, in the family unit, and living in the household.
† Including married women whose husbands were not defined as resident in the household.
** See the footnote to Table 3.1.
Table 3.7 Family type and number of dependent children: 1972 to 2000
Dependent children*
Great Britain
Percentage of all dependent children in each family type
Unweighted
1981
1985
1991
1993
1995
1996
1998
1998
2000
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
16
76
17
74
18
70
19
69
17
66
15
65
16
64
17
63
15
62
17
61
17
58
Lone mother with
1 dependent child
2 or more dependent children
2
5
3
6
3
7
4
7
5
12
6
12
5
14
5
13
6
15
6
13
7
15
Lone father with
1 dependent child
2 or more dependent children
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
12,799
9474
9293
8216
5966
5799
5794
5559
5431
4897
12,641
4499
Married/cohabiting couple with
1 dependent child
2 or more dependent children
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%†
Unweighted sample†
1972
1975
%
Weighted
* Dependent children are persons under 16, or aged 16-18 and in full-time education, in the family unit, and living in the household.
† See footnote to Table 3.1.
18
Living in Britain
Chapter 3: Households, Families and People
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 3.8
Average (mean) number of dependent children by family type: 1971 to 2000
Families with dependent children*
Family type
Great Britain
Average (mean) number of children
Unweighted
Weighted††
1971
1975
1981
1985
1991
1993
1995
1996
1998
1998
2000
Married/cohabiting couple†
Married couple
Cohabiting couple
Lone parent
2.0
..
..
1.8
2.0
..
..
1.7
1.9
..
..
1.6
1.8
..
..
1.6
1.9
..
..
1.7
1.9
..
..
1.7
1.9
..
..
1.7
1.9
1.9
1.7
1.7
1.9
1.9
1.7
1.7
1.8
1.8
1.7
1.6
1.8
1.8
1.7
1.7
Total: all families with dependent
children
2.0
1.9
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
4482
..
..
382
4864
4299
..
..
477
4776
3887
..
..
558
4445
2890
..
..
458
3348
2541
..
..
595
3136
2453
..
..
682
3135
2358
..
..
658
3016
2329
2086
243
635
2964
2004
1753
251
652
2656
Unweighted sample**
Married/cohabiting couple
Married couple
Cohabiting couple
Lone parent
Total
*
†
**
††
1804
1558
246
660
2464
Dependent children are persons aged under 16, or aged 16-18 and in full-time education, in the family unit, and living in the household.
Including married women whose husbands were not defined as resident in the household.
See footnote to Table 3.1.
Weighted bases are shown in Table 3.21.
Table 3.9
Age of youngest dependent child by family type
Families with dependent children*
Family type
Great Britain: 1998 and 2000 combined
Age of youngest dependent child
0-4
5-10
11-15
16 and
over
Unweighted
sample**
Total
%
Married/cohabiting
couple†
Lone mother
Lone father
All lone parents
%
%
%
%
41
38
13
35
26
30
27
30
26
26
53
29
7
6
8
6
3811
1187
125
1312
74
23
2
26
Total
%
39
27
27
7
5123
100
* Dependent children are persons aged under 16, or aged 16-18 and in full-time education, in the family unit, and living in the household.
† Including married women whose husbands were not defined as resident in the household.
** Weighted base not shown for combined data sets.
Table 3.10
Stepfamilies by family type
Stepfamilies with dependent children*
(Family head aged 16-59)
Great Britain: 2000
Type of stepfamily
%
Couple with child(ren) from the woman's previous marriage/
cohabitation
Couple with child(ren) from the man's previous marriage/
cohabitation
Couple with child(ren) from both partners' previous marriage/
cohabitation
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%†
Unweighted sample
87
5
7
165
* Dependent children are persons under 16, or aged 16-18 and in full-time
education, in the family unit, and living in the household.
† Base includes a small number of lone parents with stepchildren.
19
Living in Britain
Chapter 3: Households, Families and People
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 3.11 Usual gross weekly household income by family type
Families with dependent children*
Family type
Great Britain: 2000
Usual gross weekly household income
£0.01- £100.01 - £150.01 - £200.01 - £250.01 - £300.01 - £350.01 - £400.01 - £450.01 - £500.01
£100.00 £150.00 £200.00 £250.00 £300.00 £350.00 £400.00 £450.00 £500.00 and over
Married couple
%
Cohabiting couple %
Lone mother
%
Weighted
base
(000’s)
= 100%†
Unweighted
sample
6
9
20
4
6
26
3
5
13
3
6
8
3
3
6
5
9
6
5
8
6
6
4
2
5
8
2
58
43
10
3,474
653
1,549
1373
218
564
%
%
%
31
11
13
27
24
26
15
10
15
6
10
8
6
10
2
2
10
8
4
6
11
1
1
5
0
3
3
8
15
9
726
459
315
259
172
115
Lone father
%
All lone parents** %
16
20
18
25
4
12
3
7
6
6
7
6
6
6
12
3
10
3
19
11
213
1,762
60
624
Single
Divorced
Separated
* Dependent children are persons aged under 16, or aged 16-18 and in full-time education, in the family unit, and living in the household.
† Bases exclude cases where income is not known.
** Includes a few cases of widowed lone mothers.
Table 3.12 Age by sex: 1971 to 2000
All persons
Age
Males
0- 4
5-15*
16-44*
45-64
65-74
75 and over
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%†
Unweighted sample†
Females
0- 4
5-15*
16-44*
45-64
65-74
75 and over
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%†
Unweighted sample†
Total
0- 4
5-15*
16-44*
45-64
65-74
75 and over
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%†
Unweighted sample†
* 5-14 and 15-44 in 1971 and 1975.
† See the footnote to Table 3.1.
20
Great Britain
Unweighted
Weighted
1971
1975
1981
1985
1991
1993
1995
1996
1998
1998
2000
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
9
19
39
24
7
3
8
18
40
23
8
3
7
18
41
22
8
4
7
16
42
22
9
4
8
15
41
22
8
5
8
16
40
23
9
5
7
16
39
24
9
5
7
16
39
23
8
6
8
16
38
24
9
5
6
15
42
23
8
5
6
15
42
24
8
5
27,921
28,134
9322
16908
16242
15735
12551
11913
11514
11376
10781
9831
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
8
16
37
24
9
5
6
17
38
24
10
6
6
16
39
22
10
7
6
15
41
21
10
8
7
14
39
22
10
8
7
14
38
22
10
8
6
14
39
24
9
8
7
15
39
23
9
7
7
14
38
24
9
8
6
14
40
23
9
8
6
14
40
24
9
8
28,828
28,973
9944
17871
17328
16675
13522
12744
12565
12009
11493
10564
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
8
17
38
24
8
4
7
17
39
23
9
4
6
17
40
22
9
5
6
15
42
21
9
6
7
15
40
22
9
7
7
15
39
22
10
7
7
15
39
24
9
6
7
15
39
23
9
7
7
15
38
24
9
7
6
14
41
23
8
7
6
14
41
24
8
7
56,749
57,106
19266
34779
33570
32410
26073
24657
24079
23385
22274
20395
Living in Britain
Chapter 3: Households, Families and People
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 3.13
Sex by age
All persons
Great Britain: 2000
Age
Males
Females
Weighted
base
(000’s)
= 100%
Unweighted
sample
0- 4
5-15
16-19
20-24
25-29
%
%
%
%
%
52
50
53
50
52
48
50
47
50
48
3,477
8,182
2,785
3,406
3,819
1267
2917
866
1004
1148
30-34
35-39
40-44
45-49
50-54
%
%
%
%
%
48
52
51
48
50
52
48
49
52
50
4,338
4,642
4,331
3,711
3,803
1373
1497
1375
1292
1327
55-59
60-64
65-69
70-74
75 and over
%
%
%
%
%
51
50
45
49
38
49
50
55
51
62
3,134
2,872
2,578
2,141
3,888
1109
1075
919
753
1344
Total
%
49
51
57,106
19266
21
Living in Britain
Chapter 3: Households, Families and People
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 3.14
Socio-economic group based on own current or last job by sex: 1975 to 2000
All persons aged 16 and over
Socio-economic group*
Men
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate and junior
non-manual
Skilled manual and own
account non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and
personal service
Unskilled manual
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%†
Unweighted sample†
Women
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate and junior
non-manual
Skilled manual and own
account non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and
personal service
Unskilled manual
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%†
Unweighted sample†
Total
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate and junior
non-manual
Skilled manual and own
account non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and
personal service
Unskilled manual
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%†
Unweighted sample†
Great Britain
Unweighted
Weighted
1975
1981
1985
1991
1993
1995
1996
1998
1998
2000
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
5
15
4
15
6
19
7
19
7
20
7
21
6
22
9
21
8
20
8
21
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
19
19
19
41
41
37
38
37
35
35
32
33
33
17
5
18
5
16
5
14
5
14
4
15
4
15
5
14
5
15
5
14
5
20,129
10902
10880
8787
8596
8089
8004
7573
6983
20,675
6739
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
1
4
1
5
1
7
1
9
2
10
2
10
2
9
2
11
2
11
3
12
46
46
48
48
49
49
50
50
50
50
9
9
9
9
8
8
9
8
8
7
31
9
29
10
27
7
22
11
22
10
22
8
23
8
22
8
22
8
21
8
20,740
11799
11743
9439
9254
9009
8720
8137
7543
20,991
7170
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
3
9
2
9
3
13
4
14
4
15
4
15
4
15
5
16
5
16
5
16
32
32
33
33
34
34
34
35
34
35
24
24
23
23
22
21
21
19
20
20
24
7
24
8
22
6
18
8
18
7
19
6
19
6
18
6
18
6
18
6
40,869
22701
22623
18226
17850
17098
16724
15710
14526
41,667
13909
* The socio-economic group shown is based on the informant's own job (or last job if not in employment). Excluding those in the Armed Forces and any who have never worked.
† See the footnote to Table 3.1.
22
Living in Britain
Chapter 3: Households, Families and People
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 3.15
Ethnic group: 1983 to 2000
All persons
Ethnic group
Great Britain
Unweighted
Weighted
1983
1987
1989
1991
1993
1995
1996
1998
1998
2000
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
95
2
1
1
1
1
95
1
1
1
2
1
95
1
1
1
2
0
94
2
1
1
2
0
92
2
1
1
2
1
94
2
1
1
2
0
94
2
1
1
2
0
93
2
2
1
3
0
93
2
1
1
3
0
93
2
1
1
3
0
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%**
Unweighted sample†
26587
56,751
26418
25269
24657
24079
23385
22274
20396
57,106
19266
White
Indian
Pakistani/Bangladeshi
Black Caribbean*
Remaining groups†
No answers
* West Indian/Guyanese in 1983, 1987 and 1989.
† Including other Black groups.
** See the footnote to Table 3.1.
Table 3.16 Percentage born in the UK by age and ethnic group
All persons
Ethnic group
Great Britain: 1996, 1998 and 2000 combined
Percentage born in the United Kingdom
Unweighted sample*
Age
Age
Under 25
25 and over
Total
Under 25
25 and over
Total
White
Indian
Pakistani/Bangladeshi
Black†
Remaining groups
All ethnic minority groups
97
91
78
81
78
82
95
14
13
34
24
23
96
46
49
53
51
50
17788
403
458
476
553
1890
40140
584
343
629
504
2060
57928
987
802
1105
1057
3951
Total
96
91
93
19678
42200
61879
* Weighted base not shown for combined data sets.
† Includes all Black groups.
Table 3.17 Age by ethnic group
All persons
Age
0- 15
16-24
25-44
45-64
65 and over
Unweighted sample†
*
†
Great Britain: 1996, 1998 and 2000 combined
Ethnic group
White
Indian
Pakistani/
Bangladeshi
Black*
Remaining
groups
All ethnic
minority
groups
All
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
20
10
29
24
16
27
15
35
18
6
38
18
30
11
3
30
12
36
17
5
38
14
33
13
2
33
14
34
15
4
21
11
30
23
15
57939
988
801
1105
1057
3951
61890
Includes all Black groups.
Weighted base not shown for combined data sets.
23
Living in Britain
Chapter 3: Households, Families and People
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 3.18 Sex by ethnic group
All persons
Great Britain: 1996, 1998 and 2000 combined
Ethnic group
Male
Female
Unweighted sample*
White
Indian
Pakistani/Bangladeshi
Black†
Remaining groups
All ethnic minority groups
%
%
%
%
%
%
49
47
50
48
51
49
51
53
50
52
49
51
57939
988
802
1105
1057
3952
Total
%
49
51
61891
* Weighted base not shown for combined data sets.
† Includes all Black groups.
Table 3.19 Government Office Region by ethnic group
All persons
Government Office Region
England
North East
North West
Merseyside
Yorkshire and the Humber
East Midlands
West Midlands
Eastern
London
South East
South West
Wales
Scotland
Unweighted sample†
Great Britain: 1996, 1998 and 2000 combined
Ethnic group
White
Indian
Pakistani/
Bangladeshi
Black*
Remaining
groups
All ethnic
minority
groups
Total
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
6
9
3
9
7
9
9
9
14
10
6
9
0
8
0
7
13
23
4
29
10
1
3
2
1
18
0
15
3
21
1
26
8
1
1
3
1
3
1
4
5
8
3
69
3
1
2
1
1
8
2
3
4
7
6
49
9
4
2
5
1
8
1
6
7
14
4
46
7
2
2
3
5
9
2
9
7
9
9
12
14
9
5
9
57939
988
802
1105
1057
3952
61891
* Includes all Black groups.
† Weighted base not shown for combined data sets.
Table 3.20 Average household size by ethnic group of household reference person*
Households
Ethnic group
Great Britain: 1996, 1998 and 2000 combined
Average (mean) household size
Unweighted sample†
White
Indian
Pakistani/Bangladeshi
Black**
Remaining groups
All ethnic minority groups
2.3
3.3
4.2
2.5
2.5
2.9
24743
305
189
446
313
1253
Total
2.4
25996
* Head of Household for 1996 and 1998. Household reference person for 2000 - see Appendix A.
† Weighted bases not shown for combined data sets.
** Includes all Black groups.
24
Living in Britain
Chapter 3: Households, Families and People
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 3.21 Weighted bases for tables 3.3 and 3.8
(a) Persons aged 16 and over
Great Britain
1998
2000
Table Reference
16-24
25-44
45-64
65-74
75 and over
6139
17117
13226
4767
3836
6191
17130
13519
4719
3888
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
All aged 16 and over
45085
45447
3.3
1998
2000
Table Reference
Married/cohabiting couple†
Married couple
Cohabiting couple
Lone parent
5465
4765
700
1717
5232
4496
736
1861
3.8
3.8
3.8
3.8
Total
7182
7093
3.8
(b) Families with dependent children*
Great Britain
* Dependent children are persons aged under 16, or aged 16-18 and in full-time education, in the family unit, and living in the household.
† Including married women whose husbands were not defined as resident in the household.
25
Living in Britain
Chapter 3: Households, Families and People
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
26
Living in Britain
Chapter 4: Housing and Consumer Durables
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Chapter 4
Housing and consumer durables
The General Household Survey has included questions since 1971 on housing and the availability of
consumer durables including cars and vans. This
chapter looks at trends up to 2000. Questions on
access to the Internet and ownership of mobile
phones were introduced for the first time in 2000.
to 10% in 1995 and remained at that level
throughout the late 1990s. In 2000, 10% of all
households were private renters - 7% rented
unfurnished and 3% rented furnished
accommodation.
Table 4.1, Figure 4A
Other trend tables Table 4.2-4.3
Tenure - trends over time
Just over two-thirds (68%) of all households owned
their own home in 2000, compared with 54% in
1981.
■
Most of the increase in owner occupation occurred during the 1980s, which is partly a reflection of the introduction at that time of the
right to buy local authority housing . By 1991,
67% of all households were owner occupied
and the proportion remained at about that level
throughout the 1990s.
Over the same period (1981-2000):
■
■
■
the proportion renting council housing
gradually declined from 34% in 1981 to 16% in
2000;
the proportion renting from a housing
association1 was static at 2% throughout the
1980s followed by a slow but steady increase to
6% in 2000;
the proportion of private renters declined
during the 1980s (from 10% in 1981 to 7% in
1991). This was followed by a gradual increase
Characteristics of tenure groups
The following profiles show that there was
considerable variation between the characteristics
of the households in each tenure group and the
type of accommodation in which they lived.
Owner occupiers
■
The majority of owner occupiers lived in a
house (90%). Almost two-thirds (64%) lived in
a detached or semi-detached house.
■
About a third (34%) of outright owners lived in
a detached house compared with a quarter of
those buying their home on a mortgage. This
latter group were more likely (30%) than
outright owner occupiers (22%) to be living in
a terraced house.
■
Owners buying with a mortgage tended to have
newer accommodation than those who owned
outright (15% compared with 9% lived in accommodation built in 1985 or later).
■
The type of household most likely to be living
in owner occupied accommodation consisted
of two adults with at least one aged 60 or over
Figure 4A Tenure: Great Britain, 1971 to 2000
80
All owners
Rented from housing association
Rented privately
70
Percentage of households
Rented from council
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
1971
1981
1985
1991
Unweighted data
1995
1998
1998
2000
Weighted data
27
Living in Britain
Chapter 4: Housing and Consumer Durables
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
■
■
(81% compared with 57% to 78% of other
household types). About two-thirds (67%) of
this type of older household owned their home
outright.
Of all households, those buying with a
mortgage had on average the highest household
income (£615 gross per week).
Indian households were the most likely to be
owner occupiers - 75% either owned their
home outright or were buying their home with
a mortgage. They represent only 1% of all
owner occupiers.
Tables 4.4-4.6,4.9,4.12
Social renters
Social renters include households renting either
from the council or a housing association.
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
28
A higher proportion of social renters lived in a
purpose built flat or maisonette than any other
group (40% compared with 22% of private
renters and 7% of owner occupiers).
Council tenants were more likely than other
tenure groups to live in accommodation built
between 1945 and 1964 (39% compared with
11% to 24%) which reflects the fact that this
was a peak period for local authority housing
construction. A further 34% lived in
accommodation built between 1965 and 1984.
Housing association tenants were more likely
than other households to live in recently built
accommodation. Thirty percent lived in
accommodation built since 1985. This figure
reflects the fact that from around 1988, housing
associations became responsible for the
majority of ‘new starts’ ie building of new social
rented accommodation.
Those living in social rented housing had on
average the lowest income of all households
(housing association tenants - £191 gross per
week; council tenants - £193 gross per week).
Households consisting of single adults aged 60
or over were more likely than other households
to be social renters (37% compared with 8% to
32%) - 26% rented from the council and 11%
rented from a housing association.
Lone parent families were more likely than
other families to live in social sector housing
(51% compared with 15% of other families).
Households headed by a Black person were
more likely than other households to be renting
from a local authority or housing association
(45% compared with 32% of Pakistani or
Bangladeshi, 22% of White and 11% of Indian
households). They represent 4% of all
households in the social rented sector.
Tables 4.4-4.7,4.9,4.12
Private renters
■
Private renter households were more likely than
other households to be living in converted flats
(20% compared with 3% of social renters and
2% of owner occupiers).
■
A higher proportion (39%) of private renters
lived in accommodation built before 1919 than
owner occupiers (22%) and social renters (6%).
■
Of the different household types, those most
likely to be private renters were households
consisting of single adults aged under 60 (20%).
■
In about seven out of ten (71%) private rented
households, the household reference person
was aged under 45 and in just over a third
(36%) the household reference person was aged
under 30 (compared with, for example, 14% for
social rented households).
■
The average household income of private
renters in 2000 was £376 gross per week.
Tables 4.4-4.6,4.9,4.10
Other tables relating to tenure
Tables 4.8,4.11,4.13,4.14
Persons per room
In 2000, the mean number of persons per room was
0.45. Five percent of households had an occupancy
rate of 1 or more people per room. Overall, 2% of
households were below the bedroom standard (see
Appendix A). This figure was highest among
households in council accommodation (6%).
Tables 4.15-4.17
Cars and vans
Nearly three quarters (73%) of households had access to a car or van in 2000, compared with 70% in
1996, 68% in 1991 and 59% in 1981. The rate of increase in car ownership was lower in the 1990s than
in previous decades.
■
■
■
The proportion of households with access to
three or more cars increased from 4% in 1996 to
6% in 1998 and 2000. Throughout the early
1990s, the proportion of households with three
or more cars had remained constant at 4%.
The proportion of households with two or
more cars increased steadily from 14% in 1981
to 23% in 1991 and 28% in 2000.
Car ownership was higher amongst professional,
employer and managerial households than in
other socio-economic groups. In 2000, over nine
out of ten (93-95%) households in these groups
had access to a car compared with about six out
of ten (61%) of unskilled manual households.
Households headed by an economically inactive
person were the least likely (51%) to have access
to a car.
Living in Britain
Chapter 4: Housing and Consumer Durables
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Figure 4B Households with access to a car or van: Great Britain, 1972 to 2000
60
Percentage of households
50
One car or van
40
No car or van
30
Two cars or vans
20
10
Three or more cars or vans
0
1972
1974
1976
1978
1980
1982
1984
1986
1988
1990
1992
1994
1996
1998
Unweighted data
■
48% of professional and 55% of employer and
managerial households had access to two or
more cars compared with 20% of semi-skilled
and 12% of unskilled manual households.
Tables 4.18-4.19, Figure 4B
■
In 2000, 98% of households had a telephone
(either a fixed or mobile phone) compared with
96% in 1998. This increase was most likely due
to an increase in the ownership of mobile
phones. In 2000, 93% of households had a fixed
telephone and in 58% of households, at least
one person had a mobile phone. Four percent
of all households had a mobile phone only (not
shown in Table).
Ownership of the following items was notably
higher in 2000 than in 1998:
■
■
■
satellite, cable and digital (first included in
2000) television receivers - from 29% in 1998
to 40% in 2000;
CD players - from 69% in 1998 to 77% in 2000;;
home computers - from 34% in 1998 to 45% in
2000.
2000
Weighted data
In 2000, the GHS asked questions for the first time
about access to the Internet at home.
■
Consumer durables - trends over time
The steady increase in the ownership of consumer
durables which has been evident since data were
first collected by the GHS in the 1970s, has
continued up to 2000 with a few exceptions.
Colour, black and white televisions and washing
machines were available in most households by the
early 1990s. In 2000, nearly all households also had
central heating (92%) and a telephone. For the first
time in 2000, the GHS identified fixed and mobile
phones separately.
1998
A third of all households had access to the
Internet at home. Nearly all of these households
(31% of all households) accessed the Internet
from their home computer.
Table 4.20, Figure 4C
Consumer durables and socio-economic group
In 2000, there was very little difference between the
socio-economic groups in the ownership of most
consumer durables.
The exceptions were:
■
■
■
■
home computers - professional, employers and
managers, and intermediate non-manual
households were the most likely to have a home
computer (80%, 74% and 70% respectively),
compared with 39% of semi-skilled and 26% of
unskilled manual workers;
access to the Internet - professional and
managerial households (68% and 61%
respectively) were most likely to have access to
the internet at home, compared with 26% of
semi-skilled and 15% of unskilled manual
workers;
dishwashers - were most likely to be found in
professional, employer and managerial
households (45% and 50% respectively),
compared with 16% of semi-skilled and 11% of
unskilled manual workers;
mobile phones - were most likely to be found in
employer and managerial households (80%)
compared with 68% of semi-skilled and 57% of
unskilled manual workers and 32% of the
29
Living in Britain
Chapter 4: Housing and Consumer Durables
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Figure 4C Percentage of households with consumer durables: Great Britain, 1972 to 2000
Kitchen appliances
100
Percentage of households
93
93
83
80
Deep freezer
Microwave oven
Washing machine
60
54
Tumble drier
40
26
20
Dishwasher
0
1972
1974
1976
1978
1980
1982
1984
1986
1988
1990
1992
1994
1996
1998
Unweighted data
1998
2000
Weighted data
Other consumer durables and central heating
98
98
92
88
100
Percentage of households
Colour television
80
77
Video recorder
CD player
60
Telephone*
Central heating
45
40
Home computer
20
0
1972
1974
1976
1978
1980
1982
1984
1986
1988
1990
1992
1994
Unweighted data
economically inactive. Between 71-75% of all
other households had a mobile phone.
Table 4.21
Consumer durables and gross weekly income
The higher the income, the more likely a household
was to have consumer durables. In 2000, households with a gross weekly income of over £500 were
far more likely than households with an income of
£100 or less to have a:
30
1998
1998
2000
Weighted data
Consumer durables and household type
Family households and those consisting only of
adults with at least two people aged under 60 were
the most likely to have entertainment items, home
computers and telephones. The households least
likely to have these items were older households and
households consisting of one person aged under 60.
In 2000 for example:
■
dishwasher (95% compared with 12%);
home computer (73% compared with 11%);
access to the internet at home (58% compared with
15%);
mobile phone (79% compared with 35%);
CD player (94% compared with 55%);
tumble drier (68% compared with 39%).Table 4.22
1996
■
83% of single person households aged under 60
and 61% of older single person households
owned a video recorder compared with over
90% of all other types of household;
families and adult households aged under 60
were the most likely to have satellite, cable or
digital TV (53% of small families, 57% of large
families and 49% of adult households aged
under 60 compared with 15% - 33% of all
other households);
Living in Britain
Chapter 4: Housing and Consumer Durables
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
■
■
■
■
families and adult households aged under 60
were the most likely to own a home computer
(62% to 67% of these household types
compared with 7% to 37% of all other
households);
families and adult households aged under 60
were the most likely to have access to the
Internet at home (40% of small families, 46% of
large families, 50% of adult households aged
under 60 and 47% of large adult households
compared with 4% to 29% of all other
households);
older households with adults aged 60 or over
were the least likely to have a CD player (63% of
older two person households, 34% of older
single person households compared with 78%
of younger single person households and 9294% of other households);
older households were the least likely to have a
mobile phone (16% of older single person and
38% of older two person households compared
with 57% of single person households aged
under 60 and 75-80% of all other households).
Single person households, particularly where the
householder was aged 60 or over, were less likely
than other householders to own domestic
appliances. In 2000:
■
■
■
■
Households containing lone parent families were
less likely than other households to have a fixed
telephone(85% compared with 94%). They were
also less likely than other households to have:
■
■
■
access to a car or van (50% compared with
75%);
access to the Internet at home (27% compared
with 34%);
a dishwasher (18% compared with 27%).
Table 4.24
Notes
1 Since 1996, housing associations are more correctly described as Registered Social Landlords
(RSLs). RSLs are not-for-profit organisations
which include: charitable housing associations, industrial and provident societies and companies
registered under the Companies Act 1985. An increasing number of local authorities are transferring ownership of their housing to RSLs. This explains, to some extent, the decrease in the proportion of people renting LA (council) housing.
77% of older and 85% of younger single person
households had a washing machine compared
with nearly all other households (97% to 99%);
69% of older and 75% of younger single person
households had a microwave oven compared
with between 81% to 92% of all other
households;
84-85% of single person households had a deep
freezer compared with nearly all other
households (96% to 100%);
32% of older and 39% of younger single person
householders owned a tumble drier compared
with at least half of all other households. The
households most likely to own a tumble drier
were large families (74%).
Table 4.23
Consumer durables and lone parent families
Comparison of households containing lone parent
families with other households showed that in
some cases the variation in levels of access to
consumer durables was similar to that seen
between other family types and non-family
households while in other cases they appeared to be
worse off. They were more likely than other
households to have a:
■
■
■
■
video recorder (95% compared with 87%);
CD player (89% compared with 76%);
tumble drier (60% compared with 54%);
mobile phone (69% compared with 57% of
other households).
31
Living in Britain
Chapter 4: Housing and Consumer Durables
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 4.1 Tenure: 1971 to 2000
Households
Tenure
Owner occupied, owned outright
Owner occupied, with mortgage
Rented from council*
Rented from housing association
Rented with job or business
Rented privately, unfurnished†
Rented privately, furnished
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%††
Unweighted sample††
Great Britain
Unweighted
Weighted
1971
1975
1981
1985
1991
1993
1995
1996
1998
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
22
27
31
1
5
12
3
22
28
33
1
3
10
3
23
31
34
2
2
6
2
24
37
28
2
2
5
2
25
42
24
3
1
4
2
26
41
22
3
1
4
3
25
42
18
4
2
5
3
26
41
19
5
**
7
3
28
41
16
5
**
7
2
11936
11970
11939
9933
9922
9823
9723
9155
1998
2000
26
42
17
5
**
7
3
27
41
16
6
**
7
3
24,436
24,838
8219
8631
* Council includes local authorities, New Towns and Scottish Homes from 1996.
† Unfurnished includes the answer ’partly furnished’.
** From 1996 all tenants whose accommodation goes with the job of someone in the household have been allocated to 'rented privately‘. Squatters are also included in the
privately rented category.
†† Trend tables show unweighted and weighted figures for 1998 to allow direct comparison between 1998 and 2000 and to give an indication of the effect of the weighting. For
the weighted data (1998 and 2000) the weighted base (000’s) is the base for percentages. Unweighted data (up to 1998) are based on the unweighted sample.
Table 4.2 Type of accommodation: 1971 to 2000
Households
Type of accommodation*
Detached house
Semi-detached house
Terraced house
Purpose-built flat or maisonette
Converted flat or maisonette/rooms
With business premises/other
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%†
Unweighted sample†
Great Britain
Unweighted
1971
1975
1981
1985
1991
1993
1995
1996
1998
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
16
33
30
13
6
2
15
34
28
14
8
1
16
32
31
15
5
1
19
31
29
15
5
1
19
32
29
14
4
1
19
31
29
15
5
1
22
31
28
15
4
1
21
32
27
15
5
0
23
33
26
15
4
0
11846
12041
11978
9890
9917
9830
9730
9128
8615
* Tables for type of accommodation exclude households living in caravans.
† See the fourth footnote to Table 4.1.
32
Weighted
1998
2000
21
32
26
17
4
0
21
31
28
16
4
0
24,398
24,806
8207
Living in Britain
Chapter 4: Housing and Consumer Durables
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 4.3 Type of accommodation occupied by households renting from a council compared
with other households: 1981 to 2000
Households
Type of accommodation
Renting from council
Detached house
Semi-detached house
Terraced house
Purpose-built flat or maisonette
Converted flat or maisonette
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%*
Unweighted sample*
Other households
Detached house
Semi-detached house
Terraced house
Purpose-built flat or maisonette
Converted flat or maisonette
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%*
Unweighted sample*
All households
Detached house
Semi-detached house
Terraced house
Purpose-built flat or maisonette
Converted flat or maisonette
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%*
Unweighted sample*
Great Britain
Unweighted
Weighted data
1981
1987
1991
1993
1995
1996
1998
1998
2000
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
1
30
34
33
2
1
28
35
34
2
1
28
34
35
3
1
26
33
37
3
0
28
33
38
1
1
28
31
38
2
1
29
28
40
2
1
27
27
43
2
1
27
31
40
2
4,021
4007
2600
2339
2121
1770
1748
1410
3,870
1240
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
24
33
29
6
7
25
33
28
7
5
25
33
28
8
5
24
33
28
9
6
26
32
27
10
4
25
33
27
9
5
27
33
26
10
4
26
32
26
11
5
24
32
27
11
5
20,328
7904
7511
7578
7699
7953
7379
7189
20,896
6954
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
16
32
31
15
5
18
32
30
14
5
19
32
29
14
4
19
31
29
15
5
22
31
28
15
4
21
32
27
15
5
23
33
26
15
4
22
32
26
17
4
21
31
28
16
4
24,349
11911
10111
9917
9820
9723
9127
8599
24,766
8194
* See the fourth footnote to Table 4.1.
33
Living in Britain
Chapter 4: Housing and Consumer Durables
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 4.4 (a) Type of accommodation by tenure
(b) Tenure by type of accommodation
Households
Great Britain: 2000
Tenure
Type of accommodation*
Detached
house
Semidetached
house
Terraced
house
All
houses
Purposebuilt flat
or
maisonette
Converted
flat or
maisonette/
rooms
All
flats/
rooms
Weighted Unweighted
base
sample
(000’s)
= 100%
(a)
Owner occupied, owned outright
Owner occupied, with mortgage
%
%
34
25
36
35
22
30
91
90
7
7
2
3
9
10
6,679
10,215
2360
3366
All owners
%
29
35
27
90
7
2
10
16,895
5726
Rented from council†
Rented from housing association
%
%
1
1
27
23
31
30
59
54
40
39
2
7
41
46
3,870
1,447
1240
466
Social sector tenants
%
1
26
31
57
40
3
43
5,317
1706
Rented privately, unfurnished**
Rented privately, furnished
%
%
12
6
21
14
30
27
63
46
20
25
16
28
36
53
1,697
851
524
236
Private renters††
%
10
19
29
57
22
20
42
2,554
762
Total
%
21
31
28
80
16
4
20
24,766
8194
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Owner occupied, owned outright
Owner occupied, with mortgage
44
50
31
45
21
45
31
46
12
20
11
25
12
21
27
41
All owners
94
76
66
77
31
36
32
68
Rented from council†
Rented from housing association
0
0
13
4
17
6
11
4
39
15
6
10
32
13
16
6
Social sector tenants
1
18
24
15
54
16
46
21
Rented privately, unfurnished**
Rented privately, furnished
4
1
5
2
7
3
5
2
9
6
26
22
12
9
7
3
Private renters††
5
6
11
7
14
48
22
10
5,112
1837
7,788
2647
6,902
2280
19,802
6764
3,878
1108
1,079
322
4,958
1430
24,766
8194
(b)
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
*
†
**
††
34
Tables for type of accommodation exclude households living in caravans.
Council includes local authorities, New Towns and Scottish Homes.
Unfurnished includes the answer ’partly furnished‘.
All tenants whose accommodation goes with the job of someone in the household have been allocated to ’rented privately‘. Squatters are also included in the privately rented
category.
Living in Britain
Chapter 4: Housing and Consumer Durables
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 4.5
Age of building by tenure
Households
Age of building* containing
household's accommodation
Great Britain: 2000
Tenure
Owners
Social sector tenants
Private renters
Total
Owned
outright
With
mortgage
All
owners
Council†
Housing
association
(a)
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Before 1919
1919-1944
1945-1964
1965-1984
1985 or later
22
21
24
24
9
23
19
18
26
15
22
20
20
25
12
3
20
39
34
4
15
13
17
25
30
6
18
33
31
11
37
19
16
17
11
43
20
11
14
13
39
19
14
16
12
21
20
22
25
12
6,621
2340
10,148
3345
16,769
5685
3,607
1159
1,413
455
5,020
1614
1,623
501
801
223
2,430
726
24,219
8025
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Social Unfurnished Furnished
sector
private**
private
tenants
Private
Renters††
*
For an assessment of the reliability of age of building estimates, see Birch F, Age of buildings (OPCS Social Survey Division, GHS Series No.7, 1974).
†
** See the footnotes to Table 4.4.
††
35
Living in Britain
Chapter 4: Housing and Consumer Durables
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 4.6 (a) Household type by tenure
(b) Tenure by household type
Households
Great Britain: 2000
Tenure
Household type
1 adult
aged
16-59
2 adults
aged
16-59
Small
family
Large
family
Large
adult
household
2 adults,
1 or both
aged 60
or over
1 adult
aged 60
or over
Weighted Unweighted
base
sample
(000’s)
= 100%
(a)
Owner occupied, owned outright
Owner occupied, with mortgage
%
%
8
17
10
25
4
26
2
7
10
17
37
5
30
2
6,718
10,218
2374
3367
All owners
%
13
19
17
5
14
18
13
16,936
5741
Rented from council*
Rented from housing association
%
%
17
18
7
6
21
25
8
9
9
6
12
10
26
27
3,876
1,453
1242
468
Social sector tenants
%
17
7
22
8
8
11
27
5,329
1710
Rented privately, unfurnished†
Rented privately, furnished
%
%
25
41
24
21
23
8
5
3
6
18
6
3
11
6
1,710
858
528
238
Private renters**
%
31
23
18
4
10
5
9
2,574
768
Total
%
16
17
18
6
13
15
16
24,838
8219
(b)
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Owner occupied, owned outright
Owner occupied, with mortgage
13
44
16
61
5
59
8
53
22
56
67
14
51
6
27
41
All owners
57
77
64
61
78
81
57
68
Rented from council*
Rented from housing association
16
6
6
2
18
8
23
9
11
3
12
4
26
11
16
6
Social sector tenants
23
8
26
32
14
16
37
21
Rented privately, unfurnished†
Rented privately, furnished
11
9
10
4
8
2
6
2
4
5
3
1
5
1
7
3
Private renters**
20
15
10
8
8
3
6
10
3,960
1101
4,103
1339
4,582
1582
1,382
516
3,150
974
3,780
1405
3,875
1300
24,838
8219
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
*
† See the footnotes to Table 4.1.
**
36
Total
Living in Britain
Chapter 4: Housing and Consumer Durables
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 4.7
Housing profile by family type: lone-parent families compared with other families
Families with dependent children*
Great Britain: 1998 and 2000 combined
Lone-parent families
Other families
%
%
Owner occupied, owned outright
Owner occupied, with mortgage
Rented from council or from housing association
Rented privately unfurnished
Rented privately furnished
6
29
51
12
2
6
71
15
6
1
Central heating
%
%
Yes
No
90
10
94
6
Type of accommodation
%
%
Detached house
Semi-detached house
Terraced house
Purpose-built flat or maisonette
Converted flat or maisonette/rooms
With business premises/other
7
31
38
20
3
0
27
37
28
6
1
0
Bedroom standard
%
%
2 or more below standard
1 below standard
Equals standard
1 above standard
2 or more above standard
1
8
55
32
4
0
4
34
45
16
Persons per room
%
%
Under 0.5
0.5-0.99
1.0-1.49
1.5 or above
21
72
7
0
7
77
15
0
1311
3808
Tenure
Unweighted sample†
* Dependent children are persons aged under 16, or aged 16-18 and in full-time education, in the family unit, and living in the household.
† Weighted base not shown for combined data sets.
Table 4.8 Type of accommodation by household type
Households
Household type
Great Britain: 2000
Type of accommodation*
Detached
Semihouse detached
house
Terraced
house
All
houses
PurposeConverted
built flat
flat or
or maisonette/
maisonette
rooms
All
flats/
rooms
Weighted Unweighted
base
sample
(000’s)
= 100%
One adult aged 16-59
Two adults aged 16-59
Small family
Large family
Large adult household
Two adults, one or both aged 60 or over
One adult aged 60 or over
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
8
22
20
22
27
31
18
21
32
33
39
38
37
26
29
28
32
32
28
23
25
58
81
86
93
93
90
68
30
13
12
6
6
8
28
13
6
3
1
1
1
4
42
18
14
7
7
9
31
3,960
4,085
4,582
1,382
3,147
3,762
3,854
1101
1333
1582
516
973
1398
1293
Total
%
21
31
28
80
16
4
20
24,773
8196
* See the first footnote to Table 4.4.
37
Living in Britain
Chapter 4: Housing and Consumer Durables
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 4.9 Usual gross weekly income by tenure
Households
Usual gross weekly income (£)
Great Britain: 2000
Tenure
Owners
Owned
outright
Social sector tenants
Private renters
Total
With
mortgage
All
owners
Council*
Housing
association
Social Unfurnished Furnished
sector
private†
private
tenants
Private
renters**
281
78
168
326
461
210
365
538
390
109
290
476
140
74
108
178
164
74
115
208
146
74
112
186
262
85
199
353
333
78
226
392
285
84
210
369
327
86
226
409
339
86
208
397
583
243
466
725
486
131
352
620
173
78
123
216
177
75
126
230
174
78
125
220
323
96
232
450
372
70
231
478
339
90
231
452
404
96
262
528
365
92
222
437
615
264
501
774
516
142
377
674
193
81
134
235
191
78
131
245
192
79
133
238
348
111
252
479
434
95
289
500
376
107
260
492
432
105
286
576
6,715
2373
10,207
3364
16,936
5741
3,876
1242
1,449
467
5,329
1710
1,710
528
858
238
Income of household reference person
Mean
Lower quartile
Median
Upper quartile
Income of household reference person
and partner
Mean
Lower quartile
Median
Upper quartile
Total household income
Mean
Lower quartile
Median
Upper quartile
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
*
† See the footnotes to Table 4.1.
**
38
2,574 24,838
766
8219
Living in Britain
Chapter 4: Housing and Consumer Durables
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 4.10
(a) Age of household reference person by tenure
(b) Tenure by age of household reference person
Household reference persons
Great Britain: 2000
Tenure
Age of household reference person*
Under
25
25-29
30-44
45-59
60-64
65-69
70-79
80 and
over
Weighted
base
(000’s)
= 100%
Unweighted
sample
(a)
Owner occupied, owned outright
Owner occupied, with mortgage
%
%
0
2
0
10
6
48
23
33
14
4
16
2
28
2
12
0
6,718
10,218
2374
3367
All owners
%
1
6
32
29
8
7
12
5
16,936
5741
Rented from council†
Rented from housing association
%
%
7
7
7
6
26
29
20
20
6
6
7
5
17
16
9
11
3,876
1,453
1242
468
Social sector tenants
%
7
7
27
20
6
6
17
10
5,329
1710
Rented privately, unfurnished**
Rented privately, furnished
%
%
12
29
17
20
36
34
19
9
4
0
2
3
6
3
5
2
1,710
858
528
238
Private renters††
%
18
18
35
16
3
2
5
4
2,574
768
Total
%
4
7
31
26
7
7
12
6
24,838
8219
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Total
%
Owner occupied, owned outright
Owner occupied, with mortgage
2
17
1
54
6
64
24
53
55
22
66
10
61
5
56
2
27
41
All owners
19
55
70
77
77
76
66
58
68
Rented from council†
Rented from housing association
26
10
15
5
13
5
12
5
14
5
16
5
22
8
25
10
16
6
Social sector tenants
36
20
19
17
19
21
30
36
21
Rented privately, unfurnished**
Rented privately, furnished
20
25
16
10
8
4
5
1
4
0
2
1
3
1
6
1
7
3
Private renters††
45
25
12
6
4
3
4
7
10
1,013
288
1,817
541
7,740
2419
6,397
2209
1,732
635
1,636
583
3,037
1054
1,466
490
24,838
8219
(b)
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
* Boxed figures indicate median age-groups.
†
** See the footnotes to Table 4.4.
††
39
Living in Britain
Chapter 4: Housing and Consumer Durables
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 4.11
Tenure by sex and marital status of household reference person
Household reference persons
Tenure
Great Britain: 2000
Males
Females
Married Cohabiting Single Widowed Divorced/
separated
Owner occupied,
owned outright
Owner occupied,
with mortgage
All owners
All Married Cohabiting Single Widowed Divorced/
All
males
separated females
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
32
7
15
54
13
27
23
7
14
57
17
28
27
52
63
39
9
38
48
51
51
28
5
33
29
41
84
70
53
63
51
75
75
58
42
62
50
57
68
8
10
16
23
22
11
15
19
27
23
28
23
16
3
3
6
7
8
4
3
7
12
10
11
9
6
11
13
22
30
30
15
18
26
39
33
39
32
21
Rented from council*
Rented from housing
association
Social sector tenants
Total
Rented privately,
unfurnished†
Rented privately,
furnished
4
12
11
5
12
6
6
10
11
4
10
8
7
1
5
14
2
7
4
1
6
8
0
2
3
3
Private renters**
5
17
25
7
19
10
7
16
19
5
12
11
10
10,155
3568
1,329
411
2,334
606
734
262
1,356 15,911
385
5232
1,704
587
681
218
1,973
655
2,519
815
2,049
714
Weighted base
(000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
8,927 24,838
2989
8219
*
† See the footnotes to Table 4.1.
**
Table 4.12 Housing tenure by ethnic group of head of household†
Households
Tenure
Owner occupied, owned outright
Owner occupied, with mortgage
Rented from council or from housing association
Rented privately unfurnished
Rented privately furnished
Unweighted sample**
Great Britain: 1996, 1998, 2000 combined
White
Indian
Pakistani/
Bangladeshi
Black*
Remaining
groups
All ethnic
minority
groups
Total
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
27
42
22
7
3
24
51
11
7
7
15
42
32
7
4
9
32
45
8
7
12
34
28
9
17
14
38
31
8
9
26
41
22
7
3
24729
305
188
445
313
1251
25980
* Black includes Black Caribbean, Black African and other Black groups.
† Head of household in 1996 and 1998. Household reference person in 2000.
** Weighted base not shown for combined data sets.
40
Chapter 4: Housing and Consumer Durables
Living in Britain
General Household
Survey
© Crown
copyright 2001
Dave
5th2000/01
Proof [job no. 447 on Themed] cleared .......
2.12.01
Table 4.13 (a) Socio-economic group and economic activity status of household reference
person by tenure
(b) Tenure by socio-economic group and economic activity status of household
reference person
Household reference persons
Socio-economic group and
economic activity status of
household reference person*
Great Britain: 2000
Tenure
Owners
Social sector tenants
Owned
With
All Council† Housing
outright mortgage owners
association
(a)
HRP
Economically active hrp:
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate non-manual
Junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own
account non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and
personal service
Unskilled manual
HRP
Economically inactive hrp
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Private renters
Total
Social
sector
tenants
Unfurnished
private**
Furnished
private
Private
Renters††
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
3
8
5
4
9
26
15
10
7
19
11
7
1
2
3
7
1
3
6
8
1
2
4
7
7
12
11
11
16
15
13
13
10
13
12
12
6
15
10
8
10
22
17
10
10
10
15
12
14
15
3
1
8
2
6
2
10
3
9
4
10
3
10
3
7
3
9
3
7
2
67
8
31
65
59
63
32
22
28
38
6,703
2369
10,155
3346
16,858
5715
3,825
1228
1,430
462
5,255
1690
1,665
514
785
218
2,455
734
24,568
8139
(b)
HRP
Economically active hrp:
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate non-manual
Junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own
account non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and
personal service
Unskilled manual
Weighted
Unbase weighted
(000’s)
sample
= 100%
%
%
%
%
12
15
14
13
68
74
66
52
80
88
80
65
2
2
5
13
1
1
4
6
2
3
9
20
8
6
8
10
9
3
4
5
17
9
12
15
1,372
3,611
2,364
1,879
446
1214
773
602
%
18
59
77
10
4
14
7
2
9
3,743
1181
%
%
12
14
47
38
58
52
22
24
7
11
29
35
10
9
3
4
13
13
1,803
488
582
158
HRP
Economically inactive hrp
%
48
9
57
27
9
36
6
2
8
9,308
3183
Total
%
27
41
69
16
6
21
7
3
10
24,568
8139
*
Excluding members of the Armed Forces, and economically active full-time students and those who were unemployed and had never worked.
†
** See the footnotes to Table 4.4.
††
41
Living in Britain
Chapter 4: Housing and Consumer Durables
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 4.14 (a) Length of residence of household reference person by tenure
(b) Tenure by length of residence of household reference person
Household reference persons
Length of residence*
(years)
Great Britain: 2000
Tenure
Owners
Social sector tenants
Owned
With
All Council† Housing
outright mortgage owners
association
Private renters
Total
Social
sector
tenants
Unfurnished
private**
Furnished
private
Private
Renters††
(a)
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Less than 12 months
12 months but less than 2 years
2 years but less than 3 years
3 years but less than 5 years
5 years but less than 10 years
10 years or more
3
2
2
6
9
78
8
8
8
15
22
39
6
6
6
11
17
54
10
7
8
13
17
45
11
11
7
15
23
32
11
8
8
14
19
41
29
16
13
15
11
17
50
17
9
10
8
6
36
17
11
13
10
13
10
7
7
12
17
47
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
6,718
2374
10,218
3367
16,936
5741
3,876
1242
1,453
468
5,329
1710
1,710
528
855
237
2,571
767
24,835
8218
b)
Weighted
Unbase weighted
(000’s)
sample
= 100%
Less than 12 months
12 months but less than 2 years
2 years but less than 3 years
3 years but less than 5 years
5 years but less than 10 years
10 years or more
%
%
%
%
%
%
8
8
9
13
15
45
33
44
50
51
55
34
41
53
59
64
70
78
16
15
17
17
16
15
7
9
6
7
8
4
23
24
24
24
24
19
20
16
13
9
5
2
17
8
4
3
2
0
37
24
17
11
6
3
2,498
1,805
1,711
2,959
4,160
11,701
762
568
544
957
1365
4022
Total
%
27
41
68
16
6
21
7
3
10
24,835
8218
*
Boxed figures indicate median length of residence.
†
** See the footnotes to Table 4.4.
††
Table 4.15 Persons per room: 1971 to 2000
Households
Persons per room
Under 0.5
0.5 to 0.65
0.66 to 0.99
1
Over 1 to 1.5
Over 1.5
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%*
Unweighted sample*
Mean persons per room
* See the fourth footnote to Table 4.1.
42
Great Britain
Unweighted
Weighted
1971
1975
1981
1985
1991
1993
1995
1996
1998
1998
2000
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
37
25
24
9
4
1
39
25
23
8
3
0
42
25
23
7
2
0
45
26
21
6
1
0
50
24
19
5
1
0
51
24
19
5
1
0
52
25
18
5
1
0
51
24
19
5
1
0
55
23
18
4
1
0
55
23
18
4
1
0
57
22
16
4
1
0
24,450
11990
12096
12002
9982
9646
9663
9754
9154
8636
24,845
8221
..
0.57
0.56
0.52
0.50
0.49
0.48
0.49
0.47
0.46
0.45
Living in Britain
Chapter 4: Housing and Consumer Durables
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 4.16 Persons per room and mean household size by tenure
Households
Great Britain: 2000
Persons per room*
Tenure
Owners
Social sector tenants
Private renters
Total
Owned
outright
With
mortgage
All
owners
Council†
Housing
association
Social
sector
tenants
Unfurnished
private**
Furnished
private
Private
renters††
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
80
14
5
1
0
48
27
21
3
1
61
22
15
2
1
50
22
18
8
2
52
23
17
7
2
51
22
18
7
2
51
26
18
4
1
42
29
21
7
1
48
27
19
5
1
57
22
16
4
1
6,719
2374
10,219
3367
16,938
5741
3,876
1242
1,453
468
5,329
1710
1,710
528
858
238
2,574
768
24,841
8219
Mean persons per room
0.34
0.49
0.43
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.47
0.50
0.48
0.45
Mean household size
1.88
2.70
2.37
2.17
2.13
2.16
2.13
2.04
2.10
2.30
Under 0.5
0.5 to 0.65
0.66 to 0.99
1
Over 1
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
* Boxed figures indicate median density of occupation.
†
** See the footnotes to Table 4.4.
††
Table 4.17
Closeness of fit relative to the bedroom standard by tenure
Households
Difference from bedroom
standard (bedrooms)
Great Britain: 2000
Tenure
Owners
1 or more below standard
Equals standard
1 above standard
2 or more above standard
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Social sector tenants
Private renters
Total
Owned
outright
With
mortgage
All
owners
Council*
Housing
association
Social
sector
tenants
Unfurnished
private†
Furnished
private
Private
renters**
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
1
9
33
57
2
20
43
35
1
16
39
44
6
50
31
13
3
58
28
10
5
52
30
12
2
36
41
20
2
56
29
13
2
43
37
18
2
27
37
34
6,718
2374
10,218
3367
16,936
5741
3,876
1242
1,454
468
5,329
1710
1,710
528
858
238
2,574
768
24,839
8219
* Council includes local authorities, New Towns and Scottish Homes.
† Unfurnished includes the answer ’partly furnished‘.
** All tenants whose accommodation goes with the job of someone in the household have been allocated to ’rented privately‘. Squatters are also included in the
privately rented category.
43
Living in Britain
Chapter 4: Housing and Consumer Durables
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 4.18 Cars or vans: 1972 to 2000
Households
Great Britain
Cars or vans
Unweighted
Weighted
1972
1975
1981
1985
1991
1993
1995
1996
1998
1998
2000
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
48
43
8
1
44
45
10
1
41
44
12
2
38
45
14
3
32
44
19
4
32
45
20
4
29
45
22
4
30
46
21
4
28
44
23
6
28
45
22
6
27
45
22
6
24,450
11624
11929
11989
9963
9910
9851
9758
9158
8636
24,845
8221
Households with:
no car or van
one car or van
two cars or vans
three or more cars or vans
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%*
Unweighted sample*
* See the fourth footnote to Table 4.1.
Table 4.19 Availability of a car or van by socio-economic group of household reference person
Households
Number of cars or
vans available to
household
None
1
2 or more
Weighted base (000’s)
= 100%
Unweighted sample
Great Britain: 2000
Socio-economic group of household reference person*
Total
Economically active
Professional
Employers
and
managers
Intermediate
non-manual
Junior
non-manual
Skilled
manual and
own account
nonprofessional
Semi-skilled
manual and
personal
service
Unskilled
manual
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
7
45
48
5
40
55
12
51
37
24
52
25
10
48
42
28
51
20
39
49
12
49
42
9
27
45
28
1,372
446
3,611
1214
2,364
773
1,879
602
3,743
1181
1,803
582
488
158
9,315
3185
24,575
8141
* Excluding members of the Armed Forces, and economically active full-time students and those who were unemployed and had never worked.
44
Economically
inactive
Living in Britain
Chapter 4: Housing and Consumer Durables
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 4.20 Consumer durables, central heating and cars: 1972 to 2000
Households
Great Britain
Unweighted
1972
Weighted
1975
1981
1985
1991
1993
1995
1996
1998
1998
2000
74 97
23
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
93
49
78
23
4
75
..
..
59
44 59
14
86 98
11
..
31
..
13
..
..
..
..
95
66
81
33
6
81
..
..
69
45 62
17
95 98
4
..
68
27
21
..
..
..
55
..
83
87
48
14
88
..
..
82
44 67
23
95 98
3
..
73
39
24
..
..
..
62
..
86
88
49
16
90
..
..
83
45 68
23
97 98
2
..
79
52
25
..
..
..
70
..
89
90
51
20
93
..
..
86
45 71
26
97 99
2
18
82
58
27
..
..
..
74
..
91
90
51
20
94
..
..
88
46 70
24
98 98
1
29
85
68
34
..
..
..
79
..
93
92
52
24
96
..
..
90
44 72
28
97 98
1
29
85
69
34
..
..
..
78
..
92
91
51
23
96
..
..
90
45 72
27
98 99
1
40
88
77
45
33
31
2
83
..
93
93
54
26
98
93
58
92
45 73
28
Percentage of
households with:
Television
colour
black and white only
satellite/cable/digital
Video recorder
CD player
Home computer
Access to internet at home
Access from home computer
Other access
Microwave oven
Refrigerator*
Deep freezer*
Washing machine
Tumble drier
Dishwasher
Telephone (fixed or mobile)
fixed telephone†
mobile telephone†
Central heating
A car or van
- more than 1
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%**
Unweighted sample**
93
96
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
73
..
66
..
..
42
..
..
37
43 52
9
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
88
..
71
..
..
54
..
..
43
45 56
11
24,450
11663
11929
11718
9993
9955
9850
9757
9156
8636
24,575
8213
* Fridge freezers are attributed to both 'refrigerator' and 'deep freezer' from 1979 on.
† Data only available for 2000. Percentages for fixed and mobile phones sum to greater than 100% because some households owned both.
** See the fourth footnote to Table 4.1.
45
Living in Britain
Chapter 4: Housing and Consumer Durables
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 4.21
Consumer durables, central heating and cars by socio-economic group of
household reference person
Heads of household
Consumer durables
Great Britain: 2000
Socio-economic group of household reference person*
Economically active heads
Employers
and
managers
Intermediate
non-manual
Junior
non-manual
Skilled
manual and
own account
nonprofessional
Semi-skilled
manual and
personal
service
Unskilled
manual
Total
Economically
inactive
heads
98
0
37
92
92
80
68
85
93
97
61
45
100
97
75
96
48
99
0
53
97
94
74
61
89
96
98
69
50
100
98
80
96
55
98
0
47
94
93
70
54
86
94
97
60
35
100
96
73
93
37
99
0
45
95
91
53
38
87
95
95
58
25
99
93
71
94
25
99
0
53
96
88
49
34
88
96
96
61
27
99
94
74
91
42
98
1
47
93
85
39
26
87
95
93
54
16
97
87
68
89
20
96
1
43
91
83
26
15
90
94
93
54
11
94
82
57
85
12
99
0
49
95
91
60
33
87
95
96
61
33
98
94
58
93
39
98
1
27
77
54
19
13
75
91
87
43
14
97
93
32
90
9
1,372
446
3,611
1214
2,364
773
1,876
601
3,743
1181
1,799
581
488 15,254
158
4954
9,297
3179
Professional
Percentage of households
with:
Television
colour
black and white
satellite TV/cable/digital
Video recorder
CD player
Home computer
Access to internet at home
Microwave oven
Deep freezer/fridge freezer
Washing machine
Tumble drier
Dishwasher
Telephone (fixed or mobile)
fixed telephone†
mobile telephone†
Central heating
Car or van - more than one
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
* Excluding members of the Armed Forces, and economically active full-time students and those who were unemployed and had never worked.
† Percentages for fixed and mobile telephones sum to greater than 100 because some households owned both.
46
Living in Britain
Chapter 4: Housing and Consumer Durables
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 4.22
Consumer durables, central heating and cars by usual gross weekly household
income
Households
Great Britain: 2000
Consumer durables
Usual gross weekly household income (£)
0.01100
100.01150
150.01200
200.01250
250.01300
300.01350
350.01400
400.01450
450.01500
500.01
or more
Total*
95
2
27
71
55
11
15
70
86
81
39
12
93
85
35
87
10
98
1
29
77
53
19
11
77
91
87
41
9
97
88
35
88
6
98
1
32
82
63
21
11
77
92
89
47
9
97
91
39
89
8
98
0
31
88
69
27
17
82
94
92
45
15
98
93
45
91
11
98
1
41
90
77
31
22
83
95
94
53
18
98
93
51
87
13
99
0
41
93
84
41
28
87
95
94
55
24
99
93
62
92
19
99
0
43
94
85
41
32
88
94
95
53
19
100
96
66
94
23
100
0
47
97
86
50
35
86
96
97
57
20
99
96
65
87
25
99
0
44
98
90
54
40
85
95
97
58
23
99
96
68
95
28
99
0
52
96
94
73
58
89
97
98
68
45
100
98
79
96
53
98
1
41
88
78
45
33
83
94
93
55
26
98
94
59
92
28
3,134
1007
2,137
728
1,774
603
1,498
504
1,348
441
1,289
427
1,166
383
1,057
347
993
321
7,570
2484
24,392
8073
Percentage of
households with:
Television
colour
black and white only
satellite/cable/digital
Video recorder
CD player
Home computer
Access to internet at home
Microwave oven
Deep freezer/fridge freezer
Washing machine
Tumble drier
Dishwasher
Telephone
fixed telephone†
mobile telephone†
Central heating
Car or van - more than 1
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
* Total includes no answers to income.
† Percentages for fixed and mobile telephones sum to greater than 100 because some people owned both.
Table 4.23
Consumer durables, central heating and cars by household type
Households
Consumer durables
Great Britain: 2000
Household type
1 adult aged
16-59
2 adults aged
16-59
Small
family
Large Large adult
family household
95
1
33
83
78
37
29
75
84
85
39
12
95
84
57
87
8
99
0
49
95
94
62
50
88
96
98
60
33
100
96
75
93
45
100
0
53
97
93
62
40
89
98
98
66
35
99
93
76
94
35
99
0
57
97
92
66
46
89
100
99
74
41
99
92
75
94
40
3,954
1099
4,103
1339
4,585
1583
1,382
516
2 adults,
1 or both
aged 60
or over
1 adult
aged 60
or over
Total
99
0
55
97
93
67
47
92
98
98
69
36
100
97
80
94
56
99
0
31
90
63
25
17
81
97
97
53
26
99
98
38
92
20
97
1
15
61
34
7
4
69
85
77
32
8
96
95
16
89
1
98
1
40
88
77
45
33
83
93
93
54
26
98
94
58
92
28
3,150
974
3,774
1403
3,873
1299
24,821
8213
Percentage of households
with:
Television
colour
black and white only
satellite TV/cable/digital
Video recorder
CD player
Home computer
Access to internet at home
Microwave oven
Deep freezer/fridge freezer
Washing machine
Tumble drier
Dishwasher
Telephone (fixed or mobile)
fixed telephone*
mobile telephone*
Central heating
Car or van - more than 1
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
* Percentages for fixed and mobile telephones sum to greater than 100 because some households owned both.
47
Living in Britain
Chapter 4: Housing and Consumer Durables
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 4.24 Consumer durables, central heating and cars by family type: lone-parent families
compared with other families
Households
Consumer durables
Great Britain: 2000
Lone-parent family households
Other households
99
0
44
95
89
45
27
86
97
96
60
18
98
85
69
92
3
98
1
40
87
76
45
34
82
93
92
54
27
98
94
57
92
30
1,751
618
23,079
7598
Percentage of households with:
Television
colour
black and white
satellite TV/cable/digital
Video recorder
CD player
Home computer
Access to internet at home
Microwave oven
Deep freezer/fridge freezer
Washing machine
Tumble drier
Dishwasher
Telephone (fixed or mobile)
fixed telephone*
mobile telephone*
Central heating
Car or van - more than one
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample†
* Percentages for fixed and mobile telephones sum to greater than 100 because some households owned both.
48
Living in Britain
Chapter 5: Marriage and cohabitation
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Chapter 5
Marriage and cohabitation
The GHS has collected details on current marital
status since it started in 1971. Over time the
questions have been extended to include the de
facto marital status - that is including cohabitation
- reflecting the way society has changed, making the
GHS a key source of information on these topics.
Questions on marital history for both men and
women were introduced in 1979. In the same year,
questions on pre-marital cohabitation before the
current or most recent marriage were introduced
for women aged 18 to 49. These pre-marital
cohabitation questions were extended in 1986 to
include a question on pre-marital cohabitation
before every marriage past and present and, since
then have been asked of both men and women aged
16 to 59. In 1998, a further question was added
concerning the number of cohabitations which did
not end in marriage.
As part of the extensive redevelopment work for the
GHS in 1999, Social Survey Division carried out a
programme of cognitive testing based on a series of
questions developed in ONS to explore the
feasibility of extending the questions on cohabiting
unions to collect information on the duration of
such relationships. The outcome of this work was
reported in the Survey Methodology Bulletin.1 New
questions on duration of past cohabitations which
did not end in marriage were included in the 2000/1
GHS. These included the dates of the start and end
of cohabitations and what people perceive to be the
end of each cohabitation (the end of the
relationship, the end of sharing accommodation or
both).
Information about the marital status of all adults
aged 16 or over in the household is first collected
from the person answering the household
questionnaire (usually the household reference
person or their partner). Each household member
aged 16 to 59 is asked detailed questions about their
marriage and cohabitation history later in the
interview. Where interviewers judge that lack of
privacy may affect reporting, they can offer
respondents a self-completion questionnaire to fill
in. In 2000, 5% of respondents chose this option.
With the extension of the questions about
cohabiting unions which did not end in marriage,
this chapter focuses on cohabitation but starts with
a brief overview of current marital status.
Marital status
De facto marital status (that is, including
cohabitation) was ascertained by combining the
information on marital status with whether the
respondent was currently cohabiting. Respondents
who were single, widowed, divorced or separated
but who were cohabiting are here classified as
cohabiting, rather than by their marital status.
In 2000, the de facto marital status of adults aged
16 and over was as follows:
■
■
■
■
■
54% of men and 51% of women were married
9% of both men and women were cohabiting
27% of men and 19% of women were single
3% of men and 12% of women were widowed
7% of men were either divorced or separated,
compared with 9% of women.
It should be noted that the proportions of men and
women in each marital status category is one of the
estimates that shows a marked difference following
the introduction of weighting for nonresponse.
Weighting causes a downward revision of the
proportion of married men and women and an
upward revision of single men and women with a
greater effect for men. This is to be expected since
young people, in particular men, are one of the
groups who are under-represented in the
unweighted responding sample.
Tables 5.1-5.2
Current cohabitation
By definition, those who were married and living
with their spouse could not be currently
cohabiting, but all other marital status groups are
represented among cohabiters. In 2000:
■
■
■
among all respondents aged 16 to 59, 11% of
men and 12% of women were cohabiting2
comparison by age showed that those most
likely to be cohabiting were men in the two age
groups from 25 to 34 and women in their
twenties; (24% and 20% respectively for men
and 24% and 27% respectively for women
compared with no more than 14% of any other
age/sex group)
among non-married respondents aged 16 to 59,
including separated respondents, 22% of men
and 25% of women were cohabiting.
Table 5.3, Figure 5A
See also Table 5.5
49
Living in Britain
Chapter 5: Marriage and cohabitation
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Figure 5A Percentage of non-married men and women aged 16-59 cohabiting by
age: Great Britain, 2000
Percentage of non-married persons
50
Men
Women
40
30
20
10
0
16-19
20-24
25-29
30-34
35-39
40-44
45-49
50-54
55-59
Figure 5B Percentage of single, divorced and separated women* aged 18-49
cohabiting by legal marital status: Great Britain, 1979 to 2000
40
Percentage of women aged 18-49
Single
35
Divorced
30
Separated
25
20
15
10
5
0
1979
1985
1991
1993
1995
1996
Unweighted data
1998
1998
2000
Weighted data
* Widows have not been included because their numbers are so small
Data from 1998 and 2000 were combined to
provide a sufficiently large sample to analyse
cohabitation by age and legal marital status.3
Among men aged 16 to 59, those who were
divorced were by far the most likely to be
cohabiting, 36% compared with 20% of single or
separated men. Among women in this age group
there was little difference between the proportions
of divorced and single women who were
cohabiting, 30% and 27% respectively. Table 5.4
Current cohabitation and trends over time
among women
As noted earlier, women aged 18 to 49 were the first
to be asked questions on cohabitation in the GHS
which means this group yields the longest time
series. To set the cohabitation figures in context
50
Table 5.6 presents marital status for the same group
over the same time period. Among this group:
■
■
the proportion married has decreased from
nearly three quarters (74%) in 1979 to just over
a half in 2000 (51%) representing a decrease
from 53% in 1998;
the proportion of single women increased from
18% to 30% in 1998 and showed another
statistically significant increase between the two
weighted figures for 1998 and 2000 to 35%.
In terms of current cohabitation among women
aged 18 to 49:
■
there has been a marked increase in the
proportion of non-married women who were
cohabiting, from 11% in 1979 to 30% in 2000,
although this represented no change from 1998;
Living in Britain
Chapter 5: Marriage and cohabitation
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
■
the proportion of single women cohabiting had
almost quadrupled, from less than one in ten
(8%) in 1979 to almost one in three (31%) in
1998, but no further change to 2000.
Tables 5.6-5.7, Figure 5B
Dependent children and current cohabitation
among women
As has been seen in previous years non-married
women aged 16 to 59 with dependent children were
more likely than those without dependent children
to be cohabiting. In 2000:
■
■
31% of non-married women with dependent
children were cohabiting, compared with 23%
of non-married women without dependent
children;
nearly two in five (38%) single women with
dependent children were cohabiting, compared
with 23% of single women without dependent
children.
Table 5.8
Previous cohabitations which did not end in
marriage
In 2000, for the first time, men and women aged 16
to 59 were asked details about past cohabitations
which did not end in marriage. The number of such
cohabitations4 had previously been asked in 1998.
These periods of completed cohabitation did not
include the current relationship of respondents
who were living as a couple at the time of interview.
With the exception of those who chose the selfcompletion option, the majority of married and
cohabiting respondents were interviewed in the
presence of their partner; it is therefore possible
that, for these groups, there was some underreporting of previous cohabitations.
Among adults aged 16 to 59 in 2000:
■
■
■
■
14% reported at least one such cohabiting
union that did not end in marriage;
11% had one of these relationships, 2% two and
1% three or more;
there was no difference between the
proportions of men and women reporting at
least one completed cohabitation not ending in
marriage (14% of each did so);
the highest proportions reporting at least one
such relationship were found among men and
women aged 25 to 34; almost a quarter of adults
aged 30 to 34 reported a previous cohabiting
union, compared with about one in 20 adults
aged 50 to 54.
Table 5.9
Previous cohabitations by current marital status
The proportion of respondents reporting cohabiting
unions that did not end in marriage varied by marital
status for both men and women. Married respondents
were less likely than others to report such
relationships. Among those aged 16 to 59:
■
■
8% of married men reported at least one
completed cohabitation not ending in
marriage, compared with 22% of men who
were currently cohabiting, 19% of single, 21%
of divorced and 16% of separated men;
among women, 7% of married women said they
had lived as a couple with someone whom they
did not subsequently marry, compared with 27%
of single, 20% of divorced, 12% of separated and
20% of currently cohabiting women. Table 5.10
First cohabitations which did not end in
marriage
Analysis of the year in which the first cohabitation
not ending in marriage began provides an indicator
of the level of change over time in the proportion of
people who have had a cohabiting union which did
not end in marriage. Reported cohabitations show
an increase over time, and although no age
standardisation has been carried out, the size of the
variation means this represents a real increase in
the proportion cohabiting in each decade.
■
■
Among men currently aged 16 to 59 2% reported
starting such a cohabitation in the 1960s. In the
1970s this figure was 12% compared to 37% in
the 1980s and 47% in the 1990s.
The equivalent figures for women were 1%,
10%, 41% and 47%.
Table 5.11
Women were more likely than men to start their
first completed cohabitation at a younger age, 38%
had started their first cohabiting union by the age
of 19 compared with 19% of men. The age at which
people started their first completed cohabitation
also varied with the year in which the cohabitation
began. For both men and women, those starting
their first cohabitation between 1990 and 2001
tended to start at an older age than those who
started their first completed cohabitation in the
1960-70s. For cohabitations started in the 1960-70s
45% of women started a first cohabiting union by
the age of 19 compared with 34% between 1990
and 2001; the equivalent figures for men were 25%
and 16%.
Table 5.12
51
Living in Britain
Chapter 5: Marriage and cohabitation
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Duration of past cohabitations not ending in
marriage
The cognitive research carried out to develop the
questions on duration of cohabitation resulted in
the following approach. Respondents were asked
how long each completed cohabitation had lasted
and then asked to give either the start date or the
end date. The other date was then calculated in the
interview and checked with the respondent, who
could disagree and correct it. Length of
cohabitation was based on the corrected dates
where required.
First previous completed cohabitations which did
not end in marriage tended to be longer than
second such cohabitations.
■
Among people aged 16 to 59, around 44% of
first cohabitations lasted for less than 2 years
compared with 56% of second cohabitations.
The difference was more marked among men.
First cohabitations which were the only past
cohabitation tended to be longer than those which
were the first of two or more. Again the differences
were more marked among men.
■
The mean length of a first and only completed
cohabitation was 35 months for men and 42
months for women compared with the median
length of 25 months for men and 30 months for
women for a cohabitation which was the first of
two or more.
Table 5.13
End of previous cohabitations
Respondents were asked what they meant by
stopping ‘living together’ - whether it was the end
of the relationship, the end of sharing
accommodation or both. Those who said it meant
the end of the relationship were then asked for the
date of the end of sharing accommodation and vice
versa. The answer to this question was then
compared with the dates already given.
For first completed cohabitations 27% of men and
women aged 16 to 59 said the end of ‘living
together’ meant the end of the relationship, 20%
said it meant the end of sharing accommodation
and 49% said both (4% gave other answers which
included a small percentage who volunteered the
fact that they had stopped sharing accommodation
but the relationship had continued).
52
Table 5.14 shows that the dates did not always
support their perception of what defined the end of
‘living together’. For first completed cohabitations
63% of those who said the end of ‘living together’
meant the end of the relationship and 48% of those
who said it meant the end of sharing
accommodation gave the same dates for both of
these events. Where the dates differed, those who
said the end of ‘living together’ meant the end of
sharing accommodation were more likely to give
this as the first date than those who had said it
meant the end of the relationship (38% compared
with 15%). It would thus appear that there was a
closer match between the dates given and people’s
perceptions in the case where the end of ‘living
together’ meant the end of sharing
accommodation.
Table 5.14
Notes and references
1 Lilly R. Developing questions on cohabitation
histories. Survey Methodology Bulletin. No. 46.
January 2000.
2 ‘Cohabiting’ includes same sex cohabitees.
3 The section on marital history identified cases
where the current or most recent marriage was
in fact a cohabitation and also ascertained for
cases where the spouse was not listed as a
household member whether the marriage had
broken down. This additional information was
used to derive a modified version of marital
status and it is this variable which is used in the
rest of the chapter. Less than 1% of respondents
aged 16 to 59 were classified differently as a
result of this exercise.
4 In 1998 the question specified cohabitations
with ‘someone of the opposite sex’. This part of
the wording was dropped in 2000 but same sex
couples were not specifically identified.
Living in Britain
Chapter 5: Marriage and cohabitation
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 5.1
Sex by marital status
All persons aged 16 and over
Great Britain: 2000
Marital status*
Married
Cohabiting
Single
Widowed
Divorced
Separated
Weighted base
(000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample†
Men
Women
%
%
54
9
27
3
4
2
7
22,230
7192
51
9
19
12
6
3
9
23,216
7890
* Marital status as recorded at the beginning of the interview.
† Total includes a very small number of same sex cohabitees.
53
Living in Britain
Chapter 5: Marriage and cohabitation
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 5.2 (a) Age and sex by marital status
(b) Marital status by sex and age
Persons aged 16 and over
Age
Great Britain: 2000
Marital status*
Married
Cohabiting
Single
Widowed
Divorced
Separated
Total
(a)
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Men
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65-74
75 and over
1
12
24
22
19
14
7
11
44
28
12
5
1
0
48
26
12
6
4
3
1
0
1
3
4
12
25
56
0
8
27
30
22
10
3
1
18
26
23
21
6
5
14
18
21
17
14
10
7
11,958
4185
2,027
634
5,923
1655
775
278
996
288
478
132
22,230
7192
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
2
17
24
23
17
12
6
21
40
23
11
4
1
1
54
21
11
4
3
3
4
0
0
1
3
13
29
54
0
9
25
30
20
11
6
4
25
27
24
11
6
4
13
18
19
16
13
11
10
11,956
4185
2,029
635
4,365
1442
2,708
878
1,506
523
640
223
23,216
7890
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
1
15
24
23
18
13
6
16
42
25
11
4
1
1
51
24
12
5
4
3
2
0
0
1
3
12
28
55
0
9
26
30
21
10
5
3
22
27
24
15
6
4
14
18
20
17
13
10
9
23,913
8370
4,056
1269
10,288
3097
3,484
1156
2,502
811
1,118
355
45,447
15082
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Women
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65-74
75 and over
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Total
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65-74
75 and over
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample†
(b)
Unweighted
sample†
Men
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65-74
75 and over
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
3
36
63
72
75
76
61
7
22
12
6
3
1
1
90
37
16
10
8
8
5
0
0
1
1
3
9
29
0
2
6
8
7
4
2
0
2
3
3
3
1
2
3,161
4,075
4,632
3,695
3,007
2,200
1,460
932
1160
1384
1297
1084
808
549
Total
%
54
9
27
3
4
2
22,230
7192
Women
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65-74
75 and over
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
7
50
66
72
69
56
27
14
20
11
6
2
1
0
78
23
11
4
5
5
7
0
0
0
2
11
31
61
0
3
9
12
10
6
4
1
4
4
4
2
1
1
3,030
4,082
4,341
3,818
2,998
2,518
2,429
938
1361
1488
1322
1120
866
795
Total
%
52
9
19
12
6
3
23,204
7890
Total
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65-74
75 and over
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
5
43
64
72
72
65
40
10
21
11
6
3
1
1
84
30
13
7
6
6
7
0
0
1
2
7
21
49
0
3
7
10
9
6
3
1
3
3
4
3
1
1
6,191
8,156
8,973
7,514
6,005
4,719
3,888
1870
2521
2872
2619
2184
1672
1344
Total
%
53
9
23
8
6
2
45,447
15082
* Marital status as recorded at the beginning of the interview.
† Total includes a very small number of same sex cohabitees.
54
Weighted base
(000’s) = 100%
Living in Britain
Chapter 5: Marriage and cohabitation
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 5.3
Percentage currently cohabiting by sex and age
Men and women aged 16-59
Age
Great Britain: 2000
All
Nonmarried*
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
All
Nonmarried*
All
Nonmarried*
Percentage cohabiting
Men
16-19
20-24
25-29
30-34
35-39
40-44
45-49
50-54
55-59
1
12
24
20
13
11
7
6
4
1
13
33
36
32
30
21
20
14
1,245
1,430
1,780
1,908
2,175
2,030
1,620
1,742
1,464
1,242
1,350
1,305
1,047
888
722
509
505
400
375
414
491
555
654
599
574
605
508
374
389
342
277
234
189
161
156
123
Total
11
22
15,394
7,968
4775
2245
16-19
20-24
25-29
30-34
35-39
40-44
45-49
50-54
55-59
4
24
27
14
13
9
7
4
3
4
26
46
32
33
27
25
14
11
1,127
1,487
1,742
2,155
2,135
2,009
1,844
1,821
1,475
1,115
1,301
1,046
938
818
663
549
499
449
361
449
569
730
735
684
632
637
529
358
398
345
324
289
225
184
169
149
Total
12
25
15,796
7,379
5326
2441
Women
* Men and women describing themselves as ‘separated’ were, strictly speaking, legally married. However, because the separated can cohabit, they have been included in the ‘non-married’
category.
Table 5.4
Percentage currently cohabiting by legal marital status and age
Men and women aged 16-59
Legal marital status*
Great Britain: 1998 and 2000 combined
16-24
25-34
35-49
50-59
Total
Unweighted sample**
16-24
25-34
35-49
50-59
Total
48
948
2472
1670
5138
20
12
22
36
20
1439
0
1
7
1158
2
78
46
575
33
399
144
169
40
229
71
3341
75
707
268
Percentage cohabiting
Men
Married
-
-
Non-married
Single
Widowed
Divorced
Separated
8
0
†
†
Total
8
22
10
4
11
1495
2232
3623
2179
9529
-
-
-
-
-
116
1377
2773
1731
5997
27
7
25
30
11
1473
0
6
22
1057
7
180
145
439
49
650
225
110
129
313
91
3079
185
1149
483
12
1617
2766
4136
2374
10893
8
-
35
†
35
44
[21]
22
[11]
28
41
20
-
5
[11]
25
21
-
16
Women
Married
Non-married
Single
Widowed
Divorced
Separated
18
0
18
†
[0]
43
†
38
12
Total
16
20
39
29
[12]
27
32
13
9
6
5
20
8
4
13
*
Men and women describing themselves as ’separated’ were, strictly speaking, legally married. However, because the separated can cohabit they have been included in the
†
Base too small to enable reliable analysis to be made.
‘non-married’ category.
** Weighted bases not shown for combined data sets.
55
Living in Britain
Chapter 5: Marriage and cohabitation
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 5.5 Cohabiters: age by sex
Cohabiting persons aged 16-59
Age
Great Britain: 2000
Men
Women
%
%
1
10
24
22
16
12
6
6
3
2
18
25
16
14
9
7
4
3
1,750
544
1,874
584
16-19
20-24
25-29
30-34
35-39
40-44
45-49
50-54
55-59
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Table 5.6 Legal marital status of women aged 18-49: 1979 to 2000
Women aged 18-49
Legal marital status*
Great Britain
Unweighted data
Weighted data
1979
1981
1983
1985
1989
1991
1993
1995
1996
1998
1998
2000
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Married
74
72
70
68
63
61
59
58
57
53
53
51
Non-married
Single
Widowed
Divorced
Separated
18
1
4
3
20
1
5
3
21
1
6
2
22
1
6
3
26
1
7
3
26
1
8
3
28
1
9
4
28
1
9
4
29
1
9
4
30
1
11
5
32
1
10
4
35
0
9
5
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%†
6006
Unweighted sample†
11,827
6524
5285
5364
5483
5359
5171
4953
4695
4181
11,946
3929
* Men and women describing themselves as ’separated’ were, strictly speaking, legally married. However, because the separated can cohabit they have been included in the
‘non-married’ category.
† Trend tables show unweighted and weighted figures for 1998 to allow direct comparison between 1998 and 2000 and to give an indication of the effect of the weighting. For the
weighted data (1998 and 2000) the weighted base (000’s) is the base for percentages. Unweighted data (up to 1998) are based on the unweighted sample.
56
Living in Britain
Chapter 5: Marriage and cohabitation
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 5.7
Percentage of women aged 18-49 cohabiting by legal marital status: 1979 to
2000
Women aged 18-49
Great Britain
Legal marital status*
Unweighted data
1979
1985
Weighted data
1989
1991
1993
1995
1996
1998
-
-
1998
2000
Percentage cohabiting
Married
Non-married
Single
Widowed
Divorced
Separated
Total
-
8
0
11
20
17
3
-
14
5
16
21
20
5
-
19
9
21
30
17
8
-
23
2
30
13
9
-
23
23
[8]
22
25
11
9
-
26
[8]
25
27
11
28
[5]
26
31
7
31
[8]
29
31
12
32
[11]
30
32
12
31
[15]
30
35
11
10
11
13
14
15
Weighted bases
(000’s) = 100%**
Married
Non-married
Single
Widowed
Divorced
Separated
Total
Unweighted sample**
Married
4461
Non-married
Single
1061
Widowed
61
Divorced
256
Separated
167
Total
6006
6,212
6,051
3,760
99
1,229
528
11,828
4,176
55
1,120
544
11,946
3653
3457
3265
3053
2864
2683
2234
2032
1175
55
338
143
5364
1433
55
387
151
5483
1416
55
448
175
5359
1431
49
453
185
5171
1405
40
437
206
4952
1361
44
421
186
4695
1268
36
443
200
4181
1342
20
393
192
3979
*
Men and women describing themselves as ’separated’ were, strictly speaking, legally married. However, because the separated can cohabit they have been included in the
†
Base too small to enable reliable analysis to be made.
‘non-married’ category.
** See the second footnote to Table 5.6.
57
Living in Britain
Chapter 5: Marriage and cohabitation
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 5.8
Women aged 16-59: percentage cohabiting by legal marital status and whether
has dependent children in the household
Women aged 16-59
Legal marital status
Great Britain: 2000
Has
dependent
children
No
dependent
children
Total
Weighted bases (000’s) = 100%
Has
dependent
children
No
dependent
children
Unweighted sample
Total*
Has
dependent
children
No
dependent
children
Total*
Percentage cohabiting
Married
-
Non-married
Single
Widowed
Divorced
Separated
38
†
31
10
Total
11
-
23
10
28
12
31
13
-
23
27
10
30
11
25
12
4,225
4,170
8,400
1461
1417
2880
1,206
52
699
408
3,665
183
876
273
4,884
234
1,583
681
418
19
253
147
1154
61
292
90
1576
80
548
237
6,589
9,166
15,782
2298
3014
5321
* Totals with dependent children and without dependent children do not sum to the total because the dependency of some children could not be established.
† Base too small to enable reliable analysis to be made.
Table 5.9 Number of past cohabitations not ending in marriage by sex and age
Men and women aged 16-59
Age
Number of completed cohabitations*
None
One
Two
Three
or more
Total at
least one
Weighted base
(000’s) = 100%
Unweighted
sample
Men
16-19
20-24
25-29
30-34
35-39
40-44
45-49
50-54
55-59
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
97
92
78
75
80
84
87
92
95
2
7
16
17
14
12
7
7
4
1
1
4
5
4
3
3
1
1
0
0
2
3
2
1
2
1
0
3
8
22
25
20
16
13
8
5
1,234
1,418
1,776
1,908
2,169
2,026
1,615
1,742
1,459
372
411
490
555
652
598
572
605
507
Total
%
86
10
3
1
14
15,349
4762
Women
16-19
20-24
25-29
30-34
35-39
40-44
45-49
50-54
55-59
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
96
83
77
77
81
86
92
95
96
4
16
17
18
16
10
6
4
3
1
1
4
3
3
3
1
0
1
0
1
2
2
1
1
1
0
0
4
17
23
23
19
14
8
5
4
1,127
1,480
1,735
2,152
2,125
2,003
1,838
1,817
1,473
361
447
567
729
731
682
630
636
528
Total
%
86
11
2
1
14
15,750
5311
All
16-19
20-24
25-29
30-34
35-39
40-44
45-49
50-54
55-59
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
96
87
78
76
80
85
90
94
95
3
11
16
18
15
11
7
6
4
1
1
4
4
3
3
2
0
1
0
0
2
2
1
1
1
1
0
4
13
22
24
20
15
10
6
5
2,361
2,899
3,511
4,060
4,294
4,028
3,454
3,559
2,932
733
858
1057
1284
1383
1280
1202
1241
1035
Total
%
86
11
2
1
14
31,099
10073
* Excludes current cohabitations.
58
Great Britain: 2000
Living in Britain
Chapter 5: Marriage and cohabitation
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 5.10 Number of past cohabitations not ending in marriage by current marital
status and sex
Men and women aged 16-59
Number of cohabitations*
Great Britain: 2000
Marital status
Married
Men
None
One
Two
Three or more
Total at least one
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Women
None
One
Two
Three or more
Total at least one
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Non-married
Cohabiting
Single
Widowed
Divorced
Separated
Total**
92
7
1
0
78
16
4
2
81
13
4
2
[85]
[15]
[0]
[0]
74
13
6
2
84
11
5
1
86
10
3
1
8
22
19
[15]
21
16
14
7,480
2548
1,733
538
4,899
1340
91
28
729
200
357
94
15,349
4762
93
6
1
0
83
15
2
1
73
20
5
2
94
4
2
0
80
15
5
1
88
11
1
0
86
11
2
1
7
17
27
6
20
12
14
8,470
2904
1,851
576
3,544
1175
226
76
1,104
386
545
191
15,750
5311
* Excludes current cohabitations.
** Total includes a small number of same sex cohabitees.
Table 5.11 Year of beginning of first cohabitation not ending in marriage by sex
Persons aged 16-59 who have cohabited
Year first cohabitation began
1960-69
1970-79
1980-89
1990-99
2000-01
Weighted bases (000’s) =100%
Unweighted sample
Great Britain: 2000
Men
Women
All
%
%
%
2
12
37
47
2
1
10
41
47
1
1
11
39
47
1
2,039
579
2,056
699
4,095
1278
59
Living in Britain
Chapter 5: Marriage and cohabitation
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 5.12
Age at first cohabitation which did not end in marriage by year cohabitation began
and sex
Persons aged 16-59 who have cohabited
Age at first cohabitation
Men
16-19
20-24
25-29
29-34
35 and over
Weighted base (000’s) =100%
Unweighted sample
Women
16-19
20-24
25-29
29-34
35 and over
Weighted base (000’s) =100%
Unweighted sample
All
16-19
20-24
25-29
29-34
35 and over
Weighted base (000’s) =100%
Unweighted sample
60
Great Britain: 2000
Year first cohabitation began
1960-79
1980-89
1990-2001
All
%
%
%
%
25
48
23
4
1
23
45
21
6
6
16
43
22
7
12
19
44
22
6
8
222
72
660
191
969
260
1,851
523
45
30
15
7
3
41
34
15
6
5
34
35
19
6
5
38
34
17
6
5
193
66
768
266
933
312
1,894
644
34
40
19
5
2
32
39
18
6
6
25
39
20
7
9
29
39
19
6
7
415
138
1428
457
1902
572
3,745
1167
Living in Britain
Chapter 5: Marriage and cohabitation
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 5.13
Duration of past cohabitations which did not end in marriage by number of past
cohabitations and sex
Persons aged 16-59 who have cohabited
Duration of cohabitation
Great Britain: 2000
First cohabitation
Second cohabitation
One only
One of two or more
All
All
%
%
%
%
Men
Less than 1 year
1 year, less than 2
2 years, less than 3
3 years, less than 5
5 years or more
25
22
18
18
17
27
28
18
16
12
26
23
18
17
16
38
26
12
16
8
Mean length in months
35
25
33
23
1,385
394
480
133
1,865
527
508
140
Women
Less than 1 year
1 year, less than 2
2 years, less than 3
3 years, less than 5
5 years or more
18
20
19
18
24
25
21
18
22
14
19
21
19
19
22
25
22
17
22
14
Mean length in months
42
30
40
30
1,553
527
371
127
1,924
654
374
129
All persons
Less than 1 year
1 year, less than 2
2 years, less than 3
3 years, less than 5
5 years or more
21
21
18
18
21
26
25
18
18
13
22
22
18
18
19
32
24
14
19
11
Mean length in months
39
27
36
26
2,938
921
851
260
3,789
1181
881
269
Weighted base (000’s) =100%
Unweighted sample
Weighted base (000’s) =100%
Unweighted sample
Weighted base (000’s) =100%
Unweighted sample
Table 5.14
How people chose to date the end of “living together”, by the date given
Persons aged 16-59 who specified end of relationship/sharing accommodation
Comparison of dates given
End of sharing accommodation before end of relationship
End of relationship before end of sharing accommodation
Same dates given
Weighted base (000’s) =100%
Unweighted sample
Great Britain: 2000
Definition of end of “living together”
End of relationship
End of sharing accommodation
%
%
15
22
63
38
18
44
962
299
712
221
61
Living in Britain
Chapter 5: Marriage and cohabitation
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
62
Living in Britain
Chapter 6: Occupational and personal pension schemes
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Chapter 6
Occupational and personal pension schemes
The GHS has collected information on
occupational pensions since 1981, although the
questions were not asked every year. Questions on
personal pensions were introduced in 1987. This
chapter presents information on occupational and
personal pensions for employees (Tables 6.1-6.9),
and the self-employed (Tables 6.10 and 6.11).
At the time of the GHS interview in 2000, in
addition to paying National Insurance
contributions towards a basic state pension, all
employees had to contribute towards a second-tier
pension, SERPS (State Earnings Related Pension
Scheme) unless they opted out and made
alternative provision. This could be either through
an occupational scheme or a personal pension
arrangement.
It should be noted that the questions asked about
respondents’ current employer; some respondents
who were not currently members of a scheme may
have held entitlements in schemes to which they
formerly contributed.
Table 6.1
Membership of current employer’s pension
scheme
Two-thirds of all employees were offered a pension
scheme by their current employer. Membership of
such a scheme varied according to the sex of the
respondent and whether or not they worked full or
part time.
■
Pension scheme membership among
employees
In 2000:
■
67% of men and 66% of women working full
time 1 were currently members of either an
occupational or personal pension scheme
compared with 37% of women who were
working part time;
male and female employees below the age of 25
and female employees working part time aged
55 and over were the least likely to belong to a
pension scheme.
■
■
■
Among those working full time, women were
more likely than men to belong to an
employer’s pension scheme (58% compared
with 54%) reflecting the higher proportion of
women than men who were offered a scheme by
their employer (75% and 70% respectively).
Membership of an employer’s pension scheme
was higher among those who worked full time
than those working part time (54% compared
with 16% for men; 58% compared with 31% for
women).
Among those working part time, women were
more likely than men to work for an employer
who offered a pension scheme (56% compared
with 49%) and nearly twice as likely (31%
compared with 16%) to belong to a scheme if
one was provided.
Table 6.2, Figure 6A
Figure 6A Membership of current employer’s pension scheme by sex and whether
working full time or part time: Great Britain, 2000
70
Member
Not a member
Current employer has no scheme
Percentage of employees
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
Full time
Part time
Men
Total
Full time
Part time
Total
Women
63
Living in Britain
Chapter 6: Occupational and personal pension schemes
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Trends in membership of an occupational
pension scheme
Socio-economic group and pension scheme
membership
Since July 1988, employees have been given the
choice of starting their own personal pension plan
in place of SERPS. The Department of Work and
Pensions (formerly DSS) then pays part of the
National Insurance contribution into the personal
pension plan. As a result of this change in the rules,
the time series shown in Table 6.3 is not strictly
comparable from 1989 with previous years.
There were marked differences in the proportions
of respondents from different socio-economic
groups who currently either belonged to their
employer’s occupational pension scheme or had
personal pension arrangements. In order to
provide sufficient data for analysis, information for
three years (1996, 1998, 2000)2 has been combined.
In the years 1996,1998 and 2000:
Since 1989:
■
■
■
■
the proportion of men working full time who
were in an employer’s pension scheme
decreased from 64% in 1989 to 54% in 2000,
reflecting the decline (from 79% in 1989 to 70%
in 2000) in the proportion of employees who
were offered a pension scheme by their
employer;
the proportion of female employees working
full time who were offered a pension scheme by
their employer has not changed significantly
since 1989 (76% in 1989, 75% in 2000) but the
proportion who were members of a scheme has
shown a slight increase (55% in 1989, 58% in
2000);
the proportion of women in part time work
who were offered a pension scheme by their
employer increased slightly from 52% in 1989
to 56% in 2000 but among women in part time
work, membership of an employer’s pension
scheme doubled from 15% in 1989 to 31% in
2000. The proportion of women in part time
work who did not know whether their employer
had a scheme decreased from 7% in 1989 to 2%
in 2000.
Tables 6.3-6.4
■
■
■
among full-time employees, about threequarters (76%) of professional men and 71% of
professional women belonged to their current
employer’s pension scheme, compared with
34% of men and 27% of women in unskilled
manual occupations;
among men working full time, the highest
proportions with a personal pension scheme
were employers and managers (32%),
professionals (27%) and skilled manual
workers (27%) compared with 15 to 20% of
those in other occupations;
among women working full time, those in
professional, employer and managerial
occupations were about twice as likely as those
in unskilled manual occupations (19 to 20%
compared with 10%) to belong to a personal
pension scheme;
among women in part-time work, about half
(51%) of all those in professional occupations
and a similar proportion (52%) of those in
intermediate non-manual occupations were
members of their employer’s pension scheme
compared with 15% of unskilled manual
workers;
Figure 6B Membership of personal pension scheme by sex and socio-economic
group: Great Britain, 1995-6, 2000 combined
Percentage of employees aged 16 and over
40
Men full time
Women full time
Women part time
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
Professional
Employers and Intermediate nonmanagers
manual
* Includes own account non-professionals
64
Junior nonmanual
Skilled manual*
Semi-skilled
manual
Unskilled manual
Living in Britain
Chapter 6: Occupational and personal pension schemes
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
■
professional women in part-time work were
nearly eight times as likely as women in
unskilled manual part-time jobs to belong to a
personal pension scheme (23% compared with
3%).
Table 6.5, Figure 6B
Income and pension scheme membership
The higher their gross weekly income, the more
likely men and women working full time were to
belong to either their employer’s pension scheme
or to be making personal pension arrangements.
For example, in 2000 among those working full
time:
■
■
75% of men and 80% of women with a gross
weekly income of more than £600 belonged to
an occupational pension scheme compared
with 19% of men and 28% of women earning
between £100 and £200 per week;
about three out of ten men (31%) and two out
of ten women (22%) earning more than £600
belonged to a personal pension scheme
compared with fewer than 10% of men and
women earning between £100 and £200 per
week.
Table 6.6
■
Making personal pension arrangements was
associated with the size of the establishment only
among men working full time:
■
There was a wide difference in pension scheme
membership (for both employer’s and personal
pension schemes) between industry groups. The
sample sizes of some groups are, however, small
and the results for these industries3 should be
treated with caution. For the years 1996, 1998 and
2000 combined:
Length of time with current employer and
pension scheme membership
■
■
just over a quarter (27%) of men who had
worked for their current employer for less than
two years belonged to an occupational pension
scheme compared with nearly three quarters
(73%) of those who had been with their
employer for five years or more;
for women the comparable figures were 34%
and 76% for those working full time; 14% and
50% for those working part time.
Table 6.7
Size of establishment and pension scheme
membership
The likelihood of the respondent belonging to an
employer’s pension scheme increased with the size
of the establishment in which they worked. For
example:
■
among men working full time, the proportion
belonging to their employer’s pension scheme
increased from 31% of those in establishments
with 3 to 24 employees to 77% of those in
establishments with 1000 or more employees;
just over a quarter (26-27%) of men working
full time in establishments with fewer than 100
employees were in a personal pension scheme
compared with 18% of those working in
establishments with a 1000 or more employees.
Table 6.8
Industry and pension scheme membership
■
The likelihood of belonging to an employer’s
pension scheme increased with the length of time
respondents had worked for their current
employer. For example:
the comparable figures for women working full
time were 38% and 81% and for women
working part time, 20% and 69%.
■
those working full time in public and personal
services were the most likely to belong to an
employer’s pension scheme (80% of men and
69% of women) and the least likely to belong to
a personal pension scheme (14% of men and
12% of women);
those least likely to belong to their employer’s
pension scheme were men working full time in
agriculture, forestry and fishing (24%) and
male and female employees working full time in
the distribution, hotels and catering repairs
sector (36% and 33% respectively). Table 6.9
Personal pension arrangements among the
self-employed
In 2000, self-employed people, like employees, had
to pay National Insurance contributions towards a
basic state pension. Unlike employees however,
they cannot contribute to SERPS. The second
pension choice for them is a personal pension,
although many self-employed people make some
provision for their retirement through savings and
investments.
Among the self-employed who worked full time, as
with employees, men were more likely than women
to belong to a personal pension scheme.
■
54% of self-employed men and 34% of selfemployed women working full time were
currently in a personal pension scheme.
65
Living in Britain
Chapter 6: Occupational and personal pension schemes
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Of the self-employed who worked part time:
■
■
31% of men and 27% of women were currently
members of a personal pension scheme (the
difference is not statistically significant due to
the small sample size);
just over a half (54%) of men and nearly twothirds (63%) of women had never belonged to a
personal pension scheme.
Table 6.10
The likelihood of having personal pension
arrangements was also associated with the length of
time spent in self-employment. The longer selfemployed people had been in self-employment, the
more likely they were to belong to a personal
pension scheme.
■
■
66
69% of men working full time who had been
self-employed for five years or more belonged
to a personal pension scheme compared with
35% of those who had been working for less
than two years.
The pattern is similar for full-time self employed women, 49% of those who had been
self-employed for five years or more had a
personal pension scheme compared with about
a quarter (24%) of those who had been working
less than two years.
Table 6.11
Notes and references
1 Full-time working was defined as more than 30
hours a week with the exception of occupations
in education where more than 26 hours a week
was included as full time.
2 There was no fieldwork for GHS in 1997/8 or
1999/2000. Data for 1996, 1998 and 2000 have
been combined to produce Tables 6.5, 6.9 and
6.11.
3 The groups with small sample sizes are: men
and women working in mining (excl. coal),
manufacture of metals, minerals and chemicals;
women working in agriculture, forestry or
fishing and coal mining, energy or water supply.
Living in Britain
Chapter 6: Occupational and personal pension schemes
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 6.1
Current pension scheme membership by age and sex
Employees aged 16 and over excluding YT and ET
Pension scheme members
Great Britain: 2000
Age
16-17
18-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55 and over
Total
Percentages
Men full time
Occupational pension*
Personal pension
Any pension
[0]
[0]
[0]
24
4
27
52
26
68
64
29
79
63
26
77
55
19
65
54
23
67
Women full time
Occupational pension*
Personal pension
Any pension
[0]
[6]
[6]
32
4
35
60
17
70
66
20
78
65
13
71
61
11
68
58
14
66
Women part time
Occupational pension*
Personal pension
Any pension
1
0
1
4
1
4
35
13
44
40
13
48
41
9
45
23
8
29
31
9
37
128
70
218
1,298
973
597
3,009
1,801
932
3,243
1,546
1,472
2,417
1,454
1,156
1,177
494
667
11,276
6,338
5,042
39
21
73
388
297
181
861
570
314
980
513
508
860
504
402
417
178
246
3545
2083
1726
Weighted base (000’s) =100%
Men full time
Women full time
Women part time
Unweighted sample
Men full time
Women full time
Women part time
* Including a few people who were not sure if they were in a scheme but thought it possible.
Table 6.2
Membership of current employer's pension scheme by sex and whether working
full time or part time
Employees aged 16 and over excluding YT and ET
Pension scheme coverage
Great Britain: 2000
Men
Women
Working
full time
Working
part time
Total*
Working
full time
Working
part time
Total*
%
%
%
%
%
%
Present employer has a pension scheme
Member†
Not a member
Does not know if a member
54
16 70
0
16
33 49
0
51
17 68
0
58
17 75
0
31
25 56
0
46
20 66
0
Present employer does not have a pension scheme
29
44
30
25
42
32
Does not know if present employer has a pension
scheme - not a member
1
7
1
1
2
1
11,323
3558
1,037
328
12,377
3891
6,353
2089
5,059
1732
11,434
3828
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
* Including a few people whose hours of work were not known.
† Including a few people who were not sure if they were in a scheme but thought it possible.
67
Living in Britain
Chapter 6: Occupational and personal pension schemes
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 6.3 Membership of current employer's pension scheme by sex: 1975 to 2000
Employees aged 16 and over excluding YT and ET*
Pension scheme members†
Great Britain
Unweighted
1975
Weighted
1979
1983
1987
1989
1991
1993
1994
1995
1996
1998
1998
2000
Percentages
Full-time
Men
Women
Total
Women part-time employees
63
47
59
68
55
65
66
55
61
63
52
59
64
55
61
61
55
59
60
54
58
60
53
58
58
55
57
58
53
56
57
56
57
55
55
55
54
58
56
..
..
13
11
15
17
19
19
24
26
27
26
31
11,009
6,429
17,440
11,323
6,353
17,677
4,628
5,059
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%**
Full-time
Men
Women
Total
Women part-time employees
Unweighted sample**
Full-time
Men
Women
Total
Women part-time employees
*
7321
2772
10093
6887
2324
9211
5087
2256
7343
5129
2562
7691
4906
2602
7508
4563
2484
7047
3976
2239
6215
4006
2345
6351
4062
2331
6393
3937
2143
6080
3697
2244
5941
3558
2089
5647
..
..
1638
2126
2102
1977
1938
1930
2038
1908
1674
1732
Prior to 1985 full-time students are excluded. Figures for 1987-1993 include full-time students who were working but exclude those on Government schemes. This represents a reclassification from that used in the GHS 1987 and 1988 reports. Figures for 1987 and 1988 have been re-calculated accordingly and may therefore differ from previously
published data.
† Including a few people who were not sure if they were in a scheme but thought it possible.
** Trend tables show unweighted and weighted figures for 1998 to allow direct comparison between 1998 and 2000 and to give an indication of the effect of the weighting. For
the weighted data (1998 and 2000) the weighted base (000’s) is the base for percentages. Unweighted data (up to 1998) are based on the unweighted sample.
68
Living in Britain
Chapter 6: Occupational and personal pension schemes
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 6.4
Membership of current employer's pension scheme by sex: 1983 to 2000
Employees aged 16 and over excluding YT and ET*
Pension scheme coverage
Great Britain
Unweighted
Weighted
1983
1987
1989
1991
1993
1994
1995
1996
1998
1998
2000
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Men full time
Present employer has a pension scheme
Member†
Not a member
Does not know if a member
66
10 77
1
63
12 74
0
64
14 79
0
61
16 77
1
60
16 76
0
60
15 75
0
58
16 74
0
58
16 74
0
57
15 72
0
55
15 71
0
54
16 70
0
Present employer does not have
a pension scheme
22
22
19
21
22
24
25
25
28
29
29
2
3
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
11,009
5087
5129
4906
4563
3976
4006
4062
3937
3697
11,323
3558
Does not know if present employer
has a pension scheme - not a member
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%**
Unweightged sample**
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Women full time
Present employer has a pension scheme
Member†
Not a member
Does not know if a member
55
17 72
0
52
16 68
1
55
21 76
0
55
21 77
0
54
22 77
0
53
19 73
0
55
20 76
0
53
20 73
0
56
17 73
0
55
18 73
0
58
17 75
0
Present employer does not have
a pension scheme
24
28
21
20
22
27
24
26
26
27
25
4
4
3
3
2
1
1
1
0
0
1
6,429
2256
2562
2602
2484
2239
2345
2331
2143
2244
6,353
2089
Does not know if present employer
has a pension scheme - not a member
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%**
Unweightged sample**
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Women part time
Present employer has a pension scheme
Member†
Not a member
Does not know if a member
13
39 53
0
11
34 46
0
15
37 52
0
17
34 52
1
19
35 55
0
19
33 52
0
24
32 55
0
26
28 53
0
27
26 53
0
26
26 52
0
31
25 56
0
Present employer does not have
a pension scheme
40
44
40
39
38
45
42
44
45
46
42
7
10
7
8
7
3
3
2
2
3
2
4,628
1638
2126
2102
1977
1938
1930
2038
1908
1674
5,059
1732
Does not know if present employer
has a pension scheme - not a member
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%**
Unweightged sample**
*
† See the footnotes to Table 6.3.
**
69
Living in Britain
Chapter 6: Occupational and personal pension schemes
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 6.5 Current pension scheme membership by sex and socio-economic group
Employees aged 16 and over excluding YT and ET
Pension scheme
members
Great Britain: 1996, 1998 and 2000 combined
Socio-economic group†
Professional
Employers
and
managers
Intermediate
non-manual
Junior nonmanual
Skilled
manual and
own account
nonprofessional
Semiskilled
manual and
personal
service
Unskilled
manual
Total
Percentages
Men full time
Occupational pension*
Personal pension
Any pension
76
27
89
66
32
83
70
19
79
59
20
70
44
27
64
43
19
56
34
15
44
56
25
71
Women full time
Occupational pension*
Personal pension
Any pension
71
19
80
64
20
74
70
16
78
52
15
61
38
16
50
31
11
40
27
10
31
55
16
65
Women part time
Occupational pension*
Personal pension
Any pension
51
23
63
40
20
54
52
12
59
28
11
36
23
10
31
23
7
28
15
3
17
28
9
34
964
273
54
2650
1250
234
1258
1636
821
1031
1892
1859
3068
299
136
1612
967
1197
396
68
580
11151
6460
5310
Unweighted sample**
Men full time
Women full time
Women part time
* Including a few people who were not sure if they were in a scheme but thought it possible.
† Members of the Armed Forces, full-time students and those who have never worked are not shown as separate categories but are included in the figures for all persons.
** Weighted bases not shown for combined data sets.
Table 6.6
Current pension scheme membership by sex and usual gross weekly earnings:
all employees
Employees aged 16 and over excluding YT and ET
Pension scheme
members
Great Britain: 2000
Usual gross weekly earnings (£)
0.01-100.00
100.01-200.00
200.01-300.00
300.01-400.00
400.01-500.00
500.01-600.00
600.01 or more
Total†
Percentages
Men full time
Occupational pension*
Personal pension
Any pension
35
27
52
19
5
23
40
19
54
57
27
73
62
28
77
74
22
84
75
31
88
54
23
67
Women full time
Occupational pension*
Personal pension
Any pension
39
12
49
28
9
35
55
16
66
70
16
77
74
18
82
81
14
87
80
22
90
58
14
66
Women part time
Occupational pension*
Personal pension
Any pension
14
5
18
44
11
49
59
17
69
53
26
69
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
31
9
37
232
161
2,192
849
1,047
1,637
2,232
1,821
508
2,205
1,178
164
1,474
728
41
1,034
383
17
1,748
384
37
11,276
6,338
5,042
71
52
742
255
343
568
689
588
178
678
384
57
460
244
13
325
130
6
577
126
12
3545
2083
1726
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Men full time
Women full time
Women part time
Unweighted sample
Men full time
Women full time
Women part time
* Including a few people who were not sure if they were in a scheme but thought it possible.
† Totals include no answers to income.
** Base too small to enable reliable analysis to be made.
70
Living in Britain
Chapter 6: Occupational and personal pension schemes
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 6.7
Current pension scheme membership by sex and length of time with current
employer
Employees aged 16 and over excluding YT and ET
Pension scheme members
Great Britain: 2000
Length of time with current employer
Less than 2 years
2 years, but less
than 5 years
5 years or more
Total†
Percentages
Men full time
Occupational pension*
Personal pension
Any pension
27
19
41
48
25
63
73
25
85
54
23
67
Women full time
Occupational pension*
Personal pension
Any pension
34
14
45
52
13
59
76
15
83
58
14
66
Women part time
Occupational pension*
Personal pension
Any pension
14
7
20
28
11
35
50
10
54
31
9
37
3,255
1,872
1,887
2,413
1,467
1,144
5,588
2,994
2,000
11,276
6,338
5,042
985
598
630
737
470
393
1817
1013
700
3545
2083
1726
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Men full time
Women full time
Women part time
Unweighted sample
Men full time
Women full time
Women part time
* Including a few people who were not sure if they were in a scheme but thought it possible.
† Including a few where length of time in job was not known.
71
Living in Britain
Chapter 6: Occupational and personal pension schemes
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 6.8
Current pension scheme membership by sex and number of employees in the
establishment
Employees aged 16 and over excluding YT and ET
Pension scheme members
Great Britain: 2000
Number of employees at establishment
1-2
3-24
25-99
100-999
1000 or more
Total†
Percentages
Men full time
Occupational pension*
Personal pension
Any pension
36
26
50
31
27
52
50
27
66
69
20
77
77
18
83
54
23
67
Women full time
Occupational pension*
Personal pension
Any pension
[18]
[12]
[25]
38
17
52
58
14
65
68
14
75
81
12
83
58
14
66
Women part time
Occupational pension*
Personal pension
Any pension
9
7
14
20
8
27
33
10
38
45
11
51
69
10
70
31
9
37
280
114
283
2,864
1,683
2,056
2,951
1,673
1,277
3,892
2,135
1,051
1,176
674
317
11,276
6,338
5,042
88
39
97
897
548
706
926
547
444
1229
708
350
369
221
109
3545
2083
1726
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Men full time
Women full time
Women part time
Unweighted sample
Men full time
Women full time
Women part time
* Including a few people who were not sure if they were in a scheme but thought it possible.
† Includes a few people for whom the number of employees at establishment was not known.
72
Living in Britain
Chapter 6: Occupational and personal pension schemes
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 6.9
Current pension scheme membership by sex and industry group
Employees aged 16 and over excluding YT and ET
Pension scheme
members
Great Britain: 1996, 1998 and 2000 combined
Industry group†
Agriculture,
forestry,
fishing
Coal
Mining
Metal
mining, (excl coal),
goods,
energy manufact- engineerand water
ure of
ing and
supply
metals,
vehicle
minerals
and
chemicals
Other
manufacturing
Construction
Distribu- Transport Banking,
tion,
and
finance,
hotels, commun- insurance
catering
ications
business
repairs
services
Public
and other
personal
services
Total
Percentages
Men full time
Occupational pension*
Personal pension
Any pension
24
35
54
72
23
83
41
29
64
57
27
73
53
26
69
39
30
60
36
29
60
61
20
73
57
30
73
80
14
84
56
25
71
Women full time
Occupational pension*
Personal pension
Any pension
[22]
[19]
[41]
73
15
79
**
**
**
53
18
63
42
17
54
49
18
62
33
17
45
51
15
59
53
21
66
69
12
75
55
16
65
Women part time
Occupational pension*
Personal pension
Any pension
[11]
[11]
[22]
**
**
**
**
**
**
21
12
30
24
11
32
21
14
33
14
8
20
36
8
41
28
15
39
38
9
44
28
9
34
230
53
11
85
12
4
1737
352
125
1704
723
347
974
97
74
1552
958
1668
998
276
158
1535
1180
565
2127
2758
2301
11125
6445
5298
Unweighted sample††
Men full time
Women full time
Women part time
*
†
**
††
183
36
45
Including a few people who were not sure if they were in a scheme but thought it possible.
Standard Industrial Classification, 1992.
Base too small for reliable analysis to be made.
Weighted bases not shown for combined data sets.
Table 6.10 Membership of personal pension scheme by sex and whether working full time
or part time: self-employed persons
Self-employed persons aged 16 and over
Pension scheme coverage
Informant belongs to a personal pension scheme
Informant no longer has a personal pension scheme
Informant has never had a personal pension scheme
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Great Britain: 2000
Men
Women
Working
full time
Working
part time
Total*
Working
full time
Working
part time
Total*
%
%
%
%
%
%
54
12
34
31
15
54
51
12
37
34
9
57
27
10
63
31
9
59
1,904
625
334
113
2,264
746
400
140
459
164
870
308
* Including a few people whose hours of work were not known.
73
Living in Britain
Chapter 6: Occupational and personal pension schemes
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 6.11 Membership of personal pension scheme by sex and length of time in
self-employment
Self-employed persons aged 16 and over
Great Britain: 1996, 1998 and 2000 combined
Length of time in self-employment
Less than 2 years
2 years, but less
than 5 years
5 years or more
Total
Percentage of self-employed who belong to a personal pension scheme
Men full time
Women full time
Women part time
Unweighted sample*
Men full time
Women full time
Women part time
* Weighted bases not shown for combined data sets.
74
35
24
11
46
42
15
69
49
32
61
43
23
251
84
130
302
89
113
1431
247
259
1984
420
502
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Chapter 7
General health and use of health services
The GHS has included a series of questions about
health and about the use of health services since its
inception in 1971. Although periodic changes have
been made to the content of the health section, it is
possible to monitor changes in health over a period
of almost 30 years. This chapter presents
information on self-reported health and the use of
health services. For the first time, questions have
been included about practice nurses.
The Independent Inquiry into Inequalities in Health1
and Our Healthier Nation2 highlight that health
inequalities exist. The NHS plan3 gives priority to
tackling this problem and sets two new national
targets to reduce health inequalities in infant
mortality and life expectancy. Tackling Inequalities
- consultation on a plan for delivery4 builds on the
NHS plan, to further develop ways of reducing
health inequalities. The wealth of data provided by
the GHS allows for health measures to be analysed
with reference to other socio-economic factors, and
for changes to be monitored over time.
Many of the tables in this chapter refer to data on
adults and children. Questions on health and use
of health services are asked of all adults in the
household aged 16 or over. For the majority of
questions, information is also collected from a
responsible adult about all children in the
household. (For more detail, see Appendix F for
the full questionnaire.)
Self-reported health
The GHS has asked a question on self-perception of
health since 1977. An identical question was
included on the 2001 Census of Population for the
first time. In 2000, the GHS found that 59% of
adults said that they had good health, 27% reported
fairly good health and 13% said their health was
not good. The GHS data show no obvious trend
over time. For the first time, this question was also
asked about children in the household; 81% were
reported by their parent or guardians as having
good health, 15% were reported as having fairly
good health and for 3% it was reported that their
health was not good (table not shown).
Table 7.2
Chronic sickness
question has been included in the GHS in its
present form since 1972. Those who report a
longstanding illness are then asked if this limits
their activities in any way. This question has been
asked since 1973. Neither question was asked in the
1977 and 1978 surveys.
In 2000, nearly one in three people (32%) reported
a longstanding condition, while 19% said they had
a condition which limited their activities in some
way. There were no statistically significant
differences between males and females.
Not surprisingly, the likelihood of reporting a
chronic condition, whether limiting or otherwise,
increased with age.
■
■
■
■
The prevalence of longstanding illnesses,
disabilities or infirmities increased from 14% of
those under the age of five to 64% of those aged
75 and over.
Around one in five (21%) respondents aged
under 45 reported a longstanding illness,
whereas around half of those aged 45 and over
did so.
The proportion reporting a limiting condition
increased from 4% of children aged under five
to 47% of adults in the 75 and over age group.
One in ten respondents under the age of 45
reported a limiting longstanding illness,
compared with a third of older respondents.
There is evidence that older people are likely to
under-report chronic conditions, perhaps because
they regard limitations in their daily activities as a
normal part of growing old, not as evidence of
illness or disability. People aged 65 and over, a report
from the 1998 GHS, discusses how GHS data is
likely to under-estimate the incidence of
longstanding conditions among older people6.
The proportion reporting longstanding illness has
increased over time. In 1972, 21% reported such
conditions, and this increased steadily through the
1970s and early 1980s, after which the figure ranged
from 30% to 35%, with no clear pattern over time.
The prevalence of limiting longstanding conditions
has increased in line with longstanding conditions,
showing similar variations, although the overall
increase has been smaller; in 1975 15% reported a
limiting condition, whereas the figure had risen to
19% in 2000.
Respondents are asked whether they have a
longstanding illness, disability or infirmity5. This
75
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
It is notable that between the 1970s and the most
recent decade, there has been an approximate doubling of the proportion of children (aged 0 to 4 and
5 to 15) who were reported to have longstanding
illnesses.
It should be noted that reports of chronic sickness
are based on respondents’ own assessments;
increases in prevalence may reflect increased
expectations which people have about their health
as well as changes in the actual prevalence of
sickness. A possible contributory factor is an
increase in the absolute numbers of people with
severe chronic conditions who are surviving now
compared with the past, perhaps due to new
treatments or the wider application of successful
treatments. It should also be remembered that
people vary in the extent to which they are troubled
by the same symptoms, and that their need to limit
activities will also depend on what they usually do.
Table 7.1, Figure 7A
Acute sickness
Respondents were asked whether they had to cut
down on their normal activities in the two weeks
prior to interview as a result of illness or injury.
In 2000, 13% of males and 15% of females reported
restricted activity due to illness or injury during the
two weeks prior to interview. As with chronic
conditions, an age gradient was evident, but it was
not as steep. Around one in ten of those aged under
16 had an acute sickness which restricted their activities during the two week period compared with
a quarter of those aged 75 and over. The proportions of those reporting restricted activity increased
from 8% in 1972 to 12% in 1981 and remained
around this level in the 1980s. From 1993 onwards
the proportion ranged between 14% and 16%.
Tables 7.1, 7.3
Self-reported sickness, socio-economic
group and economic activity status
Tackling Inequalities - consultation on a plan for
delivery4 states that, ‘at the turn of the 21st century,
opportunity for a healthy life is still linked to social
circumstances’. The General Household Survey
provides data to examine such socio-economic
differences in reported ill health.
Tables 7.4 to 7.6 show that respondents living in
households whose reference person had a manual
occupation (manual households) were more likely
than those in non-manual households to report a
longstanding illness, a limiting longstanding illness
or restricted activity in the last two weeks, but the
difference was not statistically significant for all age
groups.
■
38% of males and 35% of females in manual
households reported a longstanding condition,
compared with 28% and 29% respectively in
non-manual households. The difference
between manual and non-manual households
was found in all groups by age and gender, with
the exception of women aged 65 and over, for
whom the difference was not statistically
significant.
Figure 7A Percentages of males and females reporting (a) longstanding illness
(b) limiting longstanding illness (c) restricted activity in the 14 days before
interview: Great Britain, 1972 to 2000
(data is not available for 1977, 1978, 1997 and 1999)
35
(a) Longstanding
illness
30
Percentage
25
20
(b) Limiting long
standing illness
15
(c) Restricted
activity
10
Males
5
Females
Unweighted data
76
20
00
19
98
19
98
19
96
19
94
19
92
19
90
19
88
19
86
19
84
19
82
19
80
19
78
19
76
19
74
19
72
0
Weighted data
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
■
■
23% of males and 22% of females in manual
households reported a limiting longstanding
illness, compared with 14% and 17% respectively of those in non-manual households. The
differences between people in manual and in
non-manual households were statistically significant for all age and sex groups shown, with
the exception of females under the age of 16.
16% of males and 17% of females from manual
households reported restricted activity in the 14
days before interview, compared with 12% of
males and 14% of females from non-manual
households. Amongst people of different age
groups, the difference was not significant in the
younger age groups (0-15 and 16-44).
Tables 7.4-7.6
There is evidence to indicate that there is some
under-reporting of longstanding illnesses by
people in manual social classes. In an analysis of
the 1984-5 Health and Lifestyles Survey data,
Blaxter found that people belonging to a nonmanual social class were more ready to declare a
chronic condition, even if it was not functionally
troublesome or accompanied by symptoms7.
Respondents in manual social classes, particularly
men, were likely to say they had a named disease
only if it was actually troublesome; this was
particularly true for mental disorders.
Our Healthier Nation2 argued that ‘being in work is
good for your health’ and stated that joblessness
had been clearly linked to poor physical and mental
health. Among GHS respondents, the unemployed
were more likely than those in work to report a
longstanding illness, disability or infirmity, but the
difference was not statistically significant. This
may, in part, be due to the small sample sizes in the
unemployed group.
The prevalence of both chronic and acute sickness
was highest among economically inactive
respondents. The difference was most pronounced
for limiting longstanding conditions; 46% of men
and 37% of women in the economically inactive
group reported a limiting illness, compared with
10% of working men and 11% of working women,
and 12% of unemployed men and 18% of
unemployed women. The difference between
economically inactive and working respondents,
and between the economically inactive and the
unemployed, was statistically significant across all
age groups.
Tables 7.7-7.9
Self-reported sickness and regional variations
The main regional analysis throughout this report
is based on Government Office Region, but for the
health data there is policy interest in figures presented for NHS Executive Region Office Areas.
These areas came into effect in April 1999 with
some boundary changes affecting the regions in the
southern half of England. This means that the
boundaries are different from those reported in
earlier GHS reports (see Appendix A).
There were no statistically significant differences
between the countries of Great Britain in the
reporting of longstanding illness, limiting
conditions and restriction of activities in the 14
days before interview.
London had the lowest incidence of longstanding
illness, whether limiting or not. Reported
longstanding illness was highest in Merseyside and
the North East.
Tables 7.10-7.11
Details of longstanding conditions
Respondents aged 16 and over who reported a
longstanding illness or condition were asked ‘What
is the matter with you?’ Details of the illness were
recorded by the interviewer and coded during the
interview using a computer-assisted coding frame8.
The results were later aggregated into groups which
approximate to the chapter headings of the
International Classification of Diseases (ICD9).
Studies of the validity of self-reported data have
shown that there is a high level of agreement
between incidence based on self-reporting and on
medical examinations9, and between self-reporting
and doctor diagnosis of specific conditions10. The
level of agreement is highest for those conditions
which require ongoing treatment, have commonly
recognised names and are salient to respondents
because they cause discomfort or worry11.
As in previous years of the GHS, the most common
conditions reported by respondents were
musculoskeletal problems and conditions of the
heart and circulatory system. For most condition
groups there was no statistically significant
difference between men and women in the rate of
reporting. The main exception was for
musculoskeletal conditions, which was reported by
135 men and 161 women per 1000. There was no
change from 1998 in the relative frequency of
conditions.
Table 7.12
For the majority of conditions a higher prevalence
was found among older people compared with
young people. The difference was more marked for
some complaints than others.
■
Whereas 68 per 1000 in the 16 to 44 age group
reported a musculoskeletal condition, the corresponding rate among those aged 75 and over
was 311 per 1000.
77
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
■
A condition of the heart and circulatory system
was reported at a rate of 17 per 1000 for those
aged 16 to 44, compared with a rate of 308 per
1000 among people aged 75 and over.
The prevalence of mental disorders was greatest
among those aged between 45 and 64. In this age
group 36 per 1000 reported mental disorders in
2000, compared with the overall reporting rate of
27 per 1000. The GHS is based on a sample of
private households and therefore has no data on
people living in institutions. This may mean that
the rates of mental disorders are an underestimate
of the true population rates, particularly among
those aged 75 and over.
Table 7.13
Analysis by age and sex shows that, for all age
groups above the age of 44, reported chronic
respiratory problems were different for men and
women. Among those aged 75 and over, men were
twice as likely as women to report chronic
respiratory problems (116 per 1000, compared
with 58 per 1000). For the musculoskeletal system,
within the younger age group (16 to 44) men were
more likely than women to report a condition, at a
rate of 77 per 1000 compared with 58 per 1000.
Table 7.14
Table 7.15 shows the major disease groups
separated into their component parts. This shows
that the higher levels of women than men who
reported musculoskeletal conditions in the older
age groups was mainly explained by the proportion
of women suffering from arthritis and rheumatism
in the older age groups; 250 women out of 1000
aged 75 and over reported these conditions,
compared with 131 men in the same age group.
■
■
Bronchitis and emphysema was related to age,
especially in men. There was almost no
reporting among men aged 16-44, whereas 50
out of 1000 men aged 75 or over reported this
condition.
Hay fever was higher for young people, the rates
out of 1000 were 8 for men aged 16-44, and 6
for women aged 16-44 whereas there were no
reporting for those aged 75 or over. Table 7.15
Tables 7.16 and 7.17 look at the rate of reporting
selected longstanding conditions by the socioeconomic group of the household reference person.
There was a clear pattern of higher prevalence of
the conditions listed among those living in
households where the household reference person
was in a lower socio-economic group compared to
a higher socio-economic group. For example, three
times as many people in households headed by
someone in an unskilled manual job, compared
with a professional occupation, reported conditions which affected their musculoskeletal system
78
(257 per 1000 compared with 83 per 1000). They
were also more likely to report conditions in more
than one group.
Tables 7.16-7.17
Use of health services
The GHS provides data about the use of health
services among children and adults in the general
population. It complements other sources of data
which refer to those who have made use of health
services, as it also includes those who make little or
no use of these services.
The topics covered include:
■
■
■
■
■
whether they have seen a General Practitioner
(GP) in the two weeks before interview;
whether they have seen a practice nurse in the
two weeks before interview;
whether they have attended an outpatient or
casualty department in the three months before
interview;
whether they have been a day patient in the last
12 months;
whether they have been an inpatient in the last
12 months.
Overall, females were more likely than males to
have made use of any of these services. Use was
highest among the youngest and the oldest age
groups.
General Practitioner (GP) consultations
There has been very little change in the proportion
of NHS GP consultations for 2000 compared with
those reported in 1998. In 2000, 16% of females
and 12% of males reported consulting a GP during
the 14 days prior to interview. As in previous years,
the difference between men and women was
particularly marked in the 16 to 44 age group.
Women in this age group were twice as likely to
report consulting a GP compared with men of the
same age, 16% and 8% respectively. Consultations
by women of this age related to birth control or
pregnancy are likely to account for at least some of
this difference.
■
The likelihood of having consulted a GP was
highest for adults aged 65 and over.
■
The average number of consultations per year
was the same as in 1998; 4 for males and 5 for
females.
Tables 7.18-7.19, Figure 7B
Trend data show a reduction in the number of NHS
GP consultations which take place at home, and an
increase in surgery and phone consultations. In
1971, 22% of consultations took place in the home,
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
whereas in 2000 only 5% took place in the home,
although there was no significant difference between 1998 (6%) and 2000. In 1971, 73% of consultations took place in the surgery, but by 2000 this
figure had increased to 86%. GP consultations over
the phone have shown an increase over time, which
might be expected as phone ownership has increased (see Table 4.23). In 1971 only 4% of GP
consultations took place over the phone, at a time
when less than half of households owned a phone.
During the 1980s and early 1990s, between 6% and
8% of GP consultations took place over the phone.
The figure in 1998 and 2000 was 10%. Table 7.20
so, compared with 11% of males and 15% of females in non-manual households. Comparison
within each age and sex group showed this relationship was only statistically significant for men aged
45 to 64, which may be due to some extent to the
smaller sample sizes. There was no significant difference in the average number of consultations per
year when analysed by socio-economic group of
household reference person.
Table 7.21 presents the percentage of consultations
by site of consultation, and Table 7.22 shows the
percentage of people consulting a doctor by site of
consultation. The distribution within each table
was fairly similar and the following figures refer to
Table 7.21. The older age groups were substantially
more likely to be seen by an NHS GP at home, than
the younger age groups. For those aged under 65,
GP consultations took place at home 1% to 2% of
the time, while for those aged between 65 and 74,
the figure was 9%, and for those aged 75 and over
the figure was 23%. One reason for this may be
because it is more difficult for older people to get to
the surgery. Telephone consultations were most
likely to be made for the under fives (17%
compared with between 7% and 11% for other age
groups).
Tables 7.21-7.22
Respondents living in households where the
household reference person was in one of the
manual socio-economic groups were more likely
than those in non-manual households to have consulted an NHS GP in the two weeks prior to interview; 13% of males and 17% of females had done
Respondents living in households where the
household reference person was in the manual
socio-economic groups were more likely to receive
a prescription than those where the household
reference person was in a non-manual group.
Economically inactive men were more than twice as
likely as men who were working or who were
unemployed to have consulted an NHS GP in the
last fortnight, 20% compared with 9%. The
proportion of economically inactive women who
had consulted a GP was higher than that of women
who were working or unemployed, but the
difference was less marked than among men, and
the difference between unemployed and
economically inactive women was not statistically
significant.
Tables 7.23-7.25
As in previous years, only a small percentage of GP
consultations were with private doctors: 3% of all
consultations.
Table 7.26
Practice nurse consultations
On average, one in twenty people (5%) reported
consulting a practice nurse during the two weeks
before interview. Older people were more likely to
Figure 7B Percentage of males and females consulting an NHS GP in the 14 days
before interview: Great Britain 1971 to 2000
(data is not available for 1977, 1978, 1997 and 1999)
20
12
8
Males
Females
4
Unweighted data
20
00
19
98
19
98
19
95
19
93
19
91
19
89
19
87
19
85
19
83
19
81
19
79
19
77
19
75
19
73
0
19
71
Percentage
16
Weighted data
79
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
have visited a practice nurse than younger people;
10% of those aged 65 to 74 and 9% of those aged 75
and over. Children under five were more likely
than children over five to have seen a practice nurse
(4% compared with 1%). Among those aged 16 to
44, women were more likely than men to have
reported consulting a practice nurse, presumably
due in part to visits relating to family planing and
pregnancy.
There is an average of one consultation with a
practice nurse per person per year. This figure
trebles for people aged 65 and over.
Table 7.27
Children’s use of other health services
It was reported that in the two weeks before
interview:
■
■
■
■
2% of children had seen a practice nurse at the
GP surgery;
3% of children had seen a health visitor at the
GP surgery;
2% of children had gone to a child health clinic;
less than 0.5% had gone to a child welfare clinic.
Children under five were more likely to have made
use of the services. There were no significant
differences between boys and girls.
Table 7.28
Hospital visits
Outpatient visits
Fifteen per cent of respondents reported visiting an
outpatient or casualty department at least once in
the three months prior to interview. There has been
a general upward trend since 1972, when 10% of all
respondents reported such visits, although there
has been a slight decrease from the 1998 figure of
16%.
Older respondents were most likely to have
reported attending an outpatient or casualty
department; one quarter of those aged 75 and over
had done so.
Table 7.29
Day patients
Seven percent of men and 8% of women reported
attending hospital as a day patient in the 12 months
prior to interview. The proportion of respondents
attending hospitals as day patients has increased
since this question was first asked in 1992 from 4%
to 7% among males and from 4% to 8% among
females.
Table 7.30
Inpatients
In 2000, 8% of people reported an inpatient stay in
the 12 months prior to interview. This was a slight
but significant reduction from the 9% in 1998. The
differences with respect to age and sex were similar
to those seen in previous years. A larger percentage
of women than men said they had an inpatient stay
(9% compared with 7%). Those aged 75 or over
were more likely to report an inpatient stay than
any other age group; 18% in this age group did so.
Table 7.31, Figure 7C
Among those who had been an inpatient, the average number of nights spent in hospital during the
12 months prior to the interview was 9. With the
exception of children under five, the average number of nights increased with age, from 3 nights for
those aged between 5 and 15, to 16 nights for those
aged 75 or over.
Tables 7.32-7.34
Figure 7C Percentage of males and females reporting an inpatient stay in the 12
months before interview by age: Great Britain, 2000
Percentage reporting an inpatient stay
25
Males
Females
20
15
10
5
0
0-4
5-15
16-44
45-64
Age group
80
65-74
75 and over
All ages
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Notes and references
Household Survey. Office for National Statistics
(London 2000).
7 Blaxter M. Health and Lifestyles. Routledge
(London 1990).
8 The interviewers checked whether respondents
had more than one complaint. They recorded details of, and coded up to six complaints.
9 Blaxter M. Self-reported health in The Health
and Lifestyles Survey. Health Promotion Research
Trust (London 1987).
10 Bennett N et al. Health Survey for England 1993:
Appendix D. HMSO (London 1995).
11 Discrepancies do not necessarily indicate that
data from self-reported sources are inaccurate. Respondents may not have brought a condition to the
attention of a doctor, medical records could be inaccurate, doctors may not have informed patients of
their diagnosis, and lay descriptions may be different from those given by a doctor (see Blaxter and
Bennett).
1 Independent Inquiry into Inequalities in Health.
The Stationery Office (London 1998).
2 Our Healthier Nation. Department of Health.
The Stationery Office (London 1998).
3 The NHS Plan. Department of Health. The
Stationery Office (London 2000).
4 Tackling Health Inequalities - consultation on a
plan for delivery. Department of Health. The
Stationery Office (London 2001).
5 Respondents are asked ‘Do you have any longstanding illness, disability or infirmity? By longstanding, I mean anything that has troubled you
over a period of time or that is likely to affect you
over a period of time?’. It is left to the respondent to
define what is meant by long-standing illness, disability or infirmity.
6 Bridgwood A. People aged 65 and over. Results of
an independent study carried out on behalf of the Department of Health as part of the 1998 General
81
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 7.1
Trends in self-reported sickness by sex and age, 1972 to 2000: percentage of persons
who reported
(a) longstanding illness
(b) limiting longstanding illness
(c) restricted activity in the 14 days before interview
All persons
Great Britain
Unweighted
1972
1975
Weighted
1981
1985
1991
1993
1995
1996
1998
1998
2000
Weighted Unweighted
base 2000
sample*
(000’s)
2000
= 100%*
(a) Longstanding illness
Percentage who
reported:
Males
0- 4
5-15†
16-44†
45-64
65-74
75 and over
5
9
14
29
48
54
8
11
17
35
50
63
12
17
22
40
51
60
11
18
21
42
55
58
13
17
23
42
61
63
15
21
26
45
62
64
14
20
23
43
55
56
14
19
27
46
61
64
15
21
24
44
59
68
15
21
24
44
59
68
14
23
23
45
61
63
1,816
4,082
11,790
6,675
2,196
1,457
670
1458
3454
2352
805
548
Total
20
23
28
29
31
34
31
34
33
33
33
28,016
9287
Females
0- 4
5-15†
16-44†
45-64
65-74
75 and over
3
6
13
31
48
65
6
9
16
33
54
61
7
13
21
41
58
70
9
13
22
43
56
65
10
15
23
41
55
65
12
16
26
45
59
69
11
17
22
39
54
66
13
16
27
47
58
68
15
19
23
43
59
65
15
19
23
43
59
65
13
18
22
42
54
64
1,653
4,082
11,382
6,802
2,508
2,426
594
1453
3765
2437
863
794
Total
21
25
30
31
32
35
31
35
34
34
32
28,853
9906
All persons
0- 4
5-15†
16-44†
45-64
65-74
75 and over
4
8
13
30
48
62
7
10
16
34
52
62
10
15
21
41
55
67
10
16
22
43
56
63
12
16
23
41
58
65
13
19
26
45
60
67
13
19
23
41
55
63
13
18
27
47
59
66
15
20
24
44
59
66
15
20
24
43
59
66
14
20
22
44
57
64
3,469
8,164
23,171
13,477
4,705
3,883
1264
2911
7219
4789
1668
1342
Total
21
24
29
30
31
34
31
35
33
33
32
56,869
19193
(b) Limiting longstanding illness
Percentage who
reported:
Males
0- 4
5-15†
16-44†
45-64
65-74
75 and over
..
..
..
..
..
..
3
6
9
24
36
46
3
8
10
26
35
44
4
8
10
27
38
43
4
7
10
25
40
46
5
9
13
28
41
45
5
8
12
28
37
41
4
8
14
31
42
50
4
8
12
28
36
48
4
8
12
28
36
48
4
9
11
27
38
44
1,816
4,082
11,790
6,675
2,196
1,457
670
1458
3454
2352
805
548
Total
..
14
16
16
17
19
18
21
19
19
18
28,016
9287
Females
0- 4
5-15†
16-44†
45-64
65-74
75 and over
..
..
..
..
..
..
2
4
9
22
39
49
3
6
11
26
41
56
3
6
11
26
38
51
3
5
11
25
34
51
3
8
15
29
39
52
3
8
13
26
37
52
4
8
16
32
40
53
5
8
13
29
39
51
5
8
13
29
39
51
4
8
11
27
35
48
1,653
4,082
11,382
6,799
2,508
2,426
594
1453
3765
2436
863
794
Total
..
16
19
18
18
22
20
23
21
21
19
28,850
9905
All persons
0- 4
5-15†
16-44†
45-64
65-74
75 and over
..
..
..
..
..
..
2
5
9
23
38
48
3
7
11
26
38
52
3
7
10
26
38
48
4
6
10
25
37
49
4
9
14
29
40
50
4
8
12
27
37
48
4
8
15
32
41
52
4
8
13
28
38
50
4
8
13
28
37
50
4
8
11
27
37
47
3,469
8,164
23,171
13,474
4,705
3,883
1264
2911
7219
4788
1668
1342
Total
..
15
17
17
18
20
19
22
20
20
19
56,866
19192
* Trend tables show unweighted and weighted figures for 1998 to allow direct comparison between 1998 and 2000 and to give an indication of the effect of the weighting. For the weighted
data (1998 and 2000) the weighted base (000’s) is the base for percentages. Unweighted data (up to 1998) are based on the unweighted sample. Unweighted bases for earlier years are of
similar size to the unweighted sample and can be found in GHS reports for each year.
† These age-groups were 5-14 and 15-44 in 1972 to 1978.
82
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 7.1 - continued
All persons
Great Britain
Unweighted
1972
Weighted
1975
1981
1985
1991
1993
1995
1996
1998
1998
2000
Weighted Unweighted
base 2000
sample*
(000’s)
2000
= 100%*
(c) Restricted activity in the 14 days before interview
Percentage who
reported:
Males
0- 4
5-15†
16-44†
45-64
65-74
75 and over
Total
Females
0- 4
5-15†
16-44†
45-64
65-74
75 and over
Total
All persons
0- 4
5-15†
16-44†
45-64
65-74
75 and over
Total
5
6
7
9
10
10
10
9
7
10
8
12
13
12
8
12
11
15
13
11
9
11
13
17
11
11
9
12
14
18
13
11
11
15
16
17
11
10
10
15
17
20
12
10
13
18
19
23
10
9
11
18
18
24
10
9
11
18
18
24
11
10
10
17
20
23
1,816
4,079
11,790
6,676
2,200
1,451
670
1457
3453
2352
806
546
7
9
11
11
11
13
13
15
14
14
13
28,012
9284
6
5
8
9
10
14
8
7
10
10
12
13
12
11
11
13
17
21
13
12
13
14
18
23
10
9
12
13
16
21
10
11
13
17
19
23
11
10
13
17
20
26
9
9
15
22
21
25
8
11
13
20
23
27
8
11
13
20
23
27
7
11
12
19
21
27
1,651
4,082
11,387
6,795
2,512
2,426
593
1453
3766
2435
864
794
8
10
13
14
13
15
15
17
16
16
15
28,853
9905
6
6
8
9
10
13
9
8
9
10
11
13
13
12
10
12
14
19
13
11
11
12
16
21
11
10
10
13
15
20
11
11
12
16
18
21
11
10
12
16
19
24
10
10
14
20
20
24
9
10
12
19
21
26
9
10
12
19
21
26
9
10
11
18
21
25
3,467
8,161
23,176
13,471
4,713
3,877
1263
2910
7219
4787
1670
1340
8
9
12
12
12
14
14
16
15
15
14
56,865
19189
* Trend tables show unweighted and weighted figures for 1998 to allow direct comparison between 1998 and 2000 and to give an indication of the effect of the weighting. For the weighted
data (1998 and 2000) the weighted base (000’s) is the base for percentages. Unweighted data (up to 1998) are based on the unweighted sample. Unweighted bases for earlier years are of
similar size to the unweighted sample and can be found in GHS reports for each year.
† These age-groups were 5-14 and 15-44 in 1972 to 1978.
Table 7.2 Self perception of general health during the last 12 months
Persons aged 16 and over**
Great Britain
Unweighted data
Percentage who reported
their general health was:
Good
Fairly good
Not good
Weighted base (000’s) =100%*
Unweighted sample*
Weighted data
1977
1979
1981
1983
1985
1987
1990
1994
1996
1998
1998
2000
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
58
30
12
60
27
13
62
26
12
60
28
12
63
25
12
60
28
12
60
28
12
60
27
13
55
33
12
59
27
14
60
27
14
59
27
13
40,884
23125
21962
23242
19056
18575
19477
17537
16778
15684
14410
42,467
14113
*
Trend tables show unweighted and weighted figures for 1998 to allow direct comparison between 1998 and 2000 and to give an indication of the
effect of the weighting. For the weighted data (1998 and 2000) the weighted base (000’s) is the base for percentages. Unweighted data (up to 1998)
are based on the unweighted sample.
** This question was not asked of proxies.
83
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 7.3 Acute sickness: average number of restricted activity days per person per year,
by sex and age
All persons
Great Britain: 2000
Number of days
Weighted bases (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Males
Females
Total
Males
Females
Total
Males
Females
Total
Age
0- 4
5-15
16-44
45-64
65-74
75 and over
16
12
21
40
57
68
9
13
22
42
58
76
13
13
22
41
58
73
1,816
4,079
11,790
6,676
2,200
1,451
1,651
4,079
11,387
6,793
2,509
2,426
3,467
8,158
23,176
13,469
4,710
3,877
670
1457
3453
2352
806
546
593
1452
3766
2434
863
794
1263
2909
7219
4786
1669
1340
Total
29
32
31
28,012
28,845
56,857
9284
9902
19186
Table 7.4
Chronic sickness: prevalence of reported longstanding illness by sex, age and
socio-economic group of household reference person
All persons
Socio-economic group of household
reference person*
Great Britain: 2000
Males
Females
Age
Age
0-15
16-44
45-64
65 and
over
Total
0-15
16-44
45-64
65 and
over
Total
Percentage who reported longstanding illness
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate non-manual
Junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and personal service
Unskilled manual
15
16 18
20
20
19
20 20
20
21
38
36 39
45
43
54
59 59
54
65
26
28 28
28
30
18
15 15
11
16
15
19 20
21
24
34
34 38
42
44
50
54
58
62
58
24
27 29
30
35
21
24 23
27
25
29 27
34
47
54 50
62
65
70 66
59
37
39 38
44
19
18 20
27
22
26 24
27
45
46 47
54
56
61
65
60
33
36 35
46
All persons
20
23
45
62
33
17
22
42
59
32
391
1,250
827
767
1,018
2,512
1,589
1,204
507
1,587
759
523
237
835
308
298
2,154
6,185
3,483
2,792
333
1,218
699
839
827
2,426
1,675
1,549
436
1,589
923
857
206
775
546
916
1,802
6,008
3,843
4,162
1,258
793
320
5,898
3,117
1,466
381
11,790
2,064
858
301
6,675
1,241
487
202
3,653
7,680
3,605
1,204
28,016
1,312
835
237
5,735
2,436
1,503
409
11,382
1,690
879
332
6,802
939
877
474
4,934
6,377
4,093
1,452
28,853
146
454
305
277
303
771
471
344
189
587
276
183
92
323
116
114
730
2135
1168
918
125
439
256
295
276
816
560
509
166
589
331
302
77
280
188
306
644
2124
1335
1412
435
289
118
2128
891
430
108
3454
699
294
99
2352
444
177
71
1353
2469
1190
396
9287
449
303
90
2047
784
507
140
3765
594
310
113
2437
315
280
149
1657
2142
1400
492
9906
Weighted bases (000’s) = 100%
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate non-manual
Junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and personal service
Unskilled manual
All persons
Unweighted sample
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate non-manual
Junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and personal service
Unskilled manual
All persons
* Members of the Armed Forces, persons in inadequately described occupations and all persons who have never worked are not shown as separate categories, but are included in
the figure for all persons (see Appendix A for details).
84
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 7.5
Chronic sickness: prevalence of reported limiting longstanding illness by sex, age
and socio-economic group of household reference person
All persons
Socio-economic group of household
reference person*
Great Britain: 2000
Males
Females
Age
Age
0-15
16-44
45-64
65 and
over
Total
0-15
16-44
45-64
65 and
over
Total
Percentage who reported limiting longstanding illness
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate non-manual
Junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and personal service
Unskilled manual
All persons
Weighted bases (000’s) = 100%
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate non-manual
Junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and personal service
Unskilled manual
All persons
Unweighted sample
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate non-manual
Junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and personal service
Unskilled manual
All persons
5
5
9
6
6
7
7
10
10
8
15
19
22
28
28
31
34
33
27
40
11
13
14
15
15
4
6
5
7
6
6
9
10
11
12
19
19
22
25
27
28
32
38
40
45
11
14
17
18
21
9
10
12
9
13
15 14
21
30
34 32
45
45
54 47
44
22
23 23
28
8
8
9
8
11
14 13
20
29
32 31
43
41
47 44
47
20
24 22
32
7
11
27
41
18
7
11
27
42
19
391
1,250
827
767
1,018
2,512
1,589
1,204
507
1,587
759
523
237
835
308
298
2,154
6,185
3,483
2,792
333
1,218
699
839
827
2,426
1,675
1,549
436
1,589
923
857
206
775
546
916
1,802
6,008
3,843
4,162
1,258
793
320
5,898
3,117
1,466
381
11,790
2,064
858
301
6,675
1,241
487
202
3,653
7,680
3,605
1,204
28,016
1,312
835
237
5,735
2,436
1,503
409
11,382
1,690
876
332
6,799
939
877
474
4,934
6,377
4,090
1,452
28,850
146
454
305
277
303
771
471
344
189
587
276
183
92
323
116
114
730
2135
1168
918
125
439
256
295
276
816
560
509
166
589
331
302
77
280
188
306
644
2124
1335
1412
435
289
118
2128
891
430
108
3454
699
294
99
2352
444
177
71
1353
2469
1190
396
9287
449
303
90
2047
784
507
140
3765
594
309
113
2436
315
280
149
1657
2142
1399
492
9905
* Members of the Armed Forces, persons in inadequately described occupations and all persons who have never worked are not shown as separate categories, but are included in
the figure for all persons (see Appendix A for details).
85
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 7.6 Acute sickness
(a) Prevalence of reported restricted activity in the 14 days before interview, by
sex, age, and socio-economic group of household reference person
(b) Average number of restricted activity days per person per year, by sex, age,
and socio-economic group of household reference person
All persons
Socio-economic group of household
reference person*
Great Britain: 2000
Males
Females
Age
Age
0-15
16-44
45-64
65 and
over
Total
0-15
16-44
45-64
65 and
over
Total
(a) Percentage who reported restricted activity in the 14 days before interview
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate non-manual
Junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and personal service
Unskilled manual
9
9
11
9
9
10
8
10
13
11
10
10
13
21
16
14
18
17
14
22
10
10
12
14
13
16
10
10
11
9
11
11
12
13
13
12
17
17
20
16
19
15
20
22
23
13
13
14
16
15
13
8 11
8
11
11 11
7
20
21 20
20
25
27 25
22
16
15 16
13
10
7
10
10
15 12
14
21
22 21
20
25
29 27
27
15
18 17
19
All persons
10
10
17
21
13
10
12
19
24
15
9
(b) Average number of restricted activity days per person per year
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate non-manual
Junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and personal service
Unskilled manual
7
10
12
17
13
17
17
20
25
21
19
23
30
46
37
28
49
48
45
61
17
21
23
30
26
14
9
11
13
12
16
20
22
22
27
30
32
35
48
29
60
42
60
64
56
24
24
28
32
32
19
11 15
8
25
24 24
14
49
55 50
46
69
83 73
73
38
37 37
31
13
12 12
12
19
28 23
28
52
46 50
49
71
87
75
78
34
41 38
46
All persons
13
21
40
61
29
12
22
42
67
32
391
1,250
827
767
1,018
2,512
1,589
1,204
507
1,587
759
527
237
835
308
298
2,154
6,185
3,483
2,796
333
1,215
699
839
827
2,429
1,678
1,544
436
1,589
923
857
206
775
546
916
1,802
6,009
3,846
4,157
1,258
791
320
5,895
3,117
1,468
378
11,790
2,064
855
301
6,676
1,238
485
206
3,652
7,677
3,599
1,205
28,012
1,312
832
237
5,733
2,436
1,509
406
11,387
1,690
873
332
6,795
939
881
474
4,938
6,377
4,096
1,449
28,853
146
454
305
277
303
771
471
344
189
587
276
184
92
323
116
114
730
2135
1168
919
125
438
256
295
276
817
561
507
166
589
331
302
77
280
188
306
644
2124
1336
1410
435
288
118
2127
891
430
107
3453
699
293
99
2352
443
176
72
1352
2468
1187
396
9284
449
302
90
2046
784
509
139
3766
594
308
113
2435
315
281
149
1658
2142
1400
491
9905
Weighted bases (000’s) = 100%
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate non-manual
Junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and personal service
Unskilled manual
All persons
Unweighted sample
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate non-manual
Junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and personal service
Unskilled manual
All persons
* Members of the Armed Forces, persons in inadequately described occupations and all persons who have never worked are not shown as separate categories, but are included in
the figure for all persons (see Appendix A for details).
86
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 7.7 Chronic sickness: prevalence of reported longstanding illness by sex, age, and
economic activity status
Persons aged 16 and over
Economic activity status
Great Britain: 2000
Men
Women
Age
Age
16-44
45-64
65 and
over
Total
16-44
45-64
65 and
over
Total
Percentage who reported longstanding illness
Working
Unemployed
Economically inactive
20
25
43
35
35
74
38
*
64
25
28
62
19
23
29
32
[45]
58
45
*
60
24
26
51
All aged 16 and over
23
45
62
36
22
42
59
36
9,722
637
1,431
11,790
4,834
208
1,634
6,675
267
11
3,375
3,653
14,823
855
6,440
22,119
8,156
409
2,808
11,373
4,095
79
2,624
6,799
163
5
4,766
4,934
12,414
494
10,198
23,106
2871
179
404
3454
1721
68
563
2352
103
4
1246
1353
4695
251
2213
7159
2670
134
958
3762
1450
27
959
2436
55
2
1600
1657
4175
163
3517
7855
Weighted bases (000’s) = 100%
Working
Unemployed
Economically inactive
All aged 16 and over
Unweighted sample
Working
Unemployed
Economically inactive
All aged 16 and over
* Base too small for analysis.
Table 7.8 Chronic sickness: prevalence of reported limiting longstanding illness by sex, age,
and economic activity status
Persons aged 16 and over
Economic activity status
Great Britain: 2000
Men
Women
Age
Age
16-44
45-64
65 and
over
Total
16-44
45-64
65 and
over
Total
Percentage who reported limiting longstanding illness
Working
Unemployed
Economically inactive
8
11
33
15
14
63
14
*
43
10
12
46
8
14
20
15
[42]
44
24
*
42
11
18
37
All aged 16 and over
11
27
41
21
11
26
42
22
9,722
637
1,431
11,790
4,834
208
1,634
6,675
267
11
3,375
3,653
14,823
855
6,440
22,119
8,156
409
2,808
11,373
4,095
79
2,621
6,796
163
6
4,766
4,934
12,414
494
10,195
23,103
2871
179
404
3454
1721
68
563
2352
103
4
1246
1353
4695
251
2213
7159
2670
134
958
3762
1450
27
958
2435
55
2
1600
1657
4175
163
3516
7854
Weighted bases (000’s) = 100%
Working
Unemployed
Economically inactive
All aged 16 and over
Unweighted sample
Working
Unemployed
Economically inactive
All aged 16 and over
* Base too small for analysis.
87
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 7.9 Acute sickness
(a) Prevalence of reported restricted activity in the 14 days before interview, by
sex, age and economic activity status
(b) Average number of restricted activity days per person per year, by sex, age,
and economic activity status
Persons aged 16 and over
Economic activity status
Great Britain: 2000
Men
Women
Age
Age
16-44
45-64
65 and
over
Total
16-44
45-64
65 and
over
Total
(a) Percentage who reported restricted activity in the 14 days before interview
Working
Unemployed
Economically inactive
9
7
22
11
9
34
7
*
22
10
8
25
10
10
17
14
[29]
27
7
*
24
11
13
23
All aged 16 and over
10
17
21
14
12
19
24
17
(b) Average number of restricted activity days per person per year
Working
Unemployed
Economically inactive
16
17
56
24
17
92
22
*
64
19
18
69
16
19
39
26
[59]
67
19
*
68
20
25
60
All aged 16 and over
21
40
61
34
22
42
67
38
9,722
637
1,431
11,790
4,838
208
1,631
6,676
267
11
3,374
3,652
14,827
855
6,436
22,117
8,159
412
2,806
11,378
4,095
79
2,615
6,790
163
6
4,767
4,935
12,417
497
10,188
23,102
2870
179
404
3543
1722
68
562
2352
103
4
1245
1352
4695
251
2211
7157
2671
135
957
3763
1450
27
956
2433
55
2
1600
1657
4176
164
3513
7853
Weighted bases (000’s) = 100%
Working
Unemployed
Economically inactive
All aged 16 and over
Unweighted sample
Working
Unemployed
Economically inactive
All aged 16 and over
* Base too small for analysis.
88
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 7.10
Self-reported sickness by sex and Government Office Region: percentage of
persons who reported
(a) longstanding illness
(b) limiting longstanding illness
(c) restricted activity in the 14 days before interview
All persons
Government Office Region*
Great Britain: 2000
(a) Longstanding
illness
(b) Limiting
longstanding
illness
(c) Restricted activity
in the 14 days
before interview
Weighted
base (000’s)
= 100%
Unweighted
sample
Males
England
North East
North West
Merseyside
Yorkshire and the Humber
East Midlands
West Midlands
Eastern
London
South East
South West
37
36
43
37
32
29
30
26
30
36
22
20
23
21
18
15
16
15
16
19
13
14
19
16
16
11
10
14
11
15
1,331
2,813
694
2,462
1,901
2,571
2,578
3,514
3,937
2,381
444
960
234
821
644
860
883
1005
1350
821
All England
Wales
Scotland
32
36
34
18
19
19
13
15
13
24,182
1,437
2,393
8022
495
767
Great Britain
33
18
13
28,012
9284
Females
England
North East
North West
Merseyside
Yorkshire and the Humber
East Midlands
West Midlands
Eastern
London
South East
South West
38
32
40
35
29
31
32
27
29
36
25
20
24
21
18
19
17
17
16
23
18
17
22
15
15
13
14
14
14
16
1,452
2,874
642
2,651
1,853
2,593
2,550
3,616
4,007
2,544
500
1015
226
918
654
887
910
1085
1422
908
All England
Wales
Scotland
32
33
32
19
21
19
15
18
16
24,782
1,465
2,606
8525
515
865
Great Britain
32
19
15
28,853
9905
All persons
England
North East
North West
Merseyside
Yorkshire and the Humber
East Midlands
West Midlands
Eastern
London
South East
South West
37
34
41
36
31
30
31
27
30
36
23
20
23
21
18
17
17
16
16
21
15
15
20
15
16
12
12
14
13
15
2,783
5,686
1,336
5,113
3,754
5,164
5,129
7,131
7,943
4,925
944
1975
460
1739
1298
1747
1793
2090
2772
1729
All England
Wales
Scotland
32
34
33
18
20
19
14
16
14
48,965
2,902
4,999
16547
1010
1632
Great Britain
32
19
14
56,865
19189
* The data have not been standardised to take account of age or socio-economic group.
89
Living in Britain
General Household Survey 2000/01
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 7.11 Prevalence of:
(a) longstanding illness by sex and NHS Regional Office area
(b) limiting longstanding illness by sex and NHS Regional Office area
(c) reported restricted activity in the 14 days before interview, by sex and NHS
Regional Office area
All persons
NHS Regional Office area
Males
Females
All persons
Northern and Yorkshire
Trent
West Midlands
North West
Eastern
London
South East
South West
36
34
29
38
30
26
30
36
(a) Longstanding illness
35
32
31
34
32
27
29
36
36
33
30
36
31
27
30
36
England
Wales
Scotland
32
36
34
32
33
32
32
34
33
Great Britain
33
32
32
Northern and Yorkshire
Trent
West Midlands
North West
Eastern
London
South East
South West
21
19
15
21
16
15
16
19
(b) Limiting longstanding illness
21
21
19
21
17
17
16
23
21
20
17
21
17
16
16
21
England
Wales
Scotland
18
19
20
19
21
19
18
20
20
Great Britain
18
19
19
Northern and Yorkshire
Trent
West Midlands
North West
Eastern
London
South East
South West
13
17
11
16
10
14
11
15
England
Wales
Scotland
13
15
13
15
18
16
14
16
14
Great Britain
13
15
14
3226
2503
2571
3262
2578
3514
4143
2379
3498
2514
2570
3252
2550
3619
4238
2541
6723
5017
5141
6514
5129
7134
8382
4920
England
Wales
Scotland
24174
1425
2411
24783
1458
2612
48959
2883
5023
Great Britain
28012
28853
56865
Weighted bases (000’s) =100%
Northern and Yorkshire
Trent
West Midlands
North West
Eastern
London
South East
South West
90
Great Britain: 2000
(c) Restricted activity in the 14 days before interview
15
17
12
18
14
14
14
16
14
17
12
17
12
14
12
15
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 7.11 - continued
All persons
NHS Regional Office area
Great Britain: 2000
Males
Females
All persons
Unweighted sample
Northern and Yorkshire
Trent
West Midlands
North West
Eastern
London
South East
South West
1081
835
860
1112
883
1005
1425
820
1214
874
879
1149
910
1086
1507
907
2295
1709
1739
2261
1793
2091
2932
1727
England
Wales
Scotland
8021
490
773
8526
512
867
16547
1002
1640
Great Britain
9284
9905
19189
91
Living in Britain
General Household Survey 2000/01
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 7.12 Chronic sickness: rate per 1000 reporting longstanding condition groups, by sex
Persons aged 16 and over
Condition group
Great Britain: 2000
Men
Women
Total
XIII Musculoskeletal system
135
161
148
VII Heart and circulatory system
111
104
107
VIII Respiratory system
66
65
65
III
Endocrine and metabolic
40
46
43
IX
Digestive system
32
37
35
VI
Nervous system
27
30
28
V
Mental disorders
28
26
27
VI
Eye complaints
18
16
17
VI
Ear complaints
20
14
17
X
Genito-urinary system
14
12
13
II
Neoplasms and benign growths
11
10
11
XII Skin complaints
9
6
8
IV
Blood and related organs
2
6
4
Other complaints*
1
4
3
Infectious diseases
2
1
2
1.5
1.5
1.5
22,230
7192
23,216
7890
45,447
15082
I
Average number of conditions reported by those
with a longstanding illness
Weighted bases (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
* Including general complaints such as insomnia, fainting, generally run down, old age and general infirmity and non-specific conditions such as war wounds or road accident injuries
where no further details were given.
92
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 7.13
Chronic sickness: rate per 1000 reporting longstanding condition groups, by age
Persons aged 16 and over
Great Britain: 2000
Condition group
16-44
45-64
65-74
75 and over
XIII Musculoskeletal system
68
198
269
311
VII Heart and circulatory system
17
137
298
308
VIII Respiratory system
64
60
74
80
III
Endocrine and metabolic
14
64
94
81
IX
Digestive system
18
49
56
62
VI
Nervous system
23
37
27
33
V
Mental disorders
25
36
20
16
VI
Eye complaints
7
12
35
69
VI
Ear complaints
7
19
32
51
X
Genito-urinary system
8
14
22
24
II
Neoplasms and benign growths
4
12
27
26
XII Skin complaints
9
6
3
12
IV
Blood and related organs
3
4
6
11
Other complaints*
1
3
6
6
Infectious diseases
1
2
1
1
1.2
1.5
1.7
1.7
23,321
7263
13,519
4803
4,719
1672
3,888
1344
I
Average number of conditions reported by those
with a longstanding illness
Weighted bases (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
* Including general complaints such as insomnia, fainting, generally run down, old age and general infirmity and non-specific conditions such as war wounds or road accident injuries
where no further details were given.
Table 7.14
Chronic sickness: rate per 1000 reporting selected longstanding condition groups,
by age and sex
Persons aged 16 and over
Great Britain: 2000
Condition group
16-44
45-64
65-74
75 and over
All ages
XIII
Musculoskeletal system
Men
Women
77
58
187
208
232
301
217
368
135
161
VII
Heart and circulatory system
Men
Women
17
18
158
117
339
262
311
306
111
104
VIII
Respiratory system
Men
Women
62
66
52
69
95
56
116
58
66
65
III
Endocrine and metabolic
Men
Women
11
17
61
66
98
91
84
79
40
46
IX
Digestive system
Men
Women
17
19
52
46
43
67
51
69
32
37
VI
Nervous system
Men
Women
22
24
34
39
23
31
38
30
27
30
Weighted bases (000’s) = 100%
Men
Women
11,868
11,453
6,703
6,817
2,200
2,518
1,460
2,429
22,230
23,216
Unweighted sample
Men
Women
3476
3787
2361
2442
806
866
549
795
7192
7890
93
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
Table 7.15
© Crown copyright 2001
Chronic sickness: rate per 1000 reporting selected longstanding conditions, by
age and sex
Persons aged 16 and over
Condition
Great Britain: 2000
Men
Women
16-44
45-64
65-74
75 and
over
All ages
16-44
45-64
65-74
75 and
over
All ages
14
81
127
131
53
15
113
194
250
88
Back problems
34
73
52
25
47
28
59
41
24
38
Other bone and joint problems
29
34
53
61
35
15
36
66
95
35
7
60
98
60
35
7
59
109
78
41
Heart attack
1
31
86
94
25
1
18
54
78
20
Stroke
1
11
36
36
10
1
7
17
33
8
Other heart complaints
6
38
91
103
31
6
21
70
94
26
Other blood vessel/embolic disorders
1
13
24
18
8
3
9
14
20
8
48
29
46
43
42
53
54
37
26
49
Bronchitis and emphysema
0
10
25
50
9
1
6
8
12
5
Hay fever
8
1
4
0
5
6
2
0
0
4
Other respiratory complaints
5
12
19
22
10
6
7
11
19
8
Weighted bases (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
11,868
3476
6,703
2361
2,200
806
1,460
549
22,230
7192
11,453
3787
6,817
2442
2,518
866
2,429
795
23,216
7890
Musculoskeletal (XIII)
Arthritis and rheumatism
Heart and circulatory (VII)
Hypertension
Respiratory (VIII)
Asthma
Table 7.16
Chronic sickness: rate per 1000 reporting selected longstanding condition groups,
by socio-economic group of household reference person
Persons aged 16 and over
Condition group
Great Britain: 2000
Professional
Employers
and
managers
Intermediate
and junior
non-manual
Skilled
manual
and own
account
non-proprofessional
Semiskilled
manual
and
personal
service
Unskilled
manual
Total*
XIII
Musculoskeletal system
83
117
137
166
188
257
148
VII
Heart and circulatory system
64
93
97
120
125
175
107
VIII
Respiratory system
57
54
65
69
79
84
65
III
Endocrine and metabolic
28
38
43
45
52
63
43
IX
Digestive system
26
27
32
41
44
56
35
VI
Nervous system
18
19
31
29
34
47
28
1.30
1.39
1.45
1.53
1.55
1.69
1.49
3,249
1108
9,733
3369
11,182
3711
11,516
3736
6,099
2005
2,110
683
45,447
15082
Average number of condition
groups reported by those with a
longstanding illness
Weighted bases (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
* Persons whose household reference person was in the Armed Forces or a full-time student are not shown as separate categories but are included in the totals.
94
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 7.17 Chronic sickness: rate per 1000 reporting selected longstanding condition groups,
by age and sex and whether non-manual or manual socio-economic group of
household reference person
Persons aged 16 and over
Great Britain: 2000
Condition group
Men
16-44
Women
45-64 65 and
over
Total
16-44
All aged 16 and over
45-64 65 and
over
Total
16-44
45-64 65 and
over
Total
XIII Musculoskeletal system
Non-manual
Manual
66
91
131
249
181
268
102
175
56
60
170
250
309
361
139
190
61
77
151
250
257
319
121
182
VII Heart and circulatory system
Non-manual
Manual
14
18
154
165
302
350
98
128
16
22
82
157
272
286
85
126
15
20
116
161
284
315
91
127
VIII Respiratory system
Non-manual
Manual
60
66
50
55
83
119
61
73
65
72
57
85
47
66
59
75
62
69
54
69
61
90
60
74
III
Endocrine and metabolic
Non-manual
Manual
10
15
54
65
84
101
34
47
20
16
66
63
73
99
44
50
15
15
60
64
77
100
39
49
IX
Digestive system
Non-manual
Manual
14
21
39
66
41
51
26
41
18
23
37
59
61
76
32
46
16
22
38
63
53
64
29
44
VI
Nervous system
Non-manual
Manual
20
23
26
40
32
27
24
29
17
34
38
41
29
32
26
35
19
28
32
41
30
30
25
32
Weighted bases (000’s) = 100%
Non-manual
Manual
6,345
4,984
3,382
3,224
1,681 11,408
1,934 10,142
6,498
4,378
3,811
2,907
2,446 12,756 12,843
2,297 9,582 9,362
7,194
6,131
4,127 24,164
4,232 19,724
Unweighted sample
Non-manual
Manual
1895
1434
1237
1092
2168
1440
1390
1019
2627
2111
1498
1439
646
693
3778
3219
852
746
4410
3205
4063
2874
8188
6424
95
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
Table 7.18
© Crown copyright 2001
Trends in consultations with an NHS GP in the 14 days before interview: 1972 to
2000
All persons
Great Britain
Unweighted
1972
1975
Weighted
1981
1985
1991
1993
1995
1996
1998
1998
2000
Weighted Unweighted
base 2000
sample*
(000’s)
2000
= 100%*
Percentage consulting GP
Males
0- 4
5-15†
16-44†
45-64
65-74
75 and over
13
7
8
11
12
19
13
7
7
11
12
20
21
8
7
12
13
17
22
9
7
12
15
19
23
10
9
11
17
21
23
11
11
15
21
22
22
9
10
14
17
22
23
9
10
15
19
21
18
8
9
14
17
21
18
8
9
14
17
21
18
8
8
15
20
20
1,816
4,082
11,791
6,679
2,200
1,460
670
1458
3454
2353
806
549
Total
10
9
10
11
12
14
13
13
12
12
12
28,028
9290
Females
0- 4
5-15†
16-44†
45-64
65-74
75 and over
15
6
15
12
15
20
13
7
13
12
16
17
17
9
15
13
16
20
21
11
17
15
17
20
21
11
17
17
19
19
22
10
20
19
20
23
21
13
18
17
23
23
20
9
20
19
21
23
18
10
17
18
19
20
18
10
17
18
19
20
14
9
16
17
22
22
1,653
4,079
11,394
6,802
2,512
2,423
594
1452
3769
2437
864
793
Total
13
12
14
16
17
19
18
19
17
17
16
28,864
9909
All persons
0- 4
5-15†
16-44†
45-64
65-74
75 and over
14
7
12
12
14
20
13
7
10
11
14
18
19
9
11
12
15
19
21
10
12
14
16
20
22
10
13
14
18
19
22
11
16
17
21
22
21
11
14
16
20
23
22
9
15
17
20
22
18
9
13
16
18
21
18
9
13
16
18
20
16
8
12
16
21
21
3,469
8,161
23,186
13,481
4,713
3,883
1264
2910
7223
4790
1670
1342
Total
12
11
12
14
14
17
16
16
14
14
14
56,892
19199
*
†
96
See the footnotes to Table 7.1.
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 7.19
Average number of NHS GP consultations per person per year: 1972 to 2000
All persons*
Great Britain
Unweighted
Weighted
1972†
1975
1981
1985
1991
1993
1995
1996
1998
1998
2000
Males
0- 4
5-15**
16-44**
45-64
65-74
75 and over
4
2
3
4
4
7
4
2
2
4
4
7
7
2
2
4
4
6
7
3
2
4
5
6
7
3
3
4
5
7
8
3
4
5
6
7
7
3
3
4
5
8
8
3
3
5
6
7
6
2
3
4
5
7
6
2
3
4
5
7
6
2
3
5
6
6
Total
3
3
3
3
4
5
4
4
4
4
4
Females
0- 4
5-15**
16-44**
45-64
65-74
75 and over
5
2
5
4
5
7
4
2
4
4
5
6
5
3
5
4
5
6
7
3
5
5
5
7
7
3
5
5
6
6
7
3
6
6
6
7
7
4
6
5
7
7
6
3
7
6
7
7
6
3
5
6
6
6
6
3
5
6
6
6
4
3
5
5
7
7
Total
4
4
4
5
5
6
6
6
5
5
5
All persons
0- 4
5-15**
16-44**
45-64
65-74
75 and over
4
2
4
4
4
7
4
2
3
4
4
7
6
3
4
4
4
6
7
3
4
4
5
6
7
3
4
4
6
6
8
3
5
5
6
7
7
3
4
5
6
7
7
3
5
5
6
7
6
3
4
5
6
6
6
3
4
5
6
6
5
2
4
5
6
7
Total
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
4
4
4
*
Trend tables show unweighted and weighted figures for 1998 to allow direct comparison between 1998 and 2000 and to give an indication of the effect of the weighting. Bases
for 2000 are shown in Table 7.1. Bases for earlier years can be found in GHS reports for each year.
† 1972 figures relate to England and Wales.
** These age-groups were 5-14 and 15-44 in 1972 to 1978.
Table 7.20
(NHS) GP consultations: trends in site of consultation: 1971 to 2000
Consultations in the 14 days before interview
Site of consultation
Surgery*
Home
Telephone
Weighted base (000’s)
= 100%†
Unweighted sample†
Great Britain
Unweighted
Weighted
1971
1975
1981
1985
1991
1993
1995
1996
1998
1998
2000
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
73
22
4
78
19
3
79
14
7
79
14
7
81
11
8
84
9
7
84
9
7
84
8
8
84
6
10
84
6
10
86
5
10
9,658
5031
4455
4704
4123
4228
4873
4385
4341
3504
9,744
3294
* Includes consultations with a GP at a health centre and those who had answered ‘elsewhere’.
† See the first footnote to Table 7.2.
97
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
Table 7.21
© Crown copyright 2001
(NHS) GP consultations: consultations with doctors in the 14 days before interview,
by sex and age of person consulting, and by site of consultation
Consultations in the 14 days before interview
Site of
consultation
Surgery*
Home
Telephone
Great Britain: 2000
Males
Females
All persons
Age
Age
Age
0-4
5-15
16-44
45-64
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
78
3
19
90
1
9
91
1
8
93
1
6
82
8
10
74
17
9
85
2
13
89
2
9
87
1
12
89
3
8
82
10
9
62
26
12
81
2
17
89
2
9
89
1
10
91
2
7
82
9
9
66
23
11
354
1,202
1,180
496
352
283
396 2,328
1,376
670
659
731
750
3,530
2,556
1,166
1,011
126
354
398
180
133
98
492
229
217
261
266
1118
890
409
350
Weighted base
(000’s) = 100% 448
Unweighted
sample
163
65-74 75 and
over
0-4
5-15 16-44
140
45-64
764
65-74 75 and
over
0-4
5-15 16-44
45-64
65-74 75 and
over
* Includes consultations with a GP at a health centre and those who had answered ‘elsewhere’.
Table 7.22
(NHS) GP consultations: percentage of persons consulting a doctor in the 14 days
before interview, by sex and by site of consultation, and by age and by site of
consultation
Persons who consulted in the 14 days before interview
Site of consultation
Surgery
At home
Telephone
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Total
Males
Great Britain: 2000
Females
Age
0-4
5-15
16-44
45-64
65-74
75 and
over
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
89
5
10
90
4
9
88
6
11
87
3
16
91
1
9
92
1
10
92
2
8
86
9
9
71
22
11
7,974
2701
3,340
1124
4,634
1577
561
199
669
238
2,814
892
2,119
741
987
347
823
284
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some people consulted at more than one site during the reference period.
98
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 7.23
(NHS) GP consultations
(a) Percentage of persons who consulted a doctor in the 14 days before
interview, by sex, age, and socio-economic group of household reference
person
(b) Average number of consultations per person per year, by sex, age, and
socio-economic group of household reference person
All persons
Socio-economic group of
household reference person*
Great Britain: 2000
Males
Females
Age
Age
0-4
5-15
16-44
45-64
65 and
over
Total
0-4
5-15
16-44
45-64
65 and
over
Total
(a) Percentage who consulted a doctor in the 14 days before interview
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate non-manual
Junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and
personal service
Unskilled manual
17
13
17
16
22
10
[22]
5
11
9
8
17
23
23
19
12
15
16
[14]
8
12
15
22
20
15
21
27
16
20
All persons
18
8
8
15
20
12
14
9
16
17
22
16
23
8
8
7
5
9
10
19
7
7
8
11
8
9
8
7
12
12
18
9
10
23
19
17
18
8
11
11
12
11
12
18
13
7
13
14
7
8
8
7
16
13
15
15
18
15
17
15
15
12
12
18
20
24
22
15
14
15
15
16
16
19
13
14
11
15
18
25
17
9
17
20
13
15
10
16
18
24
17
(b) Average number of consultations per person per year
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate non-manual
Junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and
personal service
Unskilled manual
6
4
6
7
4
6
1
3
3
3
6
7
7
6
4
5
5
4
2
3
6
7
6
5
6
9
5
6
All persons
6
2
3
5
6
4
4
3
5
5
7
5
259
908
543
484
1,022
2,512
1,589
1,200
507
1,587
759
527
237
838
308
298
2,158
6,187
3,483
2,792
149
301
220
202
184
917
479
634
827
2,429
1,678
1,549
436
1,589
923
857
206
772
546
916
1,802
6,008
3,846
4,159
897
3,113
2,064
1,241
7,676
349
963
2,436
1,690
939
6,377
557
256
4,082
1,471
381
11,791
858
301
6,679
487
206
3,660
3,611
1,208
28,028
278
63
1,653
556
173
4,079
1,509
409
11,394
879
332
6,802
881
474
4,935
4,104
1,452
28,864
50
130
105
102
96
324
200
175
304
771
471
343
189
587
276
184
92
324
116
114
731
2136
1168
918
56
110
81
71
69
329
175
223
276
817
561
509
166
589
331
302
77
279
188
306
644
2124
1336
1411
130
305
890
699
444
2468
121
328
784
594
315
2142
87
24
670
202
94
1458
431
108
3454
294
99
2353
177
72
1355
1191
397
9290
100
24
594
203
66
1452
509
140
3769
310
113
2437
281
149
1657
1403
492
9909
9
2
2 2
1
3
2
2 2
3
3
2
4 4
5
3
3
7 6
5
5
2
3 3
4
3
3
5
3
5
3
3
5
6
4
5
7
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Professional
132
Employers and managers
343
Intermediate non-manual
284
Junior non-manual
283
Skilled manual and own account
non-professional
361
Semi-skilled manual and
personal service
236
Unskilled manual
64
All persons
1,816
Unweighted sample
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate non-manual
Junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and
personal service
Unskilled manual
All persons
6
3
3
5
6
4
4
4
2 2
2
2
5
4 5
5
7
5
5 5
5
4
5
5 6
8
7
5
4 5
5
5
3
5
6
8
5
5
3
5
6
8
5
* Members of the Armed Forces, persons in inadequately described occupations and all persons who have never worked are not shown as separate categories, but are included in
the figure for all persons (see Appendix A for details).
99
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
Table 7.24
© Crown copyright 2001
(NHS) GP consultations
(a) Percentage of persons who consulted a doctor in the 14 days before
interview, by sex, age, and economic activity status
(b) Average number of consultations per person per year, by sex, age, and
economic activity status
Persons aged 16 and over
Economic activity status
Great Britain: 2000
Men
Women
Age
Age
16-44
45-64
65 and
over
Total
16-44
45-64
65 and
over
Total
(a) Percentage who consulted a doctor in the 14 days before interview
Working
Unemployed
Economically inactive
8
7
15
12
14
24
12
*
20
9
9
20
14
16
22
15
[24 ]
20
9
*
23
14
18
22
All aged 16 and over
8
15
20
12
16
17
22
18
(b) Average number of consultations per person per year
Working
Unemployed
Economically inactive
2
2
5
4
4
8
3
*
6
3
2
6
4
5
8
5
11
6
2
*
7
4
6
7
All aged 16 and over
3
5
6
4
5
5
7
6
9,724
637
1,431
11,791
4,838
208
1,634
6,679
267
11
3,382
3,660
14,829
855
6,447
22,131
8,165
412
2,808
11,385
4,095
79
2,624
6,799
163
6
4,767
4,935
12,423
497
10,199
23,119
2871
179
404
3454
1722
68
563
2353
103
4
1248
1355
4696
251
2215
7162
2673
135
958
3766
1450
27
959
2436
55
2
1600
1657
4178
164
3517
7859
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Working
Unemployed
Economically inactive
All aged 16 and over
Unweighted sample
Working
Unemployed
Economically inactive
All aged 16 and over
* Base too small for analysis.
100
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 7.25
(NHS) GP consultations: percentage of persons consulting a doctor in the 14 days
before interview who obtained a prescription from the doctor, by sex, age and
non-manual/manual socio-economic group of household reference person
Persons who consulted in the 14 days before interview
Socio-economic group of
household reference person*
Great Britain: 2000
Males
Females
Age
Age
0-15
16-44
45-64
65 and
over
Total
0-15
16-44
45-64
65 and
over
Total
Percentage consulting who obtained a prescription
Non-manual
Manual
60
57
57
71
60
70
64
80
60
70
58
62
58
66
71
76
67
80
63
72
All persons consulting
58
63
65
73
65
60
61
74
72
67
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Non-manual
Manual
All persons consulting
337
267
649
525
433
997
409
540
976
321
388
715
1,593
1,629
3,336
287
272
585
995
683
1,817
575
528
1,143
497
545
1,091
2,354
2,029
4,637
Unweighted sample
Non-manual
Manual
All persons consulting
123
95
233
159
125
294
146
177
332
122
140
264
550
537
1123
102
94
205
331
225
598
211
185
409
173
178
366
817
682
1578
* Members of the Armed Forces, persons in inadequately described occupations and all persons who have never worked are not shown as separate categories, but are included in
the figure for all persons (see Appendix A for details).
101
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 7.26 GP consultations: consultations with doctors in the 14 days before interview by
whether consultation was NHS or private
Consultations in the 14 days before interview
Great Britain: 2000
Type of consultation
NHS
Private
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Males
Females
All persons
%
%
%
96
4
98
2
97
3
4,860
1623
6,457
2193
11,317
3816
Table 7.27 Reported consultations with a practice nurse by age and sex
(a) percentage consulting a practice nurse in the 14 days before interview
(b) average number of consultations with a practice nurse per person per year
All persons
Males
0- 4
5-15
16-44
45-64
65-74
75 and over
Total
Females
0- 4
5-15
16-44
45-64
65-74
75 and over
Total
All persons
0- 4
5-15
16-44
45-64
65-74
75 and over
Total
102
Great Britain: 2000
(a) percentage
consulting a
practice nurse
(b) average number of
consultations with
a practice nurse
per person per year
Weighted base
(000‘s) = 100%
Unweighted
sample
4
2
2
5
10
8
1
0
1
1
3
3
1,816
4,082
11,796
6,676
2,200
1,460
670
1458
3455
2352
806
549
4
1
28,029
9290
5
1
5
6
10
9
1
0
1
2
3
3
1,653
4,082
11,394
6,802
2,512
2,426
594
1453
3769
2437
864
794
5
2
28,870
9911
4
1
3
6
10
9
1
0
1
2
3
3
3,469
8,164
23,190
13,478
4,713
3,885
1264
2911
7224
4789
1670
1343
5
1
56,899
19201
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 7.28 Percentage of children using health services in the 14 days before interview
All persons aged under 16
Great Britain: 2000
Male
Female
Total
0-4
5-15
Total
0-4
5-15
Total
0-4
5-15
Total
4
7
6
0
86
2
1
1
0
96
2
3
2
0
93
5
5
7
0
85
1
1
0
0
97
2
2
2
0
93
4
6
6
0
85
1
1
1
0
97
2
3
2
0
93
1,816
670
4,082
1458
5,898
2128
1,653
594
4,082
1453
5,735
2047
3,469
1264
8,164
2911
11,633
4175
Percentage who reported:*
Seeing a practice nurse at the GP surgery
Seeing a health visitor at the GP surgery
Going to a child health clinic
Going to a child welfare clinic
None of the above
Weighted base (000’s) =100%
Unweighted sample
* Percentages sum to more than 100 as respondents could give more than one answer.
Table 7.29
Trends in percentages of persons who reported attending an outpatient or
casualty department in a 3 month reference period: 1972 to 2000
All persons*
Great Britain
Unweighted
1972†
Weighted
1975
1981
1985
1991
1993
1995
1996
1998
1998
2000
Percentages
Males
0- 4
5-15**
16-44**
45-64
65-74
75 and over
8
9
11
11
10
10
9
8
9
10
11
12
12
11
11
12
14
14
13
12
12
16
16
15
14
11
11
15
18
22
14
12
12
15
20
24
12
11
12
16
21
26
13
12
13
16
20
25
16
12
13
17
25
29
16
12
13
17
25
29
14
11
12
16
24
26
Total
10
10
11
13
13
14
14
15
16
16
15
Females
0- 4
5-15**
16-44**
45-64
65-74
75 and over
6
6
9
11
12
13
8
6
9
10
12
10
9
8
11
13
16
16
11
9
12
15
17
17
11
8
12
16
18
20
10
10
12
17
18
22
12
9
12
17
21
22
9
10
13
18
22
24
13
11
13
18
21
26
13
11
13
18
21
26
10
8
13
16
21
24
Total
10
9
12
13
14
14
14
15
16
16
15
All persons
0- 4
5-15**
16-44**
45-64
65-74
75 and over
7
8
10
11
11
12
9
7
9
10
11
10
10
10
11
13
15
15
12
10
12
15
17
16
13
10
12
16
18
21
12
11
12
16
19
22
12
10
12
16
21
24
11
11
13
17
21
24
14
11
13
18
23
27
15
11
13
18
23
27
12
10
13
16
22
25
Total
10
9
12
13
13
14
14
15
16
16
15
*
† See the footnotes to Table 7.19.
**
103
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 7.30 Trends in day-patient treatment in the 12 months before interview, 1992 to 2000
All persons
Great Britain
Unweighted
1992
Weighted
1993
1994
1995
1996
1998
1998
Unweighted
sample*
2000
2000
Weighted
base 2000
(000’s)
= 100%*
Percentage receiving day-patient treatment
Males
0- 4
5-15
16-44
45-64
65-74
75 and over
4
2
4
4
5
4
4
3
5
4
5
3
4
3
5
5
6
5
4
3
6
7
6
5
5
3
5
6
7
6
6
4
6
7
6
12
6
4
6
7
6
11
6
5
6
8
10
7
1,816
4,082
11,796
6,676
2,200
1,460
670
1458
3455
2352
806
549
Total
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
7
28,029
9290
Females
0- 4
5-15
16-44
45-64
65-74
75 and over
2
2
5
5
4
3
3
3
6
5
5
5
3
3
7
5
5
5
3
2
6
7
5
5
3
4
7
8
6
7
5
4
8
8
6
8
4
4
8
8
6
8
6
3
8
9
12
8
1,653
4,082
11,394
6,799
2,512
2,426
594
1453
3769
2436
864
794
Total
4
5
5
5
6
7
7
8
28,867
9910
All persons
0- 4
5-15
16-44
45-64
65-74
75 and over
3
2
4
5
4
3
3
3
6
5
5
4
3
3
6
5
5
5
3
3
6
7
6
5
4
3
6
7
7
6
5
4
7
8
6
9
5
4
7
8
6
9
6
4
7
8
11
8
3,469
8,164
23,190
13,475
4,713
3,885
1264
2911
7224
4788
1670
1343
Total
4
5
5
5
6
7
7
7
56,896
19200
* See the first footnote to Table 7.1.
104
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 7.31
Trends in inpatient stays in the 12 months before interview, 1982 to 2000
All persons
Great Britain
Unweighted
1982
Weighted
1985
1987
1991
1993
1995
1996
1998
1998
2000
Weighted
base 2000
(000’s)
= 100%*
Unweighted
sample*
2000
Percentage with inpatient stay
Males
0- 4
5-15
16-44
45-64
65-74
75 and over
14
6
5
8
12
14
12
8
6
8
13
17
10
6
6
9
12
20
10
6
6
8
13
20
10
6
6
9
14
21
9
5
5
9
15
21
9
5
5
8
13
18
9
5
5
8
15
21
9
5
5
8
15
21
8
5
4
8
13
18
1,816
4,082
11,796
6,679
2,200
1,460
670
1458
3455
2353
806
549
7
8
8
8
8
8
7
8
8
7
28,033
9291
Females
0- 4
5-15
16-44
45-64
65-74
75 and over
12
4
15
8
8
12
8
5
16
8
18
13
8
5
16
9
11
14
8
4
15
9
11
16
7
5
13
9
10
16
8
4
12
8
11
20
7
4
12
10
12
16
10
4
11
8
10
15
10
4
11
9
10
15
6
3
10
7
13
18
1,653
4,082
11,394
6,802
2,512
2,426
594
1453
3769
2437
864
794
Total
11
11
12
11
11
10
10
10
10
9
28,870
9911
All persons
0- 4
5-15
16-44
45-64
65-74
75 and over
13
5
10
8
10
13
10
6
11
8
10
15
9
6
11
9
12
16
9
5
10
8
12
18
9
5
9
9
12
18
9
4
8
8
13
20
8
4
9
9
12
17
9
5
8
8
12
17
9
5
8
9
12
17
7
4
7
8
13
18
3,469
8,164
23,190
13,481
4,713
3,885
1264
2911
7224
4790
1670
1343
9
10
10
10
9
9
9
9
9
8
56,902
19,202
Total
Total
* See the first footnote to Table 7.1.
Table 7.32
Average number of separate days spent in hospital as a day-patient during the last
12 months
All day-patients
Age
Great Britain: 2000
Male
Female
Total
Average number of days
Male
Female
Total
Male
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
(all day-patients)
Female
Total
Unweighted sample
0-4
5-15
16-44
45-64
65-74
75 and over
2
2
2
3
5
3
2
1
2
3
4
3
2
2
2
3
4
3
110
209
752
541
230
100
93
141
954
593
294
199
203
351
1,705
1,134
524
299
41
73
221
191
83
39
33
49
315
214
100
65
74
122
536
405
183
104
All persons
3
3
3
1,943
2,274
4,217
648
776
1424
105
Living in Britain
Chapter 7: General health and use of health services
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 7.33 Inpatient stays and outpatient attendances
(a) Average number of inpatient stays per 100 persons in a 12 month reference
period, by sex and age
(b) Average number of outpatient attendances per 100 persons per year, by sex
and age
All persons
Age
Great Britain: 2000
(a) Average number of inpatient
stays per 100 persons in a
12 month reference period
(b) Average number of outpatient
attendances per 100 persons
per year
Males
Females
Total
Males
Females
Total
Males
Females
Total
Males
Females
Total
0- 4
5-15
16-44
45-64
65-74
75 and over
12
5
6
12
20
25
9
3
8
10
17
24
10
4
7
11
18
24
89
77
106
143
233
216
64
56
105
140
161
199
77
67
105
141
195
205
1,816
4,082
11,796
6,679
2,200
1,460
1,653
4,080
11,394
6,799
2,512
2,426
3,469
8,162
2,319
1,348
4,713
3,885
670
1458
3455
2353
806
549
594
1452
3769
2436
864
794
1264
2910
7224
4789
1670
1343
Total
10
10
10
125
117
121
28,033
28,865
56,897
9291
9909
19200
Table 7.34
Weighted base
(000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Average number of nights spent in hospital as an inpatient during the last 12
months
All inpatients
Age
Great Britain: 2000
Male
Female
Total
Average number of nights
106
Male
Female
Total
Male
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
(all inpatients)
Female
Total
Unweighted sample
0-4
5-15
16-44
45-64
65-74
75 and over
7
3
6
11
12
16
4
3
4
9
13
16
6
3
5
10
12
16
146
189
501
548
285
261
106
109
1,124
481
328
409
251
299
1,625
1,029
613
671
53
67
145
185
103
97
37
38
382
173
111
133
90
105
527
358
214
230
All persons
10
8
9
1,931
2,557
4,487
650
874
1524
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Chapter 8
Smoking
Questions about smoking behaviour have been
asked of GHS respondents aged 16 and over in
alternate years since 1974. Following the review of
the GHS, the smoking questions have become part
of the continuous survey and will be included every
year from 2000 onwards.
This chapter updates information about trends in
cigarette smoking presented in previous reports in
this series, and comments on variations according
to personal characteristics such as sex, age, socioeconomic group and economic activity status, and
briefly on the prevalence of cigarette smoking in
different parts of Great Britain. Other topics
covered in the chapter include cigarette
consumption, type of cigarette smoked, and
dependency on cigarettes.
The reliability of smoking estimates
As noted in previous GHS reports, it is likely that
the GHS underestimates cigarette consumption,
and perhaps, though to a lesser extent, prevalence
(that is, the proportion of people who smoke). The
evidence suggests that when respondents are asked
how many cigarettes a day they smoke, there is a
tendency to round down to the nearest multiple of
ten. Therefore, underestimates of consumption are
likely to occur in all age groups. In relation to
prevalence, under-reporting is most likely to occur
among young people. To protect their privacy,
particularly when they are being interviewed in
their parents’ home, they complete the smoking
and drinking sections of the questionnaire
themselves, without the questions or their
responses being heard by anyone else who may be
present, but this is probably only partially
successful in encouraging honest answers1. When
considering trends in smoking, it is usually
assumed that any under-reporting remains
constant over time. However, this assumption may
not be entirely justified as the prevalence of
smoking has fallen. Furthermore, as smoking has
become less acceptable as a social habit, some
people may be less inclined to admit how much
they smoke, or to admit to smoking at all.
The effect of weighting on the smoking data
The introduction of weighting for non-response is
described in Appendix D. Since government targets
for smoking were set using GHS data, the effect of
the weighting on the smoking figures is also
covered in this chapter.
The effect of weighting on the smoking data is
slight: it increases the overall prevalence of cigarette
smoking in 1998 by one percentage point, from
27% to 28%. The upward revision is due solely to a
change of two percentage points among men: there
is no difference in the weighted and unweighted
prevalence rates among women. The change
among men occurs because weighting reduces the
contribution to the overall figure of men aged 60
and over, among whom prevalence is relatively low.
Although unweighted 2000 data are not shown in
the tables, the differences between weighted and
unweighted data are the same as for 1998 (see
Appendix D).
Targets for the reduction of smoking
In December 1998 Smoking Kills - a White Paper on
tobacco2 was released, which included targets for
reducing the prevalence of cigarette smoking
among adults in England from 28% in 1996 to 24%
by 2010 (with an interim target of 26% by 2005).
These targets were based on unweighted GHS data,
and since they will now be monitored using
weighted data, it is suggested that they should be
revised upwards by one percentage point.
Reducing smoking is also one of three key
commitments at the heart of the NHS Cancer
Plan3, since smoking is estimated to be the cause of
one third of all cancers. In particular, the Cancer
Plan focuses on the need to reduce the
comparatively high rates of smoking among those
in manual socio-economic groups, which result in
much higher death rates from cancer among
unskilled workers than among professionals. The
national target is to reduce the proportion of
smokers in manual groups in England from 32% in
1998 to 26% by 2010. Comparisons of weighted
and unweighted data for 1998 and 2000 (the
differences are very similar in the two years) suggest
that, as with the Smoking Kills targets, these should
also be increased by one percentage point.
Trends in the prevalence of cigarette
smoking
The prevalence of cigarette smoking fell
substantially in the 1970s and the early 1980s from 45% in 1974 to 35% in 1982.
The rate of decline then continued more slowly
until the early 90’s when there was a levelling out.
107
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Between 1996 and 1998 and between 1998 and
2000 there was a decline in the prevalence level although neither difference was statistically
significant it confirms that there is still an overall
downward trend.
■
In 2000, 27% of adults in Great Britain were
current cigarette smokers; a fall of one
percentage point compared with the weighted
figure for 1998.
Results from the GHS since 1990 suggest that
prevalence has levelled out, although there may still
be a slight downward trend. It should be noted that
even during periods when the prevalence of
smoking in the general population is not changing,
upward and downward movements in survey
estimates are to be expected, because of sampling
fluctuations.
Trends in the prevalence of smoking among
men and women
In the 1970s, men were much more likely than
women to be smokers - in 1974, for example, 51%
of men, compared with 41% of women, smoked
cigarettes. Since then, the difference in smoking
prevalence between men and women has reduced,
although it has not disappeared completely. This
change results mainly from a combination of two
factors:
■
■
Smoking among younger respondents is a key area
of interest:
■
■
■
Throughout the 1990s, the prevalence of
cigarette smoking was higher among those aged
20 to 24 than among those in other age groups.
This was not the case in 2000, however, because
there was a fall in prevalence in this age group
between 1998 and 2000, from 40% to 35%.
Prevalence continues to be lowest, at 16%,
among men and women aged 60 and over, who
are less likely than younger people to have ever
been smokers, and also more likely to have
given up.
Tables 8.1-8.3, Figures 8A, 8B
First, there is a cohort effect resulting from the
fact that smoking became common among men
several decades earlier than it did among
women, so that in the 1970s there was a fall in
the proportion of women aged 60 and over who
had never smoked regularly.
Second, men are more likely than women to
have given up smoking cigarettes. It should be
noted, however, that this difference conceals the
fact that a proportion of men who give up
smoking cigarettes remain smokers, since they
continue to smoke cigars and pipes; this is
much less common among women who stop
smoking cigarettes.
The effect of weighting on the data suggests that the
difference in prevalence between men and women
may have been slightly underestimated.
■
■
Comparison of the unweighted and weighted
figures for 1998 shows the difference increased
from 2 to 4 percentage points, a difference
which remained similar in 2000.
In 2000 29% of men and 25% of women were
cigarette smokers.
Tables 8.1- 8.3
See also Table 8.4
Figure 8A Prevalence of cigarette smoking for men and women: Great Britain 1974
to 2000
Percentage smoking cigarettes
60
50
40
30
20
Men
Women
10
Unweighted data
108
20
00
19
98
19
98
19
96
19
94
19
92
19
90
19
88
19
86
19
84
19
82
19
80
19
78
19
76
19
74
0
Weighted data
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Figure 8B Prevalence of cigarette smoking by sex and age: Great Britain, 1980 to 2000
Men
60
1980
1990
2000 (weighted)
50
Percentage
40
30
20
10
0
16-19
20-24
25-34
35-49
20-24
25-34
50-59
60 and over
50-59
60 and over
Women
60
50
Percentage
40
30
20
10
0
16-19
Regional variation in cigarette smoking
The data presented so far have been for Great
Britain, but the targets included in the White Paper
Smoking Kills and in the NHS Cancer Plan relate to
England only. Table 8.6 shows that in 2000, overall
prevalence in England was 27%, the same as in
Great Britain as a whole.
In 2000, as in previous years, prevalence was higher
in Scotland, at 30%, than in England or Wales. In
England, prevalence was higher in the north of the
country than in the midlands and the south.
Tables 8.5-8.7
Cigarette smoking and socio-economic
group
Since 1992, the standard socio-economic variable
used to reflect living circumstances has classified all
members of a household according to the present
or last job of the head of the household: from 2000
35-49
the classification is based on the occupation of the
household reference person4. Prior to 1992, the
method for assigning socio-economic group to
GHS respondents involved classifying married or
cohabiting women according to their partner’s
present (or last) job. This earlier definition has
been retained in Table 8.8 to permit long term
analysis of change over time. A third socioeconomic variable is based on each person’s own
current or last occupation.
The GHS has consistently shown, with whichever
socio-economic variable is used, that cigarette
smoking is considerably more prevalent among
those in manual groups than among those in nonmanual groups.
■
In the 1970s and 1980s, the prevalence of
cigarette smoking fell more sharply among
those in non-manual than in manual groups, so
that differences between the groups became
proportionately greater.
Table 8.8
109
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
In the 1990s there was little further change in the
relative proportions smoking cigarettes until 1998
to 2000, when there was a fall of two percentage
points in the prevalence of smoking among both
men and women in manual socio-economic
groups.
■
■
In 2000, 34% of men living in households in the
manual group smoked cigarettes compared
with 23% of those in non-manual households.
The corresponding proportions for women
were 29% and 22%.
Men living in households in the unskilled
manual group were more than twice as likely as
those who lived in professional households to
smoke: 39% did so, compared with 17%.
Tables 8.9 & 8.11
In England, the overall prevalence of cigarette
smoking among those in manual socio-economic
groups fell from 33% in 1998 to 31% in 2000. This
is a statistically significant fall and in line with the
NHS Cancer Plan target of reducing smoking
among those in manual groups. However, caution
is advisable when making this year on year
comparison because the data may have been
affected by the change from head of household to
household reference person as the basis for
assessing socio-economic group.
Table 8.10
Cigarette smoking and economic activity
status
Analysis by economic activity status indicates that
men who were economically active were more
Figure 8C Prevalence of cigarette smoking by sex and socio-economic group based
on own current or last job and economic activity: Great Britain, 2000
Men
60
Percentage smoking cigarettes
Active
50
Inactive
40
30
20
10
0
Professional
Employers and Intermediate nonmanagers
manual
Junior nonmanual
Skilled manual
Semi-skilled
Unskilled manual
and own account
manual and
non-professional personal service
Socio-economic group
Women
50
Percentage smoking cigarettes
45
Active
40
Inactive: age less than 60
35
30
Inactive: 60 and over
25
20
15
10
5
0
Professional
Employers and Intermediate nonmanagers
manual
Junior nonmanual
Skilled manual
Semi-skilled
Unskilled manual
and own account
manual and
non-professional personal service
Socio-economic group
110
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
likely than men who were economically inactive to
smoke; 31% and 23% respectively did so. This
finding holds true for all socio-economic groups,
but is largely explained by the lower prevalence of
smoking among men aged 60 and over, who form
the majority of economically inactive men.
Consumption levels continue to be higher among
male and female smokers from manual socioeconomic groups than those from non-manual
groups.5 In 2000, men from the unskilled manual
group smoked on average 121 cigarettes a week,
while those in the professional group smoked an
average of 92 a week. Among women, those in the
semi-skilled manual group smoked 96 cigarettes
per week on average, compared with those in the
professional group who smoked 72 a week.
Table 8.18
Among women, however, prevalence was highest
among those aged 16 to 59 who were economically
inactive, 34% of whom were smokers, compared
with 28% of economically active women, and only
15% of women aged 60 and over who were
economically inactive. Women aged less than 16 to
59 whose current job or most recent job had been
an unskilled manual one had the highest
prevalence of cigarette smoking at 45% and 46%
respectively.
Table 8.12, Figure 8C
Cigarette consumption
Although the prevalence of cigarette smoking
changed little during the 1990s, the GHS has shown
a continuing fall in the reported average number of
cigarettes smoked. The fall in consumption has
occurred mainly among younger smokers: the
number of cigarettes smoked by those aged 50 and
over has changed very little since the mid-1970s.
Table 8.13
Most of the decline in consumption in the 1990s is
due to a reduction in the proportion of heavy
smokers:
■
the proportion of respondents smoking 20 or
more cigarettes a day, on average, fell between
1990 and 2000 from 14% to 10% of men, and
from 9% to 6% of women. The proportions
who were light smokers were virtually
unchanged throughout the 1990s. Table 8.14
In all age groups, respondents are more likely to be
light than heavy smokers, the difference being most
pronounced among the younger age groups.
■
For example, in 2000, 26% of young men and
25% of young women aged 16-19 were light
smokers, but only 4% and 3% respectively were
heavy smokers.
Table 8.15
In 2000, as in previous years, male smokers smoked
more cigarettes per week on average than female
smokers: 104 compared with 89. Cigarette
consumption also varied by age.
■
Among both men and women smokers, those
aged 16-19 smoked the fewest cigarettes a week
(81 for men and 71 for women), and those aged
50-59 smoked the most (122 for men and 103
for women).
Table 8.13
See also Tables 8.16-8.17
Cigarette type
Filter cigarettes continue to be the most widely
smoked type of cigarette, especially among women,
but during the 1990s there was a marked increase in
the proportion of smokers who said that they
smoked mainly hand-rolled tobacco. In 1990, 18%
of men smokers and 2% of women smokers said
they smoked mainly hand-rolled cigarettes, but by
2000 this had risen to 30% and 10% respectively.
There are likely to be two main reasons for this
sharp increase in the use of hand-rolled cigarettes:
■
■
the rise in the real price of packaged cigarettes hand-rolled ones are cheaper;
the reduction in tar yield of packaged cigarettes
(see below) - hand-rolled ones can give a higher
tar yield.
It is possible that the lessening of the restrictions on
the amount of tobacco that can legally be brought
into the country and an increase in smuggling have
also contributed to the increase in the consumption
of hand-rolled tobacco.
Table 8.19
See also Table 8.20
Tar level
Table 8.21 shows the dramatic reduction in the tar
yield of cigarettes over the period during which the
GHS has been collecting information about brand
smoked. In 1986, 40% of those who smoked
manufactured cigarettes smoked ones yielding
more than 15mg of tar per cigarette. In the
following ten years, the proportion smoking this
type of cigarette fell to zero. Initially, this was partly
due to smokers switching to lower tar brands, but
the main factor has been that manufacturers have
been required to reduce substantially the tar yields
of existing brands. Indeed, since the mid-1990s, no
manufactured cigarettes sold in Great Britain have
had a tar yield of more than 15mg. Although there
has been a shift towards the cigarettes with the
lowest tar yield, the biggest increase has been in
what used to be the middle category - cigarettes
with a tar yield of 10 but less than 15mg. The
proportion smoking cigarettes in this group rose
from 32% in 1986 to 61% in 2000.
Table 8.21
111
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
In 2000, smokers of manufactured cigarettes were
most likely to smoke cigarettes in what is now the
highest yield category, 12 but less than 15 mg; 35%
of men and 33% of women smoked brands yielding
this level of tar. Such brands were particularly likely
to be smoked by the youngest smokers: two fifths of
smokers aged 16 to 19 did so.
Table 8.22
There was also a difference in tar yield of cigarettes
smoked according to the smoker’s socio-economic
group.
■
■
Cigarettes with the highest tar yield were more
likely to be smoked by those in manual socioeconomic groups than by those in non-manual
groups: 39% of men and 38% of women in
manual groups smoked these cigarettes,
compared with only 30% of men and 27% of
women smokers in non-manual groups.
Conversely, smokers in non-manual groups
were more likely to smoke cigarettes with the
lowest tar yield, less than 4 mg.
Tables 8.23
■
Dependence on cigarette smoking
In order for the prevalence of cigarette smoking to
reduce, young people have to be discouraged from
starting to smoke, and existing smokers have to be
encouraged to stop. Since 1992, the GHS has asked
three questions relevant to the likelihood of a
smoker giving up: whether they would like to stop
smoking, and two indicators of dependence whether they think they would find it easy or
difficult not to smoke for a whole day, and how
soon after waking they smoke their first cigarette.
■
■
Cigar and pipe smoking
A decline in the prevalence of pipe and cigar
smoking among men has been evident since the
survey began, with most of the reduction occurring
in the 1970s and 1980s. In 2000, only 5% of men
smoked cigars, compared with 34% in 1974. Only a
small number of women smoked cigars in 1974,
and since 1978, the percentages have been scarcely
measurable on the GHS.
Tables 8.24-8.25
The White Paper Smoking Kills2 noted that people
who start smoking at an early age are more likely
than other smokers to smoke for a long period of
time and more likely to die prematurely from a
smoking-related disease.
■
■
■
About two thirds of respondents who were
either current smokers or who had smoked
regularly at some time in their lives had started
smoking before they were 18, and well over one
third started before they reached the age of 16.
Men were more likely than women to have
started smoking before they were 16; 43% of
men who had ever smoked regularly, compared
with 33% of women had done so.
One fifth of women who had ever smoked did
not start until they were in their twenties or
older, compared with only 15% of men.
In 2000, as in previous years, those in manual socioeconomic groups were more likely than those in
non-manual groups to have started smoking early.
112
In 2000, 55% of smokers felt that it would be
either very or fairly difficult to go without
smoking for a whole day.
Not surprisingly, heavier smokers were more
likely to say they would find it very difficult:
55% of those smoking 20 or more cigarettes a
day did so, compared with only 5% of those
smoking fewer than 10 cigarettes a day.
Since women are less likely to be heavy smokers
than men, it might be expected that women would
be less likely to say they would find it hard to stop
smoking for a day, but this was not the case:
■
Age started smoking
For example, among those who had ever
smoked regularly, 57% of men in the unskilled
manual socio-economic group, but only 28% of
men in the professional group, started smoking
before the age of 16.
Table 8.26
overall, 33% of women, compared with 27% of
men, said they would find it very difficult not to
smoke for a day, and among those smoking 20
or more cigarettes a day the difference was
particularly marked: 64% of women, compared
with 49% of men, said they would find it very
difficult.
Tables 8.27-8.28, Figure 8D
For an attempt to stop smoking to be successful, the
smoker must want to stop, and in 2000, more than
two thirds of all smokers (72% of men and 71% of
women) said they would like to stop smoking
altogether. The relationship between wanting to
stop smoking and the number of cigarettes smoked
is not straightforward. In every survey since the
questions were first included in 1992, the
proportion wanting to give up has been highest
among those smoking on average 10-19 cigarettes a
week. It is interesting that it is not the heaviest
smokers who are most likely to want to stop, it may
be that they feel it would be too difficult or that
they have been discouraged from wanting to stop
by previous attempts that were unsuccessful.
Tables 8.29, 8.31
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Figure 8D How easy or difficult smokers would find it to go without smoking for a
whole day, by sex and number of cigarettes smoked per day: Great
Britain, 2000
Men
Percentage of current cigarette smokers
70
Very easy
60
Fairly easy
50
Fairly difficult
40
Very difficult
30
20
10
0
0-9
10-19
20 or more
Number of cigarettes smoked per day
Women
Percentage of current cigarette smokers
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0-9
10-19
20 or more
Number of cigarettes smoked per day
In 2000, 15% of smokers had their first cigarette
within five minutes of waking up.
■
■
Heavy smokers were more likely than light
smokers to smoke immediately on waking up:
31% of those smoking 20 or more cigarettes a
day did so, compared with only 2% of those
smoking fewer than 10 a day.
About one quarter of all smokers, but only 4%
of those smoking 20 or more a day, had their
first cigarette two hours or more after waking.
There were no significant differences between men
and women smokers in the time between waking
and smoking, either overall, or having taken
account of different consumption levels.
Table 8.32-8.33
Not surprisingly, perhaps, the shorter the time
between waking and smoking the first cigarette, the
more likely smokers were to say they would find it
difficult not to smoke for a whole day. Among those
who smoked their first cigarette within five minutes
of waking, for example, 85% said they would find it
difficult not to smoke for a day, while the
equivalent figure for those who waited at least two
hours before smoking was only 18%.
Thus, having taken account of the fact that women
smoke fewer cigarettes a day than men, there is no
difference between men and women smokers in the
proportions wanting to give up, nor in the more
objective of the two indicators of dependence (how
soon they smoke after waking up) but women
smokers are mop∞ likely to perceive themselves as
dependent. This is confirmed by Table 8.34, which
shows that for each objective level of dependence,
women are more likely than men to think they
would find it very difficult to give up smoking for a
day.
Table 8.34
113
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
The relationship between these indicators of
dependence and consumption level alters little if
age is taken into account as well, except that, within
each consumption level, smokers aged 16-24 were
less likely than older smokers to think it would be
difficult to stop smoking for a day, and smokers
aged 60 and over were the least likely to want to give
up. Although the GHS can throw no light on the
reasons for these differences, the youngest smokers
have probably not smoked for long enough to feel
dependent, and those aged 60 and over may have
been discouraged from wanting to give up by
previous failures, or may feel that they are at an age
when giving up will make little difference to their
health.
Tables 8.3, 8.30
Table 8.35 shows that there has been very little
change since 1992 in the three measures of
dependence described here.
Table 8.35
Notes and references
1 See Chapter 4, General Household Survey 1992,
HMSO 1994. This includes a discussion of the differences found when smoking prevalence reported
by young adults on the GHS was compared with
prevalence reported on surveys of smoking among
secondary school children.
2 Smoking kills - a White Paper on tobacco, The
Stationery Office, 1998
3 The NHS Cancer Plan, Department of Health,
2000 (www.doh.gov.uk/cancer/cancerplan.htm)
4 The Household Reference Person is the householder with the highest income. If incomes are the
same it is the oldest householder. Unlike Head of
Household the HRP definition makes no reference
to gender (see Appendix A).
5 Prior to 1992, the method for assigning socioeconomic group to GHS respondents involved classifying married or cohabiting women according to
their partner’s present (or last) job. This earlier
definition has been retained in some tables to permit long term analysis of change over time.
114
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 8.1
Prevalence of cigarette smoking by sex and age: 1974 to 2000
Persons aged 16 and over
Age
Great Britain
Unweighted
1974
1978
Weighted
1982
1986
1988
1990
1992
1994
1996
1998
1998
2000
Weighted
base 2000
(000‘s)
=100%*
Unweighted
sample*
2000
Percentage smoking cigarettes
Men
16-19
20-24
25-34
35-49
50-59
60 and over
42
52
56
55
53
44
35
45
48
48
48
38
31
41
40
40
42
33
30
41
37
37
35
29
28
37
37
37
33
26
28
38
36
34
28
24
29
39
34
32
28
21
28
40
34
31
27
18
26
43
38
30
28
18
30
42
37
32
27
16
30
41
38
33
28
16
30
35
39
31
27
16
1,209
1,438
3,709
5,859
3,237
4,897
363
416
1052
1837
1124
1801
All aged 16 and over
51
45
38
35
33
31
29
28
29
28
30
29
20,350
6593
Women
16-19
20-24
25-34
35-49
50-59
60 and over
38
44
46
49
48
26
33
43
42
43
42
24
30
40
37
38
40
23
30
38
35
34
35
22
28
37
35
35
34
21
32
39
34
33
29
20
25
37
34
30
29
19
27
38
30
28
26
17
32
36
34
30
26
19
31
39
33
28
27
16
32
39
33
29
27
16
28
35
32
27
28
15
1,107
1,503
3,923
6,025
3,344
6,141
355
454
1307
2063
1183
2134
All aged 16 and over
41
37
33
31
30
29
28
26
28
26
26
25
22,044
7496
Total
16-19
20-24
25-34
35-49
50-59
60 and over
40
48
51
52
51
34
34
44
45
45
45
30
30
40
38
39
41
27
30
39
36
36
35
25
28
37
36
36
33
23
30
38
35
34
29
21
27
38
34
31
29
20
27
39
32
30
27
17
29
39
36
30
27
18
31
40
35
30
27
16
31
40
35
31
28
16
29
35
35
29
27
16
2,316
2,942
7,632
11,884
6,581
11,038
718
870
2359
3900
2307
3935
All aged 16 and over
45
40
35
33
32
30
28
27
28
27
28
27
42,394
14089
* Trend tables show unweighted and weighted figures for 1998 to allow direct comparison between 1998 and 2000 and to give an indication of the effect of the weighting. For the
weighted data (1998 and 2000) the weighted base (000‘s) is the base for percentages. Unweighted data (up to 1998) are based on the unweighted sample. Unweighted bases for
earlier years are of similar size to the unweighted sample and can be found in GHS reports for each year.
115
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 8.2 Ex-regular cigarette smokers by sex and age: 1974 to 2000
Persons aged 16 and over
Age
Great Britain
Unweighted
1974
1978
Weighted
1982
1986
1988
1990
1992
1994
1996
1998
1998
Unweighted
sample*
2000
2000
Weighted
base 2000
(000’s)
=100%*
Percentage of ex-regular cigarette smokers
Men
16-19
20-24
25-34
35-49
50-59
60 and over
3
9
18
21
30
37
4
9
18
26
35
43
4
9
20
32
38
47
5
11
20
33
38
52
4
10
17
31
41
53
4
8
16
32
42
52
5
8
16
29
41
55
5
7
16
27
40
55
5
10
13
27
41
55
5
8
13
22
41
54
5
9
13
21
40
54
3
7
12
20
36
52
1,209
1,438
3,709
5,859
3,237
4,897
363
416
1052
1837
1124
1801
All 16 and over
23
27
30
32
32
32
32
31
32
31
29
27
20,350
6593
Women
16-19
20-24
25-34
35-49
50-59
60 and over
4
9
12
10
13
11
5
8
14
13
18
16
6
9
15
15
19
20
7
9
16
20
18
23
5
8
16
21
19
25
6
8
14
20
20
27
5
9
15
22
22
29
6
10
14
21
22
29
5
11
13
18
25
28
7
8
14
19
25
29
8
8
14
19
25
29
6
11
13
19
24
29
1,107
1,503
3,923
6,025
3,344
6,141
355
454
1307
2063
1183
2134
All 16 and over
11
14
16
18
19
19
21
21
20
21
20
20
22,044
7496
* See the footnote to Table 8.1.
Table 8.3 Percentage who have never smoked cigarettes regularly by sex and age: 1974 to
2000
Persons aged 16 and over
Age
Great Britain
Unweighted
1974
1978
Weighted
1982
1986
1988
1990
1992
1994
1996
1998
1998
2000
Weighted
base 2000
(000’s)
=100%*
Unweighted
sample*
2000
Percentage who have never smoked regularly
Men
16-19
20-24
25-34
35-49
50-59
60 and over
56
38
26
24
16
18
61
46
33
26
17
18
65
50
39
28
20
20
65
47
43
30
26
19
69
53
46
32
26
22
68
54
48
34
31
24
67
52
50
39
31
24
67
53
50
42
33
27
69
47
49
43
31
28
64
49
50
46
32
30
65
50
49
45
32
30
67
58
49
49
37
32
1,209
1,438
3,709
5,859
3,237
4,897
363
416
1052
1837
1124
1801
All 16 and over
25
29
32
34
35
37
38
40
40
41
42
44
20,350
6593
Women
16-19
20-24
25-34
35-49
50-59
60 and over
58
47
42
41
38
63
62
49
44
44
39
60
64
51
48
47
41
57
62
54
48
46
47
55
67
55
50
44
48
54
62
53
52
48
51
54
70
54
51
49
49
52
67
52
55
51
52
54
63
54
53
52
49
53
62
53
53
52
48
55
61
53
53
52
48
56
66
54
54
54
48
56
1,107
1,503
3,923
6,025
3,344
6,141
355
454
1307
2063
1183
2134
All 16 and over
49
49
51
51
51
52
52
54
53
53
53
54
22,044
7496
* See the footnote to Table 8.1.
116
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 8.4
Cigarette-smoking status by sex and marital status
Persons aged 16 and over
Great Britain: 2000
Marital status
Current cigarette smokers
Current non-smokers of
cigarettes
Light
(under 20
per day)
Heavy
(20 or more
per day)
Total
Ex-regular Never or only
cigarette
occasionally
smokers
smoked
cigarettes
Weighted
base
(000’s)
= 100%
Unweighted
sample
Men
Single
Married/cohabiting
Married couple
Cohabiting couple
Widowed/divorced/separated
%
%
%
%
%
25
15
13
28
21
9
10
9
13
15
34
25
22
41
36
10
33
35
18
34
56
42
43
41
30
5,225
12,878
11,050
1,828
2,178
1450
4447
3874
573
677
All aged 16 and over
%
18
10
29
27
44
20,282
6574
Women
Single
Married/cohabiting
Married couple
Cohabiting couple
Widowed/divorced/separated
%
%
%
%
%
28
17
14
30
19
6
6
6
7
7
34
23
20
37
26
10
22
22
18
25
57
56
57
45
49
3,920
13,396
11,471
1,925
4,715
1297
4616
4013
603
1579
All aged 16 and over
%
19
6
25
20
54
22,031
7492
Table 8.5 Cigarette-smoking status by age and sex: 2000 General Household Survey
Persons aged 16 and over
Cigarette-smoking status and number of
cigarettes smoked per day*
Men
Current smokers:
Less than 10
10, less than 20
20 or more
Total current cigarette smokers†
Ex-regular smokers
Never or only occasionally smoked cigarettes
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Women
Current smokers:
Less than 10
10, less than 20
20 or more
Total current cigarette smokers†
Ex-regular smokers
Never or only occasionally smoked cigarettes
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
England: 2000
Age
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65-74 75 and over
Total
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
12
17
5
34
6
61
14
15
10
39
12
49
7
11
14
31
17
52
6
9
14
28
32
40
5
9
11
24
41
34
2
8
5
16
53
31
4
5
2
11
59
30
8
11
10
29
27
44
2,231
659
3,236
916
3,720
1104
2,947
1035
2,440
864
1,805
666
1,204
457
17,583
5,701
14
14
4
32
9
59
13
13
6
32
13
55
9
11
8
28
18
54
4
12
8
25
22
54
5
9
8
23
26
51
5
10
3
18
29
53
6
3
2
10
30
60
8
11
6
25
20
55
2,229
694
3,412
1133
3,614
1236
3,166
1098
2,496
932
2,044
709
1,988
651
18,948
6453
* Current smokers of cigars and pipes only are classified according to their cigarette-smoking status ie. ’never regularly smoked‘ or ’ex-regular smoker’.
† Includes those for whom number of cigarettes was not known.
117
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 8.6 Prevalence of cigarette smoking by sex and standard region: 1978 to 2000
Persons aged 16 and over
Standard region*
Great Britain
Unweighted
1978
1982
Weighted
1984
1986
1988
1990
1992
1994
1996
1998
1998
2000
Weighted
base 2000
(000’s)
=100%†
Unweighted
sample†
2000
Percentage smoking cigarettes
Men
England
North
Yorkshire and Humberside
North West
East Midlands
West Midlands
East Anglia
Greater London
Outer Metropolitan Area
Outer South East
South West
43
43
46
43
44
44
48
40
44
43
43
39
37
35
39
35
38
35
37
35
36
41
36
33
35
27
42
33
32
30
38
35
34
33
38
36
36
32
32
31
37
32
32
34
29
30
38
30
32
29
33
29
34
29
31
28
32
31
29
29
28
28
29
27
28
30
32
26
30
28
29
29
26
28
25
27
32
26
28
27
28
30
30
25
28
24
32
24
29
28
25
29
29
26
31
23
33
27
30
30
27
32
24
34
27
29
29
27
27
28
31
1,173
1,791
2,178
1,424
1,893
813
2,509
385
576
725
480
616
273
694
26
28
28
4,015
1343
25
26
30
1,786
609
All England
44
37
35
34
32
31
29
28
28
28
29
29
17,583
5701
Wales
44
36
42
33
35
30
32
28
28
28
29
25
1,001
344
Scotland
48
45
43
37
36
33
34
31
33
33
35
30
1,766
548
Great Britain
45
38
36
35
33
31
29
28
29
28
30
29
20,350
6593
Women
England
North
Yorkshire and Humberside
North West
East Midlands
West Midlands
East Anglia
Greater London
Outer Metropolitan Area
Outer South East
South West
39
36
41
36
34
33
37
34
31
37
38
32
35
31
32
25
34
29
30
33
35
38
35
30
31
20
33
28
30
29
33
32
35
29
31
28
31
29
29
27
35
31
34
31
29
28
31
28
25
26
31
29
33
28
28
24
29
27
27
25
32
28
30
23
25
25
26
27
26
23
27
28
28
24
23
21
26
24
25
22
32
25
30
27
28
25
27
25
26
26
29
28
32
25
25
21
27
29
28
33
26
26
21
27
29
26
30
24
24
23
24
1,384
1,980
2,294
1,471
2,032
920
2,744
474
677
803
517
684
328
810
22
22
23
4,185
1466
24
25
24
1,938
694
All England
36
32
32
31
30
28
27
25
27
26
26
25
18,948
6453
Wales
37
34
32
30
28
31
33
27
27
26
27
24
1,072
380
Scotland
42
39
35
35
37
35
34
29
31
29
29
30
2,023
663
Great Britain
37
33
32
31
30
29
28
26
28
26
26
25
22,044
7496
41
39
43
39
39
38
36
39
35
31
33
24
37
30
31
30
35
34
35
31
34
31
33
31
30
29
36
32
33
32
29
29
34
29
28
28
32
29
33
28
29
26
31
29
28
27
31
28
30
25
26
27
29
26
28
25
28
28
27
26
24
24
29
25
27
24
31
28
30
26
28
25
29
25
28
27
27
28
31
26
28
22
30
28
29
32
27
29
23
31
28
28
30
25
26
26
27
2,557
3,771
4,472
2,895
3,925
1,733
5,253
859
1253
1528
997
1300
601
1504
24
25
25
8,201
2809
39
41
35
36
33
35
30
36
32
33
34
24
25
27
3,724
1303
All England
40
35
33
32
31
29
28
26
28
27
28
27
36,531
12154
Wales
40
35
37
31
31
31
32
27
27
27
28
25
2,073
724
Scotland
45
42
39
36
37
34
34
30
32
30
31
30
3,790
1211
Great Britain
40
35
34
33
32
30
28
27
28
27
28
27
42,394
14089
All persons
England
North
Yorkshire and Humberside
North West
East Midlands
West Midlands
East Anglia
Greater London
Outer Metropolitan Area
Outer South East
South West
39
* The data have not been standardised to take account of age or socio-economic group.
† See the footnote to Table 8.1.
118
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 8.7
Prevalence of cigarette smoking by sex and NHS Regional Office area in England
Persons aged 16 and over
NHS Regional Office area
England: 2000
Men
Women
Total
Percentage smoking cigarettes
Northern and Yorkshire
Trent
West Midlands
North West
Eastern
London
South East
South West
28
28
27
29
27
31
28
30
28
25
24
29
23
24
23
24
28
26
26
29
25
27
25
27
All England
29
25
27
2,287
1,880
1,895
2,247
1,898
2,509
3,078
1,783
17,583
2,599
1,986
2,026
2,381
1,986
2,747
3,289
1,935
18,948
4,886
3,866
3,921
4,628
3,883
5,256
6,367
3,718
36,531
742
619
617
751
641
694
1028
608
5700
889
686
682
836
707
811
1150
693
6454
1631
1305
1299
1587
1348
1505
2178
1301
12154
Weighted bases (000’s) = 100%
Northern and Yorkshire
Trent
West Midlands
North West
Eastern
London
South East
South West
All England*
Unweighted sample
Northern and Yorkshire
Trent
West Midlands
North West
Eastern
London
South East
South West
All England*
* Addresses are classified to health regions according to their full postcode, but to standard regions according to postcode sector only.
119
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 8.8 Prevalence of cigarette smoking by sex and socio-economic group: 1974 to 2000
Persons aged 16 and over
Socio-economic
group*
Great Britain
Unweighted
1974
1978
Weighted
1982
1986
1988
1990
1992
1994
1996
1998
1998
2000
Weighted
base 2000
(000’s)
=100%†
Unweighted
sample†
2000
Percentage smoking cigarettes
Men
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate and junior
non-manual
Skilled manual and own
account non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and
personal service
Unskilled manual
Total non-manual
Total manual
All aged 16 and over*
Women
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate and junior
non-manual
Skilled manual and own
account non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and
personal service
Unskilled manual
Total non-manual
Total manual
All aged 16 and over*
29
46
25
37
20
29
18
28
16
26
16
24
14
23
16
20
12
20
15
21
16
22
15
22
1,579
3,965
525
1364
45
38
30
28
25
25
25
24
24
23
25
26
3,713
1182
56
49
42
40
39
36
34
33
32
33
34
34
6,222
2009
56
61
53
60
47
49
43
43
40
43
39
48
39
42
38
40
41
41
38
45
40
44
36
39
2,748
872
878
273
45
56
51
36
51
45
28
44
38
26
40
35
24
40
33
23
38
31
22
36
29
21
35
28
21
35
29
21
36
28
22
37
30
23
35
29
9,257
9,841
20,350
3071
3160
6593
25
38
23
33
21
29
19
27
17
26
16
23
13
21
12
20
11
18
14
20
14
21
13
21
1,245
4,189
441
1479
38
33
30
27
27
27
27
23
28
24
24
25
5,835
1977
46
42
39
36
35
32
31
29
30
30
30
27
4,932
1660
43
43
41
41
36
41
35
33
37
39
36
36
35
35
32
34
36
36
33
33
33
32
34
34
3,161
1,166
1065
385
38
45
41
32
41
37
29
38
33
26
36
31
25
36
30
25
34
29
23
33
28
21
31
26
22
33
28
21
31
26
22
31
26
22
30
25
11,269
9,260
22,044
3897
3110
7496
* Socio-economic group corresponds to the present job of those currently working and to the last job of those not currently working. Married women whose husbands were in the
household are classified according to their husband‘s occupation. Members of the Armed Forces, persons in inadequately described occupations and all persons who have never
worked have not been shown as separate categories but are included in the figures shown as totals.
† See the footnote to Table 8.1.
120
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 8.9 Prevalence of cigarette smoking by sex and socio-economic group of household
reference person: 1992 to 2000
Persons aged 16 and over
Socio-economic group of
household reference person**
Great Britain
Unweighted
1992
Weighted
1994
1996
1998
1998
Unweighed
sample*
2000
2000
Weighted
base 2000
(000’s)
= 100%*
Percentage smoking cigarettes
Men
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate/junior non-manual
Skilled manual etc
Semi-skilled manual etc
Unskilled manual
15
22
25
33
39
44
18
21
24
32
36
39
11
21
25
31
40
45
15
21
24
33
38
44
16
22
25
34
39
44
17
23
27
33
36
39
1,662
4,498
4,367
5,870
2,560
808
549
1534
1408
1862
821
253
22†
35†
22
33
21
35
21
35
22
36
23
34
10,527
9,237
3491
2936
Total**
29
28
29
28
30
29
20,350
6593
Women
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate/junior non-manual
Skilled manual etc
Semi-skilled manual etc
Unskilled manual
14
21
27
30
35
35
13
20
24
28
32
32
12
18
27
30
36
36
14
20
24
30
33
32
14
21
24
30
33
31
14
20
26
26
32
35
1,399
4,538
6,235
4,798
3,112
1,175
493
1597
2119
1604
1047
389
23†
32†
21
30
22
33
21
31
22
31
22
29
12,172
9,085
4209
3040
28
26
28
26
26
25
22,044
7496
All non-manual
All manual
All non-manual
All manual
Total**
* See the footnote to Table 8.1.
** Head of household in years before 2000. Persons whose head of household/household reference person was in the Armed forces or a full-time student are not shown as separate
categories but are included in the totals.
† 1992 manual/non-manual totals are calculated from percentages shown in the 1992 report.
Table 8.10
Prevalence of cigarette smoking by sex and whether household reference person is
in a non-manual or manual socio-economic group: 1992 to 2000
Persons aged 16 and over
Socio-economic group of
household reference person**
England
Unweighted
1992†
Weighted
1994†
1996†
1998
1998
Unweighted
sample*
2000
2000
Weighted
base 2000
(000’s)
= 100%*
Percentage smoking cigarettes
Men
Non-manual
Manual
22
35
21
34
21
35
21
34
22
35
24
34
9,252
7,895
3073
2505
Total**
29
28
28
28
29
29
17,148
5578
Women
Non-manual
Manual
23
30
21
30
22
33
21
31
22
31
22
29
10,571
7,733
3667
2584
Total
27
25
27
26
26
25
18,304
6251
All persons
Non-manual
Manual
23
33
21
32
22
34
21
32
22
33
23
31
19,823
15,629
6740
5089
Total**
28
26
28
27
28
27
35,452
11829
* See the footnote to Table 8.1.
** Head of household in years before 2000. Persons whose head of household/household reference person was in the Armed forces or a full-time student are not shown as separate
categories but are included in the totals.
† Figures for 1992 to 1996 are taken from the Department of Health bulletin Statistics on Smoking: England, 1978 onwards.
121
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 8.11 Cigarette-smoking status by sex and socio-economic group of household reference
person
Persons aged 16 and over
Great Britain: 2000
Socio-economic group of
household reference person
Men
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate and junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled manual & personal service
Unskilled manual
Total non-manual
Total manual
All aged 16 and over*
Women
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate and junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled manual & personal service
Unskilled manual
Total non-manual
Total manual
All aged 16 and over*
Current cigarette smokers
Current non-smokers of
cigarettes
Ex-regular Never or only
cigarette
occasionally
smokers
smoked
cigarettes
Weighted
base
(000’s)
= 100%
Light
(under 20
per day)
Heavy
(20 or more
per day)
All current
smokers
%
%
%
12
15
18
5
8
9
17
23
27
23
29
27
60
48
47
1,662
4,498
4,367
549
1534
1408
%
%
%
21
22
20
11
14
18
33
36
39
29
26
26
38
38
35
5,870
2,560
808
1862
821
253
%
%
%
15
21
18
8
13
10
23
34
29
27
28
27
50
38
44
10,527
9,237
20,350
3491
2936
6593
%
%
%
12
15
21
3
5
5
14
20
26
16
22
20
69
58
55
1,399
4,538
6,235
493
1597
2119
%
%
%
19
22
24
7
10
10
26
32
35
21
20
20
53
48
45
4,798
3,112
1,175
1604
1047
389
%
%
%
18
21
19
5
8
6
22
29
25
20
21
20
58
50
54
12,172
9,085
22,044
4209
3040
7496
* Persons whose household reference person was in the Armed Forces or a full-time student are not shown as separate categories but are included in the total.
122
Unweighted
sample
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 8.12
Prevalence of cigarette smoking by sex and socio-economic group based on
own current or last job, whether economically active or inactive, and, for
economically inactive women, age
Persons aged 16 and over
Socio-economic group*
Great Britain: 2000
Men
Active
Women
Inactive
Total
Active
Inactive
16-59
Inactive
60 and over
Total
inactive
Total
Percentage smoking cigarettes
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate non-manual
Junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and personal service
Unskilled manual
15
25
27
29
37
39
44
13
16
20
18
27
30
32
15
22
26
26
34
36
39
12
26
21
29
30
34
45
†
25
23
34
42
43
46
†
16
14
12
19
18
18
[14]
20
18
20
26
28
28
12
24
20
25
29
31
34
Total
31
23
29
28
34
15
23
25
Weighted bases (000’s) = 100%
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate non-manual
Junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and personal service
Unskilled manual
Total
1,274
2,892
1,672
1,252
4,239
1,853
532
14,248
306
1,073
429
360
1,982
895
340
6,102
1,579
3,965
2,100
1,612
6,222
2,748
872
20,350
453
1,723
2,621
3,540
801
1,978
557
12,286
41
252
433
999
210
877
349
4,072
41
418
782
1,706
427
1,239
672
5,673
82
669
1,215
2,705
637
2,115
1,021
9,745
535
2,393
3,835
6,249
1,438
4,096
1,580
22,032
Unweighted sample
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate non-manual
Junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and personal service
Unskilled manual
Total
411
959
523
377
1329
575
160
4487
114
405
152
130
680
303
113
2106
525
1364
675
507
2009
878
273
6593
147
589
890
1185
271
665
185
4128
15
89
155
349
76
306
120
1404
15
151
280
605
143
416
219
1960
30
240
435
954
219
722
339
3364
177
829
1325
2140
490
1388
525
7492
* Full-time students, members of the Armed Forces, and those who have never worked are not shown as separate categories but are included in the totals.
† Base too small to enable reliable analysis to be made.
123
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 8.13
Average weekly cigarette consumption per smoker by sex and age: 1974 to 2000
Current cigarette smokers aged 16 and over
Age
Great Britain
Unweighted
1974
1978
Weighted
1982
1986
1988
1990
1992
1994
1996
1998
1998
Unweighted
sample*
2000
2000
Weighted
base 2000
(000’s)
=100%*
Mean number of cigarettes per week
Men
16-19
20-24
25-34
35-49
50-59
60 and over
110
132
136
138
127
100
98
122
134
138
137
104
87
114
121
137
129
109
86
108
110
133
120
103
84
109
120
136
132
102
89
110
115
135
121
106
81
92
100
130
129
102
71
94
107
126
142
99
82
101
102
126
119
107
72
96
92
121
125
112
71
93
92
123
127
111
81
85
91
116
122
106
361
504
1,437
1,823
882
801
107
146
402
556
300
287
All aged 16 and over
125
127
121
115
120
118
112
114
111
109
108
104
5,807
1798
Women
16-19
20-24
25-34
35-49
50-59
60 and over
86
99
108
104
91
68
90
101
113
109
101
79
76
100
109
108
101
77
77
85
101
112
99
84
79
95
103
113
102
81
80
92
103
106
107
81
70
88
97
111
105
81
70
90
97
104
106
89
68
79
92
109
109
89
70
83
87
103
105
84
70
80
86
103
106
84
71
72
83
97
103
84
312
522
1,272
1,646
923
943
100
161
433
560
320
326
94
101
98
97
99
97
97
97
96
93
92
89
5,619
1900
All aged 16 and over
* See the footnote to Table 8.1.
Table 8.14 Cigarette-smoking status by sex: 1974 to 2000
Persons aged 16 and over
Great Britain
Unweighted
1974
1978
Weighted
1982
1986
1988
1990
1992
1994
1996
1998
1998
2000
Percentages
Men
Current cigarette smokers
Light (under 20 per day)
Heavy (20 or more per day)
25
26
22
23
20
18
20
15
18
15
17
14
17
12
17
12
17
11
18
10
19
11
18
10
Total current cigarette smokers
51
45
38
35
33
31
29
28
29
28
30
29
Ex-regular cigarette smokers
23
27
30
32
32
32
32
31
32
31
29
27
Never or only occasionally smoked
cigarettes
25
29
32
34
35
37
38
40
40
41
42
44
19,229
9852
10480
9199
8874
8673
8106
8417
7642
7172
6579
20,350
6593
Women
Current cigarette smokers
Light (under 20 per day)
Heavy (20 or more per day)
28
13
23
13
22
11
21
10
20
10
20
9
19
9
18
8
19
8
19
7
19
7
19
6
Total current cigarette smokers
41
37
33
31
30
29
28
26
28
26
26
25
Ex-regular cigarette smokers
11
14
16
18
19
19
21
21
20
21
20
20
Never or only occasionally smoked
cigarettes
49
49
51
51
51
52
52
54
53
53
53
54
21,654
11480
12156
10641
10304
10122
9445
9764
9108
8501
7830
22,044
7496
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%*
Unweighted sample*
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample*
* Trend tables show unweighted and weighted figures for 1998 to allow direct comparison between 1998 and 2000 and to give an indication of the effect of the weighting. For the
weighted data (1998 and 2000) the weighted base (000‘s) is the base for percentages. Unweighted data (up to 1998) are based on the unweighted sample.
124
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 8.15
Cigarette-smoking status by sex and age
Persons aged 16 and over
Great Britain: 2000
Age
Current cigarette smokers
Current non-smokers of
cigarettes
Light
(under 20
per day)
Heavy
(20 or more
per day)
All current
smokers
Ex-regular Never or only
cigarette
occasionally
smokers
smoked
cigarettes
Weighted
base
(000’s)
= 100%
Unweighted
sample
Men
16-19
20-24
25-34
35-49
50-59
60 and over
%
%
%
%
%
%
26
29
28
17
14
11
4
6
11
14
13
6
30
35
39
31
27
16
3
7
12
20
36
52
67
58
49
49
37
32
1,209
1,438
3,709
5,859
3,237
4,897
363
416
1052
1837
1124
1801
All aged 16 and over
%
18
10
29
27
44
20,350
6593
Women
16-19
20-24
25-34
35-49
50-59
60 and over
%
%
%
%
%
%
25
30
26
18
18
12
3
4
7
9
9
3
28
35
32
27
28
15
6
11
13
19
24
29
66
54
54
54
48
56
1,107
1,503
3,923
6,025
3,344
6,141
355
454
1307
2063
1183
2134
All aged 16 and over
%
19
6
25
20
54
22,044
7496
Table 8.16
Number of cigarettes smoked per day by sex: 1974 to 2000
Current cigarette smokers aged 16 and over
No. of cigarettes smoked
per day
Men
Under 10
10-19
20-29
30 or more
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%*
Unweighted sample*
Women
Under 10
10-19
20-29
30 or more
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%*
Unweighted sample*
Great Britain
Unweighted
Weighted
1974
1978
1982
1986
1988
1990
1992
1994
1996
1998
1998
2000
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
18
31
36
15
18
31
36
15
15
35
37
13
21
36
32
11
19
35
34
12
19
36
34
11
24
35
31
10
23
36
31
10
22
39
29
10
23
40
28
9
24
39
28
9
25
39
28
8
5,663
4968
4618
3323
3057
2849
2487
2469
2142
2044
1850
5,799
1795
31
36
27
6
29
35
28
8
23
41
30
6
28
40
27
5
27
40
28
5
26
42
27
4
27
42
27
4
27
43
26
4
28
41
26
4
31
42
24
4
31
42
23
4
32
43
21
4
5,729
4627
4426
3274
3171
3076
2734
2693
2332
2338
2043
5,612
1898
* See the footnote to Table 8.14.
125
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 8.17
Number of cigarettes smoked per day by sex and age
Current cigarette smokers aged 16 and over
Age
Great Britain: 2000
Men
Women
No. of cigarettes smoked per day
Under 10
10-19
20-29
30 or
more
Weighted
base
(000’s)
= 100%
Unweighted
sample
No. of cigarettes smoked per day
Under 10
10-19
20-29
30 or
more
Weighted Unweighted
base
sample
(000’s)
= 100%
16-19
20-24
25-29
30-34
35-49
50-59
60 and over
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
35
33
35
31
21
16
21
53
49
41
37
32
37
45
13
16
20
27
34
37
24
0
2
4
6
12
10
10
361
504
757
680
1,820
882
796
107
146
209
193
555
300
285
44
46
43
32
27
21
34
47
42
41
43
41
45
44
10
10
12
20
29
28
19
0
2
4
4
4
6
3
312
522
629
643
1,646
916
943
100
161
212
221
560
318
326
All aged 16
and over
%
25
39
28
8
5,799
1795
32
43
21
4
5,612
1898
Table 8.18 Average weekly cigarette consumption per smoker by sex and socio-economic
group: 1974 to 2000
Current cigarette smokers aged 16 and over
Socio-economic group*
Great Britain
Unweighted
1974
1978
Weighted
1982
1986
1988
1990
1992
1994
1996
1998
1998
Unweighted
sample†
2000
2000
Weighted
base 2000
(000’s)†
=100%
Mean number of cigarettes per week
Men
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate and junior
non-manual
Skilled manual and own
account non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and
personal service
Unskilled manual
All aged 16 and over*
107
134
100
128
108
139
85
130
109
132
101
126
99
123
103
122
90
121
91
104
91
104
92
105
234
886
76
287
118
120
109
103
113
104
100
103
99
98
99
93
968
294
130
131
126
118
122
122
114
119
115
115
115
109
2,089
647
120
117
126
120
118
120
114
110
117
111
117
120
111
109
107
118
110
117
112
120
113
119
105
121
998
334
307
100
125
127
121
115
120
118
112
114
111
109
108
104
5,807
1798
72
94
73
97
82
101
90
101
94
96
74
95
93
94
82
99
65
85
65
85
72
88
157
866
56
300
97
92
91
88
90
86
83
87
89
88
82
1,433
481
Women
Professional
82
Employers and managers
97
Intermediate and junior
non-manual
89
Skilled manual and own
account non-professional 100
Semi-skilled manual and
personal service
92
Unskilled manual
91
107
106
99
104
100
106
106
102
97
97
93
1,344
450
103
102
98
93
101
92
102
104
102
99
98
103
100
106
101
99
102
100
101
99
96
95
1,065
392
362
131
All aged 16 and over*
101
98
97
99
97
97
97
96
93
92
89
5,619
1900
94
* See the first footnote to Table 8.8.
† See the footnote to Table 8.1.
126
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 8.19
Type of cigarette smoked by sex: 1974 to 2000
Current cigarette smokers aged 16 and over
Great Britain
Type of cigarette smoked
Weighted
Men
Mainly filter
Mainly plain
Mainly hand-rolled
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%*
Unweighted sample*
Women
Mainly filter
Mainly plain
Mainly hand-rolled
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%*
Unweighted sample*
Unweighted
1974
1978
1982
1986
1988
1990
1992
1994
1996
1998
1998
2000
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
69
18
13
75
11
14
72
7
21
78
4
18
79
3
18
80
2
18
80
2
18
78
2
21
75
1
23
74
1
25
74
1
25
69
1
31
5,687
4993
4646
3469
3072
2849
2510
2473
2150
2052
1857
5,802
1796
91
8
1
95
4
1
94
3
3
96
1
2
96
1
2
97
1
2
97
1
2
96
1
4
93
1
6
92
1
7
92
1
8
89
1
10
5,735
4600
4421
3522
3192
3076
2748
2698
2336
2341
2044
5,619
1900
* See the footnote to Table 8.14.
Table 8.20
Type of cigarette smoked by age and sex
Current cigarette smokers aged 16 and over
Type of cigarette smoked
Men
Mainly filter
Mainly plain
Mainly hand-rolled
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Women
Mainly filter
Mainly plain
Mainly hand-rolled
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Great Britain: 2000
Age
16-24
25-34
35-49
50-59
60 and over
All aged 16 and over
%
%
%
%
%
%
78
1
21
74
0
25
63
1
36
65
1
34
66
1
33
69
1
31
865
253
1,437
402
1,823
556
879
299
799
286
5,802
1796
89
2
9
85
2
13
89
0
11
92
0
8
92
1
6
89
1
10
834
261
1,272
433
1,646
560
923
320
943
326
5,619
1900
127
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 8.21 Tar yield per cigarette: 1986 to 2000
Current smokers of manufactured cigarettes
Tar yield
Great Britain
Unweighted
Weighted
1986
1988
1990
1992
1994
1996
1998*
1998*
2000
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
<10mg
10<15mg
15+mg
19
32
40
21
58
17
24
54
19
25
68
4
32
65
2
33
63
0
33
64
0
33
63
0
36
61
0
No regular brand/new brand/
don’t know
10
4
4
3
1
3
3
3
2
..
5620
..
5363
..
4739
..
4662
..
3929
..
3760
..
3288
9,568
..
9,104
2955
Weighted base (000’s) =100%†
Unweighted sample†
* Unweighted data for 1998 are different from those given in Table 8.20 of the 1998 GHS report, which showed 12% as unclassifiable; most of these have now been coded to a tar level.
† See footnote to Table 8.14.
Table 8.22 Tar yields by sex and age
Current smokers of manufactured cigarettes* aged 16 and over
Great Britain: 2000
Tar yield
Less than
4mg
4<8mg
8<10mg
10<12mg
12<15mg
No regular
brand
2 brands
smoked/
don’t know
tar yield
Weighted
base
(000’s)
= 100%
Men
16-19
20-24
25-34
35-49
50-59
60 and over
%
%
%
%
%
%
4
2
4
5
3
6
18
34
34
19
15
12
2
2
2
6
10
8
35
24
28
32
33
35
40
37
31
35
35
38
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
0
0
2
2
1
286
396
1,073
1,162
581
533
86
113
298
355
199
192
Total
%
4
23
5
31
35
1
1
4,031
1243
Women
16-19
20-24
25-34
35-49
50-59
60 and over
%
%
%
%
%
%
4
2
7
5
8
10
21
35
26
19
14
15
4
6
8
14
16
20
23
23
23
26
24
24
42
29
34
34
35
26
2
4
1
1
1
3
4
1
0
2
2
3
299
463
1,103
1,473
852
882
95
144
374
501
294
304
Total
%
7
20
13
24
33
2
2
5,073
1712
Total
16-19
20-24
25-34
35-49
50-59
60 and over
%
%
%
%
%
%
4
2
5
5
6
8
20
35
30
19
15
14
3
4
5
10
14
15
29
23
26
29
28
28
41
33
33
34
35
30
1
3
1
1
2
2
2
1
0
2
2
2
585
859
2,176
2,635
1,432
1,415
181
257
672
856
493
496
Total
%
5
22
9
27
34
1
1
9,104
2955
* Thirty-one per cent of male smokers and 10 per cent of female smokers said they mainly smoked hand-rolled cigarettes and have been excluded from this analysis.
128
Unweighted
sample
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 8.23
Tar yields by socio-economic group of household reference person
Current smokers of manufactured cigarettes* aged 16 and over
Socio-economic group of
household reference person
Tar yields
Less 4<8mg
than
4mg
Men
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate and junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and personal service
Unskilled manual
Total non-manual
Total manual
All aged 16 and over†
Women
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate and junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and personal service
Unskilled manual
Total non-manual
Total manual
All aged 16 and over†
Great Britain: 2000
8<10mg 10<12mg 12<15mg
No
regular
brand
2 brands
smoked/
don't know
tar yield
Weighted
base
(000’s)
= 100%
Unweighted
sample
%
%
%
4
6
5
40
29
28
6
7
5
22
28
27
20
28
35
3
1
1
4
1
0
244
817
838
78
264
259
%
%
%
4
1
2
16
18
8
3
4
7
36
35
38
38
40
42
1
0
2
1
0
1
1,251
555
168
375
170
52
%
%
5
3
30
16
6
4
27
35
30
39
1
1
1
1
1,899
1,974
601
597
%
4
23
5
31
35
1
1
4,031
1243
%
%
%
12
10
9
27
32
23
10
11
13
19
20
22
25
23
30
3
2
2
3
1
2
183
861
1,470
65
299
492
%
%
%
4
3
4
17
13
7
13
16
10
27
24
37
35
42
38
2
1
2
1
1
2
1,127
870
349
375
294
118
%
%
10
4
26
14
12
14
21
28
27
38
2
1
2
2
2,514
2,346
856
787
%
6
20
13
24
33
2
2
5,073
1712
* See the footnote to Table 8.22.
† See the footnote to Table 8.11.
129
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 8.24
Prevalence of smoking by sex and type of product smoked: 1974 to 2000
Persons aged 16 and over
Great Britain
Unweighted
1974
Weighted
1978
1982
1986
1988
1990
1992
1994
1996
1998
1998
2000
Percentage smoking
Men
Cigarettes*
Pipe
Cigars†
51
12
34
45
10
16
38
..
12
35
6
10
33
4
9
31
4
8
29
4
7
28
3
6
29
2
6
28
2
6
30
2
6
29
2
5
All smokers**
64
55
45††
44
40
38
36
33
33
33
34
32
19,225
9862
10439
9171
8884
8673
8119
8427
7662
7186
6579
20,350
6593
Women
Cigarettes*
Cigars†
41
3
37
1
33
0
31
1
30
0
29
0
28
0
26
0
28
0
26
0
26
0
25
0
All smokers**
41
37
34
31
31
29
28
26
28
26
27
26
21,653
11419
12079
10559
10312
10122
9455
9772
9137
8512
7830
22,044
7496
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%§
Unweighted sample§
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%§
Unweighted sample§
*
†
**
††
§
Figures for cigarettes include all smokers of manufactured and hand-rolled cigarettes.
For 1974 the figures include occasional cigar smokers, that is, those who smoked less than one cigar a month.
The percentages for cigarettes, pipes and cigars add to more than the percentage for all smokers because some people smoked more than one type of product.
In 1982 and 1984 men were not asked about pipe smoking, and therefore the figures for all smokers exclude those who smoked only a pipe.
See the footnote to Table 8.14.
Table 8.25
Prevalence of smoking by type of product smoked by sex and age
Persons aged 16 and over
Age
Great Britain: 2000
Men
Women
Cigarettes*
Pipe†
Cigars†
All
smokers**
Weighted
base
(000‘s)
= 100%
Unweighted Cigarettes* Cigars†
All
sample
smokers
Percentage smoking
Unweighted
sample
Percentage smoking
16-19
20-24
25-29
30-34
35-49
50-59
60 and over
30
35
42
35
31
27
16
1
0
0
1
1
3
3
3
4
6
5
5
6
3
31
36
44
37
35
34
21
1,209
1,438
1,783
1,927
5,859
3,237
4,897
363
416
492
560
1837
1124
1801
28
35
36
30
27
28
15
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
29
35
36
30
27
28
15
1,107
1,503
1,761
2,162
6,025
3,344
6,141
355
454
575
732
2063
1183
2134
All aged 16 and over
29
2
5
32
20,350
6593
25
0
26
22,044
7496
* Figures for cigarettes include all smokers of both manufactured and hand-rolled cigarettes.
† Young people aged 16-17 were not asked about cigar or pipe-smoking.
** In 1982 and 1984 men were not asked about pipe smoking, and therefore figures for all smokers exclude those who smoked a pipe.
130
Weighted
base
(000’s)
= 100%
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 8.26
Age started smoking regularly by socio-economic group of household reference
person and sex
Persons aged 16 and over who had ever smoked regularly
Age started smoking
regularly
Great Britain: 2000
Socio-economic group of household reference person
Professional
Employers
and
managers
Intermediate
non-manual
Junior
non-manual
Skilled
manual
and own
account
nonprofessional
Semi-skilled
manual
and
personal
service
Unskilled
manual
All
persons
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
28
31
21
12
7
37
27
19
12
4
40
23
20
12
5
43
31
13
9
4
46
27
13
10
4
48
26
11
10
5
57
24
6
7
6
43
27
15
11
5
658
226
2,321
800
1,269
417
1,055
343
3,619
1162
1,573
511
522
166
11,016
3625
18
30
26
19
6
30
26
21
17
6
29
29
19
15
8
28
29
20
11
12
38
28
19
9
6
40
25
14
10
11
37
27
16
11
9
33
27
19
12
8
429
156
1,883
665
1,329
455
1,501
510
2,271
760
1,608
542
642
214
9,663
3302
24
31
23
15
7
34
27
20
14
5
34
26
19
14
7
34
30
17
10
9
43
27
15
10
5
44
25
12
10
8
46
26
12
9
7
38
27
17
11
6
1,088
382
4,204
1465
2,598
872
2,556
853
5,889
1922
3,180
1053
1,163
380
20,679
6927
Men
Under 16
16-17
18-19
20-24
25 and over
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Women
Under 16
16-17
18-19
20-24
25 and over
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
All persons
Under 16
16-17
18-19
20-24
25 and over
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
131
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 8.27 How easy or difficult smokers would find it to go without smoking for a whole
day, by sex and number of cigarettes smoked per day
Current cigarette smokers aged 16 and over
Ease or difficulty of not smoking
for a day
Men
Very easy
Fairly easy
Fairly difficult
Very difficult
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Women
Very easy
Fairly easy
Fairly difficult
Very difficult
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
All smokers
Very easy
Fairly easy
Fairly difficult
Very difficult
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Great Britain: 2000
Number of cigarettes per day
20 or more
10-19
0-9
Total*
%
%
%
%
6
16
29
49
12
32
34
23
50
36
10
4
19
27
26
27
2,057
640
2,259
702
1,459
446
5,782
1790
%
%
%
%
2
10
24
64
6
27
32
36
43
36
15
6
17
25
24
33
1,402
474
2,381
807
1,803
608
5,593
1891
%
%
%
%
4
14
27
55
9
29
33
29
46
36
13
5
18
26
25
30
3,460
1114
4,640
1509
3,263
1054
11,375
3681
* Includes a few smokers who did not say how many cigarettes a day they smoked.
132
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 8.28
Proportion of smokers who would find it difficult to go without smoking for a
whole day, by sex, age and number of cigarettes smoked per day
Current cigarette smokers aged 16 and over
Number of cigarettes
smoked per day
Great Britain: 2000
Age
16-24
25-34
35-49
50-59
60 and over
Total
Percentages
Men
20 or more
10 - 19
0-9
[84 ]
46
11
72
50
15
82
59
13
75
68
[12 ]
77
62
21
78
56
14
40
44
60
62
59
53
[83 ]
60
16
87
66
18
87
68
23
92
73
31
89
69
26
88
67
22
All smokers*
43
52
62
70
58
58
Total
20 or more
10 - 19
0-9
83
53
14
78
58
17
84
64
18
82
71
23
82
65
24
82
62
18
All smokers*
42
48
61
66
59
56
396
561
474
1,431
841
586
391
1,820
410
324
142
876
275
353
163
794
2,057
2,259
1,460
5,782
263
535
472
1,270
529
670
441
1,640
309
411
191
917
208
402
322
932
1,402
2,381
1,803
5,593
659
1,096
946
2,701
1,370
1,256
831
3,460
719
735
333
1,793
483
755
485
1,726
3,460
4,640
3,263
11,375
40
125
87
252
112
160
129
401
252
180
122
555
139
111
48
298
97
126
60
284
640
702
446
1790
29
114
118
261
89
185
158
432
178
229
151
558
106
142
68
318
72
137
113
322
474
807
608
1891
69
239
205
513
201
345
287
833
430
409
273
1113
245
253
116
616
169
263
173
606
1114
1509
1054
3681
All smokers*
Women
20 or more
10 - 19
0-9
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Men
20 or more
135
10 - 19
436
0-9
290
All smokers*
861
Women
20 or more
94
10 - 19
363
0-9
377
All smokers*
834
Total
20 or more
229
10 - 19
799
0-9
667
All smokers*
1,696
Unweighted sample
Men
20 or more
10 - 19
0-9
All smokers*
Women
20 or more
10 - 19
0-9
All smokers*
Total
20 or more
10 - 19
0-9
All smokers*
* Includes a few smokers who did not say how many cigarettes a day they smoked.
133
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 8.29
Whether would like to give up smoking altogether, by sex and number of
cigarettes smoked per day
Current cigarette smokers aged 16 and over
Whether would like to give
up altogether
Men
Yes
No
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Women
Yes
No
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
All smokers
Yes
No
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Great Britain: 2000
Number of cigarettes per day
20 or more
10-19
0-9
Total*
%
%
%
%
74
26
76
24
64
36
72
28
1,986
620
2,142
666
1,393
428
5,530
1717
%
%
%
%
73
27
76
24
63
37
71
29
1,384
468
2,290
778
1,737
584
5,418
1832
%
%
%
%
74
26
76
24
63
37
72
28
3,370
1088
4,432
1444
3,131
1012
10,948
3549
* Includes a few smokers who did not say how many cigarettes a day they smoked.
134
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 8.30
Proportion of smokers who would like to give up smoking altogether, by sex,
age and number of cigarettes smoked per day
Current cigarette smokers aged 16 and over
Number of cigarettes
smoked per day
Great Britain: 2000
Age
16-24
25-34
35-49
50-59
60 and over
Total
Percentage who would like to give up
Men
20 or more
10 - 19
0-9
[75 ]
76
72
80
82
64
75
78
69
74
79
[61 ]
63
61
41
74
76
64
75
75
75
74
57
72
[54 ]
75
71
82
81
64
81
79
65
69
74
58
58
65
50
73
76
63
All smokers*
71
75
76
69
58
71
Total
20 or more
10 - 19
0-9
66
76
71
81
81
64
77
79
67
72
76
59
61
63
47
74
76
63
All smokers*
73
75
75
71
58
72
369
525
466
1,360
817
569
369
1,759
402
307
138
847
267
333
159
765
1,986
2,142
1,393
5,530
260
519
465
1,245
522
641
424
1,588
308
393
187
895
199
388
305
892
1,384
2,290
1,737
5,418
629
1,044
931
2,604
1,340
1,210
794
3,347
710
700
325
1,741
466
721
464
1,657
3,370
4,432
3,131
10,948
39
117
79
235
105
150
127
382
245
175
116
537
137
105
47
289
94
119
59
274
620
666
428
1717
29
110
111
250
88
179
155
422
176
220
145
541
106
137
66
311
69
132
107
308
468
778
584
1832
68
227
190
485
193
329
282
804
421
395
261
1078
243
242
113
600
163
251
166
582
1088
1444
1012
3549
All smokers*
Women
20 or more
10 - 19
0-9
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Men
20 or more
131
10 - 19
408
0-9
261
All smokers*
800
Women
20 or more
94
10 - 19
349
0-9
356
All smokers*
799
Total
20 or more
225
10 - 19
757
0-9
617
All smokers*
1,598
Unweighted sample
Men
20 or more
10 - 19
0-9
All smokers*
Women
20 or more
10 - 19
0-9
All smokers*
Total
20 or more
10 - 19
0-9
All smokers*
* Includes a few smokers who did not say how many cigarettes a day they smoked.
135
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 8.31 Proportion of smokers who would like to stop smoking altogether, by sex and
whether they would find it easy or difficult to go without smoking for a whole
day
Current cigarette smokers aged 16 and over
Great Britain: 2000
Ease or difficulty of not smoking for a day
Very easy
Fairly easy
Fairly difficult
Very difficult
Total
Percentage who would like to stop altogether
Men
Women
58
54
74
73
79
78
75
72
73
71
All smokers
56
73
79
74
72
1,063
892
1,955
1,490
1,370
2,860
1,430
1,314
2,744
1,525
1,822
3,346
5,508
5,398
10,906
329
299
628
454
462
916
446
448
894
481
616
1097
1710
1825
3535
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Men
Women
All smokers
Unweighted sample
Men
Women
All smokers
Table 8.32
Time between waking and the first cigarette, by sex and number of cigarettes
smoked per day
Current cigarette smokers aged 16 and over
Time between waking and the first cigarette
Men
Less than 5 minutes
5 - 14 minutes
15 - 29 minutes
30 minutes but less than 1 hour
1 hour but less than 2 hours
2 hours or more
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Women
Less than 5 minutes
5 - 14 minutes
15 - 29 minutes
30 minutes but less than 1 hour
1 hour but less than 2 hours
2 hours or more
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
All smokers
Less than 5 minutes
5 - 14 minutes
15 - 29 minutes
30 minutes but less than 1 hour
1 hour but less than 2 hours
2 hours or more
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Great Britain: 2000
Number of cigarettes per day
20 or more
10-19
0-9
Total*
%
%
%
%
30
27
20
14
5
4
13
15
18
25
16
13
2
3
6
11
14
64
16
16
16
17
11
23
2,069
643
2,268
705
1,458
446
5,801
1796
%
%
%
%
32
27
17
14
5
4
12
19
16
23
17
14
2
6
4
11
16
62
14
17
13
17
14
27
1,414
478
2,379
807
1,786
602
5,586
1889
%
%
%
%
31
27
19
14
5
4
13
17
17
24
16
13
2
4
5
11
15
63
15
16
14
17
12
25
3,484
1121
4,647
1512
3,245
1048
11,387
3685
* Includes a few smokers who did not say how many cigarettes a day they smoked.
136
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 8.33
Proportion of smokers who have their first cigarette within five minutes of
waking, by sex, age and number of cigarettes smoked per day
Current cigarette smokers aged 16 and over
Number of cigarettes
smoked per day
Great Britain: 2000
Age
16-24
25-34
35-49
50-59
60 and over
Total
Percentage smoking within five minutes of waking
Men
20 or more
10 - 19
0-9
[24 ]
19
1
30
10
1
36
17
4
25
8
0
20
12
3
30
13
2
14
13
23
14
13
16
[39 ]
12
0
30
16
1
35
13
3
28
9
3
28
6
3
32
12
2
All smokers*
10
13
18
14
10
14
Total
20 or more
10 - 19
0-9
30
16
0
30
13
1
36
15
3
26
8
1
23
9
3
31
13
2
All smokers*
12
13
21
14
11
15
402
561
471
1,433
841
588
391
1,820
416
324
142
882
275
356
165
796
2,069
2,268
1,458
5,796
263
535
472
1,270
535
670
438
1,643
312
410
188
910
210
401
320
932
1,414
2,379
1,786
5,580
664
1,096
943
2,703
1,376
1,258
829
3,463
728
734
330
1,792
486
757
485
1,727
3,484
4,647
3,245
11,375
40
126
87
253
113
160
128
401
252
181
122
555
141
111
48
300
97
127
61
285
643
705
446
1794
29
114
115
258
89
185
158
432
180
229
150
559
107
142
67
316
73
137
112
322
478
807
602
1887
69
240
202
511
202
345
286
833
432
410
272
1114
248
253
115
616
170
264
173
607
1121
1512
1048
3681
All smokers*
Women
20 or more
10 - 19
0-9
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Men
20 or more
135
10 - 19
439
0-9
290
All smokers*
865
Women
20 or more
94
10 - 19
363
0-9
368
All smokers*
825
Total
20 or more
229
10 - 19
803
0-9
658
All smokers*
1,690
Unweighted sample
Men
20 or more
10 - 19
0-9
All smokers*
Women
20 or more
10 - 19
0-9
All smokers*
Total
20 or more
10 - 19
0-9
All smokers*
* Includes a few smokers who did not say how many cigarettes a day they smoked.
137
Living in Britain
Chapter 8: Smoking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 8.34 How easy or difficult smokers would find it to go without smoking for a
whole day, by sex and time between waking and the first cigarette
Current cigarette smokers aged 16 and over
Ease or difficulty of
not smoking for a day
Time between waking and the first cigarette
Less than
5 minutes
5 - 14 minutes
15 - 29 minutes
30 minutes but
less than 1 hour
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
5
15
24
57
7
18
37
38
9
26
32
33
13
33
31
22
16
41
27
17
53
33
11
3
19
27
26
27
953
286
930
293
917
287
1,001
314
666
214
1,312
395
5,779
1789
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
2
7
17
74
5
15
29
52
4
17
37
42
9
26
33
32
14
41
25
20
44
37
13
6
17
25
24
34
752
252
929
312
696
239
948
323
751
253
1,488
502
5,563
1881
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
4
11
21
64
6
16
33
45
7
22
35
36
11
30
32
27
15
41
26
18
48
35
13
5
18
26
25
30
1,705
538
1,858
605
1,613
526
1,949
637
1,417
467
2,800
897
11,342
3670
Men
Very easy
Fairly easy
Fairly difficult
Very difficult
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Women
Very easy
Fairly easy
Fairly difficult
Very difficult
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
All smokers
Very easy
Fairly easy
Fairly difficult
Very difficult
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Great Britain: 2000
1 hour but less 2 hours or more
than 2 hours
Total
Table 8.35 Indicators of dependence, by number of cigarettes smoked a day: 1992 to 2000
Current cigarette smokers aged 16 and over
Number of cigarettes
smoked a day
Great Britain
Unweighted
1992
Weighted
1994
1996
1998
1998
2000
Weighted
base 2000
(000’s)
= 100%*
Unweighted
sample*
2000
% who would find it difficult to go without smoking for a day
20 or more
10-19
0-9
80
61
21
82
63
19
83
60
23
82
61
24
82
60
24
82
62
18
3,460
4,640
3,263
1114
1509
1054
Total
58
59
58
58
57
56
11,375
3651
% who would like to give up smoking altogether
20 or more
10-19
0-9
69
71
58
70
71
61
68
70
60
69
74
64
69
74
64
74
76
63
3,370
4,432
3,131
1088
1444
1012
Total
67
68
67
69
69
72
10,948
3549
% who smoke less than 5 minutes after waking
20 or more
10-19
0-9
29
10
2
33
11
1
30
10
2
31
12
2
31
12
2
31
13
2
3,484
4,647
3,245
1121
1512
1048
Total
15
16
15
15
15
15
11,375
3651
* See the footnote to Table 8.1.
138
Living in Britain
Chapter 9: Drinking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Chapter 9
Drinking
Questions about drinking alcohol have been
included in the General Household Survey every
two years since 1978. Prior to 1988 they were only
asked of those aged 18 and over, but since 1988,
respondents aged 16 and 17 have answered the
questions using a self-completion questionnaire.
Measuring alcohol consumption
Obtaining reliable information about drinking
behaviour is difficult and, in consequence, social
surveys consistently record lower levels of
consumption than would be expected from data on
alcohol sales. This is partly because people may
consciously or unconsciously under-estimate how
much alcohol they consume. Drinking at home is
particularly likely to be under-estimated because
the quantities consumed are not measured and are
likely to be larger than those dispensed in licensed
premises.
The government’s advice on sensible drinking is now
based on these daily benchmarks, and GHS data are
used to monitor the extent to which people are
following the advice given. Respondents are asked
on how many days they drank alcohol during the
previous week. They are then asked how much of
each of six different types of drink (normal strength
beer, strong beer, wine, spirits, fortified wines and
alcopops) they drank on their heaviest drinking day
during the previous week. These amounts are added
to give an estimate of the maximum the respondent
had drunk on any one day.
There are different methods for obtaining survey
information on drinking behaviour. One approach
is to ask people to recall all episodes of drinking
during a set period1. However, this is time
consuming to administer and is therefore not
suitable for the GHS, where drinking is only one of
a number of subjects covered.
Weekly alcohol consumption level
This measure has been used on the GHS since 1986,
and was developed in response to earlier medical
guidelines on drinking which related to maximum
recommended weekly amounts of alcohol. Its use
has been continued to provide a consistent
measure of alcohol consumption by means of
which trends can continue to be monitored.
Respondents are asked how often over the last year
they have drunk each of the six types of drink listed
in the previous section, and how much they have
usually drunk on any one day. This information is
combined to give an estimate of the respondent’s
weekly alcohol consumption in units of alcohol.
In 2000, as in 1998, the GHS used two measures of
alcohol consumption.
Frequency of drinking during the last week
■
■
Maximum daily amount drunk last week.
Weekly alcohol consumption level.
Men were more likely to have had an alcoholic
drink in the previous week than were women:
■
Maximum daily amount drunk last week
These questions were included for the first time on
the GHS in 1998, following the publication in 1995
of an inter-departmental review of the effects of
drinking2. This concluded that it was more
appropriate to set benchmarks for daily rather than
for weekly consumption of alcohol, partly because
of concern about the health and social risks
associated with single episodes of intoxication.
The proportions drinking last week also varied
between age groups. Among men, the pattern of
association between age and the likelihood of
having drunk in the last week was an inverted Ushaped curve:
■
■
The report considered that regular
consumption of between three and four units a
day for men and two to three units a day for
women does not carry a significant health risk,
but that consistently drinking more than four
units a day for men, or more than three for
women, is not advised.
75% of men and 60% of women had had a
drink on at least one day during the previous
week.
men aged 16 to 24 and men aged 65 and over
were least likely to report drinking alcohol
during the reference period.
Among women, however, the 25 to 44 age group
were most likely and those aged 65 and over least
likely to have drunk alcohol during the previous
week.
139
Living in Britain
Chapter 9: Drinking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Men also drank on more days of the week than
women:
■
■
about one in four men (24%) compared with
one in eight women (13%) had drunk on at
least five of the preceding seven days;
13% of men, but only 7% of women, had drunk
alcohol every day during the previous week.
Among both men and women, the proportion who
reported drinking every day during the previous
week increased with age.
■
20% of men and 10% of women aged 65 and
over had drunk every day during the previous
week compared with 3% of men and 2% of
women aged 16 to 24.
Table 9.1, Figure 9A
Young people were also more likely than older
people to say that on days when they did drink, the
amount they drank varied from day to day: about
70% of those aged 16 to 24, but only about one
quarter of those aged 65 and over, said the amount
varied.
Table 9.2
Daily drinking and sex, age and marital status
Men were much more likely than women to have
exceeded the daily benchmarks on at least one day
during the previous week.
■
39% of men compared with 23% of women had
done so and they were twice as likely as women to
have drunk heavily (21% compared with 10%).
It was noted earlier that young people had drunk
less often during the previous week than people in
other age groups. However, among both men and
women, those aged 16 to 24 were significantly more
likely than respondents in other age groups to have
exceeded the recommended number of daily units
on at least one day.
■
■
One half of young men (50%) aged 16 to 24 had
exceeded four units on at least one day during
the previous week compared with 16% of those
aged 65 and over.
Among women, 42% in the youngest age group
had exceeded three units on at least one day
compared with only 4% of those aged 65 and over.
Similar patterns were evident for heavy drinking:
Maximum daily amount drunk last week
In this, and in subsequent sections of the chapter,
two measures of daily consumption are discussed.
The first is the proportions exceeding the
recommended daily benchmarks: that is, men
drinking more than four units in one day and
women drinking more than three units (see
opening sections of this chapter). The second
measure is intended to indicate heavy drinking that
would be likely to lead to intoxication. People vary
in their susceptibility to the effect of alcohol, but as
a rough guide, this level is taken as more than eight
units on one day for men, and more than six units
for women.
■
■
37% of men aged 16 to 24, but only 5% of those
aged 65 and over, had drunk more than eight units
on at least one day during the previous week;
among women aged 16 to 24, 27% had drunk
heavily on at least one day during the preceding
week compared with only 1% of women in the
oldest age group.
Table 9.3, Figures 9B, 9C
The GHS included questions about the maximum
daily amount drunk last week for the second time
in 2000. Table 9.4 shows that there were no
significant changes between 1998 and 2000 in the
proportions of men and women and of different
Figure 9A Percentage of men and women who had drunk alcohol on 5 days or more
in the week prior to interview by age: Great Britain, 2000
35
Men
30
Women
Percentage
25
20
15
10
5
0
16-24
25-44
45-64
Age-group
140
65 and over
Living in Britain
Chapter 9: Drinking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Figure 9B Percentage exceeding daily benchmarks by age: men: Great Britain, 2000
40
More than 4 up to 8 units
More than 8 units
Percentage
30
20
10
0
16-24
25-44
45-64
65 and over
Age group
Figure 9C Percentage exceeding daily benchmarks by age: women: Great Britain, 2000
30
More than 3 up to 6 units
25
More than 6 units
Percentage
20
15
10
5
0
16-24
25-44
45-64
65 and over
Age group
age groups who had had an alcoholic drink in the
previous week, nor in the number of days on which
they had done so. However, there was an increase in
heavy drinking among women:
■
the proportion of women who had drunk
more than 6 units on at least one day in the
previous week rose from 8% in 1998 to 10% in
2000.
Table 9.4
Analysis of alcohol consumption by marital status
is complicated by the strong association between
marital status and age, and this is only partly
controlled for in Table 9.5, where two age groups
are shown. For example, among those aged 16 to
44, single men are more likely than married men to
drink heavily, but this may be due to the fact that
within this age group single men are, on average,
younger than married men, and the difference may
be due to their age rather than their marital status.
It could be argued that age is not in itself an
important determinant of how much people
drink, but that young single people drink more
because they have more time and money than
married people, particularly those with children.
To try to take account of the interaction between
some of these factors, age, marital status, and the
age of the youngest of any dependent children in
the household are combined in Table 9.6. The
combinations of the three variables shown
represent the stages of the life cycle that most
people go through. First, there is a period of being
young and single, followed by marriage or
cohabitation and later, children. Then in due
course the children leave home, and eventually one
partner dies.
141
Living in Britain
Chapter 9: Drinking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
The table suggests that alcohol consumption falls
on marriage, even when there are no children, but
that the presence of children in the household is
associated with much lower alcohol consumption.
For example:
■
among married or cohabiting men aged 16 to
44, 30% of those with no children had drunk
more than 8 units on at least one day in the
preceding week compared with only 21% of
those with a child under the age of five.
Tables 9.5-9.6
Daily drinking and weekly alcohol consumption
level
Not surprisingly, perhaps, those whose average
weekly alcohol consumption was highest were also
most likely to have exceeded the daily benchmarks
and to have had a heavy drinking day in the
previous week.
Daily drinking and socio-economic group
The link between alcohol consumption and socioeconomic characteristics is an important focus of
analysis for the GHS. A recent review of
information on inequalities in health, undertaken
by the Department of Health, noted that both
mortality and morbidity show a clear association
with socio-economic position, rates being much
higher among unskilled men than among those in
professional households3. However, the next
section and the final section of this chapter indicate
that there is little difference in alcohol
consumption between those in non-manual and
manual households and where differences exist it is
those in the non-manual categories who tend to
have the higher consumption.
Those living in non-manual households were more
likely to have drunk alcohol in the previous week
than were people living in manual households:
■
■
■
Three-quarters of men whose usual
consumption was 22 units or more a week had
drunk more than four units on at least one day
during the previous week and one half had
drunk more than eight units on at least one day.
Two-thirds of women whose weekly alcohol
consumption level was more than 14 units had
exceeded the daily benchmark of three units
and more than one third had drunk more than
six units on at least one day during the previous
week.
Among men and women whose weekly alcohol
consumption level was 11-21 and 8-14 units
respectively, sizeable proportions had exceeded the
recommended daily benchmarks. For example,
among men whose average weekly consumption
was at this level, 50% had drunk more than four
units and 22% had drunk more than eight units on
at least one day.
Table 9.7
It was noted earlier that young people concentrate
their drinking into fewer days of the week than do
older drinkers and that they are likely to drink
more on days when they do drink. These findings
are supported by Table 9.8.
■
■
142
Among men whose weekly alcohol
consumption level was 22 units or more, 67%
of those aged 16 to 44 had drunk more than
eight units on at least one day during the
previous week compared with only 19% of
those aged 65 and over.
Similarly for women whose average weekly
consumption was more than 14 units, 62% of
those aged 16 to 24 had drunk more than 6
units compared with only 6% of those aged 65
and over.
Table 9.8
81% of men in non-manual households
compared with 69% of men in manual
households had drunk alcohol during the
previous week. The corresponding proportions
among women were 66% and 53%.
Differences were particularly pronounced when
comparing those in professional with those in
unskilled manual households:
■
among men, 84% of those in professional
households compared with 61% of those in
unskilled manual households had drunk during
the previous week.
Men and women in non-manual households were
also more likely than other respondents to have
drunk frequently:
■
27% of men in non-manual households
compared with 17% of those in manual
households had drunk on five or more days
during the previous week.
Table 9.9
Those in non-manual households were also a little
more likely to have exceeded the recommended
daily benchmarks:
■
40% of men in non-manual households had
done so compared with 37% of men in manual
households. The equivalent figures for women
were 24% and 21% respectively.
However, both groups were equally likely to have
drunk heavily on at least one day during the
previous week: about one in five men and about
one in ten women in both manual and non-manual
households did so.
Table 9.10
Living in Britain
Chapter 9: Drinking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
This was also the case when the weekly alcohol
consumption level was taken into account, with
little difference in the proportions of respondents
in manual and non-manual households who
exceeded the daily benchmarks. For example,
among men who drank, on average, more than 21
units of alcohol per week, 75% of those in both
manual households and non-manual households
had drunk more than four units on at least one day
during the last week.
Table 9.11
Previous GHS reports have shown that average
weekly alcohol consumption among men tends to
be higher in the north of England than in the south.
This is also the case for daily amounts.
Daily drinking, income and economic activity
status
In general, the higher the level of gross weekly
household income, the more likely both men and
women were to have exceeded the recommended
number of units for daily consumption.
Among women living in England, as with the
analysis of the weekly alcohol consumption level in
previous GHS reports, there were no clear northsouth differences in their consumption of alcohol
on the heaviest drinking day in the last week, but
there were nonetheless marked regional
differences.
■
Among households with a gross weekly income
of over £500, 26% of men had drunk more than
eight units and 12% of women had drunk more
than six units on at least one day during the
previous week compared with 13% and 6%
respectively of men and women living in
households with a gross weekly income of £150
or less.
Tables 9.12-9.13
Among men aged 16 to 64, those in employment
were more likely than men who were economically
inactive to have drunk heavily during the previous
week (27% of working men, 24% of unemployed
men, and 16% of the economically inactive had
done so). Lower levels of drinking among
economically inactive men are partly due to the
large proportion of men aged 60 and over who are
in this group.
One in seven working women (14%) aged 16 to 64
and the same proportion of those who were
unemployed had drunk more than six units on at
least one day during the previous week. This
compares with about one in twelve women (8%)
who were economically inactive.
Table 9.14
Regional variation in daily drinking
In 2000, men living in Scotland were more likely
than those living in England and Wales to have
consumed more than eight units of alcohol on at
least one day during the previous week; 29% had
done so compared with 21% in England and 23%
in Wales. There was a similar pattern of differences
among women: 12% of women in Scotland had
drunk more than 6 units on at least one day in the
previous week, compared with 9% of women in
England and 11% of those in Wales.
■
■
The proportion of men living in the North East,
North West and Merseyside who had exceeded
the daily benchmark on at least one day during
the previous week was about 45%. This
compares with 31% of men living in London
and the Eastern region.
The proportion of women who drank more
than six units on one day in the previous week
ranged from 13% in the North East and North
West to 7% in London and in the West
Midlands region.
Table 9.15
Weekly alcohol consumption level
As noted in the introduction, until 1996 the main
measure of drinking behaviour was average weekly
alcohol consumption level, and this measure has
been retained to give a continuing indication of
trends in drinking behaviour4.
Trends in weekly alcohol consumption level
Consideration of trends is complicated by the
introduction of weighting. As with smoking (see
Chapter 8) this seems to have very little effect on the
data for women, but has increased the proportion of
men drinking more than 21 units a week in 1998 by
about one percentage point. The comparison of
weighted and unweighted figures for 2000, although
not shown in the tables, is similar. (See Appendix D
for more details on weighting.)
Over the period covered by the GHS, there has been
a slight increase in overall alcohol consumption
among men, and a much more marked one among
women. This pattern continued into 2000. Weekly
consumption among young women increased
significantly between 1998 and 2000.
■
Among young women aged 16 to 24, the
proportion drinking more than 14 units rose
from 25% in 1998 to 33% in 2000.
143
Living in Britain
Chapter 9: Drinking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Although there was also an increase in the
proportion of young men who drank on average
more than 21 units a week, it was not large enough
to be statistically significant.
Tables 9.16-9.17
These changes are also reflected in estimates of the
average weekly alcohol consumption, which have
been available since 1992.
■
In 2000, adults drank an average of 12 units a
week (equivalent to 6 pints of beer or about a
litre of table wine) - half a unit more than in
1998.
Once again, the increase was particularly marked
among young women:
■
the average consumption of women aged 16 to
24 rose from 11.0 units in 1998 to 12.6 units in
2000.
Among both men and women, alcohol
consumption was highest among those aged 16 to
24, and then declined with increasing age. Overall,
in 2000, men’s consumption was 2.5 times that of
women but the difference was less marked among
younger than among older people. This again
reflects the trend that has occurred in recent years
for women’s consumption to increase relative to
that of men, particularly among younger age
groups.
Table 9.18
Weekly alcohol consumption level and socioeconomic group
The relationship between alcohol consumption
and socio-economic group was similar in 2000 to
that shown by previous surveys. There is no clear
socio-economic gradient in relation to alcohol
consumption among men and differences in
consumption between groups are relatively small:
the weekly alcohol consumption level ranged from
just over 16 units to about 18 units. Among women,
differences were more marked and there was more
of a gradient.
■
Consumption was twice as high among women
in professional households as among women in
unskilled manual households (8.6 units
compared with 4.3).
The increase in alcohol consumption in the last
decade or so, which, as noted earlier, has been
particularly marked among women, has occurred
in all socio-economic groups.
Tables 9.19-9.20
144
Notes and references
1 Goddard E. Obtaining information about
drinking through surveys of the general population.
National Statistics Methodology Series NSM24
(ONS 2001).
2 Sensible drinking: the report of an interdepartmental group, Department of Health 1995.
3 Drever F, Bunting J, Harding D. Male mortality
from major causes of death (in Drever F, Whitehead
M, Eds. Health inequalities: decennial supplement:
DS Series no.15. London: The Stationery Office,
1997) quoted in Independent Inquiry into
Inequalities in Health Report. London: The
Stationery Office 1998.
4 The earliest year shown in these trend tables is
1988, the first year in which data were collected
from 16 and 17 year olds.
Living in Britain
Chapter 9: Drinking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 9.1 Whether drank last week and number of drinking days by age and sex
Persons aged 16 and over
Drinking days last
week
Great Britain: 2000
Men
Women
16-24
25-44
45-64
65 and
over
Total
16-24
25-44
45-64
65 and
over
Total
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
30
19
17
14
8
6
3 11
3
22
18
19
14
9
6
4 19
9
23
16
15
11
8
6
4 26
16
33
16
11
7
5
4
4 28
20
25
17
16
12
8
5
4 22
13
36
24
16
12
5
3
2
2
33
23
15
12
6
4
2 11
5
39
20
12
9
5
4
2 15
9
57
16
7
4
2
2
2 14
10
40
21
13
9
5
3
2 13
7
% who drank last week
70
78
77
67
75
64
67
61
43
60
2,687
791
7,936
2311
6,218
2188
3,536
1311
20,377
6601
2,627
814
8,085
2732
6,585
2357
4,732
1588
22,029
7491
Weighted base (000’s)
= 100%
Unweighted sample
7
Table 9.2 Whether daily amount drunk last week varied by sex and age
Persons aged 16 and over who drank last week on at least one day
Drinking last week
Great Britain: 2000
Men
Women
16-24
25-44
45-64
65 and
over
Total
16-24
25-44
45-64
65 and
over
Total
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Drank same each day
30
42
56
74
50
31
48
61
78
54
Daily amount varied
70
58
44
26
50
69
52
39
22
46
1,369
407
4,778
1392
3,752
1346
1,789
671
11,688
3816
1,056
327
3,576
1208
2,690
987
1,259
434
8,581
2956
Weighted base (000’s)
= 100%
Unweighted sample
Table 9.3 Maximum daily amount drunk last week by sex and age
Persons aged 16 and over
Maximum daily
amount*
Drank nothing last week
Up to 4/3 units
More than 4/3, up to
8/6 units
More than 8/6 units
Weighted base (000’s)
= 100%
Unweighted sample
Great Britain: 2000
Men
Women
16-24
25-44
45-64
65 and
over
Total
16-24
25-44
45-64
65 and
over
Total
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
30
20
22
33
23
39
33
50
25
36
36
22
33
36
39
42
14
50
37
18
45
27
21
38
17
11
16
5
17
39
21
15
42
27
18
31
13
13
19
5
2,687
791
7,936
2311
6,212
2186
3,534
1310
20,369
6598
2,633
816
8,091
2734
6,588
2358
57
38
4
4
1
4,742
1591
40
37
13
23
10
22,054
7499
* The first of each pair of figures shown relates to men and the second, to women.
145
Living in Britain
Chapter 9: Drinking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 9.4
Alcohol consumption last week by sex and age: 1998 to 2000
Persons aged 16 and over
Alcohol consumption last week
Great Britain
Weighted data
Age
16-24
45-64
65 and over
Total
1998
2000
1998
2000
1998
2000
1998
2000
1998
2000
% who drank last week
Men
Women
70
62
70
64
79
65
78
67
77
61
77
61
65
45
67
43
75
59
75
60
% who drank on 5 or more days
Men
Women
13
8
11
7
21
12
19
11
29
15
26
15
25
14
28
14
23
13
24
13
% who drank more than 4/3 units*
on at least one day last week
Men
Women
52
42
50
42
48
28
45
31
37
17
38
19
16
4
16
4
39
21
39
23
% who drank more than 8/6 units*
on at least one day last week
Men
Women
39
24
37
27
29
11
27
13
17
5
17
5
4
1
5
1
22
8
21
10
2,366
2,580
2,687
2,633
7,528
7,995
7,936
8,091
5,868
6,306
6,212
6,588
3,412
4,744
3,534
4,742
19,174
21,625
20,369
22,054
699
809
791
814
2400
2910
2311
2732
2132
2364
2186
2357
1330
1738
1310
1588
6561
7821
6598
7491
Weighted base (000’s) =100%
Men
Women
Unweighted sample
Men
Women
* See the footnote to Table 9.3
146
25-44
Living in Britain
Chapter 9: Drinking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 9.5 Maximum daily amount drunk last week, by sex, age and marital status
Persons aged 16 and over
Marital status
Great Britain: 2000
Men
Women
16-44
45 and over
Total
16-44
Percentage drinking more than 4 units
on at least one day last week
45 and over
Total
Percentage drinking more than 3 units
on at least one day last week
Single
Married/cohabiting
Divorced/separated
Widowed
50
44
50
*
32
30
37
19
47
36
42
20
41
30
34
*
6
15
17
4
36
22
24
4
Total
47
30
39
34
13
23
Percentage drinking more than 8 units
on at least one day last week
Percentage drinking more than 6 units
on at least one day last week
Single
Married/cohabiting
Divorced/separated
Widowed
35
25
30
*
14
13
16
6
32
18
21
7
24
12
15
*
2
4
4
1
21
8
9
1
Total
30
12
21
16
3
10
4,462
5,605
528
28
10,623
806
7,321
897
722
9,746
5,268
12,926
1,425
751
20,369
3,362
6,479
862
21
10,724
574
6,924
1,264
2,569
11,330
3,936
13,402
2,126
2,590
22,054
1210
1756
129
7
3102
253
2703
277
263
3496
1463
4459
406
270
6598
1112
2112
318
8
3550
190
2506
421
832
3949
1302
4618
739
840
7499
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Single
Married/cohabiting
Divorced/separated
Widowed
Total
Unweighted sample
Single
Married/cohabiting
Divorced/separated
Widowed
Total
* Base too small for analysis.
147
Living in Britain
Chapter 9: Drinking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 9.6 Maximum daily amount drunk last week by sex, marital status and age of respondent,
and age of youngest child
Persons aged 16 and over
Great Britain: 2000
Marital status, sex, age of respondent and
and of youngest dependent child†
Drank
nothing
last week
Up to
4/3 units
More than
4/3, up to
8/6 units
More than
8/6 units
Weighted
base (000’s)
= 100%
Unweighted
sample
Men
Single, no children
16-17
18-24
25-34
35 and over
45 and over
%
%
%
%
%
51
24
26
28
37
9
22
22
33
31
12
14
16
16
19
27
41
37
23
14
615
1,799
1,374
672
806
191
514
334
160
252
Married/cohabiting, aged 16-44
No children
Youngest child aged 0-4
Youngest child aged 5-9
Youngest child aged 10-15
%
%
%
%
19
25
20
23
34
36
38
32
17
18
18
24
30
21
23
21
2,193
1,800
948
620
618
636
305
186
Married/cohabiting, aged 45 and over,
child aged 0-15
%
26
41
17
16
955
373
Married/cohabiting, with no children
45-54
55-64
65-74
75 and over
%
%
%
%
18
23
27
38
38
44
52
56
22
20
14
6
21
13
7
0
1,758
2,090
1,623
861
628
769
601
321
Divorced/separated, no children**
Divorced/separated, child aged 0-15**
%
%
26
20
32
41
21
21
21
18
1,296
130
370
36
Widowed
%
36
44
13
7
751
270
All men aged 16 and over
%
26
36
17
21
20,293
6576
Women
Single, no children
16-17
18-24
25-34
35-44
45 and over
%
%
%
%
%
55
26
23
49
58
13
25
29
32
36
11
17
26
13
4
21
32
21
6
2
506
1,262
569
307
557
166
389
195
104
184
Single, child aged 0-15††
%
43
19
17
21
73
264
Married/cohabiting, aged 16-44
No children
Youngest child aged 0-4
Youngest child aged 5-9
Youngest child aged 10-15
%
%
%
%
27
40
29
31
35
37
44
41
23
13
16
16
14
10
11
13
2,392
2,032
1,154
882
703
724
387
292
Married/cohabiting, aged 45 and over,
child aged 0-15
%
41
43
13
4
592
214
Married/cohabiting, with no children
45-54
55-64
65-74
75 and over
%
%
%
%
34
38
47
52
44
46
46
44
15
12
6
4
7
4
1
0
2,304
2,027
1,376
621
800
772
493
226
Divorced/separated, no children**
Divorced/separated, child aged 0-15**
%
%
46
44
33
28
14
16
6
12
1,354
769
451
287
Widowed
%
62
34
3
1
2,590
840
All women aged 16 and over
%
41
37
13
9
22,030
7491
*
†
**
††
148
Maximum daily amount last week*
See the footnote to Table 9.3.
Dependent children aged 16-18 are excluded from this analysis
Living in household
Not shown separately for men because there were only 12 men in this category.
Living in Britain
Chapter 9: Drinking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 9.7
Maximum daily amount drunk last week by weekly alcohol consumption level
(a) Men aged 16 and over
Maximum daily amount
Great Britain: 2000
Weekly alcohol consumption level
Non-drinker
<1 unit
1-10 units
11-21 units
22+ units
Total
%
%
%
%
%
%
99
1
0
0
80
18
1
0
25
57
13
6
6
44
28
22
4
21
24
51
25
36
17
21
1,765
557
1,564
522
6,713
2211
4,483
1457
5,823
1844
20,347
6591
Drank nothing last week
Up to 4 units
More than 4, up to 8 units
More than 8 units
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
(b) Women aged 16 and over
Maximum daily amount
Drank nothing last week
Up to 3 units
More than 3, up to 6 units
More than 6 units
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Great Britain: 2000
Weekly alcohol consumption level
Non-drinker
<1 unit
1-7 units
8-14 units
15+ units
Total
%
%
%
%
%
%
99
1
0
0
80
19
2
0
30
56
10
4
7
50
30
13
5
31
28
37
40
37
13
10
3,054
1008
3,800
1299
8,015
2748
3,494
1197
3,647
1234
22,011
7486
149
Living in Britain
Chapter 9: Drinking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 9.8(i)
Maximum daily amount drunk last week by age and weekly alcohol consumption
level: men
Men aged 16 and over
Age and maximum daily amount
Great Britain: 2000
Weekly alcohol consumption level
Non-drinker
%
1-10 units
11-21 units
22+ units
Total
%
%
%
%
%
39
38
12
11
14
20
27
39
6
14
14
67
30
20
13
37
16-24
Drank nothing last week
Up to 4 units
More than 4, up to 8 units
More than 8 units
100
0
0
0
[84]
[16]
0
0
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
277
76
150
46
660
197
497
148
1,091
320
2,675
787
%
%
%
%
%
%
98
2
0
0
81
17
2
1
24
51
15
9
4
42
28
26
4
15
21
59
22
33
18
27
546
150
407
117
2,733
821
1,883
547
2,363
675
7,933
2310
%
%
%
%
%
%
98
1
1
1
81
18
1
0
22
61
13
4
6
44
33
17
3
25
32
40
23
39
21
17
495
169
463
159
2,040
719
1,455
520
1,753
617
6,206
2184
%
%
%
%
%
%
99
1
0
0
78
21
1
0
22
71
6
1
2
71
21
7
3
48
30
19
33
50
11
5
446
162
544
200
1,280
474
648
242
616
232
3,534
1310
25-44
Drank nothing last week
Up to 4 units
More than 4, up to 8 units
More than 8 units
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
45-64
Drank nothing last week
Up to 4 units
More than 4, up to 8 units
More than 8 units
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
65 and over
Drank nothing last week
Up to 4 units
More than 4, up to 8 units
More than 8 units
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
150
<1 unit
Living in Britain
Chapter 9: Drinking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 9.8(ii) Maximum daily amount drunk last week by age and weekly alcohol consumption
level: women
Women aged 16 and over
Age and maximum daily amount
Great Britain: 2000
Weekly alcohol consumption level
Non-drinker
<1 unit
1-7 units
8-14 units
15+ units
Total
%
%
%
%
%
%
16-24
Drank nothing last week
Up to 3 units
More than 3, up to 6 units
More than 6 units
100
0
0
0
85
8
5
1
46
31
15
8
12
37
29
22
8
16
14
62
36
22
15
27
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
277
86
822
253
448
138
860
267
2,620
812
213
68
%
%
%
%
%
%
25-44
Drank nothing last week
Up to 3 units
More than 3, up to 6 units
More than 6 units
100
0
0
0
76
20
4
1
30
53
12
5
8
38
36
18
4
27
32
37
33
36
18
13
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
776
256
3,297
1122
1,515
505
1,564
526
8,072
2729
45-64
Drank nothing last week
Up to 3 units
More than 3, up to 6 units
More than 6 units
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
65 and over
Drank nothing last week
Up to 3 units
More than 3, up to 6 units
More than 6 units
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
920
320
%
%
%
%
%
%
99
1
0
0
76
23
1
0
28
61
9
2
5
56
30
8
3
39
35
23
39
43
13
5
2,556
917
1,058
390
895
328
6,582
2356
803
277
1,270
444
%
%
%
%
%
%
99
1
0
0
84
15
0
0
24
73
3
0
5
84
10
1
3
66
25
6
57
39
4
1
1,340
456
474
164
327
113
4,736
1589
1,198
389
1,397
467
151
Living in Britain
Chapter 9: Drinking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 9.9
Whether drank last week and number of drinking days by sex, and socio-economic
group of household reference person
(a) Persons aged 16 and over - all socio-economic groups
Drinking days
last week
Great Britain: 2000
Socio-economic group of household reference person*
Professional
Employers
and
managers
Intermediate
non-manual
Junior
non-manual
Skilled
manual and
own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled
manual and
personal
service
Unskilled
manual
Total
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Men
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
16
11
14
15
14
8
6
15
18
14
17
13
9
6
6
17
20
17
15
14
8
7
5
15
23
18
18
15
8
6
3
9
29
20
17
11
6
4
3
11
35
20
15
8
5
4
2
11
39
22
14
7
6
2
2
9
25
17
16
12
8
5
4
13
% who drank last week
84
82
80
77
71
65
61
75
1,662
549
4,501
1535
2,502
814
1,874
597
5,874
1863
2,565
823
808
253
20,377
6601
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Women
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
26
19
14
11
8
6
6
9
30
20
15
12
6
4
3
10
35
20
13
11
6
4
2
9
42
22
12
9
4
4
1
6
42
24
14
8
4
3
1
5
52
20
10
6
3
2
1
6
59
21
9
4
1
1
0
4
40
21
13
9
5
3
2
7
% who drank last week
74
70
65
58
58
48
41
60
1,395
492
4,532
1595
3,042
1044
3,189
1074
4,796
1603
3,110
1047
1,178
390
22,029
7491
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
(b) Persons aged 16 and over - non-manual and manual socio-economic groups
Drinking days
last week
Socio-economic group of household reference person*
Non-manual
Manual
Total
%
%
%
Men
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
19
15
16
14
9
7
5
15
31
20
16
10
6
4
2
11
25
17
16
12
8
5
4
13
% who drank last week
81
69
75
10,540
3495
9,247
2939
20,377
6601
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
%
%
%
Women
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
34
20
13
11
6
4
3
9
47
22
12
7
3
2
1
5
40
21
13
9
5
4
2
7
% who drank last week
66
53
60
12,159
4205
9,084
3040
22,029
7491
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
* Members of the Armed Forces, persons in inadequately described occupations and all persons who have never worked are not shown as separate categories but are included in
the figures for all persons.
152
Living in Britain
Chapter 9: Drinking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 9.10
Maximum daily amount drunk last week by sex, and socio-economic group of
household reference person
(a) Persons aged 16 and over - all socio-economic groups
Maximum daily amount
Socio-economic group of household reference person*
Professional
Men
Drank nothing last week
Up to 4 units
More than 4, up to 8 units
More than 8 units
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Women
Drank nothing last week
Up to 3 units
More than 3, up to 6 units
More than 6 units
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Great Britain: 2000
Employers
and
managers
Intermediate
non-manual
Junior
non-manual
Skilled
manual and
own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled
manual and
personal
service
Unskilled
manual
Total
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
17
44
19
21
18
43
19
21
20
38
17
24
23
37
18
22
29
33
17
21
35
28
15
22
39
28
14
18
25
36
17
21
1,665
550
4,504
1536
2,500
813
1,871
596
5,874
1863
2,560
821
804
252
20,370
6598
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
26
48
17
9
30
47
16
8
35
40
14
11
42
35
13
11
42
34
14
10
52
29
10
10
59
24
10
7
40
37
13
10
1,399
493
4,535
1596
3,045
1045
3,193
1075
4,805
1606
3,110
1047
1,178
390
22,054
7499
(b) Persons aged 16 and over - non-manual and manual socio-economic groups
Maximum daily amount
Men
Drank nothing last week
Up to 4 units
More than 4, up to 8 units
More than 8 units
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Women
Drank nothing last week
Up to 3 units
More than 3, up to 6 units
More than 6 units
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Socio-economic group of household reference person*
Non-manual
Manual
Total
%
%
%
19
41
18
22
31
31
16
21
25
36
17
21
10,541
3495
9,238
2936
20,370
6598
%
%
%
34
42
15
9
48
31
12
9
40
37
13
9
12,172
4209
9,093
3043
22,054
7499
* Members of the Armed Forces, persons in inadequately described occupations and all persons who have never worked are not shown as separate categories but are included in
the figures for all persons.
153
Living in Britain
Chapter 9: Drinking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 9.11 Maximum daily amount drunk last week by sex, socio-economic group of household
reference person and weekly alcohol consumption level
(a) Men aged 16 and over
Maximum daily amount and
socio-economic group of
household reference person
Great Britain: 2000
Weekly alcohol consumption level
Non-drinker
<1 unit
1-10 units
11-21 units
22+ units
Total
%
%
%
%
%
%
Non-manual
Drank nothing last week
Up to 4 units
More than 4, up to 8 units
More than 8 units
100
0
0
0
76
22
1
0
20
62
12
6
4
49
28
19
3
22
25
30
19
41
18
22
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
689
225
573
199
3,606
1212
2,526
840
3,137
1016
10,531
3492
98
2
0
0
82
16
1
1
30
51
13
6
8
38
28
26
5
20
23
52
31
31
16
21
943
297
951
311
2,986
965
1,867
589
2,479
770
9,226
2932
Manual
Drank nothing last week
Up to 4 units
More than 4, up to 8 units
More than 8 units
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
(b) Women aged 16 and over
Maximum daily amount
and socio-economic group
of household reference person
Non-manual
Drank nothing last week
Up to 3 units
More than 3, up to 6 units
More than 6 units
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Manual
Drank nothing last week
Up to 3 units
More than 3, up to 6 units
More than 6 units
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
154
Great Britain: 2000
Weekly alcohol consumption level
Non-drinker
<1 unit
1-7 units
8-14 units
15+ units
Total
%
%
%
%
%
%
99
1
0
0
77
21
1
0
26
61
10
3
6
53
30
12
4
34
30
33
34
42
15
9
1,304
439
1,782
619
4,696
1633
2,172
755
2,195
756
12,149
4202
99
1
0
0
81
17
2
0
34
51
11
4
9
45
31
15
6
27
27
40
48
31
12
9
1,546
505
1,892
641
3,117
1051
1,224
410
1,294
430
9,073
3037
Living in Britain
Chapter 9: Drinking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 9.12
Maximum daily amount drunk last week by sex and usual gross weekly
household income
Persons aged 16 and over
Great Britain: 2000
Maximum daily amount
Usual gross weekly household income (£)
0.01
- 100.00
Men
Drank nothing last week
Up to 4 units
More than 4, up to 8 units
More than 8 units
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Women
Drank nothing last week
Up to 3 units
More than 3, up to 6 units
More than 6 units
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
100.01
- 150.00
150.01
- 200.00
200.01
- 250.00
250.01
- 300.00
300.01
- 400.00
400.01
- 500.00
500.01
or more
Total*
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
39
34
14
27
13
38
35
12
27
15
41
34
14
25
11
33
38
17
30
13
26
37
18
38
20
27
34
18
40
22
20
38
17
42
25
18
37
19
45
26
25
36
17
39
21
1,442
449
1,138
382
1,138
378
1,023
336
1,001
320
1,978
638
1,907
609
8,537
2765
20,370
6598
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
57
28
8 15
7
56
29
9 15
6
55
30
8 15
7
51
32
9 17
8
40
40
15 21
6
40
38
11 22
11
36
36
15 28
13
27
43
18 30
12
40
37
13 23
10
2,352
779
1,742
601
1,499
521
1,279
443
1,072
367
2,006
697
1,838
622
7,717
2604
22,054
7499
* Includes people who did not provide income data, and 172 cases of nil income.
Table 9.13
Maximum daily amount drunk last week by sex and usual gross weekly earnings
(a) Men aged 16-64 in full-time employment
Maximum daily amount
Usual gross weekly earnings (£)
0.01
- 100.00
Drank nothing last week
Up to 4 units
More than 4, up to 8 units
More than 8 units
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Great Britain: 2000
100.01
- 150.00
150.01
- 200.00
200.01
- 250.00
250.01
- 300.00
300.01
- 350.00
350.01
- 400.00
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
19
39
21
21
19
33
11
38
25
28
16
31
22
32
17
28
23
33
16
28
19
33
19
29
17
32
20
31
14
39
22
26
17
32
18
25
532
171
286
89
739
225
1,065
328
1,441
448
1,215
377
1,180
362
4,723
1516
12,021
3788
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Great Britain: 2000
Usual gross weekly earnings (£)
0.01
- 100.00
Drank nothing last week
Up to 3 units
More than 3, up to 6 units
More than 6 units
Total*
%
(b) Women aged 16-64 in full-time employment
Maximum daily amount
400.01
or more
100.01
- 150.00
150.01
- 200.00
200.01
- 250.00
250.01
- 300.00
300.01
- 350.00
350.01
or more
Total*
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
37
41
15
6
36
30
18
16
32
35
18
15
32
32
20
15
28
36
19
17
28
43
17
12
22
44
21
13
26
37
18
13
295
98
285
96
810
264
961
310
913
297
674
222
2,096
696
6,378
2101
* Total includes people who did not provide earnings data.
155
Living in Britain
Chapter 9: Drinking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 9.14 Maximum daily amount drunk last week by sex and economic activity status
(a) Men aged 16-64
Maximum daily amount
Drank nothing last week
Up to 4 units
More than 4, up to 8 units
More than 8 units
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Great Britain: 2000
Economic activity status
Working
Unemployed
Economically
inactive
Total
%
%
%
%
19
34
19
27
34
27
15
24
40
28
15
16
24
33
19
25
13,262
4175
745
218
2,829
895
16,835
5288
(b) Women aged 16-64
Maximum daily amount
Drank nothing last week
Up to 3 units
More than 3, up to 6 units
More than 6 units
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Great Britain: 2000
Economic activity status
Working
full time
Working
part time
Total*
working
Unemployed
Economically
inactive
Total
%
%
%
%
%
%
28
39
19
14
32
37
17
14
30
38
18
14
45
28
13
13
48
33
11
8
36
36
16
12
6,378
2101
5,187
1785
11,649
3916
473
156
5,178
1832
17,300
5904
* Including a few women who did not specify their hours of work.
156
Living in Britain
Chapter 9: Drinking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 9.15
Maximum daily amount drunk last week by sex and Government Office Region
Persons aged 16 and over
Great Britain: 2000
Region
Maximum daily amount*
Drank nothing
last week
Up to
4/3 units
More than
4/3, up to
8/6 units
More than
8/6 units
Weighted base
(000’s) = 100%
Unweighted
sample
Men
North East
North West
Merseyside
Yorkshire and the Humber
East Midlands
West Midlands
Eastern
London
South East
South West
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
26
21
28
24
22
29
25
32
21
24
29
34
27
34
35
37
43
37
40
41
19
21
23
19
21
18
13
14
17
15
25
24
23
23
22
17
18
17
22
20
948
1,911
487
1,791
1,428
1,906
1,901
2,512
2,930
1,789
306
644
158
576
481
620
642
695
975
610
England
Wales
Scotland
Great Britain
%
%
%
%
25
29
25
25
37
30
29
36
17
18
17
17
21
23
29
21
17,604
1,002
1,764
20,369
5707
344
547
6598
Women
North East
North West
Merseyside
Yorkshire and the Humber
East Midlands
West Midlands
Eastern
London
South East
South West
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
43
39
40
40
35
44
39
46
35
37
31
34
31
37
42
37
41
35
43
42
13
14
19
13
15
12
12
12
13
12
13
13
9
10
8
7
8
7
10
9
1,123
2,057
493
1,977
1,472
2,036
1,987
2,744
3,126
1,938
380
725
171
676
517
685
708
810
1089
694
England
Wales
Scotland
Great Britain
%
%
%
%
40
47
41
40
38
29
29
37
13
13
18
13
9
11
12
10
18,955
1,072
2,026
22,054
6455
380
664
7499
* See the footnote to Table 9.3.
157
Living in Britain
Chapter 9: Drinking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 9.16 Weekly alcohol consumption level by sex: 1988 to 2000
Persons aged 16 and over
Weekly alcohol
consumption level
Men
Non-drinker
Under 1 unit
1-10 units
11-21 units
22-35 units
36-50 units
51+ units
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%*
Unweighted sample*
Women
Non-drinker
Under 1 unit
1-7 units
8-14 units
15-25 units
26-35 units
36+ units
Great Britain
Unweighted
Weighted
1988
1992
1994
1996
1998
1998
2000
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
7
10
35
21
13
7 26
7
7
10
36
21
13
7 26
6
7
8
36
21
14
7 28
7
9
8
33
22
14
7 29
7
7
9
35
22
14
6
6
27
7
8
35
23
15
7 27
6
8
8
36
21
14
6
6
27
19,188
8673
8395
7636
%
%
12
24
40
14
7
2 10
2
12
22
39
15
8
2 11
2
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%*
Unweighted sample*
10122
7151
%
14
21
37
15
9
2
2
13
%
13
20
37
16
9
2 14
2
%
14
19
37
16
10
3
2
15
%
%
14
19
37
16
10
2 15
2
14
17
36
16
11
3 17
3
21,634
9747
9104
8491
20,358
6595
6567
7823
22,010
7486
* Trend tables show unweighted and weighted figures for 1998 to allow direct comparison between 1998 and 2000 to give an indication of the effect of the weighting. For the weighted
data (1998 and 2000) the weighted base (000’s) is the base for percentages. Unweighted data (up to 1998) are based on the unweighted sample.
158
Living in Britain
Chapter 9: Drinking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 9.17
Weekly alcohol consumption: percentage exceeding specified amounts by sex
and age: 1988-2000
Persons aged 16 and over
Age
Great Britain
Men
Women
Unweighted
1988
1992
1994
1996
1998
Weighted
Unweighted
1998
1988
2000
1992
Weighted
1994
1996
1998
1998
2000
Percentage who drank more than 21/14 units
16-24
25-44
45-64
65 and over
31
34
24
13
32
31
25
15
29
30
27
17
35
30
26
18
36
27
30
16
38
28
30
16
41
30
28
17
15
14
9
4
17
14
11
5
19
15
12
7
22
16
13
7
25
16
16
6
25
16
15
6
33
19
14
7
Total
26
26
27
27
27
28
29
10
11
13
14
15
15
17
Percentage who drank more than 50/35 units
16-24
25-44
45-64
65 and over
Total
10
9
6
2
9
8
6
2
9
7
6
3
10
6
5
3
13
6
6
3
14
6
7
3
14
7
6
3
3
2
1
0
4
2
1
0
4
2
2
1
5
2
2
1
6
2
2
1
7
2
2
1
9
3
2
1
7
6
6
6
6
7
7
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
2,370
7,529
5,876
3,413
2,681
7,933
6,208
3,536
2,577
7,994
6,312
4,753
2,620
8,072
6,582
4,736
19,188
20,358
21,636
22,011
Weighted base
(000’s) =100%†
16-24
25-44
45-64
65 and over
Total
Unweighted
sample†
16-24
25-44
45-64
65 and over
1356
3185
2557
1575
1144
3056
2598
1597
951
2855
2376
1454
880
2612
2214
1445
701
2400
2135
1331
789
2310
2185
1311
1530
3530
2749
2313
1271
3492
2828
2156
1069
3437
2560
2038
968
3179
2508
1836
807
2909
2366
1741
812
2729
2356
1589
Total
8673
8395
7636
7151
6567
6595
10122
9747
9104
8491
7823
7486
* See the footnote to Table 9.3
† See the footnote to Table 9.16
159
Living in Britain
Chapter 9: Drinking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 9.18
Mean weekly alcohol consumption by sex and age: 1992 to 2000
Persons aged 16 and over
Age
Great Britain
Unweighted
Weighted
1992
1994
1996
1998
1998
2000
Weighted base
2000 (000’s)
= 100%*
Unweighted
sample*
Men
16-24
25-44
45-64
65 and over
19.1
18.2
15.6
9.7
17.4
17.5
15.5
10.0
20.3
17.6
15.6
11.0
23.6
16.5
17.3
10.7
25.5
17.1
17.4
10.6
25.9
17.7
16.8
11.0
2,681
7,933
6,208
3,536
789
2310
2185
1311
Total
15.9
15.4
16.0
16.4
17.1
17.4
20,358
6595
Women
16-24
25-44
45-64
65 and over
7.3
6.3
5.3
2.7
7.7
6.2
5.3
3.2
9.5
7.2
5.9
3.5
10.6
7.1
6.4
3.3
11.0
7.1
6.4
3.2
12.6
8.1
6.2
3.5
2,620
8,072
6,582
4,736
812
2729
2356
1589
Total
5.4
5.4
6.3
6.4
6.5
7.1
22,011
7486
All persons
16-24
25-44
45-64
65 and over
12.9
11.8
10.2
5.6
12.3
11.4
10.2
6.0
14.7
11.9
10.5
6.8
16.6
11.4
11.6
6.5
18.0
12.0
11.7
6.3
19.3
12.9
11.4
6.7
5,301
16,005
12,791
8,272
1601
5039
4541
2900
Total
10.2
10.0
10.7
11.0
11.5
12.0
42,369
14081
* Trend tables show unweighted and weighted figures for 1998 to allow direct comparison between 1998 and 2000 and to give an indication of the effect of the weighting. For the
weighted data (1998 and 2000) the weighted base (000’s) is the base for percentages. Unweighted data (up to 1998) are based on the unweighted sample. Unweighted bases for
earlier years are of similar size to the unweighted sample and can be found in GHS reports for each year.
160
Living in Britain
Chapter 9: Drinking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 9.19
Weekly alcohol consumption level by sex and socio-economic group of the
household reference person
Persons aged 16 and over
Weekly alcohol
consumption level
Great Britain: 2000
Socio-economic group of household reference person*
Professional
Men
Non-drinker
Under 1 unit
1-10 units
11-21 units
22-35 units
36-50 units
51 units or more
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Women
Non-drinker
Under 1 unit
1-7 units
8-14 units
15-25 units
26-35 units
36 units or more
Weighted base (000’s) = 100%
Unweighted sample
Employers
and
managers
Intermediate
non-manual
Junior
non-manual
Skilled
manual and
own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled
manual and
personal
service
Unskilled
manual
Total
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
7
3
32
28
16
7 29
6
6
5
33
25
16
7 30
7
7
6
34
22
15
8 31
7
7
6
38
20
16
7 28
5
9
10
33
21
13
7 27
7
12
11
31
20
12
6 25
8
17
12
28
15
15
5 28
7
9
8
33
22
14
7 29
7
1,662
549
4,501
1535
2,499
813
1,874
597
5,874
1863
2,557
820
801
251
20,358
6595
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
10
9
37
24
14
4 20
3
9
12
41
20
12
3 18
3
10
15
38
17
13
3 20
3
13
20
37
14
11
3 16
2
14
18
37
16
11
3 16
3
20
23
32
11
9
2 14
3
23
26
32
11
4
1
2
14
17
36
16
11
3 17
3
1,396
492
4,530
1594
3,038
1043
3,185
1073
4,792
1602
3,103
1045
1,178
390
8
22,010
7486
* Members of the Armed Forces, persons in inadequately described occupations and all persons who have never worked are not shown as separate categories but are included in
the figures for all persons.
161
Living in Britain
Chapter 9: Drinking
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table 9.20
Mean weekly alcohol consumption by sex and socio-economic group of the
household reference person: 1992 to 2000
Persons aged 16 and over
Socio-economic group of
household reference person†
Great Britain: 2000
Unweighted
1992
Weighted
1994
1996
1998
1998
Unweighted
sample*
2000
Weighted base
2000 (000’s)
= 100%*
Mean weekly alcohol consumption
Men
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate non-manual
Junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and personal service
Unskilled manual
All aged 16 and over
Women
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate non-manual
Junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and personal service
Unskilled manual
All aged 16 and over
14.7
16.9
15.6
13.8
15.5
16.5
15.0
12.7
14.6
17.1
17.1
14.8
15.7
16.6
15.2
18.0
16.2
16.8
15.4
19.4
17.9
18.0
18.1
16.3
1,662
4,501
2,499
1,874
549
1535
813
597
16.0
14.4
16.8
15.8
13.6
13.6
16.0
15.5
13.4
15.8
15.7
17.4
16.1
16.5
17.1
17.3
16.2
17.1
5,874
2,557
801
1863
820
251
15.9
15.4
16.0
16.4
17.1
17.4
20,358
6595
6.9
6.6
5.7
4.7
7.2
7.0
5.6
4.7
7.9
7.5
7.2
5.7
7.3
7.9
6.6
6.1
7.4
7.9
6.7
6.2
8.6
7.9
7.9
6.6
1,396
4,530
3,038
3,185
492
1594
1,043
1,073
5.1
4.3
3.4
5.3
4.0
3.2
5.9
5.3
3.5
5.8
5.6
4.4
5.9
5.7
4.7
6.9
5.9
4.3
4,792
3,103
1,178
1602
1045
390
5.4
5.4
6.3
6.4
6.5
7.1
22,010
7486
* See the footnote to Table 9.18.
† Head of household in years before 2000. Persons whose household reference person was in the armed forces or a full-time student are not shown as separate categories but are
included in the totals.
162
Living in Britain
Appendix A
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Appendix A
Definitions and terms
Acute sickness
See Sickness
Under-floor heating systems, electric air systems, and
night storage heaters are included.
Adults
Adults are defined as persons aged 16 or over in all
tables except those showing dependent children
where single persons aged 16-18 who are in fulltime education are counted as dependent children.
Where a household has only one room in the
accommodation, it is treated as having central
heating if that room is heated from a central source
along with other rooms in the house or building.
Bedroom standard
This concept is used to estimate occupation density
by allocating a standard number of bedrooms to
each household in accordance with its age/sex/
marital status composition and the relationship of
the members to one another. A separate bedroom is
allocated to each married couple, any other person
aged 21 or over, each pair of adolescents aged 10-20
of the same sex, and each pair of children under 10.
Any unpaired person aged 10-20 is paired if
possible with a child under 10 of the same sex, or, if
that is not possible, is given a separate bedroom, as
is any unpaired child under 10. This standard is
then compared with the actual number of
bedrooms (including bedsitters) available for the
sole use of the household, and deficiencies or
excesses are tabulated. Bedrooms converted to
other uses are not counted as available unless they
have been denoted as bedrooms by the informants;
bedrooms not actually in use are counted unless
uninhabitable.
Births
The number of children born to women in
successive birth cohorts (by the time they had
reached each successive age) includes all liveborn
children, regardless of the woman’s marital status at
the time of the child’s birth.
A child is classified as being born outside marriage
if the birth occurs more than nine months after the
ending of a marriage by separation or widowhood.
Central heating
Central heating is defined as any system whereby
two or more rooms (including kitchens, halls,
landings, bathrooms and WCs) are heated from a
central source, such as a boiler, a back boiler to an
open fire, or the electricity supply. This definition
includes a system where the boiler or back boiler
heats one room and also supplies the power to heat
at least one other room.
Chronic sickness
See Sickness
Cohabitation
See Marital Status
Co-ownership or equity sharing schemes Co-ownership or equity sharing schemes are those where a
share in the property is brought by the occupier under an agreement with the housing association. The
monthly charges paid for the accommodation include an amount towards the repayment of the collective mortgage on the scheme. The co-owner never
becomes the sole owner of the property, but on leaving the scheme a cash sum is usually repaid
Country of birth
Great Britain comprises England, Wales and
Scotland; the United Kingdom comprises Great
Britain and Northern Ireland; the British Isles
comprise the United Kingdom, the Irish Republic,
the Channel Islands and the Isle of Man. These and
the remainder of the country of birth coding frame
are fully described in Census 1991, Definitions, Great
Britain HMSO (1992).
Dependent children
Dependent children are persons under 16, or aged 16
to 18 and in full-time education, in the family unit
and living in the household.
Doctor consultations
Data on doctor consultations relate to consultations
with National Health Service general medical
practitioners during the two weeks before interview.
Visits to the surgery, home visits, and telephone
conversations are included, but contacts only with a
receptionist or nurse are excluded.
The average number of consultations per person per
year is calculated by multiplying the total number of
consultations within the reference period, for any
particular group, by 26 (the number of two-week
163
Living in Britain
Appendix A
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
periods in a year) and dividing the product by the
total number of persons in the sample in that
group.
Drinking: background and methodology
In 1998 the GHS used two measures for obtaining
information on alcohol consumption:
■
■
usual alcohol consumption in the last year;
the number of units consumed on the heaviest
drinking day in the 7 days before interivew.
Usual alcohol consumption in the last year (AC
rating) The GHS asks respondents how often they
have drunk each of five different types of drink in
the past year and how much of each they usually
drank on any day. The amount usually consumed is
converted into units of alcohol, one unit being
approximately equivalent of half a pint of beer,
lager or cider, a single measure of spirits, one glass
of wine, or one small glass of port, sherry or other
fortified wine. Respondents’ answers are used to
provide an estimate of their alcohol consumption
level, which is, in effect, their average weekly
consumption.
The method used to calculate the alcohol
consumption rating is to multiply the number of
units of each type of drink ‘usually drunk on any
one day’ by the frequency with which it was drunk,
using the factors shown below, and totalling across
all drinks.
Multiplying factors for converting drinking
frequency and number of units usually consumed
on any one day into number of units consumed per
week
Drinking frequency
Almost every day
5 or 6 days a week
3 or 4 days a week
Once or twice a week
Once or twice a month
Once every couple of months
Once or twice a year
Multiplying factor
7.0
5.5
3.5
1.5
0.375 (1.5/4)
0.115(6/52)
0.029 (1.5/52)
The number of units of each type of drink usually
consumed on any day is multiplied by the factor
corresponding to the frequency with which the
drink is consumed. In all except the first category,
the factors are averages of the range of frequencies
shown in the category. For example, where a drink
was consumed ‘3-4 days a week’, the amount drunk
was multiplied by 3.5.
The frequency categories and the corresponding
multiplying factors used since 1990 are different
from those used on the 1988 GHS. Following a
164
review of the drinking section carried out in 1989,
it was decided to change the wording of the
categories so that they referred clearly to ‘days’.
Previously there had been some ambiguity as the
wording could have been interpreted as referring to
days or occasions. The number of categories was
also increased to give a more accurate estimate of
drinking frequency.
Number of units consumed on the heaviest
drinking day in the 7 days before interview
Respondents were asked on how many days they
had drunk alcohol during the previous week. They
were then asked how much of each of the six types
of drink (normal beer, strong beer, wine, spirits,
fortified wines and alcopops) they had drunk on
their heaviest drinking day during the previous
week. These amounts are added to give an estimate
of the most the respondent had drunk on any one
day.
Economic activity
Economically active persons are those over the
minimum school-leaving age who were working or
unemployed in the week before the week of
interview. These persons constitute the labour
force.
Working persons
This category includes persons aged 16 and over
who, in the week before the week of interview,
worked for wages, salary or other form of cash
payment such as commission or tips, for any
number of hours. It covers persons absent from
work in the reference week because of holiday,
sickness, strike, or temporary lay-off, provided they
had a job to return to with the same employer. It
also includes persons attending an educational
establishment during the specified week if they
were paid by their employer while attending it,
people on Government training schemes and
unpaid family workers.
Persons are excluded if they worked in a voluntary
capacity for expenses only, or only for payment in
kind, unless they worked for a business, firm or
professional practice owned by a relative.
Full-time students are classified as ‘working’,
‘unemployed’ or ‘inactive’ according to their own
reports of what they were doing during the
reference week.
Unemployed persons
The GHS uses the International Labour
Organisation (ILO) definition of unemployment.
This classifies anyone as unemployed if he or she
was out of work and had looked for work in the
four weeks before interview, or would have but for
Living in Britain
Appendix A
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
temporary sickness or injury, and was available to
start work in the two weeks after interview.
Otherwise, anyone out of work is classified as
economically inactive.
The treatment of all catgories on the GHS is in line
with that used on the Labour Force Survey (LFS).
Ethnic group
Household members are classified as White, Black
Caribbean, Black African, Black other, Indian,
Pakistani, Bangladeshi, Chinese, or ‘none of these
groups’ by the person answering the Household
Schedule.
The ‘Black Caribbean’ category includes the ‘Black
Caribbean’ and ‘Guyanese’ groups. In some tables
of the report the category ‘Black’ is used, which
includes ‘Black African’ as well as ‘Black Caribbean’
and ‘Guyanese’.
Standard Statistical
Region
North
North West
Persons who cannot be allocated to a family as
defined above are said to be persons not in the
family.
In general, families cannot span more than two
generations, ie grandparents and grandchildren
cannot belong to the same family. The exception to
this is where it is established that the grandparents
are responsible for looking after the grandchildren
(eg while the parents are abroad).
Full time working
Full time working was defined as more than 30
hours a week with the exception of occupations in
education where more than 26 hours a week was
included as full time.
Cheshire
Greater Manchester
Lancashire
North East
North West
Yorkshire and
Humberside
Humberside
North Yorkshire
South Yorkshire
West Yorkshire
Yorkshire and
the Humber
East Midlands
Derbyshire
Leicestershire
Lincolnshire
Northamptonshire
Nottinghamshire
East Midlands
West Midlands
Hereford and
Worcester
Shropsire
Staffordshire
Warwickshire
West Midlands
West Midlands
Cambridgeshire
Norfolk
Suffolk
Bedfordshire
Essex
Hertfordshire
East of England
Greater London
London
East Anglia
South East
Adopted and step-children belong to the same
family as their adoptive/step-parents. Fosterchildren, however, are not part of their fosterparents’ family (since they are not related to their
foster-parents) and are counted as separate family
units.
See also Lone-parent family.
Cleveland
Durham
Northumberland
Tyne and Wear
Cumbria
Government
Office
Region
Merseyside
Family
A family is defined as:
(a) a married or opposite sex cohabiting couple on
their own, or
(b) a married or opposite sex cohabiting couple/
lone parent and their never-married children,
provided these children have no children of
their own.
County
South West
Berkshire
Buckinghamshire
East Sussex
Hampshire
Isle of Wight
Kent
Oxfordshire
Surrey
West Sussex
Avon
Cornwall
Devon
Dorset
Gloucestershire
Somerset
Wiltshire
South East
South West
Government Office Region (GOR)
Government Office Regions have replaced the
165
Living in Britain
Appendix A
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Standard Statistical Regions as the primary
classification for the presentation of English
regional statistics.
As with the previous head of household (HOH)
definition, non-household members are never
defined as householders even though they may own
or rent the accommodation in question.
Most of the regional statistics in this report are
therefore on the basis of Government Office region,
except for long-term trend tables, where Standard
Statistical Region is used.
GP Consultations
See Doctor Consultations
Household Reference Person (HRP)
■
Householder: the member of the household in
whose name the accommodation is owned or
rented, or is otherwise responsible for the accommodation. In households with a sole householder that person is the household reference
person.
■
In households with joint householders the person with the highest income is taken as the
household reference person.
■
If both householders have exactly the same income, the older is taken as the household reference person.
Table A1
Note that this definition does not require a
question about people’s actual incomes; only a
question about who has the highest income.
Main changes from the HOH definition
a) Female householders with the highest income
are now taken as the HRP.
b) In the case of joint householders, income then
age, rather than sex then age is used to define
the HRP.
This means that in both cases more women will be
defined as HRP.
How often will the reference person change?
Estimates of the proportion of households in which
the reference person will change under the
proposed new definition are between 11%
(Omnibus) and 14% (GHS). (Table A1)
Households consisting of a single adult or a sole
male householder will not change and in many
other households the new definition in practice
Household composition and reference person definitions
All households
Great Britain: 1996
Omnibus Survey 1996
General Household Survey 1996
All households
All households
%
%
Single adult household
32
33
Sole householder
HOH
Female householder, not HOH
19
5
14
4
Joint householder couples
Male is HRP and HOH
Female is HRP but not HOH
38
5
37
9
Joint householder non-couples
Male is HRP and HOH
Female is HRP but not HOH
1
0
1
1
100
100
3670
9158
All households
Unweighted sample
166
Living in Britain
Appendix A
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
results in the same person being selected. Part of
the change is due to sole female householders who
are living with a non-householder partner being
defined as the HRP but not the HOH (5%
Omnibus, 4% GHS estimates). The remainder is
due to the use of income (or age) to choose
between joint householders resulting in a different
person being selected.
What effect will the change have on other
variables?
Table A2 shows distributions for some key
classificatory variables according to the HOH and
HRP definition, for the Omnibus and GHS
respectively. The results from the two surveys differ
slightly because of differences in the way the
definitions were operationalised. As explained
above, on the GHS the HRP was identified at the
analysis stage rather than by interviewers during
the interview. The GHS analysis was carried not
only to confirm the Omnibus results, but because
the Omnibus did not have occupation information
for all household members so it was not possible to
see the effect of a change in definition on work
status or social class.
Table A2 Characteristics of head of household and highest income householder
All households
Great Britain: 1996
Omnibus Survey 1996
General Household Survey 1996
Head of
household
Household
reference person
Head of
household
Household
reference person
%
%
%
%
Sex
Male
Female
74
26
65
35
74
26
62
38
Age
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65-74
75+
3
19
19
17
15
15
12
3
19
19
17
15
14
12
4
18
19
18
14
15
13
4
18
20
18
14
14
12
Marital Status
Married
Cohabiting
Single
Widowed
Divorced
Separated
Same sex cohabiting
54
6
12
15
9
3
0
54
6
13
15
8
3
0
54
6
13
15
8
3
0
54
6
13
15
8
3
0
Work Status
Paid work
Retired
Neither
..
..
..
..
..
..
55
29
16
56
29
16
Social class
I Professional
II Intemediate
IIInm Skilled NM
IIIm Skilled M
IV Semi-skilled
V Unskilled
Other
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
5
20
22
28
16
5
4
5
19
26
24
16
6
4
3670
3670
9084
Unweighted sample
9084
.. Data not available
167
Living in Britain
Appendix A
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table A2 shows an increase in female reference
persons under the new definition, as would be
expected but little change in the distributions of
age, marital status or work status. There is some
change in the social class distribution; an increase
of 4% in class IIInm balanced by a corresponding
decrease in class IIIm reflecting the different social
class distributions of men and women’s
occupations.
for Interviewers. HMSO, London 1991.)
Hospital visits
Inpatient stays
Inpatient data relate to stays overnight or longer (in
a twelve month reference period) in NHS or private
hospitals. All types of cases are counted, including
psychiatric and maternity, except babies born in
hospital who are included only if they remained in
hospital after their mother was discharged.
Outpatient attendances
Outpatient data relate to attendances (in a
reference period of three calendar months) at NHS
or private hospitals, other than as an inpatient. No
distinction is made between consultative
outpatient attendances, casualty attendances, and
attendances at ancillary departments.
Day patient
Day patients are defined as patients admitted to a
hospital bed during the course of a day or to a day
ward where a bed, couch or trolley is available for
the patient’s use. They are admitted with the
intention of receiving care or treatment which can
be completed in a few hours so that they do not
require to remain in hospital overnight. If a patient
admitted as a day patient then stays overnight they
are counted as an inpatient.
Household
Household definition: between 1971 and 1980 the
definition of a household used in the GHS and in
most other surveys carried out by OPCS Social
Survey Division was, in summary:
a group of people who all live regularly at the
address ... and who are all catered for, for at least
one meal a day, by the same person. (See J Atkinson,
A Handbook for Interviewers. HMSO, London
1971.)
In 1981 a new definition was adopted, intended to
make the survey comparable with the 1981 Census
definition of a household. Under the new
definition a household is:
a single person or a group of people who have the
address as their only or main residence and who
either share one meal a day or share the living
accommodation. (See L McCrossan, A Handbook
168
A group of people would not be counted as a
household solely on the basis of a shared kitchen or
bathroom.
Household membership
Under the 1981 definition, a person is in general
regarded as living at the address if he or she (or the
informant) considers the address to be his or her
main residence. There are, however, certain rules
which take priority over this criterion.
(a) Children aged 16 or over who live away from
home for purposes of either work or study and
come home only for holidays are not included at
the parental address under any circumstances.
(b) Children of any age away from home in a temporary job and children under 16 at boarding
school are always included in the parental
household.
(c) Anyone who has been away from the address
continuously for six months or longer is excluded.
(d) Anyone who has been living continuously at the
address for six months or longer is included
even if he or she has his or her main residence
elsewhere.
(e) Addresses used only as second homes are never
counted as a main residence.
Household type
There are many ways of grouping or classifying
households into household types; most are based
on the age, sex and number of household members.
The main classification of household type uses the
following categories:
1 adult aged 16-59
2 adults aged 16-59
small family -
1 or 2 persons aged 16 or over
and 1 or 2 persons aged under 16
large family
-
1 or more persons aged 16 or
over and 3 or more persons aged
under 16, or 3 or more persons
aged 16 or over and 2 persons
aged under 16
large adult
household
-
3 or more persons aged 16 or
over, with or without 1 person
aged under 16
2 adults, 1 or both aged 60 or over
1 adult aged 60 or over
Living in Britain
Appendix A
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
The term ‘family’ in this context does not
necessarily imply any relationship.
Some of the above categories are combined for
certain tables and figures.
Chapter 3 also uses a modified version of
household type which takes account of the age of
the youngest household member. ‘Small family’,
‘large family’ and ‘large adult household’ are
replaced by the following:
Income
Usual gross weekly income
The income section was revised and simplified in
1992 so that estimates were accepted as valid
responses.
youngest person - 1 or more persons aged 16 or
aged 0-4
over and 1 or more persons
aged under 5
Total income for an individual refers to income at
the time of the interview, and is obtained by
summing the components of earnings, benefits,
pensions, dividends, interest and other regular
payments. Prior to 1992, if any component of
income was unknown, the value of total gross
weekly income was treated as not known. Since
1992, gross weekly income of employees and those
on benefits is calculated if interest and dividends
are the only components missing.
youngest person - 1 or more persons aged 16 or
aged 5-15
over and 1 or more persons
aged 5-15
3 or more adults - 3 or more persons aged 16 or
over and no-one aged under
16
The first two categories above are combined in
some tables.
In Chapter 3, households are also classified
according to the families they contain (see Family
for definition), into the following categories:
non-family households
containing
- 1 person only
- 2 or more non-family adults
Individuals may, of course be related without
constituting a family. A household consisting of a
brother and sister, for example, is a non-family
household of two or more non-family adults.
one family households
containing
- married couple with
dependent children
- married couple with
independent children only
- married couple with no
children
- cohabiting couple with
dependent children
- cohabiting couple with
independent children only
- cohabiting couple with no
children
- lone parent with dependent
children
- lone parent with
independent children only
Other individuals who were not family members
may also have been present.
households containing two or more families.
If the last pay packet/cheque was unusual, for
example in including holiday pay in advance or a
tax refund, the respondent is asked for usual pay.
No account is taken of whether a job is temporary
or permanent. Payments made less than weekly are
divided by the number of weeks covered to obtain
a weekly figure.
Usual gross weekly household income is the sum of
usual gross weekly income for all adults in the
household. Since 1992, those interviewed by proxy
are also included.
Labour force
See Economic activity.
Lone-parent family
A lone-parent family consists of one parent,
irrespective of sex, living with his or her nevermarried dependent children, provided these
children have no children of their own.
Married or cohabiting women with dependent
children, whose partners are not defined as
resident in the household, are not classified as oneparent families because it is known that the
majority of them are only temporarily separated
from their husbands for a reason that does not
imply the breakdown of the marriage (for
example, because the husband usually works away
from home). (See the GHS 1980 Report p.9 for
further details.)
Longstanding conditions and complaints
The GHS collects information about the nature of
long-standing illness. Respondents who report a
longstanding illness are asked ‘What is the matter
with you?’ and details of the illness or disability are
recorded by the interviewers and coded into a
169
Living in Britain
Appendix A
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
number of broad categories. Interviewers are
instructed to focus on the symptoms of the illness,
rather than the cause, and code what the
respondent said was currently the matter without
probing for cause. This approach has been used in
1988, 1989, 1994 to 1996, and 1998.
history questions. For this population it only
differed from the main marital status for those who
revealed in the Family Information section that
they were cohabiting rather than having the marital
status given at the beginning of the interview.
‘Cohabiting’ took priority over other categories.
Since 1996, information on legal marital status and
living arrangements, has been taken from the
beginning of the interview where both are now
asked.
The categories used when coding the conditions
correspond broadly to the chapter headings of the
International Classification of Diseases (ICD).
However, the ICD is used mostly for coding
conditions and diseases according to cause whereas
the GHS coding is based only on the symptoms
reported. This gives rise to discrepancies in some
areas between the two classifications.
Marriage and cohabitation
From 1971 to 1978 the Family Information section
was addressed only to married women aged under
45 who were asked questions on their present
marriage and birth expectations. In 1979 the
section was expanded to include questions on
cohabitation, previous marriages and all live births,
and was addressed to all women aged 16-49 except
non-married women aged 16 and 17. In 1983
questions on contraception, sterilisation and
infertility were introduced. In 1986 the section was
extended to cover all women and men aged 16-59.
Legal marital status
This classification applies to persons aged 16-59
who answer the marital history questions.
Cohabiting people are categorised according to
formal marital status. The classification differs
from strict legal marital status in accepting the
respondents' opinion of whether their marriage has
terminated in separation rather than applying the
criterion of legal separation.
Median
See Quantiles.
NHS Regional Office area
NHS Regional Office areas came into effect from
April 1996.
England and Wales: Health Authority Areas, 1999-2000
Marital status
Since 1996 separate questions have been asked at
the beginning of the questionnaire to identify the
legal marital status and living arrangements of
respondents in the household. The latter includes a
category for cohabiting.
REGIONAL OFFICE AREA
District Health Authorities
©Crown copyright. All rights reserved
(ONS.GD272183.2001).
Cohabiting
Before 1996, unrelated adults of the opposite sex
have been classified as cohabiting if they consider
themselves to be living together as a couple. From
1996, this category includes a small number of
same sex couples.
NORTHERN
NOR
THERN
AND YORKSHIRE
ORKSHIRE
In 1998 all adults aged 16-59 were asked about any
periods of cohabitation not leading to marriage.
Married/non-married
In this dichotomy 'married ' generally includes
cohabiting and ‘non- married’ covers those who are
single, widowed, separated or divorced and not
cohabiting.
Living arrangements (de facto marital status)
Before 1996, additional information from the
Family Information section of the individuals’
questionnaire has been used to determine living
arrangements (previously known as ‘defacto
marital status’) and the classification has only
applied to those aged 16-59 who answer the marital
170
NORTH
NORTH
WEST
TRENT
WEST MIDLANDS
WALES
ALES
EASTERN
LONDON
SOUTH WEST
SOUTH EAST
Living in Britain
Appendix A
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Pensions
The GHS asks questions about any pension
scheme, either occupational or personal, that the
respondent belonged to on the date of interview. It
is quite possible that some respondents have
belonged to an occupational or a personal pension
scheme in the past. The GHS measures current
membership and not the percentage of
respondents who will get an occupational or
personal pension when they retire.
Since July 1988, all employees have been given the
choice of starting their own personal pension in
place of SERPS (State Earnings related Pension
Scheme). Previously employees not in an
occupational scheme could arrange to pay for a
personal pension plan, but they could not leave
SERPS.
Some respondents may be contributing to both an
occupational and personal pension scheme.
Qualification levels
Degree or equivalent
Higher degrees
First degrees
University diplomas and certificates, qualifications
from colleges of technology etc and from
professional institutions, of degree standard
Higher education below degree level
Non-graduate teaching qualifications
HNC/HND; City and Guilds Full Technological
Certificate; BEC/TEC/BTEC Higher/SCOTECH
Higher
University diplomas and certificates, qualifications
from colleges of technology etc and from
professional institutions, below degree but above
GCE ‘A’ level standard
Nursing qualifications
GCE ‘A’ level or equivalent
1 or more subjects at GCE ‘A’ level/AS level/Scottish
Certificate of Education (SCE) Higher; Scottish
Universities Preliminary Examination (SUPE)
Higher; and/or Higher School Certificate; Scottish
Leaving Certificate (SLC) Higher; Certificate of
Sixth Year Studies City and Guilds Advanced/Final
level; ONC/OND; BEC/TEC/BTEC/National/
General certificate or diploma
GCSE Grades A-C or equivalent
1 or more subjects at GCE ‘O’ level (Grades A-C)/
GCSE (grades A-C)/CSE Grade 1/SCE Ordinary
(Bands A-C); SUPE Lower or Ordinary; and/or
School Certificates; SLC Lower City and Guilds
Craft/Ordinary level/SCOTVEC
GCSE Grades D-E or equivalent
GCSE (grades D-E)/CSE Grades 2-5/GCE ‘O’ level
(Grades D and E)/SCE Ordinary (Bands D and E);
Clerical and commercial qualifications
Apprenticeship
Foreign and other qualifications
Foreign qualifications (outside UK)
Other qualifications
None
- excludes those who never went to school
(omitted from the classification altogether).
The qualification levels do not in all cases
correspond to those used in statistics published by
the Department for Education and Employment.
Quantiles
The quantiles of a distribution, eg of household
income, divide it into equal parts.
Median: the median of a distribution divides it into
two equal parts. Thus half the households in a
distribution of household income have an income
higher than the median, and the other half have an
income lower than the median.
Quartiles: the quartiles of a distribution divide it
into quarters. Thus the upper quartile of a
distribution of household income is the level of
income that is expected by 25% of the households
in the distribution; and 25% of the households
have an income less than the lower quartile. It
follows that 50% of the households have an income
between the upper and lower quartiles.
Quintiles: the quintiles of a distribution divide it
into fifths. Thus the upper quintile of a distribution
of household income is the level of income that is
expected by 20% of the households in the
distribution; and 20% of the households have an
income less than the lower quintile. It follows that
60% of the households have an income between the
upper and lower quintiles.
Relatives in the household
The term ‘relative’ includes any household member
related to the head of household by blood,
marriage, or adoption. Foster-children are
therefore not regarded as relatives.
Rooms
These are defined as habitable rooms, including
(unless otherwise specified) kitchens, whether
eaten in or not, but excluding rooms used solely for
business purposes, those not usable throughout the
year (eg conservatories), and those not normally
used for living purposes such as toilets,
171
Living in Britain
Appendix A
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
cloakrooms, store rooms, pantries, cellars and
garages.
aged 16 and over are interviewed, often together,
may affect the reporting of smoking behaviour. The
self-completion form is designed to minimise the
possible effects of parental disapproval. However,
when considering trends in smoking it is assumed
that any under-reporting has remained constant
throughout the period of the survey. This may not
be entirely justified as it is possible that public
attitudes to smoking have become more negative
over time making it more likely that people will
under-report their level of smoking or deny
smoking at all.
Sickness
Acute
Acute sickness is defined as restriction of the level
of normal activity, because of illness or injury, at
any time during the two weeks before interview.
Since the two-week reference period covers
weekends, normal activities include leisure
activities as well as school attendance, going to
work, or doing housework. Anyone with a chronic
condition that caused additional restriction during
the reference period is counted among those with
acute sickness.
The average number of restricted activity days per
person per year is calculated in the same way as the
average number of doctor consultations.
Sickness
Chronic
Information on chronic sickness was obtained
from the following two-part question:
‘Do you have any longstanding illness, disability or
infirmity? By longstanding I mean anything that
has troubled you over a period of time or that is
likely to affect you over a period of time.
IF YES
Does this illness or disability limit your activities in
any way?’
‘Longstanding illness’ is defined as a positive
answer to the first part of the question, and
‘limiting longstanding illness’ as a positive answer
to both parts of the question.
The data collected are based on people’s subjective
assessment of their health, and therefore changes
over time may reflect changes in people’s
expectations of their health as well as changes in
incidence or duration of chronic sickness. In
addition, different sub-groups of the population
may have varying expectations, activities and
capacities of adaptation.
Smoking
Questions about smoking behaviour are currently
included on the GHS in alternate years. Since 1974,
the questions have been asked of all people aged 16
and over in the household with a self-completion
form offered to those aged 16 or 17, where
appropriate. It is likely that the GHS understates
cigarette consumption and perhaps, to a lesser
extent prevalence. This is because the context of the
GHS interview, where all members of the family
172
Information on tar yields is only collected for
manufactured cigarettes. Tar yields are provided by
the laboratory of the Government Chemist.
Socio-economic group
The basic occupational classification used is the
Registrar General’s socio-economic grouping in
Standard Occupational Classification 1990, Volume
3 OPCS (HMSO, London 1991), pp 13-14. The
majority of tables use a collapsed version of this
classification, which is as follows:
Descriptive definition
SEG numbers
Professional
Employers and managers
Intermediate non-manual
Junior non-manual
Skilled manual (including foremen
and supervisors) and own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and personal
service
Unskilled manual
3, 4
1, 2, 13
5
6
8, 9, 12, 14
7, 10, 15
11
In tables showing non-manual/manual socioeconomic groups, the non-manual category
comprises SEGs 1-6 and 13, the manual category
comprises SEGs 7-12, 14 and 15.
For persons aged 16 or over, including full-time
students with employment experience, SEG
corresponds to their own present job or, for those
not currently working, to their last job, regardless
of sex or marital status.
Persons whose occupation was inadequately
described, the Armed Forces (SEG category 16) and
full-time students, are excluded from the totals
unless otherwise specified.
Prior to 1992, the socio-economic variable used in
a number of tables, particularly in the health,
smoking and drinking chapters, classified married
or cohabiting couples whose husbands were in the
household according to their partner's present (or
Living in Britain
Appendix A
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
last) job. Other members of the household were
classified according to their own current or last job.
It was recognised that there are drawbacks to this
classification. First, it has been criticised by some
users of GHS as being overtly sexist in classifying
women according to a characteristic of their
husband or partner. Second, there is an
inconsistency in that the classification of other
members of the household, e.g. adult children
living at home or elderly people living with their
children, is based on their own job.
Unemployed
See Economic activity
Working
See Economic activity
To achieve a more consistent approach and classify
all members of the household in the same way, the
standard socio-economic variable used in 1992 to
reflect living standards was changed to the socioeconomic group of the head of household
(household reference person from 2000). This has
been used in subsequent GHS reports, although for
the time being, the old classification is also used in
trend tables so that changes can be monitored on a
consistent basis. A classification based on the
respondent's own occupation will continue to be
used where appropriate.
Step-family
See Family.
Tenure
From 1981, households who were buying a share in
the property from a housing association or cooperative through a shared ownership (equity
sharing) or co-ownership scheme are included in
the category of owner-occupiers. In earlier years
such households were included with those renting
from a housing association or co-operative.
Renting from a council includes renting from a
local authority or New town corporation or
commissions or Scottish Homes (formerly the
Scottish Special Housing Association).
Renting from a housing association also includes
co-operatives and charitable trusts. It also covers
fair rent schemes.
Social sector renters includes households renting
from a local authority or New Town corporation or
commission or Scottish Homes and those renting
from housing associations, co-operatives and
charitable trusts.
Private renters include those who rent from a
private individual or organisation and those whose
accommodation is tied to their job even if the
landlord is a local authority, housing association or
Housing Action Trust, or if the accommodation is
rent free. Squatters are also included in this
category.
173
Living in Britain
Appendix A
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
174
Living in Britain
Appendix B
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Appendix B
Sample Design and Response
The GHS samples around 13,000 addresses each
year and aims to interview all adults aged 16 or over
at every household at the sampled address.1
The GHS uses a two-stage sample design. The
Primary Sampling Units (PSUs) are postcode
sectors, which are similar in size to wards.
The same sample design was used for the GHS
between 1984 and 1998. The stratifiers used were a
regional variable (based on the standard statistical
region until 1996 and on the Government Office
Region in 1998) and variables that measured the
prevalence of privately rented accommodation, local
authority accommodation and people in professional
and managerial socio-economic groups.
As part of the GHS re-design work in 1999, Social
Survey Division assessed the way the sample for the
survey was stratified. Stratification involves the
division of the population into sub-groups, or
strata, from which independent samples are taken.
This ensures that a representative sample will be
drawn with respect to the stratifiers (i.e. the
proportion of units sampled from any particular
stratum will equal the proportion in the population
with that characteristic). Stratification of a sample
can lead to substantial improvements in the
precision of survey estimates. Precision is
optimised if the factors used as strata are those
which correlate most highly with the survey
variables. Details of how the stratifiers were
selected were reported in the January 2000 edition
of the Survey Methodology bulletin.2
Initially postcode sectors were allocated to 30 major
strata. These were based on the 10 Government
Office Regions in England, 5 subdivisions in
Scotland and 2 in Wales. The English regions were
divided between the former Metropolitan and nonMetropolitan counties. In addition London was
subdivided into quadrants (Northwest, Northeast,
Southwest and Southeast) with each quadrant
being divided into inner and outer areas.3 Using a
finer division of London in the regional stratifier
had a large effect on the increase in precision.
Within each major stratum, postcode sectors were
then stratified according to the selected indicators
taken from the 1991 Census. Sectors were initially
ranked according to the proportion of households
with no car, then divided into three bands
containing approximately the same number of
households. Within each band, sectors were
re-ranked according to the proportion of
households with head of household in socioeconomic groups 1 to 5 and 13, and these bands
were then sub-divided into three further bands of
approximately equal size. Finally, within each of
these bands, sectors were re-ranked according to
the proportion of people who were pensioners. In
order to minimise the difference between one band
and the next, the ranking by the pensioners and
socio-economic group criteria were in the reverse
order in consecutive bands, as shown in Figure B.A.
Major strata were then divided into minor strata
with equal numbers of addresses, the number of
minor strata per major strata being proportionate
to the size of the major stratum. Since 1984 the
frame has been divided into 576 minor strata and
one PSU has been selected from each per year. Of
the 567 PSUs selected, 48 are randomly allocated to
each month of the year. Within each PSU 23
addresses are randomly selected.
Figure BA
Nocar
Medium
Low
▼
SEG
▼
▼
Low
Low
Medium
High
High
▼
▼
▼
Medium
▼
▼
SEG
▼
▼
SEG
▼
▼
High
▼
▼
▼
High
Medium
Low
▼
▼
▼
▼
▼
▼
▼
▼
▼
Pensioner
Pensioner
Pensioner
Pensioner
Pensioner
Pensioner
Pensioner
Pensioner
Pensioner
▼
▼ ▼
▼ ▼ ▼
▼ ▼ ▼
▼
▼ ▼
▼
▼ ▼
▼ ▼ ▼
▼
▼ ▼
▼
▼ ▼
▼
L
M
H
L
H
M
L
M
H
L
M
H
M
H
M
L
M
H
L
H
M
L
H
L
▼ ▼
H M L
175
Living in Britain
Appendix B
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Conversion of Multi-Occupancy addresses to
households
Most addresses contain just one private household,
a few - such as institutions and purely business
addresses4 -contain no private households, while
others contain more than one private household.
For addresses containing more than one household,
set procedures are laid down in order to give each
household one and only one chance of selection.
As the PAF does not give names of occupants of
addresses, it is not possible to use the number of
different surnames at an address as an indicator of
the number of households living there as was done
before 1984. A rough guide to the number of
households at an address is provided on the PAF
by the multi-occupancy (MO) count. The MO
count is a fairly accurate indicator in Scotland but
is less accurate in England and Wales, so it is used
only when sampling at addresses in Scotland.
All addresses in England and Wales, and those in
Scotland with an MO count of two or less, are
given only one chance of selection for the sample.
At such addresses, interviewers interview all the
households they find up to a maximum of three. If
there are more than three households at the
address, the interviewer selects the households for
interview by listing all households at the address
systematically then making a random choice by
referring to a household selection table.
Addresses in Scotland with an MO count of three or
more, where the probability that there is more than
one household is fairly high, are given as many
chances of selection as the value of the MO count.
When the interviewer arrives at such an address, he
or she checks the actual number of households and
interviews a proportion of them according to
Table B1
The sample of addresses and
households
Great Britain: 2000
Selected addresses
Adjusted sample (extra households)
Ineligible addresses:
Demolished or derelict
Used wholly for business purposes
Empty
Institutions
Other ineligible
13408
160
1175
No sample selected at address
Address not traced
Total effective sample of households
Addresses at which interviews were taken
176
12393
8221
instructions. The proportion is set originally by the
MO count and adjusted according to the number of
households actually found, with a maximum of
three households being interviewed at any address.
The interviewer selects the households for interview
by listing all households at the address systematically
and making a random choice, as above, by means of
a table.
No addresses are deleted from the sample to
compensate for the extra interviews that may result
from these multi-household addresses but a
maximum of four extra interviews per quota of
addresses is allowed. Once four extra interviews
have been carried out in an interviewer’s quota,
only the first household selected at each multioccupancy address is included. As a result of the
limits on additional interviews, households in
concealed multi-occupied addresses may be slightly
under-represented in the GHS sample.
The outcome of visits to the addresses selected for
the 2000 sample and the resultant number of
households interviewed is shown in Table B.1.
Data Collection
Information for the GHS is collected week by week
throughout the year by personal interview. In 2000,
interviews took place from April 2000 to March
2001.5 The survey is carried out using Computer
Assisted Personal Interviewing (CAPI)6 on laptop
computers and Blaise software7 by face-to-face
interviewers. Telephone interviewers, employed on
the GHS for the first time in 2000, use Computer
Assisted Telephone Interviewing (CATI) on
computers from an interviewing booth. Interviews
are sought with all adult members (aged 16 or over)
of the sample of private households.
A letter is sent in advance of an interviewer calling
at an address.8 The letter briefly describes the
purpose and nature of the survey and prepares the
recipient for a visit by an interviewer. The
interviewer’s call should not then be a surprise to
the respondent.
Data Quality
The face-to-face and telephone interviewers9 who
work on the GHS are recruited only after careful
selection procedures after which they take part in
an initial training course. Before working on the
GHS they attend a briefing and new recruits are
always supervised either by being accompanied in
the field by a training officer or monitored by a
Telephone Interviewing Unit (TIU) supervisor. All
interviewers who continue to work on the GHS are
observed regularly in their work.
Living in Britain
Appendix B
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Proxy interviews and the Proxy Conversion
exercise on the GHS
On occasion it may prove impossible, despite
repeated calls, to contact a particular member of a
household in person and, in strictly controlled
circumstances, interviewers are permitted to
conduct a proxy interview with a near relative who
is a member of the same household. In these cases,
questions such as those on smoking and drinking
behaviour, qualifications, health questions, family
information and income. educational qualifications
and income and opinion-type questions are
omitted.
Table B2
All Persons
The flexibility allowed by telephone interviewing
proved successful in gaining full interviews in
households where one or more proxy interviews
were taken by face-to-face interviewers. Table B.2
shows the types of interview taken for all persons in
the co-operating households for 1998 and 2000
before and after the proxy conversion exercise. The
TIU increased the proportion of full interviews
conducted on the GHS from 71.6% before proxy
conversion to 73.3%. In this way the GHS can
provide more information on the topics not asked
in detail of proxies.
Response
The GHS is conducted with people who volunteer
their time to answer questions about themselves.
The voluntary nature of the survey means that
people who do not wish to take part in the survey
can refuse to do so. Reasons for not participating in
the survey vary from a dislike of surveys to poor
health that prevents them from taking part. The
sample is designed to ensure that the results of the
survey represent the population of Great Britain.
The representativeness of the survey is likely to be
reduced with every refusal or noncontact with the
sampled household (survey nonresponse). The
quality of the survey results is therefore measured
by the response rate.
Great Britain
Child/NA
Full Interview
Proxy
Unweighted sample
Table B3
During the review of the GHS10 the conversion of
proxy interviews to full interviews was examined in
order to improve the quality of data. This was
achieved by re-contacting the household member,
who was unavailable during the initial face-to-face
interview, to answer the questions that were not
asked of the proxy respondent on his/her behalf.
The most efficient way of re-contacting these
respondents was by employing Telephone
Interviewing Unit (TIU) interviewers who could
contact a widely dispersed population more
efficiently than would be possible by conducting
face-to-face interviews.
Type of interview taken
1998
2000
Before Conversion
2000
After Conversion
%
%
%
22.3
70.7
7.0
22.0
71.6
6.4
22.0
73.3
4.7
20396
19266
19266
Trends in the middle response
rate: 1971 to 2000
All Persons
Year
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
Great Britain
Response
Rate
%
83
81
81
83
84
84
83
82
83
82
Year Response
Rate
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
%
84
84
82
81
82
84
85
85
84
81
Year Response
Rate
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1998
2000
%
84
83
82
80
80
76
72
67
Table B.4 shows the quarterly and annual response
rates from the 2000 survey. Since the GHS can
accept information from partially responding
households (i.e. outcome categories 2a-2c in Table
B.4) response rates can be measured in a variety of
ways.
Partial response can arise for a variety of reasons:
some people refuse to answer some questions;
others are interviewed by proxy and, as noted
above, are not then asked all the questions.
Depending on whether or not the various
categories of partial response are included, three
response rates are calculated.
1 The minimum response rate, which accepts only
completely co-operating households as
responders and treats partial interviews as nonresponders. In 2000 the minimum response
rate was 61%.
2 The maximum response rate, which accepts all
partial interviews as responders. In 2000 this
rate was 68%.
3 The middle response rate, which accepts some
of the partial interviews as responders - that is,
it includes households where information is
missing for only certain questions (category 2a
177
Living in Britain
Appendix B
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table B4 Quarterly and annual response
Great Britain: 2000
Outcome category
1
First quarter
Complete household co-operation
Third quarter
Fourth quarter
Year
No.
%
No.
%
No.
%
No.
%
No.
%
1965
64.1
1903
62.7
1784
58.2
1802
58.7
7454
60.9
190
6.2
183
6.0
230
7.5
164
5.3
767
6.3
35
1.1
32
1.1
34
1.1
44
1.4
145
1.2
32
1.0
27
0.9
37
1.2
41
1.3
137
1.1
696
51
85
22.7
1.7
2.8
724
62
100
23.9
2.0
3.3
791
51
133
25.8
1.7
4.3
804
60
153
26.2
2.0
5.0
3015
224
471
24.6
1.8
3.9
2a Non-interview of one or more household members,
proxy taken.
Partial refusals: all household members co-operated
but some sections/questions were refused
2b Non-contact of one or more household members,
no proxy taken
2c Partial refusal: at least one household member
refused to be interviewed
Whole household refused
HQ refusal
4 Non-contact of household
Base = 100%
(total effective sample, ie total categories 1-4 plus
small data losses)
Second quarter
3
3066
Middle response rate:
(codes 1 and 2a as percentage of the effective sample)
3033
70.3
3065
3069
68.8
in Table B4), but does not include those where
information is missing altogether for one or
more household members (categories 2b and 2c
in Table B4). In other words, this middle rate
can be thought of as the proportion of the
eligible sample of households from whom all or
nearly all the information was obtained. This is
the rate generally used at the performance index
for the survey, and in 2000 it was 67%.
Since 1971, the middle response rate has shown
some fluctuation, as shown in Table B.3.
The decline in response rate since 1991 is due to an
increase in the proportion of households refusing
to participate (12% in 1991 rising to 26% in 2000)
rather than failure to contact people. This decline
reflects a general trend in decreasing response
12233
65.7
64.1
67.2
experienced by all survey organisations.11 The main
elements of response and nonresponse in 2000, and
middle response rate figures for each region, are
shown in Tables B5 and B6.
Nonresponse
In total, 30% of households selected for interview
in 2000 were lost to the sample altogether, because
they did not wish to take part (26%) or because
they could not be contacted (4%).
Comparison of the 2000 GHS with population
estimates for mid-2000
Table B.6 compares the age distribution of the 2000
GHS interviewed sample with that from
population estimates for mid-2000 taken from the
Labour Force Survey. The comparisons show that
Table B5 Response rates by Government Office Region
Great Britain: 2000
Government Office Region
First quarter
%
178
North East
North West
Merseyside
Yorkshire and the Humber
East Midlands
West Midlands
Eastern
London
South East (excluding Greater London)
South West
Wales
Scotland
70.3
70.7
74.2
72.7
67.8
71.1
69.7
66.1
70.9
78.7
68.8
66.0
Great Britain
70.3
Second quarter
Rank
5
6
2
3
10
4
8
11
7
1
9
12
Third quarter
Fourth quarter
Year
%
Rank
%
Rank
%
Rank
%
64.3
68.8
63.6
73.4
61.2
66.8
70.4
61.9
71.3
74.3
75.0
71.6
9
7
10
3
12
8
6
11
5
2
1
4
63.6
63.5
69.3
73.6
59.4
70.0
65.5
57.8
65.9
69.5
69.7
67.4
9
10
5
1
11
2
8
12
7
4
3
6
77.3
69.6
59.4
68.8
67.1
58.1
58.0
57.6
67.4
63.3
64.2
61.5
1
2
9
3
4
10
11
12
5
7
6
8
69.0
68.2
66.7
72.1
63.7
66.5
65.9
60.8
68.9
71.5
69.3
66.6
68.8
65.7
64.1
67.2
Rank
4
6
7
1
11
9
10
12
5
2
3
8
Living in Britain
Appendix B
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table B6 Age comparison of the 1998 GHS and population estimates† for mid-2000
All persons
Age
Great Britain: 2000
Males
Females
Total
2000 GHS
Population
estimates
mid-2000
2000 GHS
Population
estimates
mid-2000
2000 GHS
Population
estimates
mid-2000
%
%
%
%
%
%
0- 4
5 - 15
16 - 19
20 - 24
25 - 29
30 - 34
35 - 39
40 - 44
45 - 49
50 - 54
55 - 59
60 - 64
65 - 69
70 - 74
75 and over
7.2
15.7
4.8
5.2
5.9
6.6
7.8
7.0
6.8
7.1
5.9
5.5
4.6
4.0
5.9
6.5
14.5
5.2
6.0
7.0
7.5
8.6
7.9
6.4
6.7
5.6
5.1
4.1
3.7
5.2
6.0
14.7
4.3
5.2
6.1
7.6
7.7
7.3
6.6
6.7
5.6
5.7
4.9
3.8
8.0
5.7
14.1
4.6
5.9
6.4
7.7
7.7
7.3
6.6
6.6
5.3
5.0
4.9
3.8
8.4
6.6
15.1
4.5
5.2
6.0
7.1
7.8
7.1
6.7
6.9
5.8
5.6
4.8
3.9
7.0
6.1
14.3
4.9
6.0
6.7
7.6
8.1
7.6
6.5
6.7
5.5
5.0
4.5
3.7
6.8
Total
48.4
49.3
51.6
50.7
100
100
Base = 100%
9322
28134103
9944
28975065
19266
57109168
† Labour Force Survey mid-year estimates.
the 2000 GHS tended to over-represent children,
particularly those aged 5 to 15, and to underrepresent adults in their twenties and early thirties.
There were some differences between men and
women of the same age. For example, men aged 65
to 74 were over-represented whereas women of the
same age were not. Women aged 75 and over were
under-represented in the sample, but men of the
same age were not.
Table B7 Government Office Region: a
comparison of the 2000 GHS and
population estimates for mid-2000
Table B.6 shows that the 2000 GHS underrepresented people living in the London area, again
because of nonresponse bias. The GHS achieves a
lower response rate in London than elsewhere both
because people tend to be harder to contact than in
other regions and because of higher refusal rates. 12
England
1
A limit is put on the number of households that
are contacted per address. This is explained in
detail at the ‘Conversion of Multi-Occupancy
addresses to households’ section of Appendix B.
2
Insalaco F Choosing stratifiers for the General
Household Survey ONS Social Survey Division,
Survey Methodology Bulletin, No. 46, January 2000.
3
All persons
Government Office Region
Great Britain: 2000
2000 GHS
Population
estimates
mid-2000
%
%
86.2
86.1
4.9
10.3
2.4
9.1
6.8
9.1
9.3
10.9
14.4
9.0
4.9
10.0
2.4
9.0
6.6
9.1
9.0
12.6
14.0
8.6
Wales
5.3
5.1
Scotland
8.5
8.8
19266
57109168
North East
North West
Merseyside
Yorks and Humber
East Midlands
West Midlands
Eastern
London
South East
South West
Base = 100%
The GOR regional stratifier
1. North East Met
2. North East Non Met
3. North West Met
179
Living in Britain
Appendix B
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
4. North West Non Met
5. Merseyside
6. Yorks and Humberside Met
7. Yorks and Humberside Non Met
8. East Midlands
9. West Midlands Met
10. West Midlands Non Met
11. Eastern Outer Met
12. Eastern Other
13. Inner London North-East
14. Inner London North-West
15. Inner London South-East
16. Inner London South-West
5
From 1988, the GHS interviewing year was
changed from a calendar year to a financial year
basis.
6
Telephone interviewers employed on the GHS in
2000 use Computer Assisted Telephone
Interviewing (CATI) on computers from an
interviewing booth.
7
In 1994, the GHS was carried out for the first time
using Computer Assisted Personal Interviewing
(CAPI).
8
An advance letter has been sent to residents since
1987, on the GHS. Clarke L et al. Geera Household
Survey Advance Letter Experiment. OPCS Social
Survey Division, Survey Methodology Bulletin No.
21, September 1987.
9
In 2000, the Telephone Interviewing Unit (TIU)
was employed for the first time on the GHS.
10
See Appendix E for details of the review of the
2000-2004 GHS.
17. Outer London North-East
11
18. Outer London North-West
19. Outer London South-East
The decline is being addressed through a number
of different initiatives and through the
introduction of weighting for nonresponse (see
Appendix D).
20. Outer London South-West
12
21. South East Outer Met
22. South East Other
23. South West
24. Wales 1 - Glamorgan, Gwent
25. Wales 2 - Clwydd, Gwenneyd, Dyfed, Powys
26. Highlands, Grampian, Tayside
27. Fife, Central, Lothian
28. Glasgow Met
29. Strathclyde (excl. Glasgow)
30. Borders, Dumfries, Galloway
4
Most institutions and business addresses are not
listed on the small-user PAF. If an address was
found in the field to be non-private (e.g. boarding
house containing four or more boarders at the time
the interviewer calls), the interviewer was
instructed not to take an interview. However, a
household member in hospital at the time of
interview was included in the sample provided that
he or she had not been away from home for more
than six months and was expected to return. In this
case a proxy interview was taken.
180
Foster K et al. General Household Survey 1993.
HMSO 1995. Appendix C.
Living in Britain
Appendix C
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Appendix C
Sampling errors
Tables in this appendix present estimates for
sampling errors for some of the main variables used
in this report, taking into account the complex
sample design of the survey.
sampling units (PSUs) are relatively homogenous
but the PSUs differ from one another. Stratification
tends to reduce standard error and is of most
advantage where the stratification factor is related
to the characteristics of interest on the survey.
Sources of error in surveys
Standard error
Survey results are subject to various sources of error. In a complex sample design, the size of the standard
The total error in a survey estimate is the difference error depends on how the characteristic of interest
between the estimate derived from the data collected is spread within and between the PSUs and strata,
and this is taken into account in the way data are
and the true value for the population. The total
error can be divided into two main types: systematic grouped in order to calculate the standard error.
The method explicitly allows for the fact that the
and random error.
percentages and means are ratios of two survey
estimates: the number with the characteristic of
Systematic error
interest is the numerator (y) and the sample size is
Systematic error, or bias, covers those sources of
the denominator (x), both of which are subject to
error which will not average to zero over repeats of
random error. The formula used to estimate the
the survey. Bias may occur, for example, if a certain
variance of a ratio estimator (r, where r=y/x) is
section of the population is excluded from the
shown below.
sampling frame, because non-respondents to the
survey have different characteristics to respondents,
var (r)= 1 [var(y) + r2var (x) - 2r cov(y,x)]
or if interviewers systematically influence responses
x2
in one way or another. Substantial efforts have been
made to avoid systematic errors.
Var (r) is the estimate of the variance of the ratio, r,
expressed in terms of var(y) and var(x) which are
Random error
the estimated variances of y and x, and cov(y,x)
An important component of random error is
which is their estimated covariance. The resulting
sampling error, which is the error that arises because estimate is only valid if the denominator is not too
the estimate is based on a survey rather than a full
variablei. The method compares the differences
census of the population. The results obtained for
between totals for adjacent PSUs (postal sectors) in
any single sample may, by chance, vary from the true the characteristic of interest. The ordering of PSUs
values for the population but the variation would be reflects the ranking of postal sectors on the
expected to average to zero over a number of repeats stratifiers used in the sample design.
of the survey. The amount of variation depends on
both the size of the sample and the sample design.
Design factors (deft)
Random error may also result from other sources
such as variation in respondent’s interpretation of
the questions, or interviewer variation. Efforts are
made to minimise these effects through interviewer
training and through pilot work.
Sampling errors for complex sample designs
The GHS is a multi-stage sample design which
involves both clustering and stratification.
In considering the reliability of estimates, standard
errors calculated on the basis of a simple random
sample design will not reflect the true variation
because of the complex sample design. Clustering
can lead to a substantial increase in standard error if
the household or individuals within primary
The design factor, or deft, is the ratio of the complex
standard error to the standard error that would
have resulted had the survey design been a simple
random sample of the same size. This is often used
to give a broad indication of the effect of the
clustering. The size of the design factor varies
between survey variables reflecting the degree to
which a characteristic is clustered within PSUs, or is
distributed between strata. For a single variable the
size of the factor also varies according to the size of
the subgroup on which the estimate is based, and
on the distribution of the subgroup between PSUs
and strata. Design factors below 1.0 show that the
complex sample design improved on the estimate
that would have expected from a simple random
sample, probably due to the benefits of
stratification; design factors greater than 1.0 show
181
Living in Britain
Appendix C
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
less reliable estimates than might be gained from a
simple random sample, due to the effects of
clustering. The standard error based on a simple
random sample multiplied by the deft gives the
standard error of a complex design.
se(p) = deft x se(p)srs
Where:
se(p)srs=v(p(100-p)/n)
The formula to calculate the standard error of the
difference between two percentages for a complex
sample design is:
se(p1-p2)=√[deft 21(p 1(100-p1)/n1)+ deft22 (p2(100-p 2)/n2)]
where p1 and p2 are observed percentages for the
two subsamples and n1 and n2 are the subsample
sizes.
Confidence intervals
The estimate produced from a sample survey will
rarely be identical to the population value, but
statistical theory allows us to measure the accuracy
of any survey result. The standard error can be
estimated from the values obtained for the sample
and allows the calculation of confidence intervals
which give an indication of the range in which the
true population value is likely to fall.
It is common when quoting confidence intervals to
refer to the 95% confidence interval around a
survey estimate.
This is calculated at 1.96 times the standard error
on either side of the estimated percentage or mean
since, under a normal distribution, 95% of values
lie within 1.96 standard errors of the mean value. If
it were possible to repeat the survey under the same
conditions many times, 95% of these confidence
intervals would contain the population values but,
when assessing the results of a single survey, it is
usual to assume that there is only a 5% chance that
the true population value falls outside the 95%
confidence interval calculated for the survey
estimate.
The 95% confidence interval for the difference
between two percentages is then given by:
(p1-p2) +/- 1.96 x se (p1-p2)
If this confidence interval includes zero then the
observed difference is considered to be a result of
chance variation in the sample. If the interval does
not include zero then it is unlikely (less than 5%
probability) that the observed difference could
have occurred by chance.
182
Standard errors for the 2000 GHS
The standard errors were calculated on weighted
data using STATA.ii
Weighting for different sampling probabilities
results in larger sampling errors than for an equalprobability sample without weights. However,
using population totals to control for differential
non-response tends to lead to a reduction in the
errors. The method used to calculate the sampling
errors correctly allows for the inflation in the
sampling errors caused by the first type of
weighting but, in treating the second type of
weighting in the same way as the first, incorrectly
inflates the estimates further. Therefore the
standard errors and defts presented are likely to be
slight over-estimates. Weighted data was used so
that the values of the percentages and means were
the same as those in the main body of the Report.
Tables C.1 to C.12 show the standard error, the 95%
confidence intervals and defts for selected survey
estimates. The tables do not cover all the topics
discussed in the report but show a selection of
estimates. For almost half of the examples given
the deft was less than 1.1 (47%), and for the
majority of estimates shown the deft was less than
1.2 (76% percent of the estimates given). In 7% of
cases the deft was greater than 1.5; this was mainly
for the ethnic origin question (see Table C.6).
These results show that the effects of clustering
tends to lead to a loss of precision on some
estimates compared to that from a simple random
sample. However, there are examples where the
stratifying has increased the precision from a
simple random sample, for example, for some of
the drinking estimates (see Table C11 and C12).
Estimating standard errors for other survey
measures
The standard errors of survey measures which are
not presented in the tables and for sample
subgroups may be estimated by applying an
appropriate value of deft to the sampling error. The
choice of an appropriate value of deft will vary
according to whether the basic survey measure is
included in the tables. Since most deft values are
relatively small (1.2 or less) the absolute effect of
adjusting sampling errors to take account of the
survey’s complex design will be small. In most cases
it will result in an increase of less than 20% over the
standard error assuming a simple random sample.
Whether it is considered necessary to use deft or to
use the basic estimates of standard errors assuming
a simple random sample is a matter of judgement
and depends chiefly on the use to which the survey
results are to be put.
Living in Britain
Appendix C
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Comparisons of standard errors and design
factors for 1998 and 2000
The design of the sample was changed for the 2000
survey with the intention of increasing precision,
that is reducing variance (for more detail see
Appendix B). Tables C.13 and C.14 compare
standard errors and design factors for a selection of
estimates for 1998 and 2000. For the household
estimates Table C.14 shows no clear pattern of
change with some standard errors and design
factors increasing and some others falling. The size
of the change in the household standard errors is
small with only one changing by more than 0.05
percentage points. For the individual estimates
shown in Table C.15 there are more increasing
standard errors and design factors than decreasing.
Again the size of the change in standard errors is
small with just three exceeding 0.05 percentage
points. The mixed pattern of change in precision
reflects competing factors in the survey. The
improved stratification in the 2000 survey design
will tend to increase precision, but the lower
response to the survey has led to a smaller sample
size which will tend towards lower precision.
(Although the latter effect is somewhat offset by the
sample being relatively more dispersed.)
i
This variability can be measured by the coefficient
of variation of x, denoted by cv(x), which is the
standard error of x expressed as a proportion of x
cv(x) = se(x)
x
It has been suggested that the ratio estimator should
not be used if cv(x) is greater than 0.2. The coefficient
of variation of x did not exceed 0.2 for any of the
estimates presented in this Appendix.
ii
STATA is a statistical analysis software package.
For further details of the method of calculation see:
Elliot D. A comparison of software for producing
sampling errors on social surveys. SSD Survey
Methodology Bulletin 1999; 44: 27-36.
183
Living in Britain
Appendix C
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table C.1 Standard errors and 95% confidence intervals for households’s tenure, household
type and accommodation type
Base
Characteristic
% (p)
Unweighted
sample size
Standard
error of p
95% confidence
intervals
Deft
Household type
1 adult aged 16-59
2 adults aged 16-59
Youngest person aged 0-4
Youngest person aged 5-15
3 or more adults
2 adults, 1 or both aged 60 or over
1 adult aged 60 or over
16.0
16.5
11.4
15.3
10.1
15.2
15.6
8221
8221
8221
8221
8221
8221
8221
0.48
0.42
0.35
0.43
0.34
0.40
0.42
15.0
15.7
10.7
14.4
9.4
14.4
14.8
-
16.9
17.3
12.1
16.1
10.7
16.0
16.4
1.19
1.03
1.00
1.08
1.02
1.01
1.05
Tenure
Owner occupied, owned outright
Owner occupied, with mortgage
Rented from council
Rented from housing association
Rented privately, unfurnished
Rented privately, furnished
27.1
41.1
15.6
5.9
6.9
3.5
8219
8219
8219
8219
8219
8219
0.54
0.59
0.51
0.32
0.32
0.25
26.0
40.0
14.6
5.2
6.3
3.0
- 28.1
- 42.3
- 16.6
- 6.5
- 7.5
- 3.9
1.10
1.09
1.27
1.24
1.14
1.24
Accommodation type
Detatched house
Semi-detatched house
Terraced house
Purpose-built flat or masionette
Converted flat or maisonette/rooms
With business premises/other
20.6
31.4
27.9
15.6
4.4
0.1
8207
8207
8207
8207
8207
8207
0.53
0.73
0.72
0.58
0.34
0.04
19.6
30.0
26.4
14.5
3.7
0.1
-
1.19
1.42
1.46
1.45
1.51
0.97
All households
21.6
32.8
29.3
16.8
5.0
0.2
Table C.2 Standard errors and 95% confidence intervals for number of persons and cars at
each household
Base
Characteristic
% (p)
Unweighted
sample size
Standard
error of p
95% confidence
intervals
Deft
Number of persons
1
2
3
4
5
6 or more
31.6
34.6
15.1
12.5
4.6
1.7
8221
8221
8221
8221
8221
8221
0.56
0.49
0.40
0.39
0.24
0.14
30.5
33.6
14.3
11.7
4.1
1.4
32.7
35.5
15.8
13.3
5.1
2.0
1.09
0.93
1.01
1.07
1.04
0.98
Number of cars/light vans
1
2 or more
none
45.1
27.7
27.2
8221
8221
8221
0.60
0.54
0.58
43.9 - 46.3
26.7 - 28.8
26.1 - 28.3
1.09
1.09
1.18
All Households
184
-
Living in Britain
Appendix C
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table C.3 Standard errors and 95% confidence intervals for households’ ownership of a
video, compact disc player, home computer, microwave oven, freezer, washing
machine, tumble drier and dish washer
Base
Characteristic
% (p)
Unweighted
sample size
Standard
error of p
95% confidence
intervals
Deft
Video Recorder
87.8
8221
0.40
87.0 - 88.6
1.11
Compact Disc (CD) player
76.9
8221
0.54
75.8 - 77.9
1.16
Home Computer
44.6
8221
0.63
43.3 - 45.8
1.15
Microwave oven
82.6
8221
0.49
81.6 - 83.6
1.17
Deep freezer/fridge freezer
93.4
8221
0.32
92.8 - 94.0
1.17
Washing Machine
92.5
8220
0.33
91.9 - 93.1
1.14
Tumble Drier
54.2
8220
0.61
53.0 - 55.4
1.11
Dish washer
25.9
8221
0.53
24.9 - 27.0
1.10
All households
Table C.4 Standard errors and 95% confidence intervals for age and sex
Base
Characteristic
% (p)
Unweighted
sample size
Standard
error of p
95% confidence
intervals
Deft
All persons
Sex
Male
Female
49.3
50.7
19266
19266
0.27
0.27
48.7 - 49.8
50.2 - 51.3
0.75
0.75
Age
0-4
5-15
16-44
45-64
65-74
75 and over
6.1
14.3
40.8
23.7
8.3
6.8
19266
19266
19266
19266
19266
19266
0.18
0.32
0.44
0.40
0.24
0.24
5.7
13.7
40.0
22.9
7.8
6.3
- 6.4
- 15.0
- 41.7
- 24.5
- 8.7
- 7.3
1.04
1.27
1.24
1.31
1.21
1.32
All males
0-4
5-15
16-44
45-64
65-74
75 and over
6.5
14.5
42.2
23.8
7.8
5.2
9322
9322
9322
9322
9322
9322
0.26
0.39
0.55
0.46
0.26
0.22
6.0
13.8
41.1
22.9
7.3
4.8
- 7.0
- 15.3
- 43.3
- 24.7
- 8.3
- 5.6
1.02
1.07
1.08
1.04
0.93
0.96
All females
0-4
5-15
16-44
45-64
65-74
75 and over
5.7
14.1
39.5
23.5
8.7
8.4
9944
9944
9944
9944
9944
9944
0.24
0.37
0.49
0.46
0.31
0.33
5.3
13.4
38.6
22.6
8.1
7.7
- 6.2
- 14.9
- 40.5
- 24.4
- 9.3
- 9.0
1.03
1.06
1.00
1.08
1.10
1.19
All persons
185
Living in Britain
Appendix C
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table C.5
186
Standard errors and 95% confidence intervals for marital status
Base
Characteristic
% (p)
Unweighted
sample size
Standard
error of p
All persons aged 16 and over
95% confidence
intervals
Deft
Marital Status
Married
Cohabiting
Single
Widowed
Divorced
Separate
52.6
8.9
22.6
7.7
5.5
2.5
15082
15082
15082
15082
15082
15082
0.52
0.34
0.42
0.25
0.20
0.14
51.6
8.3
21.8
7.2
5.1
2.2
- 53.6
- 9.6
- 23.5
- 8.2
- 5.9
- 2.7
1.45
1.65
1.39
1.30
1.22
1.25
Men aged 16 and over
Married
Cohabiting
Single
Widowed
Divorced
Separate
53.8
9.1
26.6
3.5
4.5
2.2
7192
7192
7192
7192
7192
7192
0.62
0.35
0.59
0.22
0.26
0.20
52.6
8.4
25.5
3.1
4.0
1.8
- 55.0
- 9.8
- 27.8
- 3.9
- 5.0
- 2.5
1.05
1.03
1.13
1.02
1.07
1.17
Women aged 16 and over
Married
Cohabiting
Single
Widowed
Divorced
Separate
51.5
8.7
18.8
11.7
6.5
2.8
7890
7890
7890
7890
7890
7890
0.58
0.34
0.49
0.41
0.28
0.18
50.4
8.1
17.8
10.9
5.9
2.4
- 52.6
- 9.4
- 19.8
- 12.5
- 7.0
- 3.1
1.03
1.07
1.11
1.13
1.01
0.98
All persons aged 16 to 24
Married
Cohabiting
Single
Widowed
Divorced
Separate
5.0
10.3
84.2
0.0
0.1
0.5
1870
1870
1870
1870
1870
1870
0.63
0.91
1.05
0.00
0.05
0.16
3.7
8.5
82.1
0.0
0.0
0.2
- 6.2
- 12.1
- 86.2
- 0.0
- 0.1
- 0.9
1.25
1.30
1.24
0.00
0.97
0.94
All persons aged 25 to 34
Married
Cohabiting
Single
Widowed
Divorced
Separate
43.0
20.9
30.1
0.1
2.6
3.0
2521
2521
2521
2521
2521
2521
1.30
1.03
1.11
0.06
0.31
0.32
40.4
18.9
27.9
0.0
2.0
2.3
- 45.5
- 22.9
- 32.2
- 0.2
- 3.2
- 3.6
1.32
1.27
1.22
1.07
0.97
0.95
All persons aged 35 to 44
Married
Cohabiting
Single
Widowed
Divorced
Separate
64.1
11.4
13.2
0.5
7.2
3.3
2872
2872
2872
2872
2872
2872
1.09
0.71
0.75
0.14
0.50
0.36
62.0
10.0
11.8
0.2
6.2
2.6
- 66.3
- 12.7
- 14.7
- 0.8
- 8.2
- 4.0
1.22
1.20
1.19
1.06
1.04
1.08
All persons aged 45 to 54
Married
Cohabiting
Single
Widowed
Divorced
Separate
71.7
6.1
7.0
1.6
10.0
3.5
2619
2619
2619
2619
2619
2619
1.04
0.53
0.54
0.25
0.64
0.39
69.7
5.0
6.0
1.1
8.7
2.7
- 73.7
- 7.1
- 8.1
- 2.0
- 11.2
- 4.3
1.18
1.14
1.08
1.04
1.09
1.08
All persons aged 55 to 64
Married
Cohabiting
Single
Widowed
Divorced
Separate
72.3
2.9
6.1
7.2
8.6
2.8
2184
2184
2184
2184
2184
2184
1.12
0.46
0.61
0.57
0.56
0.40
70.1
1.9
4.9
6.1
7.5
2.0
- 74.5
- 3.8
- 7.3
- 8.3
- 9.7
- 3.6
1.17
1.29
1.19
1.03
0.93
1.13
All persons aged 65 to 74
Married
Cohabiting
Single
Widowed
Divorced
Separate
65.1
1.0
6.1
20.8
5.5
1.4
1672
1672
1672
1672
1672
1672
1.31
0.29
0.66
1.10
0.53
0.30
62.5
0.4
4.8
18.6
4.5
0.8
- 67.7
- 1.6
- 7.4
- 22.9
- 6.5
- 2.0
1.12
1.19
1.13
1.11
0.95
1.05
All persons aged 75 and over
Married
Cohabiting
Single
Widowed
Divorced
Separate
39.8
0.5
6.5
48.9
3.0
1.2
1344
1344
1344
1344
1344
1344
1.57
0.24
0.71
1.52
0.47
0.32
36.7
0.0
5.1
45.9
2.1
0.6
- 42.9
- 1.0
- 7.9
- 51.9
- 3.9
- 1.9
1.18
1.22
1.05
1.11
1.01
1.06
Living in Britain
Appendix C
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table C.6
Standard errors and 95% confidence intervals for ethnic origin
Base
Characteristic
% (p)
Unweighted
sample size
Standard
error of p
All persons
95% confidence
intervals
Deft
White
Indian
Pakistani/Bangladeshi
Black Caribbean
Remaining Groups
93.1
1.7
1.1
1.0
3.0
19266
19266
19266
19266
19266
0.49
0.23
0.21
0.13
0.24
92.2
1.2
0.7
0.8
2.5
- 94.1
- 2.1
- 1.5
- 1.3
- 3.5
2.69
2.50
2.76
1.80
1.96
All males
White
Indian
Pakistani/Bangladeshi
Black Caribbean
Remaining Groups
93.1
1.6
1.2
1.0
3.0
9322
9322
9322
9322
9322
0.51
0.23
0.24
0.16
0.27
92.1
1.2
0.7
0.6
2.5
- 94.1
- 2.1
- 1.7
- 1.3
- 3.6
1.95
1.76
2.15
1.59
1.52
All females
White
Indian
Pakistani/Bangladeshi
Black Caribbean
Remaining Groups
93.1
1.7
1.1
1.1
2.9
9944
9944
9944
9944
9944
0.51
0.25
0.20
0.15
0.27
92.1
1.2
0.7
0.8
2.4
- 94.1
- 2.2
- 1.5
- 1.4
- 3.5
2.01
1.92
1.92
1.45
1.60
All persons aged 0 to 15
White
Indian
Pakistani/Bangladeshi
Black Caribbean
Remaining Groups
90.5
1.6
2.0
1.1
4.7
4184
4184
4184
4184
4184
0.91
0.30
0.45
0.25
0.54
88.74
0.97
1.16
0.56
3.63
-92.30
- 2.15
- 2.92
- 1.54
- 5.75
2.01
1.57
2.06
1.59
1.65
All persons aged 16 to 24
White
Indian
Pakistani/Bangladeshi
Black Caribbean
Remaining Groups
90.0
3.4
1.6
1.0
4.0
1870
1870
1870
1870
1870
1.16
0.60
0.50
0.32
0.68
87.71
2.21
0.64
0.39
2.67
-92.25
- 4.57
- 2.60
- 1.65
- 5.33
1.67
1.43
1.71
1.38
1.50
All persons aged 25 to 44
White
Indian
Pakistani/Bangladeshi
Black Caribbean
Remaining Groups
92.0
1.9
1.3
1.1
3.6
5393
5393
5393
5393
5393
0.59
0.30
0.24
0.16
0.32
90.9
1.3
0.8
0.8
3.0
- 93.2
- 2.5
- 1.8
- 1.4
- 4.2
1.60
1.61
1.55
1.13
1.26
All persons aged 45 to 64
White
Indian
Pakistani/Bangladeshi
Black Caribbean
Remaining Groups
95.1
1.2
0.5
1.1
2.0
4803
4803
4803
4803
4803
0.44
0.21
0.11
0.20
0.24
94.3
0.7
0.3
0.7
1.5
- 96.0
- 1.6
- 0.7
- 1.5
- 2.5
1.42
1.36
1.09
1.32
1.18
All persons aged 65 and over
White
Indian
Pakistani/Bangladeshi
Black Caribbean
Remaining Groups
97.9
0.8
0.2
0.7
0.3
3016
3016
3016
3016
3016
0.35
0.23
0.09
0.19
0.10
97.22
0.39
0.04
0.29
0.08
-98.60
- 1.29
- 0.40
- 1.03
- 0.48
1.34
1.38
1.05
1.29
1.04
* Remaining groups includes other Black groups. Information of those giving no answer has not been presented
187
Living in Britain
Appendix C
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table C.7 Standard errors and 95% confidence intervals for education level
188
Base
Characteristic
% (p)
Unweighted
sample size
Standard
error of p
95% confidence
intervals
Deft
All persons aged 16 and over
Higher education
Other qualifications
None
31.3
45.3
23.4
12079
12079
12079
0.57
0.58
0.49
30.2 - 32.4
44.2 - 46.5
22.4 - 24.4
1.35
1.28
1.27
All men aged 16 and over
Higher education
Other qualifications
None
33.8
44.6
21.6
5705
5705
5705
0.76
0.76
0.58
32.3 - 35.3
43.1 - 46.1
20.5 - 22.8
1.21
1.15
1.06
All women aged 16 and over
Higher education
Other qualifications
None
28.9
46.1
25.1
6374
6374
6374
0.62
0.66
0.62
27.6 - 30.1
44.8 - 47.4
23.9 - 26.3
1.09
1.06
1.14
Living in Britain
Appendix C
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table C.8 Standard errors and 95% confidence intervals for socio-economic group and
employment status of adults
Base
Characteristic
All persons aged 16 and over
All men aged 16 and over
All women aged 16 and over
% (p)
Unweighted
sample size
Standard
error of p
95% confidence
intervals
Deft
Professional
Employer
Intermediate and junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and personal
service
Unskilled manual
5.4
16.3
34.6
13909
13909
13909
0.23
0.37
0.45
4.9 - 5.8
15.5 - 17.0
33.7 - 35.4
1.21
1.18
1.12
20.1
13909
0.38
19.3 - 20.8
1.12
17.5
6.3
13909
13909
0.38
0.23
16.8 - 18.3
5.8 - 6.7
1.18
1.12
Professional
Employer
Intermediate and junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and personal
service
Unskilled manual
8.1
20.8
19.0
6739
6739
6739
0.36
0.54
0.51
7.3 - 8.8
19.8 - 21.9
18.0 - 20.0
1.09
1.09
1.07
33.1
6739
0.63
31.8 - 34.3
1.10
14.4
4.7
6739
6739
0.45
0.28
13.5 - 15.2
4.1 - 5.2
1.05
1.09
Professional
Employer
Intermediate and junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and personal
service
Unskilled manual
2.7
11.8
49.9
7170
7170
7170
0.21
0.39
0.63
2.3 - 3.1
11.0 - 12.5
48.6 - 51.1
1.10
1.03
1.07
7.2
7170
0.31
20.7
7.8
7170
7170
Professional
Employer
Intermediate and junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and personal
service
Unskilled manual
6.4
15.6
37.4
7.8
1.01
0.56
0.37
19.6 - 21.7
7.1 - 8.5
1.17
1.17
6340
6340
6340
0.39
0.53
0.63
5.6 - 7.2
14.6 - 16.6
36.1 - 38.6
1.27
1.16
1.04
18.4
6340
0.52
17.4 - 19.4
1.07
17.6
4.6
6340
6340
0.57
0.28
16.5 - 18.7
4.0 - 5.1
1.19
1.07
Professional
Employer
Intermediate and junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and personal
service
Unskilled manual
4.8
18.3
31.7
4700
4700
4700
0.33
0.60
0.73
4.2 - 5.4
17.1 - 19.5
30.3 - 33.2
1.06
1.06
1.08
22.0
4700
0.68
20.7 - 23.4
1.12
16.4
6.7
4700
4700
0.57
0.41
15.2 - 17.5
5.9 - 7.5
1.06
1.12
Professional
Employer
Intermediate and junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and personal
service
Unskilled manual
3.8
14.7
32.1
1608
1608
1608
0.51
0.91
1.17
2.8 - 4.8
12.9 - 16.5
29.8 - 34.4
1.07
1.03
1.01
22.5
1608
1.08
20.4 - 24.6
1.04
18.01
9.0
1608
1608
1.02
0.82
16.0 - 20.0
7.4 - 10.6
1.06
1.15
Professional
Employer
Intermediate and junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account
non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and personal
service
Unskilled manual
3.4
14.3
32.2
1261
1261
1261
0.48
0.98
1.35
2.5 - 4.4
12.4 - 16.3
29.5 - 34.8
0.94
0.99
1.03
18.9
1261
1.09
16.8 - 21.1
0.99
20.7
10.5
1261
1261
1.23
0.88
18.2 - 23.1
8.7 - 12.2
1.08
1.02
All persons aged 16 and over
In employment
Unemployed
Economically inactive
60.2
3.0
36.8
15032
15032
15032
0.51
0.17
0.49
59.2 - 61.2
2.7 - 3.3
35.8 - 37.8
1.28
1.22
1.25
All men aged 16 and over
In employment
Unemployed
Economically inactive
67.0
3.9
29.1
7165
7165
7165
0.61
0.27
0.59
65.8 - 68.2
3.3 - 4.4
28.0 - 30.3
1.10
1.19
1.10
All women aged 16 and over
In employment
Unemployed
Economically inactive
53.7
2.2
44.2
7867
7867
7867
0.60
0.17
0.59
52.5 - 54.9
1.8 - 2.5
43.0 - 45.3
1.07
1.04
1.05
All persons aged 16 to 44
All persons aged 45 to 64
All persons aged 65 to 74
All persons aged 75 and over
6.6 -
189
Living in Britain
Appendix C
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table C.9 Standard errors and 95% confidence intervals for health measures
190
Base
Characteristic
% (p)
Unweighted
sample size
Standard
error of p
95% confidence
intervals
Deft
All persons
Longstanding illness
Limiting longstanding illness
Restricted activity in the last 14 days
32.2
18.5
14.3
19193
19192
19188
0.48
0.35
0.35
31.3 - 33.2
17.9 - 19.2
13.6 - 15.0
1.42
1.25
1.39
All males
Longstanding illness
Limiting longstanding illness
Restricted activity in the last 14 days
32.6
17.9
13.3
9287
9287
9283
0.60
0.44
0.43
31.4 - 33.8
17.1 - 18.8
12.3 - 14.2
1.23
1.11
1.22
All females
Longstanding illness
Limiting longstanding illness
Restricted activity in the last 14 days
31.9
19.1
15.2
9906
9905
9905
0.59
0.46
0.43
30.7 - 33.0
18.2 - 20.0
14.4 - 16.1
1.26
1.16
1.19
All persons aged 0 to 4
Longstanding illness
Limiting longstanding illness
Restricted activity in the last 14 days
13.6
3.7
9.3
1264
1264
1263
1.05
0.55
0.94
11.5 - 15.7
2.7 - 4.8
7.4 - 11.1
1.09
1.03
1.15
All persons aged 5 to 15
Longstanding illness
Limiting longstanding illness
Restricted activity in the last 14 days
20.4
8.4
10.1
2911
2911
2910
0.83
0.59
0.62
18.7 - 22.0
7.3 - 9.6
8.9 - 11.3
1.11
1.15
1.11
All persons aged 16 to 44
Longstanding illness
Limiting longstanding illness
Restricted activity in the last 14 days
22.2
11.1
11.2
7219
7219
7218
0.59
0.42
0.43
21.0 - 23.4
10.3 - 12.0
10.4 - 12.1
1.21
1.13
1.16
All persons aged 45 to 64
Longstanding illness
Limiting longstanding illness
Restricted activity in the last 14 days
43.5
26.7
18.0
4789
4789
4787
0.80
0.73
0.63
42.0 - 45.1
25.3 - 28.2
16.7 - 19.2
1.12
1.14
1.14
All persons aged 65 to 74
Longstanding illness
Limiting longstanding illness
Restricted activity in the last 14 days
57.5
36.6
20.7
1668
1668
1670
1.31
1.28
1.10
54.9 - 60.1
34.1 - 39.1
18.5 - 22.8
1.08
1.09
1.11
All persons aged 75 and over
Longstanding illness
Limiting longstanding illness
Restricted activity in the last 14 days
63.8
46.9
25.3
1342
1342
1340
1.38
1.45
1.32
61.1 - 66.5
44.0 - 49.7
22.7 - 27.9
1.05
1.06
1.11
Living in Britain
Appendix C
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table C.10
Standard errors and 95% confidence intervals for cigarette smoking
Base
Characteristic
% (p)
Unweighted
sample size
Standard
error of p
95% confidence
intervals
Deft
All persons aged 16 and over
Current smoker
Ex-regular smoker
Never regularly smoked
27.0
23.4
49.6
14089
14089
14089
0.46
0.41
0.50
26.0 - 27.9
22.6 - 24.2
48.7 - 50.6
1.23
1.15
1.19
All men aged 16 and over
Current smoker
Ex-regular smoker
Never regularly smoked
28.5
27.0
44.5
6593
6593
6593
0.63
0.57
0.66
27.3 - 29.8
25.9 - 28.1
43.2 - 45.8
1.13
1.04
1.08
All women aged 16 and over
Current smoker
Ex-regular smoker
Never regularly smoked
25.5
20.1
54.4
7496
7496
7496
0.54
0.51
0.64
24.4 - 26.5
19.1 - 21.1
53.2 - 55.7
1.07
1.10
1.11
Table C.11 Standard errors and 95% confidence intervals for alcohol consumption
(maximum daily amount): Males
Base
Characteristic
% (p)
Unweighted
sample size
Standard
error of p
All men aged 16 and over
95% confidence
intervals
Deft
Drank nothing last week
Drank up to 4 units
Drank more than 4 and up to 8 units
Drank more than 8 units
25.3
36.1
17.3
21.4
6598
6598
6598
6598
0.61
0.63
0.48
0.55
24.1
34.8
16.4
20.3
-
26.5
37.3
18.3
22.4
1.14
1.07
1.03
1.09
All men aged 16 to 24
Drank nothing last week
Drank up to 4 units
Drank more than 4 and up to 8 units
Drank more than 8 units
29.9
19.6
13.5
37.0
791
791
791
791
1.79
1.56
1.30
1.77
26.4
16.6
11.0
33.5
-
33.4
22.7
16.1
40.5
1.10
1.11
1.07
1.03
All men aged 25 to 44
Drank nothing last week
Drank up to 4 units
Drank more than 4 and up to 8 units
Drank more than 8 units
21.6
33.1
18.3
27.0
2311
2311
2311
2311
0.93
1.00
0.79
0.99
19.8
31.1
16.7
25.1
-
23.4
35.1
19.8
28.9
1.09
1.02
0.98
1.07
All men aged 45 to 64
Drank nothing last week
Drank up to 4 units
Drank more than 4 and up to 8 units
Drank more than 8 units
23.4
38.8
21.1
16.7
2186
2186
2186
2186
0.91
1.13
0.87
0.84
21.6
36.6
19.4
15.0
-
25.2
41.1
22.8
18.3
1.01
1.08
1.00
1.05
All men aged 65 and over
Drank nothing last week
Drank up to 4 units
Drank more than 4 and up to 8 units
Drank more than 8 units
33.3
50.3
11.4
5.0
1310
1310
1310
1310
1.40
1.53
0.89
0.58
30.5
47.3
9.7
3.8
- 36.0
- 53.3
- 13.2
- 6.1
1.08
1.11
1.01
0.96
191
Living in Britain
Appendix C
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table C.12 Standard errors and 95% confidence intervals for alcohol consumption
(maximum daily amount): Females
Base
Characteristic
% (p)
Unweighted
sample size
Standard
error of p
All women aged 16 and over
95% confidence
intervals
Deft
Drank nothing last week
Drank up to 3 units
Drank more than 3 and up to 6 units
Drank more than 6 units
40.3
36.8
13.3
9.6
7499
7499
7499
7499
0.67
0.60
0.39
0.38
39.0
35.6
12.5
8.8
-
41.6
38.0
14.1
10.3
1.18
1.08
0.99
1.12
All women aged 16 to 24
Drank nothing last week
Drank up to 3 units
Drank more than 3 and up to 6 units
Drank more than 6 units
36.3
21.8
15.0
26.9
816
816
816
816
1.77
1.47
1.33
1.82
32.8
18.9
12.4
23.3
-
39.8
24.7
17.6
30.4
1.05
1.02
1.06
1.17
All women aged 25 to 44
Drank nothing last week
Drank up to 3 units
Drank more than 3 and up to 6 units
Drank more than 6 units
32.7
36.1
18.4
12.8
2734
2734
2734
2734
1.03
0.97
0.76
0.63
30.7
34.1
16.9
11.6
-
34.8
38.0
19.8
14.1
1.15
1.06
1.02
0.99
All women aged 45 to 64
Drank nothing last week
Drank up to 3 units
Drank more than 3 and up to 6 units
Drank more than 6 units
38.8
42.5
13.5
5.2
2358
2358
2358
2358
1.04
1.03
0.72
0.47
36.8
40.5
12.0
4.3
- 40.9
- 44.5
- 14.9
- 6.1
1.04
1.02
1.03
1.03
All women aged 65 and over
Drank nothing last week
Drank up to 3 units
Drank more than 3 and up to 6 units
Drank more than 6 units
57.4
38.5
3.5
0.5
1591
1591
1591
1591
1.21
1.16
0.46
0.18
55.0
36.2
2.6
0.2
- 59.8
- 40.8
- 4.5
- 0.9
0.98
0.95
1.00
0.99
Table C.13 Comparisons between 1998 and 2000: standard errors and defts for household
variables
Base
Characteristic
Standard error of p
Deft
1998
2000
1998
2000
Household type
1 adult aged 16-59
2 adults aged 16-59
Youngest person aged 0-4
Youngest person aged 5-15
3 or more adults
2 adults, 1 or both aged 60 or over
1 adult aged 60 or over
0.46
0.43
0.37
0.41
0.37
0.39
0.41
0.48
0.42
0.35
0.43
0.34
0.40
0.42
1.18
1.08
1.08
1.04
1.12
1.01
1.06
1.19
1.03
1.00
1.08
1.02
1.01
1.05
Tenure
Owner occupied, owned outright
Owner occupied, with mortgage
Rented from council
Rented from housing association
Rented privately, unfurnished
Rented privately, furnished
0.51
0.57
0.57
0.37
0.36
0.29
0.54
0.59
0.51
0.32
0.32
0.25
1.08
1.07
1.43
1.53
1.30
1.56
1.10
1.09
1.27
1.24
1.14
1.24
Consumer durables (% owning)
Video Recorder
Compact Disc (CD) player
Home Computer
Microwave oven
Deep freezer/fridge freezer
Washing Machine
Tumble Drier
Dish washer
0.43
0.54
0.59
0.50
0.36
0.37
0.59
0.52
0.40
0.54
0.63
0.49
0.32
0.33
0.61
0.53
1.11
1.09
1.16
1.12
1.23
1.21
1.10
1.15
1.11
1.16
1.15
1.17
1.17
1.14
1.11
1.10
All households
192
Living in Britain
Appendix C
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table C.14
Comparisons between 1998 and 2000: standard errors and defts for individual
variables
Base
Characteristic
Standard error of p
Deft
1998
2000
1998
2000
Sex
Male
0.27
0.27
0.77
0.75
Age
0-4
5-15
16-44
45-64
65-74
75 and over
0.19
0.29
0.43
0.37
0.24
0.22
0.18
0.32
0.44
0.40
0.24
0.24
1.12
1.18
1.25
1.25
1.24
1.25
1.04
1.27
1.24
1.31
1.21
1.32
All males
0-4
5-15
16-44
45-64
65-74
75 and over
0.28
0.40
0.60
0.44
0.28
0.23
0.26
0.39
0.55
0.46
0.26
0.22
1.13
1.12
1.20
1.03
1.03
1.04
1.02
1.07
1.08
1.04
0.93
0.96
All females
0-4
5-15
16-44
45-64
65-74
75 and over
0.23
0.36
0.46
0.43
0.29
0.29
0.24
0.37
0.49
0.46
0.31
0.33
1.00
1.07
0.97
1.05
1.05
1.08
1.03
1.06
1.00
1.08
1.10
1.19
All persons aged 16 and over
Marital Status
Married
Cohabiting
Single
Widowed
Divorced
Separate
0.45
0.28
0.41
0.20
0.16
0.11
0.52
0.34
0.42
0.25
0.20
0.14
1.30
1.59
1.21
1.16
1.12
1.18
1.45
1.65
1.39
1.30
1.22
1.25
Ethnic origin
White
Indian
Pakistani/Bangladeshi
Black Caribbean
Remaining Groups
0.58
0.26
0.41
0.13
0.18
0.49
0.23
0.21
0.13
0.24
3.97
3.59
5.63
2.34
1.94
2.69
2.50
2.76
1.80
1.96
Socio-economic group
Professional
Employer
Intermediate non-manual
Junior non-manual
Skilled manual and own account non-professional
Semi-skilled manual and personal service
Unskilled manual
0.21
0.34
0.33
0.33
0.36
0.36
0.23
0.23
0.36
0.32
0.37
0.38
0.38
0.23
1.13
1.13
1.12
1.00
1.09
1.12
1.13
1.23
1.17
1.08
1.10
1.14
1.18
1.13
Health measures
Longstanding illness
Limiting longstanding illness
Restricted activity in the last 14 days
0.48
0.36
0.32
0.48
0.35
0.35
1.45
1.29
1.28
1.42
1.25
1.39
Cigarette smoking
Current smoker
Ex-regular smoker
Never regularly smoked
0.49
0.41
0.50
0.46
0.41
0.50
1.31
1.15
1.20
1.23
1.15
1.19
All persons
All persons
All persons
All persons aged 16 and over
All persons
All persons aged 16 and over
193
Living in Britain
Appendix C
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
194
Living in Britain
Appendix D:
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Appendix D
Weighting and Grossing
All surveys accept that there will be some degree of
nonresponse, although great efforts are made to
keep nonresponse to a minimum1. During the
review of the GHS in 1999, two methods of
compensating for nonresponse were examined
with the aim of improving the quality of data. The
method adopted to compensate for total
nonresponse (where all survey information for a
sampled household is missing) will be described
here. The method adopted to reduce item
nonresponse (where information for particular
questions is missing as the result of conducting
proxy interviews) is discussed in Appendix B.
The 2000 GHS is weighted using a two-step approach. In the first step, the data is weighted to
compensate for nonresponse in the survey
(sample-based weighting). The second step weights
the sample distribution so that it matches the
population distribution in terms of region, agegroup and sex (population-based weighting).
Weighting for nonresponse
Weighting for total nonresponse involves giving
each respondent a weight so that they represent the
nonrespondents who are similar to them in terms
of survey characteristics. To be able to use this
method, information about nonrespondents is
needed. By their very nature, nonresponding
households yield little information. Although some
surveys collect information about the characteristics of these households, information about nonrespondents is not routinely collected on the GHS.
An alternative approach to gaining information
about the GHS’s non-responding households was
needed to carry out such a weighting procedure.
Advantages and disadvantages of using
characteristics of sample nonrespondents
for weighting
Advantages
Area (psu)-level variables always available (e.g.
ACORN codes)
■
■
Intuitively simple idea
■
Data not always readily available
■
Limited choice of variables except where the
weighting is for nonrespondents from followup surveys
■
Variance estimation not supported by some
statistical software (e.g. SPSS)
Sample-based weighting using the Census
The decennial Census was found to be the most
appropriate source of information about
nonresponding addresses on the GHS. Unlike the
GHS which is conducted by respondents on a
voluntary basis, the Census is mandatory therefore
nonresponse is kept to an absolute minimum.
After the 1991 Census, methodological work was
conducted to match Census addresses with the
sampled addresses of some of the large continuous
surveys, of which the GHS was one. In this way it
was possible to match the address details of the
GHS respondents as well as the non-respondents
with corresponding information gathered from the
Census for the same address. It was then possible to
identify any types of household that were being
under-represented in the survey.
The information collected during the 1991 Census/
GHS matching work was used to weight the 2000/01
GHS data by identifying types of households that
differed in terms of response rates. A combination of
household variables such as household type, social
class, region and car ownership were analysed using
the software package Answer Tree (using the chisquared statistic CHAID)2 to identify which
characteristics were most significant in
distinguishing between responding and
nonresponding households. These characteristics
are sorted by the program to produce the weighting
classes shown in Figure D.A. The variables used to
identify the weighting classes were restricted to those
that appeared in both the 1991 and 2000 GHS.
Variables that had changed over this period were
redefined if possible, such as Standard Statistical
Region which had become Government Office
Region since 1991.
Disadvantages
■
Reduces precision (usually)
195
Living in Britain
Appendix D:
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Advantages and disadvantages of using Census
data for weighting
Advantages
■
Many variables potentially available
■
Can be targeted at largest sources of bias (i.e.
nonrespondents with known characteristics)
■
No need to recalculate weights every year
Disadvantages
■
Assumes response patterns are stable over time
■
A general disadvantage is that this type of
weighting can only be used for those surveys
which have been linked to the Census
■
Assumes perfect match between survey and
Census
Population-based weighting (grossing)
Population-based weighting schemes address
deficiencies in the data due to sample-non
coverage.
Advantages and disadvantages of populationbased methods of weighting
Advantages
■
Widely accepted method
■
Usually improves precision
■
Survey totals equal population totals
Disadvantages
■
Limited data available (population estimates
only)
■
True variance estimation is difficult
To produce this type of weighting, information
about the population is needed. Population totals
were obtained from the Labour Force Survey
control totals taken from current population
projections based on mid-year estimates. This was a
suitable source of data as it excludes residents of
institutions who are out of the scope of the GHS,
which interviews at private households only.
The population information and GHS data were
grouped into 12 age and sex categories within 5
region categories to form weighting classes as
shown in Figure D.B.3 The population data and the
GHS data were then matched using the age and sex
196
categories within region giving corresponding
population totals for each of these sub-groups
within the GHS sample.
The population-based and sample-based weighting
methods were used in conjunction to produce the
final weight. The final weight was created using a
calibration procedure called CALMAR (a SASbased Macro)4 which used the pre-weighted
(sample-based weighted) data.
In methodological work during 1999, investigating
the most appropriate weighting procedures for the
GHS, 1998 survey data was used. An equivalent
weight to that finally produced for the 2000 data
was thus available for 1998 as well as 2000.
Comparisons can then be made between 1998
weighted data and 2000 weighted data. Tables D.1
and D.2 identify the effects of weighting by
comparing unweighted and weighted data for 1998
and 2000 on a selection of household and
individual level variables.
Presentation and Interpretation of
weighted data
Weighted data cannot be meaningfully compared
to unweighted data from previous years without
knowledge of how the weighting changes the
estimates. In trend tables in the 2000 report
weighted and unweighted data is presented for
1998 data and the weighted data only is shown for
2000. Care should be taken when interpreting trend
data or individual tables compared with other years
as part of a time series.
Effects of weighting on data
A comparison of the characteristics recorded on
the 1991 Census forms of respondents and nonrespondents in the 1991 GHS sample showed that
households comprising one adult aged 16-59 or a
couple with non-dependent children were underrepresented. 5 Households containing dependent
children were over-represented in the responding
sample. Table D.1 shows the effect of weighting
1998 and 2000 data and compares the differences
between the unweighted and weighted estimates
for a selection of household and individual level
variables. As would be expected, weighting has
changed the value of the estimate for some
variables, but the overall changes have been
relatively small. For the 2000 estimates, the most
marked effect of weighting was seen in the
following variables, although the changes have not
been very large.
Increase in value of estimate
■
1 person households from 29% to 32%
Living in Britain
Appendix D:
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
■
households with no children from 72% to 73%
Notes and references
■
male current cigarette smokers from 27% to
29%.
1
Appendix B describes the variation in response for
the GHS since it began in 1971.
2
Decrease in value of estimate
■
2 adult households from 51% to 48%
■
households containing a married couple with
no children 26% to 24%
■
owns home outright from 29% to 27%.
The differences between the weighted and
unweighted data for 1998 are also shown in Table
D.1. It can be seen that the differences produced by
weighting in 1998 were similar to those in 2000 for
the same variables.
Effects on trend data
The introduction of weighting means that interpretation of trend data is can be problematic. Table
D.1 shows the size of the differences between
unweighted 1998 and 2000 data and weighted 1998
and 2000 data. The largest effects were found for
the following groups:
■
one person households where the size of
difference was increased but remained not
statistically significant
■
2 person households where the size of the
difference was reduced, remaining not
statistically significant
■
households who rent from Local Authorities
where the size of the difference was reduced,
remaining not statistically significant
■
household ownership of CD players and home
computers where the size of the difference was
reduced, remaining not statistically significant.
CHAID is an acronym that stands for Chi-squared
Automatic Interaction Detection. As is suggested by
its name, CHAID uses chi-squared statistics to
identify optimal splits or groupings of independent
variables in terms of predicting the outcome of a
dependent variable, in this case response.
3
The weighting classes used were those that were
recommended for the GHS by Elliot, D. (1999)
“Report of the Task Force on Weighting and
Estimation”, GSS Methodology Series.
4
CALMAR uses a calibration procedure, also
known as raking ratio or rim weighting, which
divides the sample into weighting classes which in
this case will have known population totals.
5
Foster K et al. General Household Survey 1993.
HMSO 1995. Appendix C.
It should be noted that although the weighting was
found to increase the estimates of male current
smokers it had little effect on the trend. This was
also true for other health and health related
behaviour estimates investigated in this study.
197
Living in Britain
Appendix D
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table D.1
Weighted versus unweighted data for 1998 and 2000
Household level variables
% of households
1998
Effect of weighting
Effect on trend
Unweighted
(a)
Weighted
(b)
Unweighted
(c)
Weighted
(d)
Weighted
1998Unweighted
1998 (e)
(b-a)
Weighted
2000Unweighted
2000 (f)
(d-c)
Unweighted
1998Unweighted
2000 (e)
(a-c)
Weighted
1998Weighted
2000 (f)
(b-d)
30.5
34.5
15.5
13.6
4.4
1.6
29.2
36.2
14.8
13.0
4.9
1.8
8221
31.6
34.6
15.0
12.5
4.6
1.7
1.9
-1.3
0.2
-0.4
-0.1
-0.2
2.4
-1.6
0.2
-0.5
-0.3
-0.1
0.6
0.4
-0.5
-1.0
0.4
0.0
1.1
0.1
-0.5
-1.1
0.2
0.1
Base
28.6
35.8
15.3
14.0
4.5
1.8
8636
35.7
49.2
10.7
4.4
35.4
50.9
9.5
4.2
8221
37.3
48.3
9.8
4.7
1.4
-2.7
0.5
0.7
1.9
-2.6
0.3
0.5
1.1
-1.0
-0.7
0.5
1.6
-0.9
-0.9
0.3
Base
34.3
51.9
10.2
3.7
8636
72.6
12.6
10.5
4.3
71.9
11.9
11.3
4.9
8221
73.4
11.9
10.5
4.3
1.5
0.3
-1.0
-0.8
1.5
0.0
-0.8
-0.6
0.8
-0.4
-0.2
-0.2
0.8
-0.7
0.0
0.0
Base
71.1
12.3
11.5
5.1
8636
28.6
2.3
30.5
2.7
29.2
2.4
31.6
2.7
1.9
0.4
2.4
0.3
0.6
0.1
1.1
0.0
20.1
19.3
18.7
17.9
-0.8
-0.8
-1.4
-1.4
Household size
1 person
2 persons
3 persons
4 persons
5 persons
6 or more persons
Number of adults
1 adult
2 adults
3 adults
4 or more adults
Number of children
No children
1 child
2 children
3 or more children
Household type
1 person only
2 or more unrelated adults
Married couple, dependent
children
Married couple, independent
children
Married couple, no children
Lone parent, dependent children
Lone parent, independent children
2 or more families (inc.same sex
cohab)
Cohabiting couple, with children
Cohabiting couple, no children
Base
5.4
25.7
7.0
2.7
5.7
23.7
6.6
2.8
5.6
25.8
7.5
2.3
6.0
23.5
7.0
2.5
0.3
-2.0
-0.4
0.1
0.4
-2.3
-0.5
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.5
-0.4
0.3
-0.2
0.4
-0.3
1.1
3.1
4.1
8633
1.0
3.1
4.5
0.7
3.1
4.4
8221
0.7
3.1
4.8
-0.1
0.0
0.4
0.0
0.0
0.4
-0.4
0.0
0.3
-0.3
0.0
0.3
Tenure - harmonised
Owns outright
Buying on mortgage
Rents from LA
Rents from HA
Rents privately - unfurnished/nk
Rents privately - furnished
Base
28.0
41.2
16.4
5.2
6.8
2.5
8636
26.3
41.5
16.5
5.3
7.2
3.1
28.9
41.0
15.1
5.7
6.4
2.9
8221
27.0
41.1
15.6
5.8
6.9
3.5
-1.7
0.3
0.1
0.1
0.4
0.6
-1.9
0.1
0.5
0.1
0.5
0.6
0.9
-0.2
-1.3
0.5
-0.4
0.4
0.7
-0.4
-0.9
0.5
-0.3
0.4
Ownership of consumer durables
Video
Freezer
Washing machine
Drier
Dishwasher
Microwave oven
Telephone
Cd player
Home computer
Base
85.0
92.6
91.9
52.5
23.8
78.5
95.8
68.4
33.6
8636
84.6
92.0
91.1
51.4
22.8
77.9
95.5
69.2
34.0
88.4
94.0
93.2
55.6
27.3
83.2
98.2
76.8
44.7
8221
87.8
93.4
92.5
54.2
25.9
82.6
98.0
76.8
44.6
-0.4
-0.6
-0.8
-1.1
-1.0
-0.6
-0.3
0.8
0.4
-0.6
-0.6
-0.7
-1.4
-1.4
-0.6
-0.2
0.0
-0.1
3.4
1.4
1.3
3.1
3.5
4.7
2.4
8.4
11.1
3.2
1.4
1.4
2.8
3.1
4.7
2.5
7.6
10.6
90.3
8636
90.0
91.9
91.6
-0.3
-0.3
1.6
1.6
Base
28.2
44.6
21.7
5.5
26.8
46.1
22.3
4.8
8221
27.9
46.5
21.0
4.6
0.6
0.6
-1.1
-0.1
1.1
0.4
-1.3
-0.2
-0.8
2.1
-0.5
-0.8
-0.3
1.9
-0.7
-0.9
Base
27.6
44.0
22.8
5.6
8636
Central heating
Car ownership
No car
1 car
2 cars
3 or more cars
198
2000
Living in Britain
Appendix D
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Table D.2
Weighted versus unweighted data for 1998 and 2000
Individual level variables
% of individuals
1998
2000
Effect of weighting
Effect on trend
Unweighted
(a)
Weighted
(b)
Unweighted
(c)
Weighted
(d)
Weighted
1998Unweighted
1998 (e)
(b-a)
Weighted
2000Unweighted
2000 (f)
(d-c)
Unweighted
1998Unweighted
2000 (e)
(a-c)
Weighted
1998Weighted
2000 (f)
(b-d)
Limiting
longstanding illness
Male
Female
Total
18.7
21.1
19.9
18.5
21.0
19.8
18.2
19.1
18.6
17.9
19.1
18.5
-0.2
-0.1
-0.1
-0.3
0.0
-0.1
-0.5
-2.0
-1.3
-0.6
-1.9
-1.3
Non-limiting
longstanding illness
Male
Female
Total
14.6
12.5
13.5
14.2
12.5
13.3
14.9
12.8
13.8
14.7
12.7
13.7
-0.4
0.0
-0.2
-0.2
-0.1
-0.1
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.2
0.4
No longstanding
illness
Male
Female
Total
66.7
66.4
66.5
67.3
66.5
66.9
66.9
68.2
67.6
67.4
68.1
67.8
0.6
0.1
0.4
0.5
-0.1
0.2
0.2
1.8
1.1
0.1
1.6
0.9
Good
Male
Female
Total
62.0
57.3
59.4
62.6
57.5
59.9
65.4
62.8
64.1
65.5
62.5
64.0
0.6
0.2
0.5
0.1
-0.3
-0.1
3.4
5.5
4.7
2.9
5.0
4.1
Fairly good
Male
Female
Total
25.0
28.2
26.8
24.8
28.2
26.6
23.9
25.5
24.8
23.9
25.7
24.8
-0.2
0.0
-0.2
0.0
0.2
0.0
-1.1
-2.7
-2.0
-0.9
-2.5
-1.8
Not good
Male
Female
Total
13.0
14.5
13.8
12.6
14.3
13.5
10.6
11.7
11.2
10.6
11.8
11.2
-0.4
-0.2
-0.3
0.0
0.1
0.0
-2.4
-2.8
-2.6
-2.0
-2.5
-2.3
Restricted activity in the last 14 days
Male
13.7
Female
16.0
Total
14.9
13.7
16.0
14.8
13.4
15.1
14.3
13.3
15.2
14.2
0.0
0.0
-0.1
-0.1
0.1
-0.1
-0.3
-0.9
-0.6
-0.4
-0.8
-0.6
General health
Cigarette smoking by sex
Men
Current cigarette smokers
Ex-regular cigarette smokers
Never or (only occasionally)
28.2
30.6
41.2
29.6
28.6
41.8
27.3
29.0
43.7
28.5
27.0
44.5
1.4
-2.0
0.6
1.2
-2.0
0.8
-0.9
-1.6
2.5
-1.1
-1.6
2.7
Women
Current cigarette smokers
Ex-regular cigarette smokers
Never or (only occasionally)
26.1
20.7
53.2
26.5
20.4
53.1
25.3
20.4
54.3
25.5
20.1
54.4
0.4
-0.3
-0.1
0.2
-0.3
0.1
-0.8
-0.3
1.1
-1.0
-0.3
1.3
Total
Current cigarette smokers
Ex-regular cigarette smokers
Never or (only occasionally)
27.1
25.2
47.7
27.9
24.3
47.8
26.2
24.4
49.3
27.0
23.4
49.6
0.8
-0.9
0.1
0.8
-1.0
0.3
-0.9
-0.8
1.6
-0.9
-0.9
1.8
Men
non-drinker
under 1 unit
1-10 units
11-20 units
21-35 units
36-50 units
51+ units
7.6
8.0
36.2
19.8
15.8
6.4
6.2
7.5
7.8
35.6
19.9
15.9
6.6
6.7
8.4
7.9
33.6
20.6
15.8
7.2
6.5
8.7
7.7
33.0
20.5
16.0
7.3
6.8
-0.1
-0.2
-0.6
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.5
0.3
-0.2
-0.6
-0.1
0.2
0.1
0.3
0.8
-0.1
-2.6
0.8
0.0
0.8
0.3
1.2
-0.1
-2.6
0.6
0.1
0.7
0.1
Women
non-drinker
under 1 unit
1-10 units
11-20 units
21-35 units
36-50 units
51+ units
13.8
19.2
45.5
13.3
6.0
1.2
0.9
13.8
19.2
45.4
13.3
6.1
1.2
1.0
13.5
17.4
45.2
14.3
6.8
1.8
1.1
13.9
17.3
44.9
14.2
6.9
1.8
1.1
0.0
0.0
-0.1
0.0
0.1
0.0
0.1
0.4
-0.1
-0.3
-0.1
0.1
0.0
0.0
-0.3
-1.8
-0.3
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.2
0.1
-1.9
-0.5
0.9
0.8
0.6
0.1
Weekly alcohol consumption by sex
199
Living in Britain
Appendix D
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Figure D.A
Weighting classes formed in the CHAID analysis
Level 1 split
Level 2 split
Level 3 split
Level 4 split
Weight class
Region
North East
Merseyside
Yorks & Humbs
W Midlands
No. of Cars
0 or 1
No. of dependent children
0 or 1
Household type 1
1 adult 16-59
Youngest 5-15
3+ adults no child
1
Household type 1
2 adults 16-59
Youngest 0-4
2 adults, 1 or 2 60+
1 adult only 60+
2
South East
Scotland
No. of dependent children
2 or more
3
No. of Cars
2 or more
Region
North West
E Midlands
Eastern
South West
Pensioner HH
Pensioner in HH
Pensioner HH
No pensioner in HH
4
SEG (grouped)
Skilled Manual
Partly-skilled manual
Unskilled manual & others
Not employed in last 10 years
5
SEG (grouped)
Professional
Manager/employer
Intermediate/jnr
6
No. of adults
1
7
No. of adults
2 or more
Region
London
Region
Wales
200
Social Class
I, II, IV
Not employed in last 10 years
8
Social Class
IIInm, IIIm, V
Other
9
Type of building
Detached
Semi-detached
Terraced
Converted flat/other
10
Type of building
Purpose built flat
11
12
Living in Britain
Appendix D
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Figure D.2
Weighting classes used for
CALMAR analysis
Age/sex
Region
0-4
5-14
15-24 Male
15-24 Female
25-44 Male
25-44 Female
45-64 Male
45-64 Female
65-74 Male
65-74 Female
75+ Male
75+ Female
London
Scotland
Wales
Other metropolitan
Other non-metropolitan
201
Living in Britain
Appendix D
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
202
Living in Britain
Appendix E
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Dave 3rd proof 8.12.01 job 447
Appendix E
The development of the GHS 2000-04
From 2000, the GHS comprises:
■
■
the Continuous survey - to remain unchanged
for 5 years, apart from essential changes to take
account of, for example, changes in benefits
the Trailers - which will change every year.
This appendix describes the background and
development work for the continuous element of
the GHS for 2000-2004.
The five-yearly review of the GHS
In February 1998, following wide consultation
inside and outside government, ONS issued
Government Statistical Service (GSS) guidelines for
commissioning social surveys. One of the
recommendations was that each continuous survey
should be subject to a five-year review process
which would cover, among other things, the future
development of the survey. The GHS was the first
government survey to be reviewed under this
procedure. The review concluded that there was a
continuing need for the GHS, but that the survey
should be redesigned to improve its costeffectiveness. These conclusions were endorsed by
the Government Statistical Service Committee on
Social Statistics, and by the ONS Board. GHS
fieldwork was suspended for the 1999-2000
financial year while development work was carried
out in preparation for the relaunch of the survey in
April 2000.
The GHS Steering Group, which comprises
representatives from all sponsoring Departments
oversaw the development work by ONS. Wider
consultation with data users was undertaken by
such means as public meetings at the Royal
Statistical Society.
Development work for the new continuous
element of the GHS
This section outlines the major development work
under the broad headings of sample design, data
collection, questionnaire content and data
processing. The work has been documented in
more detail in the January 2000 edition of SSD’s
Survey Methodology Bulletin1. These papers can also
be found on this website.
The sample design
As described in Appendix B, the GHS uses a multistage stratified sample. As part of the preparation
for 2000, Social Survey Division’s Methodology
Unit undertook a review of the sample design, with
particular attention to improving the stratification
design.
Stratification of a sample can lead to significant
improvements in the precision of survey estimates.
Precision is optimised if the stratifiers are those
which correlate most highly with the survey
variables. A set of 15 representative variables was
selected to test the effect of various different
stratifiers. Analysis showed that precision would be
increased for all 15 variables by using the following
four stratifiers: Government Office Region with a
metropolitan split and London divided into eight
areas (four in inner and four in outer London); the
proportion of households with no car; the
proportion of households with a head of
household in socio-economic groups 1-5 and 13;
and the proportion of persons who are pensioners.
The section on sampling errors (Appendix C)
includes a comparison of the estimates of the
sampling errors for the 1998 survey (which used
the old stratifiers2) and those for the 2000 survey
based on the new stratifiers.
Alternative methods of data collection
Prior to the review, data collection included the
following procedures.
■
■
All adults aged 16 and over in a household were
interviewed together if possible; if this was not
possible to arrange they could be interviewed
separately and as a last resort, interviewers
collected proxy information about a missing
adult from another household member.
The option of self-completion was available for
some parts of the interview. Young people aged
16-17 were asked to fill in a paper questionnaire
for the smoking and drinking questions, to
minimise the possible effects of parental
disapproval on reporting. In addition, all
respondents aged 16-59, to whom the Family
Information section is addressed, were offered a
self-completion booklet after the topics covered
in the section had been explained (in practice,
only a few people asked for a self-completion
booklet).
203
Living in Britain
Appendix E
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
During 1998 and 1999 SSD carried out several
investigations and field trials to test the feasibility
of using alternative methods of data collection to
improve data quality and cost-effectiveness. These
included:
■
■
■
■
■
exploring the feasibility of interviewing on first
contact if the rules on getting household
members together were relaxed
estimating the potential for reducing the
number of interviewer visits by carrying out
some interviews on the telephone, after at least
one household member had been interviewed
face-to-face
investigating whether proxy interviews could
be converted to full personal interviews by
contacting the people concerned by telephone
estimating whether any cost savings could be
made by carrying out a proportion of
interviews on the telephone
exploring the feasibility of using computerassisted self-completion (CASI) in place of
paper questionnaires for sensitive sections of
the GHS interview
The results of these investigations and field trials
are reported fully in the January 2000 volume of the
Survey Methodology Bulletin. The papers are also
included in the web version of this report. The
investigations showed that there was little scope for
doing more interviewing on first contact or
reducing the number of interviewer visits without
increasing the number of proxy interviews. There
was also little scope for cost savings by using
alternative methods of data collection. Using CASI
increased interview length and proved to be less
confidential in some households than paper selfcompletion forms3. In contrast to these results, the
telephone test was encouraging; during a twomonth field trial, telephone interviewers managed
to convert almost 40% of proxy interviews into full
personal interviews.
On the basis of SSD’s investigation, the following
methods of data collection were implemented from
April 2000. Interviewers to continue to try to
interview all adults together. Paper questionnaires
to be used for the self-completion sections of the
interview. Interviewers to make as many additional
visits as necessary to achieve personal interviews
(within the overall bounds of the fieldwork period
and the time allowed for work on GHS) before
taking proxy interviews. Interviewers to seek
permission from respondents interviewed by proxy
to be contacted by SSD’s Telephone Interviewing
Unit, who then try to carry out a full interview.
204
Questionnaire content
Throughout 1998 and 1999, ONS consulted GHS
customers and data users about the questionnaire
content. Several key principles informed this
process of consultation:
■
■
■
■
to ensure that the data being collected by the
survey are those required by customers and
thus to remove any redundant questions
to achieve an average interview length for the
Continuous Survey of one hour per household
as far as possible, to maintain continuity with
previous years of the GHS to allow time series
to be continued
to ensure that questions are harmonised with
other major government surveys and with the
2001 Census.
In keeping with the last aim, from April 2000, the
GHS introduced the new Household Reference
Person (HRP) definition to replace the previous
Head of Household definition4. From 2000, the
survey also includes a new question on ethnicity
which is harmonised with the Census. In common
with other government surveys, the National
Statistics Socio-Economic Classification (NS-SEC)
is to be used from April 20015.
Only two sections have had substantial changes.
The family information section has been expanded
to include new questions on cohabitation histories
developed through a programme of cognitive and
pilot testing.
The questions on education were also revised.
Educational data are used primarily as analysis
variables by the GHS; because of its larger sample
size, the LFS is the main source of estimates on
education. The educational measures needed by
GHS customers are: respondents’ highest
educational qualification, the age at which they
finished their full-time education, and whether or
not they are currently a full-time student6. It is also
desirable to be able to derive the International
Standard Classification of Educational Definitions
(ISCED).
Prior to 2000, the GHS asked respondents for
details of all their qualifications, and used the
resulting information to calculate their highest
qualification. A different approach has been
introduced from 2000, aimed at producing the
same output, but by asking fewer questions.
Respondents are first asked if they have any
qualifications. Those who do are shown a card with
a list of qualifications and asked to name all the
qualifications they have. They are then asked the
Living in Britain
Appendix E
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
minimum number of questions needed to establish
their highest qualification. Thus, for example, a
respondent who says he or she has a degree is asked
whether they have a higher degree and, if they do,
whether it is a doctorate, a masters or some other
higher degree. For both GHS and ISCED purposes,
this respondent needs to be asked no further
questions about their qualifications, as they will be
coded as ‘Degree or equivalent’ for the GHS and at
Level 5 or Level 6 for ISCED purposes. Slightly
more questions are required for respondents who
have a range of vocational qualifications, as these
can be at a variety of levels. Thus, for example, a
respondent who has both a BTEC and an RSA
qualification is asked about both in order to
establish which is at the higher level.
Notes and references
Only minor changes have been made to most
sections of the GHS questionnaire. For example,
the questions on second jobs have been removed as
the Labour Force Survey (LFS) is the main source
of data on this topic. Questions on Personal Equity
Plans (PEPs) were deleted as PEPs are no longer
available. New questions have been added asking
about access to the Internet and visits to practice
nurses in GP surgeries.
Two Trailers were included in the 2000 GHS.
Development of the social capital questions is
described in the introduction to this report. The
other trailer concerned informal carers, which
used a slightly simplified version of the questionset previously used in the 1996 GHS.
Other major changes since the GHS started
in 1971
Two other major changes since the GHS started in
1971 require noting.
1 The January 2000 edition of SSD’s Survey
Methodology Bulletin includes papers giving an
overview of the preparation and development work
for the 2000 survey, on sample design, on testing
different methods of data collection, on the
development of new questions to collect
information on cohabitation histories, and on the
development of a trailer to measure social capital.
2 Prior to 2000/01 the Census-based stratifiers
were Government Office Region (GOR), the
proportion of households renting privately, the
proportion of households renting from a local
authority and the proportion of households
headed by a member of socio-economic groups 1
to 5 or 13 (professionals).
3 CASI has been shown to be more confidential
than paper questionnaires for sensitive
information, and is widely used by SSD for surveys
on which only one person in the household is
interviewed. On these surveys, it is no more timeconsuming, The requirement to interview all adults
in households sampled for the GHS means that
each respondent has to complete the questionnaire
in turn, thus increasing the total interviewing time.
4 Martin J et al. A new definition for the
Household Reference Person in Survey
Methodology Bulletin No 43, July 1998, pp. 1-8.
5 Martin J. A new social classification for
Government statistics in Survey Methodology
Bulletin No 44, January 1999, pp. 37-38.
6 This information is needed to establish whether
or not 16-18 year-olds are dependent children,
which in turn is used to derive family type
variables.
Since the 1994 survey, interviews have been
conducted using computer-assisted personal
interviewing (CAPI) on laptop computers, with the
addition from 2000 of telephone interviews (CATI)
with those people for whom proxy data had been
collected. The software is BLAISE. This has had the
effect of reducing costs, the amount of missing data
at individual questions, the amount of office-based
coding and editing and the output timetables.
Since the 1988 survey, the fieldwork has been
conducted on a financial rather than calendar year
basis, so, for the 2000 survey, interviews were
carried out from April 2000 to March 2001.
205
Living in Britain
Appendix E
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
206
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Appendix F
General Houshold Survey 2000/01
Household Questionnaire
Areacode
Information already entered
Address
Information already entered
5. MarStat
Ask if respondent is aged 16 or over (DVAge > 15)
ASK OR RECORD
CODE FIRST THAT APPLIES
1..30
HHold
Are you
single, that is, never married? ..............
married and living with your
husband/wife? ......................................
married and separated from your
husband/wife? ......................................
divorced? ..............................................
or widowed? .........................................
Information already entered
1..4
StartDat
Enter date interview with this household was started
DateChk
Is this...
The first time you’ve opened this
questionnaire ........................................ 1
or the second or later time? .................. 2
EMERGENCY CODE IF
COMPUTER’S DATE IS WRONG
AT LATER CHECK ............................... 5
6. LiveWith
1
2
3
4
5
Ask if there is more than one person in the
household AND respondent is aged 16 or over
AND is single, separated, divorced or widowed
(Household size > 1 & DVAge > 15 & Marstat =
1, 3, 4 or 5)
ASK OR RECORD
IntEdit
Code whether this is the interview stage, a proxy
conversion or the edit stage.
May I just check, are you living with
someone in the household as a couple?
Interview ............................................... 1
Proxy conversion by telephone
(TELEPHONE INTERVIEW UNIT
ONLY) ................................................... 2
OFFICE ONLY - EDIT ..........................
Yes ....................................................... 1
No ......................................................... 2
SPONTANEOUS ONLY same sex couple ................................... 3
7. Hhldr
HOUSEHOLD INFORMATION
INFORMATION TO BE COLLECTED FOR ALL
PERSONS IN ALL HOUSEHOLDS
1. Name
Who normally lives at this address?
In whose name is the accommodation
owned or rented?
ASK OR RECORD
RECORD THE NAME (OR A UNIQUE IDENTIFIER)
FOR HOH, THEN A NAME / IDENTIFIER FOR EACH
MEMBER OF THE HOUSEHOLD
This person alone ................................. 1
This person jointly ................................. 3
NOT owner/renter ................................. 5
ENTER TEXT OF AT MOST 12 CHARACTERS
2. Sex
Male ...................................................... 1
Female .................................................. 2
3. Birth
What is your date of birth?
8. HiHNum
INTERVIEWER: THESE ARE THE JOINT
HOUSEHOLDERS
Ask those who did not know, or refused to give
their date of birth
(Birth = DK OR REFUSAL)
ENTER PERSON NUMBER - IF TWO OR MORE
HAVE SAME INCOME, ENTER 15
1..14
What was your age last birthday?
98 or more = CODE 97
0..97
Ask if there is more than one person in the
household, AND the accommodation is jointly
owned (Household size > 1 & Hhldr = 3)
You have told me that ... jointly own or rent the
accommodation. Which of you/who has the
highest income (from earnings, benefits, pensions
and any other sources)?
FOR DAY NOT GIVEN...........ENTER 15
FOR DAY.
FOR MONTH NOT GIVEN.....ENTER 6
FOR MONTH
4. AgeIf
Ask if there is more than one person in the
household, AND the respondent is aged 16
or over (Household size > 1 & DVAge > 15)
9. JntEldA
Ask if there is more than one person in
the household, AND the joint householders
have the same income
(Household size > 1 & HiHNum = 11)
ENTER PERSON NUMBER OF THE ELDEST
JOINT HOUSEHOLDER FROM THOSE WITH
THE SAME HIGHEST INCOME
207
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
ASK OR RECORD
a house or bungalow ............................
a flat or maisonette ...............................
a room/rooms .......................................
or something else? ...............................
1..14
10. JntEldB
Ask if household size is greater than one, AND
the joint householders do not know, or refuse to
say who has the greatest income (Household size
> 1 & HiHNum = Don’t know or Refusal)
16. HseType
1
2
3
4
→
→
→
→
Q16
Q17
Q19
Q18
Ask if respondents live in a house or bungalow
(Accom = 1)
IS THE HOUSE/BUNGALOW:
ENTER PERSON NUMBER OF THE ELDEST JOINT
HOUSEHOLDER
detached ............................................... 1
semi-detached ...................................... 2 →
or terraced/end of terrace? ................... 3
ASK OR RECORD
1..14
11. HRPnum
17. FltTyp
Q21
Ask if respondents live in a flat or maisonette
(Accom = 2)
Ask all households
IS THE FLAT/MAISONETTE:
PERSON NUMBER OF HRP (computed in Blaise)
12. HRPprtnr
a purpose-built block ............................ 1
a converted house/some other kind
→
of building?............................................ 2
Ask if the HRP is married or cohabiting
(HRPnum = 1..14 & Marstat = 2 or LiveWith = 1)
THE HRP IS (HRP’s NAME)
18. AccOth
ENTER THE PERSON NUMBER OF THE HRP’s
SPOUSE/PARTNER
NO SPOUSE/PARTNER = 15
caravan, mobile home or
houseboat ........................................... 1 →
or some other kind of
accommodation? ................................ 2 →
Ask all households
I would now like to ask how the people in your
household are related to each other
19. Storey
CODE RELATIONSHIP - ... IS ...’S ....
Spouse ................................................. 1
Cohabitee ............................................. 2
Son/daughter (inc. adopted) ................. 3
Step-son/daughter ................................ 4
Foster child ........................................... 5
Son-in-law/daughter-in-law ................... 6
Parent/guardian .................................... 7
Step-parent ........................................... 8
Foster parent ........................................ 9
Parent-in-law ........................................ 10
Brother/sister (inc. adopted) ................. 11
Step-brother/sister ................................ 12
Foster brother/sister ............................. 13
Brother/sister-in-law .............................. 14
Grand-child ........................................... 15
Grand-parent ........................................ 16
Other relative ........................................ 17
Other non-relative ................................. 18
The next section looks at the standard of people’s
housing
15. Accom
All households
ASK OR RECORD
Basement/semi-basement ....................
Ground floor/street level .......................
1st floor .................................................
2nd floor ................................................
3rd floor ................................................
4th to 9th floor .......................................
10th floor or higher ...............................
20. HasLift
1
2
3
4 →
5
6
7
Q20
Ask if respondents live in a flat, maisonette, OR a
room or rooms
(Accom = 2 or 3)
INTERVIEWER CODE: IS THERE A LIFT?
Yes ....................................................... 1 →
No ......................................................... 2
21. DateBlt
Ask all households, EXCEPT those living
in a caravan, mobile home or houseboat
(AccOth ≈/ 1)
When was this building first built?
208
Q21
Ask if respondents live in a flat, maisonette,
OR a room or rooms
(Accom = 2 or 3)
IS THE HOUSEHOLD’S ACCOMMODATION:
N.B. MUST BE SPACE USED BY HOUSEHOLD
Q22
What is the floor level of the main living part of
the accommodation?
ACCOMMODATION TYPE
14. IntroAcc
Ask if respondents said their
accommodation was ‘something else’
(Accom = 4)
IS THE ACCOMMODATION A:
1..15
13.R
Q19
PROMPT IF NECESSARY - IF DK CODE
YOUR ESTIMATE
Q21
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
before 1919 ..........................................
between 1919 and 1944 .......................
between 1945 and 1964 .......................
between 1965 and 1984 .......................
1985 or later .........................................
DK but after 1944 .................................
22. ShareH
1
2
3 →See Q22
4
5
6
to an empty part of the accommodation
(Share2 = 2 or Share3 = 1), others see Q27
I want to ask you about all the rooms you
have in your household’s accommodation.
Please include any rooms you sublet to other
people and any rooms you share with people
who are not in your household (or would
share if someone moved into the empty
accommodation).
→See Q27
Ask if living in a house, bungalow OR a converted
flat/maisonette
(Accom = 1, 4 or FltTyp = 2), others see Q24
INTERVIEWER ASK OR RECORD
27. Rooms2
May I just check, does anyone else live in this
building apart from the people in your household?
I want to ask you about all the rooms you
have in your household’s accommodation
(including any rooms you sublet to other
people). (How many of the following rooms
do you have in this house/flat...)
→See Q28
(I.E. IS THERE ANYONE ELSE IN THE BUILDING
WITH WHOM THE HOUSEHOLD COULD SHARE
ROOMS OR FACILITIES?)
Yes ....................................................... 1 →
No ......................................................... 2
23. ShareE
Q23
Ask if household does not share part of
the accommodation (Share2 ≈/ 2 OR Share3 ≈/ 1),
others go to Q28
28. Bedrooms Ask all households
Ask if living in a house, bungalow OR a converted
flat/maisonette
(Accom = 1, 4 or FltTyp = 2)
How many bedrooms do you have?
INCLUDE BEDSITTERS, BOXROOMS, ATTIC
BEDROOMS
INTERVIEWER ASK OR RECORD
0..20
Is there any empty living accommodation in this
building outside your household’s accommodation?
24. Share2
29. BedCook
Are any of them used by your household
for cooking in - like a bedsitter for example?
Ask if other people live in the building, apart from
the household, OR respondents live in a flat,
maisonette or room(s) ( ShareH = 1 or Accom = 2
or 3), others see Q25
Yes ....................................................... 1 →
No ......................................................... 2
30. KitOver
0..20
32. ShareKit
→
Q31
How many kitchens under 6.5 feet do you have?
0..20
If all the empty accommodation in this building
were occupied, would your household (you)
have to share any part of your accommodation
with anyone who had moved in?
→See Q32
Ask those who have a kitchen (KitOver > 0
or KitUnder > 0) AND (Share2 = 2 or Share3 = 1),
others Q33
Do you share the kitchen with any other
household?
Yes ....................................................... 1 →
No ......................................................... 2
Yes ....................................................... 1 →See Q26
No ......................................................... 2
33. Living
Ask if household shares part of its
accommodation with someone else outside
the household OR would have to share part
of the accommodation if someone moved in
Ask all households
NARROWEST SIDE MUST BE AT
LEAST 6.5 FEET FROM WALL TO WALL
31. KitUnder
Ask if there is empty living accommodation
in the building outside the household’s
accommodation, AND the accommodation is not
shared with someone outside the household
(ShareE = 1 & Share2 ≈/ 2), others see Q26
Q30
How many kitchens over 6.5 feet wide do
you have?
Have the whole accommodation .......... 1
→See Q25
Share with someone else outside
the household ..................................... 2
26. Rooms1
Ask those who have a bedroom (Bedrooms > 0)
Yes ....................................................... 1 →See Q24
No ......................................................... 2
Does your household (do you) have the whole
accommodation to yourselves (yourself) or do
you share any of it with someone outside your
household?
25. Share3
→See Q29
Q33
Ask all households
How many LIVING ROOMS do you have?
INCLUDE DINING ROOMS, SUNLOUNGE OR
209
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
42. BrkColTV Ask if no colour TV sets currently in use
(UseColTV = 2)
CONSERVATORY USED ALL YEAR ROUND
→
0..20
Q34
Is this/are any of these colour TV set(s) broken
but due to be repaired within 7 days?
34. Bathrooms How many BATHROOMS do you have with
PLUMBED IN BATH/SHOWER?
→
0..20
Yes ....................................................... 1 →
No ......................................................... 2
Q35
43. TVbw
35. Utility
Q43
Ask all households
How many UTILITY and other rooms do you have?
Black and white TV set?
→
0..20
Q36
PROMPT AS NECESSARY TO PROBE
FOR NUMBER OF TVS
36. GHSCentH ASK OR RECORD
Do you have any form of central heating,
including electric storage heaters, in your
(part of the) accommodation?
Yes ....................................................... 1 →
No ......................................................... 2 →
37.
GHSCH Fuel
→See Q44
0..7
Q37
Q38
44. UseBwTV Ask if NO colour TV set in use and
none intended for repair AND has black
and white TV (Tvcol = 0 or BrkColTV = 2)
& (TvBw = > 0), others Q46
Ask if the household has some form
of central heating (GHSCentH = 1)
ASK OR RECORD
Which type of fuel does it use?
Is this/are any of these black and white
TV set(s) currently in use?
CODE MAIN METHOD ONLY
PROBE ‘Hot Air’ FOR FUEL
Yes ....................................................... 1 →
No ......................................................... 2 →
Solid fuel: incl. coal, coke, wood, peat ..
Electricity: storage heaters ...................
Electricity: other
(incl. oil filled radiators) .......................
Gas/Calor gas .......................................
Oil .........................................................
Other .....................................................
1
2
Q46
Q45
45. BrkBwTV If no black and white TV sets currently
in use (UseBwTV = 2)
3 →
4
5
6
Q38
Is this/are any of these black and white
TV set(s) broken but due to be repaired
within 7 days?
Yes ....................................................... 1
No ......................................................... 2 →
Q46
CONSUMER DURABLES
46. SatCab
38. IntroDur
Ask all households
Ask all households
Satellite, Cable or Digital TV receiver?
39. HasDur
Now I’d like to ask you about various household
items you may have - this gives us an indication
of how living standards are changing.
CODE ALL THAT APPLY
Does your household have any of the following
items in your (part of the) accommodation?
Satellite .................................................
Cable ....................................................
Digital: terrestrial, cable or satellite .......
None of these .......................................
1
2
3 →
4
Q47
Yes ....................................................... 1
No ......................................................... 2 →
Q48
INCLUDE ITEMS STORED OR UNDER REPAIR
47. Video
40. TVcol
Video recorder?
... Colour TV set?
PROMPT AS NECESSARY TO PROBE FOR
NUMBER OF TVS
48. Freezer
0..7
Deep freezer or fridge freezer?
→See Q41
EXCLUDE FRIDGE ONLY
41. UseColTV Ask if has colour TV (Tvcol>0)
Yes ....................................................... 1
No ......................................................... 2 →
ASK OR RECORD
Is this/are any of these colour TV set(s)
currently in use?
Yes ....................................................... 1 →
No ......................................................... 2 →
210
49. WashMach Washing machine?
Q43
Q42
Q49
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
58. Xaccess
Yes ....................................................... 1
→
No ......................................................... 2
50. Drier
Q50
IF COMBINED WASHING MACHINE AND
TUMBLE DRIER, CODE 1 FOR BOTH
Yes ....................................................... 1
→
No ......................................................... 2
Ask if has home access to the internet
(Internet = 1)
May I just check, are you able to access the
World Wide Web via your home internet
connection?
Q51
Yes ....................................................... 1 →
No ......................................................... 2
51. DishWash Dish washer?
Yes ....................................................... 1
→
No ......................................................... 2
Q52
Q59
Please specify other access to the internet
59. WWWeb
Tumble drier?
Ask if has access to the internet through
‘other’ means (Access = 5)
→
60. UseVcl
Q60
Ask all households
Do (any of) you at present own or have
continuous use of any motor vehicles?
52. MicroWve Microwave oven?
Yes ....................................................... 1
→
No ......................................................... 2
INCLUDE COMPANY CARS - UNLESS NO
PRIVATE USE ALLOWED
Q53
Yes ....................................................... 1 →
No ......................................................... 2 →
53. Telephon Telephone?
SHARED TELEPHONES LOCATED IN PUBLIC
HALLWAYS TO BE INCLUDED ONLY IF THIS
HOUSEHOLD IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PAYING
THE ACCOUNT
61. TypeVcl
Q61
Q64
Ask if the household has use of any motor
vehicles (If UseVcl = 1)
For each vehicle mentioned:
Yes, fixed telephone .............................
Yes, mobile telephone ..........................
Yes, fixed and mobile telephone ..........
No .........................................................
54. CDplay
1
2
3 →
4
I would now like to ask about the (Nth) vehicle.
Is it:
Q54
CAR INCLUDES MINIBUSES, MOTOR
CARAVANS, ‘PEOPLE CARRIERS’ AND
4-WHEEL DRIVE PASSENGER VEHICLES
Compact disc (CD) player?
Yes ....................................................... 1
No ......................................................... 2 →
Q55
LIGHT VAN INCLUDES PICKUPS AND THOSE
4-WHEEL DRIVE VEHICLES, LAND ROVERS
AND JEEPS THAT DO NOT HAVE SIDE
WINDOWS BEHIND THE DRIVER
55. Computer Home computer?
EXCLUDE: VIDEO GAMES
Yes ....................................................... 1
No ......................................................... 2 →
56. Internet
Q56
Does your household have access to the
internet at home?
Yes ....................................................... 1 →
No ......................................................... 2 →
1 →
2
3 →
4
Q62
privately owned ..................................... 1 →
or is it a company car? ......................... 2
Q63
a car ......................................................
a light van .............................................
a motor cycle ........................................
or some other motor vehicle? ...............
62. PrivVcl
Q63
If vehicle is a car (TypeVcl = 1)
For each vehicle mentioned:
Q57
Q60
Is the car...
57. Access
Ask if has home access to the internet
(Internet = 1)
How does your household access the internet
from home?
63. AnyMore
Ask if the household has use of any motor
vehicles (If UseVcl = 1)
CODE ALL THAT APPLY
For each vehicle mentioned
Home computer ....................................
Digital television ....................................
Mobile phone ........................................
Games console .....................................
Other .....................................................
1
2
3 →
4
5 →
Q59
Q58
Do (any of) you at present own or have continuous
use of any more motor vehicles?
INCLUDE COMPANY CARS - UNLESS NO
PRIVATE USE ALLOWED
Yes ....................................................... 1 →
Q64
211
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
64. Ten1
No ......................................................... 2
or ‘rents free’ (Ten1 = 3, 4 or 5),
others Q73
TENURE
Some people qualify for Housing Benefit,
that is a rent rebate or allowance.
Ask all households
In which of these ways do you occupy this
accommodation?
Are you (or HRP) receiving Housing Benefit
from your local authority or local Social Security
office?
SHOW CARD A
MAKE SURE ANSWER APPLIES TO HRP
Yes ....................................................... 1 →See Q72
No ......................................................... 2 →
Q70
Own outright .........................................
Buying it with the help of a
mortgage or loan .................................
Pay part rent and part mortgage
(shared ownership) .............................
Rent it ...................................................
Live here rent-free (including rent-free
in relative’s/friend’s property;
excluding squatting) ............................
Squatting ..............................................
65. Tied
1
70. HbWait
→
2
3 →
4
Q69
→
Q65
5
6 →
Q73
Are you (or HRP) waiting to receive
Housing Benefit or to hear the outcome
of a claim?
Yes ....................................................... 1 →See Q72
No ......................................................... 2 →
Q71
71. HbChk
Ask if household rents the accommodation,
or lives there rent-free
(Ten1 = 4 or 5)
Yes ....................................................... 1 →See Q72
No ......................................................... 2
Q66
72. HbOthr
66. LLord
Ask if not waiting to receive Housing
Benefit or to hear the outcome of a claim
(HbWait = 2)
May I just check, does the local authority
or local Social Security office pay any part
of your rent?
Does the accommodation go with the job of
anyone in the household?
Yes ....................................................... 1 →
No ......................................................... 2
Ask if not receiving Housing Benefit (HB = 2)
Q73
Who is your landlord?...
Ask if there is someone aged 16 and
over, apart from HRP and partner, in the
household, others go to Q73
CODE FIRST THAT APPLIES
the local authority/council/
New Town Development/
Scottish Homes ...................................
a housing association or co-operative
or charitable trust ................................
employer (organisation) of a
household member .............................
another organisation .............................
relative/friend (before you lived here)
of a household member ......................
employer (individual) of a
household member .............................
another individual private landlord? ......
67. Furn
Is anyone (else) in the household receiving
a rent rebate, a rent allowance or
Housing Benefit?
1
3 →
4
Q67
5
73. Reslen
Ask All
How many years have you /has (...) lived at this
address?
Is the accommodation provided: ...
IF UNDER 1, CODE AS 0
0..97
Q68
74. Hmnths
Ask if rented from an individual
(Llord = 5, 6 or 7)
How many months have you/has (...) lived here?
1..12
75. Nmoves
Yes ....................................................... 1 →See Q69
No ......................................................... 2
212
Ask if ‘shared ownership’ or ‘rents’
→See Q74
Ask if respondent has lived at the address for less
than a year (Reslen = 0), others see Q75
Does the landlord live in this building?
69. HB
Q73
MIGRATION
6
7
furnished ............................................... 1
partly furnished (e.g. carpets and
→
curtains only) ...................................... 2
or unfurnished? ..................................... 3
68. LandLive
Yes ....................................................... 1 →
No ......................................................... 2
2
Ask if respondent has lived at the
→See Q75
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
(FathCob = 59)
address for less than five years
(Reslen < 5 years), others Q76
→
1..116
How many moves have you/has (...)
made in the last 5 years, not counting
moves between places outside Great Britain?
83. MothCob
Q83
Ask all persons
ASK OR RECORD
0..97
→
Q76
In what country was your/(...’s) mother born?
76. Cry1
All persons
In what country were you/was (...) born? ...
UK, British ............................................. 1 →
Irish Republic ........................................ 6
Jamaica ................................................ 26
Bangladesh ........................................... 33 →
India ...................................................... 34
Pakistan ................................................ 56
Other ..................................................... 59 →
77. CrySpec
ENTER TEXT OF AT MOST
40 CHARACTERS
→
Q78
Ask if country of birth was ‘other’
(Cry1 = 59)
→
Q79
→
SHOW CARD B
In what year did you (...) first arrive in the
United Kingdom? ...
To which of these groups do you consider
you belong?
ENTER IN 4 DIGIT FORMAT E.G.: 2000
White ....................................................
Black - Caribbean .................................
Black - African ......................................
Black - Other Black groups ...................
Indian ....................................................
Pakistani ...............................................
Bangladeshi ..........................................
Chinese ................................................
None of these .......................................
Q80
All persons
ASK OR RECORD
In what country was your/(...’s) father born?
UK, British ............................................. 1
Irish Republic ........................................ 6
Jamaica ................................................ 26 →
Bangladesh ........................................... 33
India ...................................................... 34
Pakistan ................................................ 56
Other ..................................................... 59 →
Q85
Q86
86. Ethnic [*] All persons
Ask if not born in the UK (Cry1 ≠ 1)
→
Q84
85. CryCode2 Ask if mother’s country of birth was ‘other’
(MothCob = 59)
1..116
→
Q86
84. CrySpec2 Ask if mother’s country of birth was ‘other’
(MothCob = 59)
TYPE IN COUNTRY
1900..2001
80. FathCob
Q77
TYPE IN COUNTRY
1..116
79. Arruk
Q79
Ask if country of birth was ‘other’ (Cry1 = 59)
ENTER TEXT OF AT MOST
40 CHARACTERS
78. CryCode
Q80
UK, British ............................................. 1
Irish Republic ........................................ 6
Jamaica ................................................ 26 →
Bangladesh ........................................... 33
India ...................................................... 34
Pakistan ................................................ 56
Other ..................................................... 59 →
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
END OF HOUSEHOLD QUESTIONNAIRE
Q83
Q81
81. CrySpec1 Ask if father’s country of birth was ‘other’
(FathCob = 59)
TYPE IN COUNTRY
ENTER TEXT OF AT MOST
40 CHARACTERS
→
Q82
82. CryCode1 Ask if father’s country of birth was ‘other’
213
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
General Houshold Survey 2000/01
Individual Questionnaire
1. Iswitc
Ask this section of all adults
4. JbAway
THIS IS WHERE YOU START RECORDING
ANSWERS FOR INDIVIDUALS
DO YOU WANT TO RECORD ANSWERS FOR
(name) NOW OR LATER?
Did you have a job or business that you
were away from?
Yes, now ........................................... 1
Later.................................................. 2
or is there no interview with
this person? .................................... 3
2. PersProx
Yes .................................................... 1 → Q14
No ..................................................... 2
→ Q5
Waiting to take up a new job/
business already obtained .............. 3
Ask if answers are to be recorded now
(Iswitc = 1)
5. OwnBus
INTERVIEWER: IS THE INTERVIEW ABOUT
(name) BEING GIVEN:
in person ........................................... 1
or by someone else? ........................ 2
3. ProxyNum
Ask if not in paid work AND not on a
government scheme for employment
training (Wrking = 2 & (SchemeET = 2
or not asked SchemeET because not
in the age bracket asked))
Ask if not in paid work AND not on a
government scheme for employment
training AND not away from a job
(JbAway = 2 or 3)
Did you do any unpaid work in that week
for any business that you own?
Ask if answers are to be recorded now,
but are being answered by someone else
(Iswitch = 1 & PersProx = 2)
Yes .................................................... 1 → See Q8
No ..................................................... 2 →
Q6
ENTER PERSON NUMBER OF PERSON
GIVING THE INFORMATION
6. RelBus
Ask if the respondent did not do any
unpaid work for a business that they own
(OwnBus = 2)
1..14
...or that a relative owns?
EMPLOYMENT
1. Wrking
Yes .................................................... 1 → See Q8
No ..................................................... 2 → See Q7
Ask this section of all adults
7. Looked
Did you do any paid work in the 7 days
ending Sunday the (n), either as an employee
or as self-employed?
Yes.................................................... 1 →
Q14
No ..................................................... 2 → See Q2
2. SchemeET
Thinking of the 4 weeks ending Sunday
the (date last Sunday), were you looking
for any kind of paid work or government
training scheme at any time in those 4 weeks?
Ask if respondent is not in paid work and
is a man aged 16-64, or a woman aged 16-62
(Wrking = 2 & man aged 16-64 or woman
aged 16-62)
Yes .................................................... 1 → See Q8
No ..................................................... 2 →
Q9
Waiting to take up a new job
or business already obtained .......... 3 → See Q8
Were you on a government scheme for
employment training?
Yes.................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
3. Trn
Ask if not in paid work AND not on a
government scheme for employment
training AND not doing unpaid work
(Wrking = 2 & (SchemeET = 2 or not
asked SchemeET because not in the age
bracket asked) & (RelBus = 2 OR JbAway = 2))
Q3
Q4
Ask those on a government scheme for
employment training (SchemeET = Yes)
8. StartJ
Ask if looking for paid work
(Looked = 1 or 3 OR JbAway = 3)
If a job or a place on a government
scheme had been available in the week
ending Sunday the (n), would you have
been able to start within 2 weeks?
Last week were you ...
CODE FIRST THAT APPLIES
with an employer, or on a project
providing work experience or
practical training? ............................ 1 →
or at a college or training centre? ..... 2
214
Yes .................................................... 1 →See Q10
No ..................................................... 2 →
Q9
Q14
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
9. YlnAct
Ask if not looking for paid work, and
would not be able to start work or
training within 2 weeks
(Looked = 2 or StartJ = 2)
for mainly make or do (at the place where you
worked)?
DESCRIBE FULLY - PROBE
MANUFACTURING or PROCESSING or
DISTRIBUTING ETC. AND MAIN GOODS
PRODUCED, MATERIALS USED,
WHOLESALE or RETAIL ETC.
What was the main reason you did not
seek any work in the last 4 weeks/would
not be able to start in the next 2 weeks?
Student .............................................
Looking after the family/home ..........
Temporarily sick or injured ................
Long-term sick or disabled ................
Retired from paid work ......................
None of these ...................................
10. Everwk
1
2
3 →See Q10
4
5
6
ENTER TEXT AT MOST 80
CHARACTERS
15. OccT
→
Q15
→
Q16
→
Q17
Employee .......................................... 1 →
Self-employed ................................... 2 →
Q18
Q20
JOBTITLE CURRENT OR LAST JOB
What was your (main) job (in the week
ending Sunday the (n))?
Ask if not in paid work
Enter text at most 30 characters
Have you ever had a paid job, apart
from casual or holiday work?
16. OccD
Yes .................................................... 1 →
Q11
No ..................................................... 2 →See Q12
11. DtJbl
What did you mainly do in your job?
CHECK SPECIAL QUALIFICATIONS/
TRAINING NEEDED TO DO THE JOB
Ask if not in paid work, but has worked before
(Everwk = 1)
When did you leave your last PAID job?
Enter text at most 80 characters
17. Stat
FOR DAY NOT GIVEN...........ENTER 15 FOR DAY
FOR MONTH NOT GIVEN..........ENTER 6 FOR
MONTH
DATE
12. WantaJob
→ See Q12
18. Manage
Ask if respondent is aged 16-68 and male,
or 16-64 and female, and is not working
because is a student, is looking after the
family/home, is retired, or is at a college or
training centre (DVAge = 16-68 & Sex = 1) or
(DVAge = 16-64 & Sex = 2) & YInAct = 1, 2, 5
or 6 or Trn = 2)
Even though you were not looking for
work (last week) would you like to have a
regular paid job at the moment - either a
full or part-time job?
14. IndD
Ask if employee (Stat = 1)
Did you have any managerial duties, or
were you supervising any other employees?
Manager ............................................ 1
Foreman/supervisor .......................... 2 →
Not manager/supervisor ................... 3
19. NEmplee
20. Solo
Q19
How many employees were there at the
place where you worked?
1-2 .....................................................
3-24 ...................................................
25-99 .................................................
100-499 .............................................
500-999 .............................................
1000 or more ....................................
DK, but less than 25 .........................
DK, but 25 or more ...........................
Ask if respondent would like a job
(WantaJob = 1)
If a job or a place on a government scheme
had been available last week, would you have
been able to start within 2 weeks?
Were you working as an employee or
were you self-employed?
ASK OR RECORD
Yes .................................................... 1 →
Q13
No ..................................................... 2 →See Q14
13. NablStrt
CURRENT OR LAST JOB
1
2
3
4 →
5
6
7
8
Q22
Ask if self-employed (Stat = 2)
Yes .................................................... 1 →See Q14
No ..................................................... 2
Were you working on your own or did you
have employees?
Ask those who are in current employment
or have had a job in the past
on own/with partner(s)
but no employees ............................ 1 →
with employees ................................. 2 →
Q22
Q21
CURRENT OR LAST JOB
What did the firm/organisation you worked
215
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
21. SNEemplee
Ask if self-employed with employees (Solo = 2)
28. UnPaidHm
How many people did you employ at the
place where you worked?
1-5 .....................................................
6-24 ...................................................
25 or over ..........................................
DK but has/had employees ...............
22. FtPtWk
1
2 →
3
4
Did you do this work mainly...
somewhere quite separate
from home .......................................
in different places using home
as a base ........................................
or in your own home or in the
same grounds or buildings
as your home? ................................
SPONTANEOUSLY ONLY:
some days at home, other
days somewhere quite separate
from home .......................................
Q22
Ask those who are in current employment
or have had a job in the past
1
2
3
→Pensions
4
In your (main) job were you working:
full time ............................................. 1 → See Qs
or part time? ...................................... 2
23 & 24
23. EmpStY
PENSIONS
The whole section on pensions (apart from
the last question) is only asked of those
in paid work, (including those temporarily
away from job or on a government scheme),
but excluding unpaid family workers
(Wrking = 1 OR JbAway = 1 OR SchemeET = 1)
& (OwnBus = 2 & Relbus = 2)
The routing instructions above each
question apply only to those who meet the
above criteria
Ask if employee (Stat = 1)
In which year did you start working
continuously for your current employer?
1900..2005
24. SempStY
→See Q25
Ask if self-employed (Stat = 2)
In which year did you start working
continuously as a self-employed person?
1900..2005
25. JobstM
1. PenSchm
→See Q25
If less than or equal to 8 years since
started working continuously for
current employer/as a self-employed
person (EmpStY ≤ 8 less than the
present date or SEmpStY ≤ 8 less
than the present date)
(Thinking now of your present job,) some
people (will) receive a pension from their
employer when they retire, as well as the
state pension.
Does your present employer run a pension
scheme or superannuation scheme for any
employees?
INCLUDE CONTRIBUTORY AND NONCONTRIBUTORY SCHEMES
and which month in (YEAR) was that?
0..12
26. Tothrs
If employee (including those temporarily
away from job) or on a government scheme
(Stat = 1 or SchemeET = 1)
→See Q26
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
Ask all working (Working = 1 or
JbAway = 1 or SchemeET = 1)
2. Eligible
How many hours a week do you usually
work in your (main) job/business? Please
exclude mealbreaks but include any paid
or unpaid overtime that you usually work.
Q2
Q5
Ask if employer runs a pension scheme
(PenSchm = 1)
Are you eligible to belong to your employer's
pension scheme?
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
HOURS IN MAIN JOB ONLY
Q3
Q5
97 OR MORE = 97
3. EmPenShm
0.00..99.00
27. UnPaidHr
→See Q27
Ask if did unpaid work for a business
(OwnBus = 1 or RelBus = 1)
Do you belong to your employer's pension scheme?
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2
Thinking of the business that you did
unpaid work for how many hours unpaid
work did you do for that business in the
7 days ending last Sunday?
1..97
216
Ask if eligible to belong to employer’s scheme
(Eligible = 1)
→See Q28
Q5
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
4. PschPoss
Ask if did not know or refused to say whether
the employer offered a pension scheme, or
whether they were eligible, or whether they
belonged to one (PenSchm or Eligible or
EmPenShm = DK/ refusal)
Yes .................................................... 1 →
Q11
No ..................................................... 2 →See Q12
So do you think it's possible that you belong
to a pension scheme run by your employer,
or do you definitely not belong to one?
11. AVCS
Possibly belongs ............................... 1 →
Definitely not ..................................... 2
5. PersPnt1
Q5
Ask if employee OR (under pensionable
age and not self-employed) (Stat = 1 OR
(under pensionable age & Stat ≈/ 2))
Yes .................................................... 1 →See Q12
No ..................................................... 2
12. PersPnt2
Since 1988, people have been allowed to
contract out of the State Earnings Related Pension
Scheme (SERPS) and arrange their own personal
pension. The DSS then pays part of your National
Insurance contributions into your chosen personal
pension plan.
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
13. SePrsPen
Q7
Q9
The self-employed may arrange pensions for
themselves for which the contributions are
income tax deductible. These schemes are
sometimes called 'self-employed pensions' or
'Section 226 Retirement Annuities' or
'personal pensions'.
Do you at present contribute to one of
these schemes?
Ask if respondent has arranged own pension
scheme (PersPens = 1)
Yes .................................................... 1 → Education
No ..................................................... 2 →
Q14
Do you make any extra contributions over
and above any rebated National
Insurance contributions made by the
DSS on your behalf?
14. SeEvPers
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2
8. EmpCont
Ask if working (including those temporarily
away from job) and self-employed (Stat = 2)
INTERVIEWER - INTRODUCE IF NECESSARY
Now I would like to ask you about personal pension
schemes.
Do you at present have any such arrangements?
7. PersCont
Ask if the respondent belongs to the
employer’s pension scheme AND makes
other pension contributions
(EmPenShm = 1 & OthPers = 1)
Are these free-standing additional voluntary
contributions?
INTERVIEWER - INTRODUCE IF NECESSARY
Now I would like to ask you about personal
pensions (rather than employers' pension
schemes).
6. PersPens
about,) do you make any other pension
contributions (such as personal pensions,
retirement annuities or free-standing additional
contributions) which are income tax deductible?
Q8
Ask if does not, or does not know if they
contribute to one of the above schemes
(SePrsPen = 2 or DK)
Have you ever contributed to one of
these schemes?
Ask if employee and has arranged own pension
scheme (Stat = 1 & PersPens = 1)
Yes .................................................... 1 → Education
No ..................................................... 2
Does your employer contribute to the scheme?
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2
9. EverPers
EDUCATION
Q10
Ask this section of those aged 16-69 (not
asked of proxies) (DVAge = 16-69), others
see Adult Health
Ask if respondent has not, or does not know
if they have arranged own pension scheme
(Stat = 1 & PersPens = 2 or DK)
1. QualCh
Have you ever had any such arrangements?
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2
10. OthPers
Q10
Ask if under retirement age and NOT
self-employed or other employees or
unemployed who have had a job (Stat = 1 OR
(under pensionable age & Stat ≈/ 2)
I would now like to ask you about education
and work-related training. Do you have any
qualifications from school, college or university,
connected with work or from government
schemes?
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
Don’t know ........................................ 3 →
Q2
Q20
Q2
(Apart from the contributions you've already told me
217
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
2. Quals
Ask if respondent has a qualification, or
answers don’t know (QualCh = 1 or 3)
a Doctorate? .....................................
a Masters? ........................................
a Postgraduate Certificate
in Education? ..................................
or some other postgraduate degree
or professional qualification? ..........
Don't know ........................................
Which qualifications do (you think) you have,
starting with the highest qualifications?
SHOW CARD C
CODE ALL THAT APPLY - PROMPT AS
NECESSARY
5. BTEC
Degree level qualifications including
graduate membership of a
professional institute or PGCE
or higher .......................................... 1 →
Q3
Diploma in higher education ............. 2
HNC/HND ......................................... 3
ONC/OND ......................................... 4
BTEC, BEC OR TEC ........................ 5
SCOTVEC, SCOTEC
OR SCOTBEC ................................ 6
Teaching qualification
(excluding PGCE) ........................... 7
Nursing or other medical
qualification not yet mentioned ....... 8
Other higher education qualification
below degree level .......................... 9 → See Qs
A level or equivalent ......................... 10
5-19
SCE highers ...................................... 11
NVQ/SVQ ......................................... 12
GNVQ/GSVQ .................................... 13
AS level............................................. 14
Certificate of sixth year
studies (CSYS) or equivalent .......... 15
O level or equivalent ......................... 16
SCE STANDARD/ORDINARY
(O) GRADE ..................................... 17
GCSE ................................................ 18
CSE .................................................. 19
RSA .................................................. 20
City and Guilds ................................. 21
YT Certificate/YTP ............................ 22
Any other professional/
vocational qualifications/
foreign qualifications ....................... 23
Don’t know ........................................ 24
1
2
3 →See Q10
4
5
Ask if highest qualification is BTEC,
BEC or TEC (Quals = 5 AND does
NOT have a higher qualification)
Is your highest BTEC qualification...
CODE FIRST THAT APPLIES
at higher level? .................................
at National Certificate or
National Diploma level? ..................
a first diploma or general diploma? ..
a first certificate or
general certificate? ..........................
Don't know ........................................
6. SCTVEC
1
2
3 →See Q10
4
5
Ask if highest qualification is SCOTVEC
(Quals = 6 AND does NOT have a higher
qualification)
Is your highest SCOTVEC qualification...
CODE FIRST THAT APPLIES
higher level? .....................................
full National Certificate? ....................
a first diploma or
general diploma? ............................
a first certificate or
general certificate? ..........................
modules towards a
National Certificate? .......................
Don't know ........................................
7. Teach
1
2
3
→See Q10
4
5
6
Ask if highest qualification is a teaching
qualification excluding PGCE (Quals = 7
AND does NOT have a higher qualification)
Was your teaching qualification for...
3. Degree
Ask if highest qualification is a degree
level qualification (Quals = 1 AND does
NOT have a higher qualification)
Further education ..............................
Secondary education ........................
or primary education? .......................
Don’t know ........................................
Is your degree...
a higher degree (including PGCE)? ...
a first degree? ...................................
other (eg graduate member of
a professional institute or
chartered accountant)? ...................
Don't know ........................................
4. HighO
Was your higher degree...
CODE FIRST THAT APPLIES
Q4
→See Q10
3
4
Ask if has a higher degree (Degree = 1)
ASK OR RECORD
218
1 →
2
8. NumAL
1
2
3 →See Q10
4
Ask if highest qualification is A levels
(Quals = 10 AND does NOT have a
higher qualification)
Do you have...
one A level or equivalent .................. 1
or more than one? ............................ 2 →See Q10
Don’t know ........................................ 3
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
9. NumSCE
10. NVQlev
Ask if highest qualification is Scottish
highers (Quals = 11 AND does NOT
have a higher qualification)
14. CandG
Ask if highest qualification is City and Guilds
(Quals = 21 AND does NOT have a higher
qualification)
Do you have...
Is your highest City and Guilds qualification....
1 or 2 SCE highers ........................... 1
3 or more highers? ............................ 2 →See Q10
Don’t know ........................................ 3
CODE FIRST THAT APPLIES
advanced craft/part 3? ......................
craft/part 2? .......................................
foundation/part 1? .............................
Don't know ........................................
Ask if has NVQ/SVQ (Quals = 12)
1
2 →See Q17
3
4
What is your highest level of full NVQ/SVQ?
15. GCSE
Level 1 ..............................................
Level 2 ..............................................
Level 3 ..............................................
Level 4 ..............................................
Level 5 ..............................................
Don’t know ........................................
11. GNVQ
1
2
3 →See Q11
4
5
6
Ask if highest qualification is SCE
Standard/Ordinary Grade or GCSE
(Quals = 17 OR Quals = 18 AND does
NOT have a higher qualification)
Do you have any (GCSEs at grade C
or above) (SCE Standard grades 1-3/ O
grades at grade C or above)?
Ask if highest qualification is GNVQ/GSVQ
(Quals = 13 AND does NOT have a higher
qualification)
Yes .................................................... 1
No ..................................................... 2 →See Q17
Don’t know ........................................ 3
Is your highest GNVQ/GSVQ at...
16. CSE
CODE FIRST THAT APPLIES
advanced level? ................................
intermediate level? ............................
foundation level? ..............................
Don't know ........................................
12. NumAS
1
2 →See Q17
3
4
Ask if highest qualification is AS levels
(Quals = 14 AND does NOT have a higher
qualification)
Do you have any CSEs at grade 1?
Yes .................................................... 1
No ..................................................... 2 →See Q17
Don’t know ........................................ 3
17. NumOL
Do you have...
one AS level ......................................
2 or 3 AS levels ................................
or 4 or more passes at this level? .....
Don’t know ........................................
13. RSA
1
2 →See Q17
3
4
Ask if passes at GCSE at Grade C or
above OR CSE Grade 1 or O level or
equivalent OR SCE level or equivalent)
(CSE = 1 or GCSE = 1 or Quals = 16
or Quals = 17)
ASK OR RECORD
You mentioned that you have passes at
(GCSE at Grade C or above) (CSE Grade 1)
(O level or equivalent) (SCE level or equivalent).
Do you have...
Ask if highest qualification is RSA
(Quals = 20 AND does NOT have a higher
qualification)
Is your highest RSA...
fewer than 5 passes, ......................... 1
or 5 or more passes at this level? ..... 2 →See Q18
Don’t know ........................................ 3
CODE FIRST THAT APPLIES
a higher diploma? .............................
an advanced diploma or
advanced certificate? ......................
a diploma? ........................................
or some other RSA
(including Stage I,II & III)? ...............
Don't know ........................................
Ask if highest qualification is CSE
(Quals = 19 AND does NOT have a
higher qualification)
1
2
3 →See Q17
4
5
18. EngMath
Ask if has O levels, SCE Standard/
Ordinary (O) Grade or GCSEs or CSEs
(Quals = 16, 17, 18 or 19)
Do you have (GCSEs at Grade C or above)
(CSE Grade 1) (O levels or equivalent)
in English or Mathematics?
EXCLUDE ENGLISH LITERATURE
English ..............................................
Maths ................................................
Both ..................................................
Neither ..............................................
1
2 →See Q20
3
4
219
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
19. Appren
Ask if highest qualification is ‘any other
professional/vocational qualifications/foreign
qualifications’, or the respondent answered
‘don’t know’ (Quals = 23 or 24 or Qualch = 3
AND does NOT have a higher qualification)
23. EdAge
Asked of all aged 16-69 (DVAge = 16-69)
How old were you when you finished
your continuous full-time education?
CODE AS 97 IF NO EDUCATION
CODE AS 96 IF STILL IN EDUCATION
Are you doing or have you completed, a
recognised trade apprenticeship?
→
1..97
Yes, (completed) ............................... 1
Yes, (still doing) ................................ 2 →See Q20
No (including apprenticeships
begun but discontinued) ................. 3
20. Enroll
Are you at present attending any sort of
leisure or recreation classes during the day,
in the evenings or at weekends?
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
Are you at present (at school or sixth form
college or) enrolled on any full-time or
part-time education course excluding leisure
classes? (Include correspondence courses
and open learning as well as other forms of
full-time or part-time education course.)
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
Don’t know ........................................ 3
24. EducPres
Q24
25. EdTyp
Q25
Adult
Health
Ask if respondent is attending a leisure
or recreation class (EducPres = 1)
What type of college or organisation runs
these classes?
Q21
Q23
CODE ALL THAT APPLY (Enter at most 4 codes)
21. Attend
Ask if enrolled on education course
(Enroll = 1)
Evening institute/Local Education
Authority/College or Centre of
Adult Education ..............................
College of Further Education/
Technical College ...........................
University Extra-Mural Department ...
Other .................................................
And are you...
Still attending .................................... 1 →
Waiting for term to (re)start ............... 2
Or have you stopped going? ............ 3 →
22. Course
Q22
Q23
Ask if respondent is still attending
school or college, or waiting for term
to restart (Attend = 1 or 2 )
Ask this section of all adults (except
GenHlth which excludes proxy informants
Ask all (except proxy informants)
1. Genhlth [*]
CODE FIRST THAT APPLIES
220
2
3
4
Adult
Health
ADULT HEALTH
Are you (at school or 6th form college),
on a full or part-time course, a medical
or nursing course, a sandwich course,
or some other kind of course?
School full-time
(age < 20 years only) ...................... 1
School part-time
(age < 20 years only) ...................... 2
sandwich course ............................... 3
studying at a university or college
including sixth form college
FULL-TIME ..................................... 4
training for a qualification in nursing,
physiotherapy, or a similar
medical subject ............................... 5 →
on a part-time course at university
or college INCLUDING day release
and block release ............................ 6
on an Open College Course ............. 7
on an Open University Course .......... 8
any other correspondence course .... 9
any other self/open
learning course ............................... 10
1 →
Over the last twelve months would you
say your health has on the whole
been good, fairly good, or not good?
Good ................................................. 1
Fairly good ........................................ 2 →
Not good ........................................... 3
Q2
Ask all
2. Illness [*]
Q23
Do you have any longstanding illness,
disability or infirmity? By longstanding,
I mean anything that has troubled you
over a period of time or that is likely to
affect you over a period of time?
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
Q3
Q8
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
3. LMatter [*]
10. Cmatter [*]
Ask if has a longstanding illness (Illness = 1)
What was the matter with you?
ENTER TEXT OF AT MOST
40 CHARACTERS
What is the matter with you?
→
Q11
RECORD ONLY WHAT RESPONDENT SAYS
11. DocTalk
ENTER TEXT OF AT MOST
100 CHARACTERS
4. LMatNum
→
During the 2 weeks ending yesterday,
apart from any visit to a hospital,
did you talk to a doctor for any reason
at all, either in person or by telephone?
Q4
HOW MANY LONGSTANDING ILLNESSES
OR INFIRMITIES DOES RESPONDENT HAVE?
EXCLUDE: CONSULTATIONS MADE ON
BEHALF OF CHILDREN UNDER 16 AND
PERSONS OUTSIDE THE HOUSEHOLD
ENTER NUMBER OF LONGSTANDING
COMPLAINTS MENTIONED
IF MORE THAN 6 - TAKE THE SIX THAT THE
RESPONDENT CONSIDERS THE MOST
IMPORTANT
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
12. Nchats
1..6
5. LMat
Ask all
→
Q5
Q12
Q19
Ask if contact with doctor during the
last 2 weeks (DocTalk = 1)
How many times did you talk to a doctor
in these 2 weeks?
For each illness mentioned above
WHAT IS THE MATTER WITH RESPONDENT?
→
Q13
Informant ........................................... 1 →
Other member of household
16 or over ........................................ 2 →
Q15
1..9
ENTER THE (FIRST/SECOND/etc.)
CONDITION/SYMPTOM RESPONDENT
MENTIONED
ENTER TEXT OF AT MOST
40 CHARACTERS
6. ICD
→
→
Q6
Q7
14. ForPerNo
Does this illness or disability (Do any of
these illnesses or disabilities) limit your
activities in any way?
Q8
15. NHS
8. CutDown [*] Ask all
Q14
Ask if consultation was on behalf
of another member of the household
(WhsBhlf = 2)
CODE WHO CONSULTATION WAS MADE
FOR (PERSON NUMBER)
→
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2
Q15
For each consultation
Was this consultation...
Now I'd like you to think about the 2 weeks
ending yesterday. During those 2 weeks,
did you have to cut down on any of the
things you usually do (about the house/at
work or in your free time) because of
(answers at LMatter) or some other illness
or injury?
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
9. NdysCutD
For each consultation
On whose behalf was this consultation
made?
CODE FOR COMPLAINT AT LMat
ENTER TEXT OF AT MOST
12 CHARACTERS
7. LimitAct
13. WhsBhlf
Under the National Health Service ... 1 →
or paid for privately? ......................... 2
16. GP
Q16
Ask if contact with doctor during the
last 2 weeks (DocTalk = 1)
Was the doctor...
Q9
Q11
RUNNING PROMPT
A GP (ie a family doctor) ................... 1
or a specialist .................................... 2 →
or some other kind of doctor? ........... 3
Ask if had to cut down on normal
activities because of illness or injury
(CutDown = 1)
17. DocWhere
How many days was this in all during
these 2 weeks, including Saturdays
and Sundays?
Q17
For each consultation
Did you talk to the doctor...
RUNNING PROMPT
1..14
→
Q10
221
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
By telephone .....................................
at your home .....................................
in the doctor's surgery ......................
at a health centre ..............................
or elsewhere? ...................................
18. Presc
1
2
3 →
4
5
26. NcasVis
Q19
→
1..31
27. PrVists
During the last 2 weeks ending yesterday,
did you see a practice nurse at the GP
surgery on your own behalf?
Q27
Ask if respondent attended outpatients
(OutPatnt = 1)
Was your outpatient visit (were any of
your outpatient visits) during
(REFERENCE PERIOD) made under
the NHS, or was it (were any of them)
paid for privately?
EXCLUDE CONSULTATIONS WITH
COMMUNITY NURSES
20. Nnurse
Ask if respondent visited Casualty
(Casualty = 1)
(May I just check) How many times did
you go to Casualty altogether?
Ask all
Yes.................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
Q26
Q27
Q18
Did the doctor give (send) you a prescription?
Yes.................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2
19. SeeNurse
At least one visit to Casualty ............ 1 →
No Casualty visits ............................. 2 →
All under NHS ................................... 1 →
At least one paid for privately ........... 2 →
Q20
Q21
28. NprVists
Ask if the respondent saw a nurse
(SeeNurse = 1)
Q29
Q28
Ask if some private visits (PrVisits = 2)
ASK OR RECORD
How many times did you see a practice
nurse at the GP surgery in these 2 weeks?
(May I just check), How many of the
visits were paid for privately?
RECORD NUMBER OF TIMES
→
1..31
1..9
21. OutPatnt
→
Q21
29. DayPatnt
Ask all
22. Ntimes
Q22
Q29
Yes ..................................................
No ...................................................
30. MatDPat
Ask if respondent attended outpatients
(OutPatnt = 1)
How many times did you attend in (EARLIEST
MONTH IN REFERENCE PERIOD)?
0..97
23. NTimes2
222
Q23
Was this visit (were any of these visits)
to the Casualty department or was it
(were they all) to some other part of
the hospital?
→
Ask if has been a day-patient AND is
a women aged between 16-49
(DayPatnt = 1 & Sex = 2 & DVAge = 16-49),
others Q34
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
Q24
How many times did you attend in (THIRD
MONTH IN REFERENCE PERIOD)?
0..97
25. Casualty
→
1 →See Q30
2 →
Q37
May I just check, was that/were any of
those day-patient admissions for you to
have a baby?
How many times did you attend in (SECOND
MONTH IN REFERENCE PERIOD)?
0..97
24. NTimes3
→
Ask all
During the last year, that is, since
(DATE ONE YEAR AGO), have you been
in hospital for treatment as a day-patient,
ie admitted to a hospital bed or day ward,
but not required to remain overnight?
During the months of (LAST 3 COMPLETE
CALENDAR MONTHS) did you attend as a
patient the casualty or outpatient department of
a hospital (apart from straightforward anteor post-natal visits)?
Yes.................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
Q29
Q25
31. NumMatDP
Q31
Q34
Ask if respondent was a day-patient
because she was having a baby
(MatDPat = Yes)
How many separate days have you had
as a day-patient for having a baby
since (DATE ONE YEAR AGO)?
97 DAYS OR MORE - CODE 97
1..97
→
Q32
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
32. PrMatDP
Was this day-patient stay (were any of
these day-patient stays) for having a baby
under the NHS, or was it (were any of them)
paid for privately?
38. MatInPat
All under NHS ................................... 1 →
Q34
At least one paid for privately ........... 2 →See Q33
33. NprMatDP
May I just check, was that/were any
of those inpatient admissions for you
to have a baby?
Ask if day-patient stay for having a baby
was paid for privately AND respondent
was in hospital for more than one day
(PrMatDP = 2 & NumMatDP > 1), others Q34
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
39. NmtStay
ASK OR RECORD
How many of the visits were paid for privately?
1..31
34. NHSPDays
→
Ask if respondent has been an
inpatient AND she is a women
aged 16-49 (InPatnt = 1 & Sex = 2
& DVAge = 16-49)
Q39
Q43
Ask if inpatient admission was to
have a baby (MatInPat = 1)
How many separate stays in hospital as
an inpatient in order to have a baby have
you had since (DATE 1 YEAR AGO)?
Q34
Ask if the respondent was a day-patient
(DayPatnt = 1)
1..6
40. MtNights
(Apart from those maternity stays) how
many separate days in hospital have you
had as a day-patient since (DATE ONE
YEAR AGO)?
→
Q40
Ask for each maternity stay
How many nights altogether were you in
hospital on your (no.) stay to have a baby?
1..97
→
Q41
97 DAYS OR MORE - CODE 97
41. MatNHSTr
0..97
35. PrDptnt
→See Q35
NHS .................................................. 1 →
Private patient ................................... 2 →
Ask if had one or more days in hospital
(NHSPDays > 0)
Was this day-patient treatment (were
any of these day-patient treatments)
under the NHS, or was it (were any of them)
paid for privately?
42. MtPrvSty
Q43
Q42
If private patient (MatNHSTr = 2)
Were you treated in an NHS hospital or
in a private one?
All under NHS ................................... 1 →
Q37
At least one paid for privately ........... 2 →See Q36
36. NPrDpTnt
Were you treated under the NHS or were
you a private patient on that occasion?
Ask if day-patient stay was paid for
privately AND they were in hospital
for more than one day
(PrDptnt = 2 & NHSPDays > 1)
NHS hospital ..................................... 1 →
Private hospital ................................. 2
43. Nstays
Q43
Ask if respondent has been an
inpatient (InPatnt = 1)
(Apart from those maternity stays) how
many separate stays in hospital as an
inpatient have you had since (DATE 1
YEAR AGO)?
ASK OR RECORD
How many of the visits were paid for privately?
0..6
1..31
37. InPatnt
→
→
Q44
Q37
Ask all
44. Nights
During the last year, that is, since
(DATE 1 YEAR AGO), have you been
in hospital as an inpatient, overnight
or longer?
Yes .................................................... 1 →See Q38
No ..................................................... 2 →
Child
Health
Ask for each stay
How many nights altogether were you in
hospital on your... (first/second/...sixth) stay?
1..97
45. NHSTreat
→
Q45
Were you treated under the NHS or were
you a private patient on that occasion?
NHS .................................................. 1 →
Private patient ................................... 2 →
Child
Health
Q46
223
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Ask if a private patient (NHSTreat = 2)
46. PrvStay
6. LMatter
[*]
Were you treated in an NHS hospital or
in a private one?
NHS hospital ..................................... 1 →
Private hospital ................................. 2
Child
Health
What is the matter with (NAME)?
THIS IS TO ENSURE THAT THE
RESPONDENT MENTIONS ALL
LONGSTANDING ILLNESSES. YOU
DO NOT HAVE TO RECORD VERBATIM
HERE - A SUMMARY WILL DO
CHILD HEALTH
Ask if there is a child / there are children
under 16 in household (not asked of proxy
informants), others go to Smoking
1. AskHlth
ENTER TEXT OF AT MOST
40 CHARACTERS
THE NEXT SECTION IS ABOUT CHILD HEALTH.
WE ONLY NEED TO COLLECT THIS
INFORMATION ONCE FOR EACH CHILD IN THE
HOUSEHOLD.
WHO WILL ANSWER THE CHILD HEALTH
SECTION FOR (CHILD’S NAME)?
7. LMatNum
→
Q7
HOW MANY LONGSTANDING ILLNESSES
OR INFIRMITIES DOES (NAME) HAVE?
Q2
1..6
2. AskNowCH
→
ENTER NUMBER OF LONGSTANDING
COMPLAINTS MENTIONED.
IF MORE THAN 6 - TAKE THE SIX THAT
THE RESPONDENTCONSIDERS THE
MOST IMPORTANT
INTERVIEWER ENTER PERSON NUMBER
1..14
Ask if child has a longstanding
illness, disability or infirmity
(Illness =1)
INTERVIEWER: DO YOU WANT TO ASK
THIS SECTION FOR (CHILD’S NAME)
NOW OR LATER?
8. LMatCH
→
Q8
For each illness mentioned at LMatNum
WHAT IS THE MATTER WITH (NAME)?
IF YOU HAVE ALREADY ASKED THIS
SECTION FOR (CHILD’S NAME), DO
NOT CHANGE FROM CODE 1
Yes, now/already asked ................... 1 →
Later.................................................. 2 →
3. Cstill
ENTER THE (FIRST/SECOND/etc.)
CONDITION/SYMPTOM RESPONDENT
MENTIONED
Q4
Q3
If the section is to be asked later
(AskNowCH = 2)
9. ICDCH
REMINDER
THE FOLLOWING ADULTS STILL NEED
TO ANSWER THE CHILD HEALTH SECTION
ON BEHALF OF SOME OF THE CHILDREN
4. Genhlth [*]
10. LimitAct [*]
For each child
5. Illness
[*]
224
Q5
Q9
CODE FOR EACH COMPLAINT
AT LMatCH
→
Q10
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2
Q11
If child has a longstanding illness,
disability or infirmity
(Illness = 1)
11. CutDown [*] For each child
Now I'd like you to think about the 2 weeks
ending yesterday. During those 2 weeks,
did (NAME) have to cut down on any of
the things he/she usually does (at school
or in his/her free time) because of
(answer at LMatter or some other) illness
or injury?
Does (NAME) have any longstanding
illness, disability or infirmity? By
longstanding, I mean anything that has
troubled them over a period of time or
that is likely to affect them over a period
of time?
Yes.................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
→
Does this illness or disability (Do any of
these illnesses or disabilities) limit
(NAME)'s activities in any way?
Over the last twelve months would you
say (NAME’s) health has on the whole
been good, fairly good, or not good?
Good ................................................. 1
Fairly good ........................................ 2 →
Not good ........................................... 3
ENTER TEXT OF AT MOST
40 CHARACTERS
Q6
Q11
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
Q12
Q14
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
12. NdysCutD
Ask if child has had to cut down (CutDown = 1)
19. Presc
How many days did (NAME) have to cut
down in all during these 2 weeks,
including Saturdays and Sundays?
13. Matter
[*]
Q13
20. SeeNurse
→
For each child
EXCLUDE CONSULTATIONS WITH
COMMUNITY NURSES
see a practice nurse at the
GP surgery ......................................
see a health visitor at the
GP surgery ......................................
go to child health clinic .....................
go to child welfare clinic? ..................
Did not go to any of these. ................
INCLUDE BEING SEEN BY A DOCTOR
AT A SCHOOL CLINIC, BUT EXCLUDE
VISITS TO A CHILD WELFARE CLINIC
RUN BY A LOCAL AUTHORITY
21. Nnurse
INCLUDE TELEPHONE CONSULTATIONS
AND CONSULTATIONS MADE ON BEHALF
OF CHILDREN
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
Q15
Q20
Q16
For each consultation
→
Q22
For each child
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
Under the National Health Service ... 1 →
or paid for privately? ......................... 2
Q17
23. Ntimes1
Q23
Q28
Ask if child has been an outpatient
(OutPatnt = 1)
Was the doctor...
How many times did (NAME) attend in
(EARLIEST MONTH IN REFERENCE PERIOD)?
RUNNING PROMPT
A GP (ie a family doctor) ................... 1
or a specialist .................................... 2 →
or some other kind of doctor? ........... 3
0..97
For each consultation
25. NTimes3
1
2
3 →
4
5
Q24
How many times did (NAME) attend in
(SECOND MONTH IN REFERENCE PERIOD)?
0..97
Did you or any other member of the
household (or NAME) talk to thedoctor...
By telephone .....................................
at your home .....................................
in the doctor's surgery ......................
at a health centre ..............................
or elsewhere? ...................................
→
Q18
24. NTimes2
18. DocWhere
Q22
During the months of (LAST 3 COMPLETE
CALENDAR MONTHS), did (NAME) attend
as a patient the casualty or outpatient department
of a hospital (apart from straightforward
post-natal visits)?
Was this consultation...
17. GP
2
3 →
4
5
Ask if child saw a practice nurse
(SeeNurse = 1)
1..9
22. OutPatnt
→
Q21
RECORD NUMBER OF TIMES
If child consulted a doctor (DocTalk = 1)
1..9
1 →
How many times did (NAME) see a
practice nurse at the GP surgery in
these 2 weeks?
How many times did (NAME) talk to the
doctor (or you or any other member of
the household consult the doctor on
NAME’s behalf) in those 2 weeks?
16. NHS
For each child
RUNNING PROMPT
CODE ALL THAT APPLY
Q14
During the 2 weeks ending yesterday,
apart from visits to a hospital, did
(NAME) talk to a doctor for any reason
at all, or did you or any other member
of the household talk to a doctor on
his/her behalf?
15. Nchats
Q20
During the last 2 weeks ending yesterday,
did (NAME) ...
What was the matter with (NAME)?
ENTER TEXT OF AT MOST
80 CHARACTERS
14. DocTalk
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2
→
1..14
Did the doctor give (send) (NAME)
a prescription?
Q19
→
Q25
How many times did (NAME) attend in
(THIRD MONTH IN REFERENCE PERIOD)?
0..97
→
Q26
225
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
26. Casualty
Was the visit (were any of the visits) to
the Casualty department or was it
(were they) to some other part of the hospital?
At least one visit to Casualty ............ 1 →
No Casualty visits ............................. 2 →
27. NcasVis
SMOKING
Ask this section of all adults, except
proxy informants
Q27
Q28
1..31
→
2. SelfCom
Ask all 16 and 17 year olds
(DVAge = 16-17)
For each child
INFORMANT IS AGED 16 OR 17 OFFER SELF-COMPLETION FORM
AND ENTER CODE
During the last year, that is since
(DATE 1 YEAR AGO) has (NAME)
been in hospital for treatment as a daypatient, ie admitted to a hospital bed or
day ward, but not required to remain in
hospital overnight?
Informant accepted
self-completion ................................ 1 →
Q3
Informant refused
self-completion ................................ 2 → Drinking
Data now to be keyed
by interviewer .................................. 3 →
Q3
Yes.................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
29. NHSPDays
The next section consists of a series of
questions about SMOKING
(Not asked of proxy respondents)
Ask if child went to Casualty (Casualty = 1)
(May I just check) How many times did
(NAME) go to Casualty altogether?
28. DayPatnt
1. SmkIntro
Q28
Q29
Q30
3. SmokEver
Ask if child has been a day-patient
(DayPatnt = 1)
Have you ever smoked a cigarette, a cigar,
or a pipe?
How many separate days in hospital has
(NAME) had as a day-patient since
(DATE 1 YEAR AGO)?
1..97
30. InPatnt
Ask if aged 18 or over (except proxy
informants) (DVAge ≥ 18)
Yes .................................................... 1 →
Q4
No ..................................................... 2 → Drinking
→
Q30
4. CigNow
Ask if respondent has ever smoked
(SmokEver = 1)
For each child
Do you smoke cigarettes at all nowadays?
During the last year, that is, since
(DATE 1 YEAR AGO) has (NAME)
been in hospital as an inpatient, overnight
or longer?
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
5. QtyWkEnd
EXCLUDE: Births unless baby stayed in
hospital after mother had left
Q5
Q13
Ask if respondent smokes cigarettes now
(CigNow = 1)
About how many cigarettes A DAY do you
usually smoke at weekends?
Yes.................................................... 1 →
Q31
No ..................................................... 2 →Smoking
IF LESS THAN 1, ENTER 0
31. Nstays
Ask if child has been an inpatient
(InPatnt = 1)
→
Q6
→
Q7
filter-tipped cigarettes ....................... 1 →
or plain or untipped cigarettes .......... 2
or hand-rolled cigarettes? ................. 3 →
Q8
0..97
How many separate stays in hospital as
an inpatient has (NAME) had since
(DATE 1 YEAR AGO)?
6. QtyWkDay
About how many cigarettes A DAY do
you usually smoke on weekdays?
IF LESS THAN 1, ENTER 0
IF 6 OR MORE, CODE 6
0..97
1..6
→
Q32
7. CigType
32. Nights
Do you mainly smoke.....
For each stay
RUNNING PROMPT
How many nights altogether was (NAME)
in hospital during stay number (...)?
1..97
226
→Smoking
Q10
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
8. Cig1Desc
DAY when you smoked them regularly?
Ask if cigarette types include plain or
filter cigarettes (CigType = 1 or 2)
IF LESS THAN 1, ENTER 0
Which brand of cigarette do you usually smoke?
0..97
GIVE (1) FULL BRAND NAME
(2) SIZE, eg King, luxury, regular
IF NO REGULAR BRAND THEN TYPE
‘no reg’ HERE
IF INFORMANT SMOKES TWO BRANDS
EQUALLY TYPE ‘two’ HERE
IF INFORMANT SMOKES SUPERKINGS
(WITH NO OTHER BRAND NAME ON THE
PACKET) CODE AS JOHN PLAYERS
SUPERKINGS
15. CigStop
ENTER TEXT OF AT MOST
60 CHARACTERS
→
Q9
Code for brand at CigIDesc
→
Q10
Q16
Ask of all respondents who have ever
smoked cigarettes
(CigNow = 1 or CigEver = 1)
How old were you when you started to
smoke cigarettes regularly?
How easy or difficult would you find it to
go without smoking for a whole day?
Would you find it...
SPONTANEOUS: NEVER SMOKED
CIGARETTES REGULARLY - CODE 0
RUNNING PROMPT
0..97
very easy ..........................................
fairly easy ..........................................
fairly difficult or ..................................
very difficult? .....................................
1
2 →
3
4
17. CigarReg
Q11
→
Q17
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
Q18
Q19
Ask respondents who have ever
smoked (SmokEver = 1)
Do you smoke at least one cigar of any
kind per month nowadays?
Would you like to give up smoking
altogether?
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2
12. FirstCig
1
2
3 →
4
5
6
How long ago did you stop smoking
cigarettes regularly?
Less than 6 months ago ...................
6 months but less than a year ago ....
1 year but less than 2 years ago ......
2 years but less than 5 years ago .....
5 years but less than 10 years ago ...
10 years or more ago .......................
10. NoSmoke [*] Ask if respondent smokes cigarettes
now (CigNow = 1)
11. GiveUp [*]
Q15
PROMPT AS NECESSARY
16. CigAge
9. CigCODE
→
Q12
18. CigarsWk
How soon after waking do you USUALLY
smoke your first cigarette of the day?
Ask if respondent smokes at least one
cigar per month (CigarReg = 1)
About how many cigars do you usually
smoke in a week?
PROMPT AS NECESSARY
IF LESS THAN 1, ENTER 0
Less than 5 minutes ..........................
5-14 minutes .....................................
15-29 minutes ...................................
30 minutes but less than 1 hour ........
1 hour but less than 2 hours .............
2 hours or more ................................
13. CigEver
1
2
3 →
4
5
6
0..97
Q16
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
Ask if respondent does not smoke at
least one cigar per month (CigarReg = 2)
Have you ever regularly smoked at least
one cigar of any kind per month?
Ask if respondent does not smoke
cigarettes now but has smoked a
cigarette or cigar or pipe
(SmokEver = 1 & CigNow = 2)
Yes .................................................... 1 →See Q20
No ..................................................... 2
20. PipeNow
Have you ever smoked cigarettes regularly?
14. CigUsed
19. CigarEvr
→See Q20
Q14
Q17
Ask if respondent has ever smoked
cigarettes regularly (CigEver = 1)
Ask men who have ever smoked
(CigNow = 1 AND Sex = 1)
Do you smoke a pipe at all nowadays?
Yes .................................................... 1 → Drinking
No ..................................................... 2 →
Q21
About how many cigarettes did you smoke IN A
227
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
21. PipEver
Ask if respondent doesn’t currently smoke a
pipe (PipeNow = 2)
6. StopDrin [*]
Have you ever smoked a pipe regularly?
What would you say was the MAIN
reason you stopped drinking?
Yes.................................................... 1 → Drinking
No ..................................................... 2
Religious reasons .............................
Don't like it ........................................
Parent's advice/influence ..................
Health reasons ..................................
Can't afford it ....................................
Other .................................................
DRINKING
Ask this section of all adults except
proxy informants
1. Selfcom2
I'm going to read out a few descriptions
about the amounts of alcohol people drink,
and I'd like you to say which one fits you best.
Would you say you:
Interviewer asked section ................. 1
Informant accepted self-completion .. 2 →
Data now keyed by interviewer ......... 3
hardly drink at all .............................
drink a little ......................................
drink a moderate amount ................
drink quite a lot ...............................
or drink heavily? ..............................
Q2
Ask all (except proxy informants)
(DVAge ≥ 18 or Selfcom2 = 1)
8. Intro
I'm now going to ask you a few questions
about what you drink - that is if you do drink.
Yes.................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
Q7
Q3
Ask if does not drink nowadays
(DrinkNow = 2)
9. Nbeer
Could I just check, does that mean you
never have an alcoholic drink nowadays,
or do you have an alcoholic drink very
occasionally, perhaps for medicinal
purposes or on special occasions like
Christmas or New Year?
Very occasionally .............................. 1 →
Never ................................................ 2 →
4. TeeTotal
Q8
INTERVIEWER - READ OUT:
Q9
SHOW CARD D
I'd like to ask you first about NORMAL
STRENGTH beer or cider which has less
than 6% alcohol.
Q7
Q4
How often have you had a drink of
NORMAL STRENGTH BEER, LAGER,
STOUT, CIDER or SHANDY (excluding
cans and bottles of shandy) during the
last 12 months?
Ask if never drinks (DrinkAny = 2)
INTERVIEWER: (NORMAL = LESS
THAN 6% ALCOHOL BY VOLUME)
Have you always been a non-drinker, or
did you stop drinking for some reason?
Always a non-drinker ........................ 1 →
Used to drink but stopped ................. 2 →
Q5
Q6
5. NonDrink [*] Ask if respondent has always been a
non-drinker (TeeTotal = 1)
What would you say is the MAIN reason
you have always been a non-drinker?
Religious reasons .............................
Don't like it ........................................
Parent's advice/influence ..................
Health reasons..................................
Can't afford it ....................................
Other .................................................
228
1
2
3 →
4
5
I'd like to ask you whether you have drunk
different types of alcoholic drink in the last
12 months. I’d like to hear about ALL types
of alcoholic drinks you have had. If you are
not sure whether a drink you have had goes
into a category, please let me know. I do not
need to know about non-alcoholic or low
alcohol drinks.
→
Do you ever drink alcohol nowadays, including
drinks you brew or make at home?
3. DrinkAny
1
2
3 → Social
4
Capital
5
6
7. DrinkAmt [*] Ask if respondent drinks at all nowadays
(DrinkNow = 1 or DrinkAny = 1)
Ask all 16 and 17 year olds
(DVAge = 16-17)
(INFORMANT IS AGED 16 OR 17) OFFER SELF-COMPLETION FORM
AND ENTER CODE
2. DrinkNow
Ask if respondent used to drink
but stopped (TeeTotal = 2)
1
2
3 → Social
4
Capital
5
6
IF RESPONDENT DOES NOT KNOW
WHETHER BEER ETC DRUNK IS STRONG
OR NORMAL, INCLUDE HERE AS NORMAL
Almost every day ..............................
5 or 6 days a week ............................
3 or 4 days a week ............................
once or twice a week ........................
once or twice a month .......................
once every couple of months ............
once or twice a year ..........................
not at all in last 12 months ................
1
2
3
4 →
5
6
7
8 →
Q10
Q14
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
10. NbeerM
Ask if respondent drank normal strength
beer(lager/stout/cider/shandy) at all this
year (Nbeer = 1-7)
WHETHER BEER ETC DRUNK IS STRONG
OR NORMAL, INCLUDE AS NORMAL
STRENGTH AT NBeer ABOVE
How much NORMAL STRENGTH BEER,
LAGER, STOUT, CIDER or SHANDY
(excluding cans and bottles of shandy)
have you usually drunk on any one day
during the last 12 months?
Almost every day ..............................
5 or 6 days a week ............................
3 or 4 days a week ............................
once or twice a week ........................
once or twice a month .......................
once every couple of months ............
once or twice a year ..........................
not at all in last 12 months ................
CODE MEASURES THAT YOU ARE GOING
TO USE
CODE ALL THAT APPLY
PROBE IF NECESSARY
Half pints ...........................................
Small cans ........................................
Large cans ........................................
Bottles ...............................................
11. NbeerQ
1
2 →
3
4
15. SbeerM
Q11
Q15
Q19
Ask if respondent drank strong beer
(lager/stout/cider) at all this year
(Sbeer = 1-7)
How much STRONG BEER, LAGER,
STOUT or CIDER have you usually drunk
on any one day during the last 12 months?
For each measure mentioned at NbeerM
CODE MEASURES THAT YOU ARE GOING
TO USE
CODE ALL THAT APPLY
PROBE IF NECESSARY
ASK OR RECORD
How many (Answer AT NBeerM) of
NORMAL STRENGTH BEER, LAGER,
STOUT, CIDER OR SHANDY (EXCLUDING
CANS AND BOTTLES OF SHANDY) have
you usually drunk on any one day during the
last 12 months?
1..97
12. NbrlDesc
1
2
3 →
4
5
6
7
8 →
Half pints ...........................................
Small cans ........................................
Large cans ........................................
Bottles ...............................................
→See Q12
16. SbeerQ
Ask if respondent described measures
in ‘Bottles’ (NBeerM = 4)
1
2 →
3
4
Q16
For each measure mentioned at SbeerM
ASK OR RECORD
How many (ANSWER AT SBeerM) of
STRONG BEER, LAGER, STOUT or CIDER
have you usually drunk on any one day during
the last 12 months?
What make of NORMAL STRENGTH BEER,
LAGER,STOUT or CIDER do you usually
drink from bottles?
IF RESPONDENT DOES NOT KNOW
WHAT MAKE, OR RESPONDENT DRINKS
DIFFERENT MAKES OF NORMAL STRENGTH
BEER, LAGER, STOUT OR CIDER, PROBE:
'What make have you drunk most frequently
or most recently?'
ENTER TEXT OF AT MOST
21 CHARACTERS
→
Q13
13. NBrCODE
Code for brand at NBrIDesc
→
Q14
14. Sbeer
Ask if respondent drinks at all nowadays
(DrinkNow = 1 or DrinkAny =1)
1..97
7. SbrlDesc
Ask if respondent described measures
in ‘Bottles’ (SBeerM = 4)
What make of STRONG BEER, LAGER, STOUT
or CIDER do you usually drink from bottles?
IF RESPONDENT DOES NOT KNOW WHAT
MAKE, OR RESPONDENT DRINKS DIFFERENT
MAKES OF STRONG BEER, LAGER, STOUT OR
CIDER, PROBE:
'What make have you drunk most frequently
or most recently?'
SHOW CARD D
Now I'd like to ask you about STRONG BEER
OR CIDER which has 6% or more alcohol
(eg Tennants Extra, Special Brew, Diamond White).
How often have you had a drink of STRONG BEER,
LAGER, STOUT or CIDER during the last 12
months?
→See Q17
ENTER TEXT OF AT MOST
21 CHARACTERS
→
Q18
18. SBrCODE
Code for brand at SBrIDesc
→
Q19
19. Spirits
Ask if respondent drinks at all nowadays
(DrinkNow = 1 or DrinkAny = 1)
SHOW CARD D
(STRONG=6% and over alcohol by volume)
IF RESPONDENT DOES NOT KNOW
How often have you had a drink of SPIRITS
or LIQUEURS, such as gin, whisky, brandy,
229
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
rum, vodka, advocaat or cocktails during the
last 12 months?
Almost every day ..............................
5 or 6 days a week ............................
3 or 4 days a week ............................
once or twice a week ........................
once or twice a month.......................
once every couple of months ............
once or twice a year ..........................
not at all in last 12 months ................
20. SpiritsQ
1
2
3
4 →
5
6
7
8 →
once or twice a week ........................
once or twice a month.......................
once every couple of months ............
once or twice a year ..........................
not at all in last 12 months ................
Q20
24. WineQ
25. Pops
Q22
Q23
Ask if respondent drank sherry or martini
at all this year (Sherry = 1-7)
How much SHERRY or MARTINI, including port,
vermouth, Cinzano and Dubonnet, have you
usually drunk on any one day during the last
12 months?
23. Wine
26. PopsQ
1
2
3
4 →
5
6
7
8 →
Q26
Q27
As if respondent drank alcopops at all
this year (Pops = 1-7)
How much alcopops (ie alcoholic lemonade,
alcoholic colas or other alcoholic fruit- or
herb-flavoured drinks) have you usually
drunk on any one day during the last
12 months?
CODE THE NUMBER OF BOTTLES
1..97
→
Q27
27. DrinkOft [*] Ask if respondent drinks at all nowadays
(DrinkNow = 1 or DrinkAny = 1)
CODE THE NUMBER OF GLASSES
1..97
Ask if respondent drinks at all nowadays
(DrinkNow = 1 or DrinkAny = 1)
Almost every day ..............................
5 or 6 days a week ............................
3 or 4 days a week ............................
once or twice a week ........................
once or twice a month.......................
once every couple of months ............
once or twice a year ..........................
not at all in last 12 months ................
How often have you had a drink of SHERRY
or MARTINI including port, vermouth, Cinzano
and Dubonnet, during the last 12 months?
22. SherryQ
Q25
How often have you had a drink of
ALCOPOPS (ie alcoholic lemonade,
alcoholic colas or other alcoholic fruit- or
herb-flavoured drinks eg. Hooch, Two Dogs,
Alcola etc), during the last 12 months?
Q21
SHOW CARD D
1
2
3
4 →
5
6
7
8 →
→
SHOW CARD D
Ask if respondent drinks at all nowadays
(DrinkNow = 1 or DrinkAny = 1)
Almost every day ..............................
5 or 6 days a week ............................
3 or 4 days a week ............................
once or twice a week ........................
once or twice a month.......................
once every couple of months ............
once or twice a year ..........................
not at all in last 12 months ................
Ask if respondent drank wine at all this
year (Wine = 1-7)
1..97
CODE THE NUMBER OF SINGLES - COUNT
DOUBLES AS TWO SINGLES
21. Sherry
Q25
CODE THE NUMBER OF GLASSES
1 BOTTLE = 6 GLASSES, 1 LITRE = 8 GLASSES
How much SPIRITS or LIQUEURS (such as gin,
whisky, brandy, rum, vodka, advocaat or cocktails)
have you usually drunk on any one day during the
last 12 months?
→
Q24
How much WINE, including Babycham
and champagne, have you usually drunk
on any one day during the last 12 months?
Q21
Ask if respondent drank spirits or liqueurs
at all this year (Spirits = 1-7)
1..97
4
5 →
6
7
8 →
→
Q23
Ask if respondent drinks at all nowadays
(DrinkNow = 1 or DrinkAny = 1)
SHOW CARD D
Thinking now about all kinds of drinks,
how often have you had an alcoholic
drink of any kind during the last 12 months?
SHOW CARD D
How often have you had a drink of WINE, including
Babycham and champagne, during the last
12 months?
Almost every day .............................. 1
5 or 6 days a week ............................ 2 →
3 or 4 days a week ............................ 3
230
Q24
Almost every day .............................. 1
5 or 6 days a week ............................ 2
3 or 4 days a week ............................ 3
once or twice a week ........................ 4
once or twice a month....................... 5
once every couple of months ............ 6
once or twice a year .......................... 7
not at all in last 12 months ................ 8
→
Q28
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
28. DrinkL7
You have told me what you have drunk
over the last 12 months, but we know that
what people drink can vary a lot from week
to week, so I'd like to ask you a few questions
about last week. Did you have an alcoholic drink
in the seven days ending yesterday?
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
29. DrnkDay
33. NBrL7
Still thinking about last (DAY AT WHICHDAY),
how much NORMAL STRENGTH BEER, LAGER,
STOUT, CIDER or SHANDY (excluding cans and
bottles of shandy) did you drink that day?
Q29
Q45
CODE MEASURES THAT YOU ARE GOING
TO USE
CODE ALL THAT APPLY
PROBE IF NECESSARY
Ask if respondent has had an alcoholic
drink in the last week (DrnkL7 = 1)
On how many days out of the last seven
did you have an alcoholic drink?
1..7
30. DrnkSame
Half pints ...........................................
Small cans ........................................
Large cans ........................................
Bottles ...............................................
→See Q30
Ask if respondent had an alcoholic drink
on two or more days last week
(DrnkDay = 2-7), others go to Q31
34. NBrl7Q
31. WhichDay
1..97
35. NB7IDesc
Which day (last week) did you last have
an alcoholic drink/have the most to drink?
32. DrnkType
1
2
3
4 →
5
6
7
Ask if respondent has had an alcoholic
drink in the last week (DrinkL7 = 1),
others go to Q45
SHOW CARD E
→
→
→
→
→
→
Ask if respondent described measures
in ‘Bottles’ (NBrL7 = 4)
What make of NORMAL STRENGTH BEER,
LAGER,STOUT or CIDER do you usually drink
from bottles?
Q32
IF RESPONDENT DRANK DIFFERENT MAKES
CODE WHICH THEY DRANK MOST
ENTER TEXT OF AT MOST
21 CHARACTERS
→
36. NB7CODE
Code for brand at NB7IDesc
→See Q37
37. SBrL7
Ask if respondent drank ‘strong beer/
lager/cider’ on that day (DrnkType = 2)
Q36
Still thinking about last (DAY AT WHICHDAY),
how much STRONG BEER, LAGER, STOUT,
CIDER did you drink that day?
CODE ALL THAT APPLY
1
2
3
4
5
6
→See Q35
ASK OR RECORD
Thinking about last (DAY AT WHICHDAY)
what types of drink did you have that day?
Normal strength beer/lager/
cider/shandy ....................................
Strong beer/lager/cider .....................
Spirits or liqueurs ..............................
Sherry or martini ...............................
Wine ..................................................
Alcoholic lemonades/colas ...............
Q34
For each measure mentioned at NBrL7
Q31
Ask if respondent had an alcoholic drink
last week (DrinkL7 = 1)
Sunday ..............................................
Monday .............................................
Tuesday ............................................
Wednesday .......................................
Thursday ...........................................
Friday ................................................
Saturday ...........................................
1
2 →
3
4
How many (Answer at NBrL7) of NORMAL
STRENGTH BEER, LAGER, STOUT OR
CIDER OR SHANDY (EXCLUDING CANS
AND BOTTLES OF SHANDY) have you
usually drunk on any one day during the last
12 months?
Did you drink more on some days than
others/one of the days, or did you drink
about the same on each of these/both days?
Drank more on one/some day(s)
than other(s) .................................... 1 →
Same each day ................................. 2
Ask if respondent drank ‘normal strength
beer/lager/cider/shandy’ on that day
(DrnkType = 1)
Q33
Q37
Q41
Q42
Q43
Q44
CODE MEASURES THAT YOU ARE GOING
TO USE
CODE ALL THAT APPLY. PROBE IF NECESSARY
Half pints ...........................................
Small cans ........................................
Large cans ........................................
Bottles ...............................................
1
2 →
3
4
Q38
231
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
38. SBrL7Q
For each measure mentioned at SBrL7
alcoholic colas or other alcoholic fruitor herb-flavoured drinks) did you drink
on that day?
How many (Answer at SBrL7) of STRONG BEER,
LAGER, STOUT or CIDER have you usually drunk
on any one day during the last 12 months?
1..97
39. SB7IDesc
→See Q39
CODE THE NUMBER OF BOTTLES
→
Q45
45. DrAmount [*] Ask if respondent drinks at all nowadays
(DrinkNow= 1 or DrinkAny = 1)
Ask if respondent described measures in
‘Bottles’ (SBrL7 = 4)
Compared to five years ago, would you
say that on the whole you drink more,
about the same or less nowadays?
ASK OR RECORD
What make of STRONG BEER, LAGER, STOUT
or CIDER do you usually drink from bottles?
More nowadays ................................ 1
Social
About the same ................................ 2 → Capital
Less nowadays ................................. 3
IF RESPONDENT DRANK DIFFERENT MAKES
CODE WHICH THEY DRANK MOST
SOCIAL CAPITAL
ENTER TEXT OF AT MOST
21 CHARACTERS
→
40. SB7CODE
Code for brand at SB7IDesc
→See Q41
41. SpirL7
Ask if respondent drank spirits or liqueurs
on that day (DrnkType = 3)
1. AskNow
Ask selected adult
Q40
(NAME) HAS BEEN PICKED TO ANSWER
THE SECTION ON SOCIAL CAPITAL
DO YOU WANT TO ASK THIS SECTION
FOR (NAME) NOW OR LATER?
IF YOU HAVE ALREADY ASKED THIS
SECTION FOR (NAME), DO NOT CHANGE
FROM CODE 1
Still thinking about last (DAY AT WHICHDAY),
how much spirits or liqueurs (such as gin, whisky,
brandy, rum, vodka, advocaat or cocktails) did you
drink on that day?
CODE THE NUMBER OF SINGLES - COUNT
DOUBLES AS TWO SINGLES
1..97
42. ShryL7
Yes, now/already asked ................... 1
Later .................................................. 2
Ask if they want to be asked now (AskNow = 1)
2. SOCIAL
Areaint
→See Q42
Now I would like to ask you some questions
about your local area. (By area I mean within
about a 15-20 minute walk or 5-10 minute drive
from your home.)
Ask if respondent drank sherry or martini
on that day (DrnkType = 4)
Still thinking about last (DAY AT WHICHDAY),
how much sherry or martini, including port,
vermouth, Cinzano and Dubonnet did you drink
on that day?
3. Arealive
Ask selected adult
How long have you lived in this area?
CODE YEARS
IF LESS THAN 1 CODE AS 0
CODE THE NUMBER OF GLASSES
1..97
43. WineL7
→See Q43
Ask if respondent drank wine on that day
(DrnkType = 5)
0..97
4. Areamth
Ask if they have lived in the area for less
than a year (Arealive = 0), others Q5
Still thinking about last (DAY AT WHICHDAY),
how much wine, including Babycham and
champagne, did you drink on that day?
CODE THE NUMBER OF GLASSES
1 BOTTLE = 6 GLASSES. 1 LITRE = 8 GLASSES
→ See Q4
How many months have you lived in this area?
0..11
5. Enjyliv
[*]
→
Q5
Ask selected adult
Would you say this is an area you enjoy living in?
1..97
44. PopsL7
→See Q44
Ask if respondent drank alcopops on
that day (DrnkType = 6)
Still thinking about last (DAY AT WHICHDAY),
how much alcopops (ie alcoholic lemonade,
232
Yes .................................................... 1
No ..................................................... 2 →
Don’t know ........................................ 3
Q6
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
6. Locserv [*]
7. Leisyou [*]
Thinking generally about what you expect
of local services, how would you rate
the following:
→
12. Schools [*] Local schools, colleges and adult education
Q7
SHOW CARD F
Very good .........................................
Good .................................................
Average ............................................
Poor ..................................................
Very poor ..........................................
Don’t know or have had no
experience ......................................
Social & leisure facilities for people like yourself
SHOW CARD F
Very good .........................................
Good .................................................
Average ............................................
Poor ..................................................
Very poor ..........................................
Don’t know or have had no
experience ......................................
8. Leiskids [*]
1
2
3
4 →
5
Q8
13. Police
1
2
3
4 →
5
Q9
[*]
1
2
3
4 →
5
14. Transprt
1
2
3
4 →
5
Q14
6
What is your main form of transport?
Car/motorcycle/moped ......................
Public transport
(ie buses and trains) .......................
Cycling ..............................................
Walking .............................................
Other .................................................
Never goes out .................................
6
SHOW CARD F
10. Bins
[*] Local police service
Very good .........................................
Good .................................................
Average ............................................
Poor ..................................................
Very poor ..........................................
Don’t know or have had no
experience ......................................
Facilities for teenagers (those aged 13 to 17)
Very good .........................................
Good .................................................
Average ............................................
Poor ..................................................
Very poor ..........................................
Don’t know or have had no
experience ......................................
6
SHOW CARD F
SHOW CARD F
9. Leisteen [*]
Q13
6
Facilities for young children up to the age of 12
Very good .........................................
Good .................................................
Average ............................................
Poor ..................................................
Very poor ..........................................
Don’t know or have had no
experience ......................................
1
2
3
4 →
5
1
2
3 →
4
5
6
Q15
15. Loctrans [*] Would you say this area has good local
transport for where you want to get to?
Q10
Yes .................................................... 1
No ..................................................... 2 →
Don’t know ........................................ 3
6
Rubbish collection
Q16
16. Walkday [*] How safe do you feel walking alone in this
area during daytime? Do you feel ...
SHOW CARD F
RUNNING PROMPT
Very good .........................................
Good .................................................
Average ............................................
Poor ..................................................
Very poor ..........................................
Don’t know or have had no
experience ......................................
11. Lochlth [*]
1
2
3
4 →
5
Q11
6
Local health services (e.g. your GP or the
local hospital)
1
2
3 →
4
Q17
5
17. Walkdark [*] How safe do you feel walking alone in this
area after dark? Do you feel ...
SHOW CARD F
Very good .........................................
Good .................................................
Average ............................................
Poor ..................................................
Very poor ..........................................
Don’t know or have had no
experience ......................................
very safe ...........................................
fairly safe ..........................................
a bit unsafe .......................................
very unsafe .......................................
or do you never go out alone
during daytime? ..............................
RUNNING PROMPT
1
2
3
4 →
5
Q12
very safe ...........................................
fairly safe ..........................................
a bit unsafe .......................................
very unsafe .......................................
or do you never go out alone
after dark? .......................................
1
2
3
4 →
Q18
5
6
233
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
18. Informed [*] Thinking of the same local area ...
The speed or volume of road traffic
Would you say that you are well informed about
local affairs?
Yes.................................................... 1
No ..................................................... 2 →
Don’t know ........................................ 3
SHOW CARD H
Very big problem ...............................
Fairly big problem .............................
Minor problem ...................................
Not at all a problem ...........................
It happens but is not a problem ........
Don't know ........................................
Q19
19. Influenc [*] Do you feel you can influence decisions
that affect your area?
25. Parking
Yes.................................................... 1
No ..................................................... 2 →
Don’t know ........................................ 3
20. Lserv
Q20
1
2
3 →
4
5
6
Q25
1
2
3 →
4
5
6
Q26
[*] Parking in residential streets
SHOW CARD H
Very big problem ...............................
Fairly big problem .............................
Minor problem ...................................
Not at all a problem ...........................
It happens but is not a problem ........
Don't know ........................................
[*] To what extent do you agree or disagree
with the following statements?
By working together, people in my neighbourhood
can influence decisions that affect the
neighbourhood.
26. Carcrime [*] Car crime (e.g. damage, theft and joyriding)
SHOW CARD G
SHOW CARD H
Strongly agree ..................................
Agree ................................................
Neither agree nor disagree ...............
Disagree ...........................................
Strongly disagree ..............................
Don’t have an opinion .......................
1
2
3 →
4
5
6
Very big problem ...............................
Fairly big problem .............................
Minor problem ...................................
Not at all a problem ...........................
It happens but is not a problem ........
Don't know ........................................
Q21
21. LocNews [*] Local newspapers are a reliable source
of information about local issues.
22. Involved
Q27
1
2
3 →
4
5
6
Q28
1
2
3 →
4
5
6
Q29
1
2
3 →
4
5
6
Q30
27. Rubbish [*] Rubbish and litter lying around
SHOW CARD G
Strongly agree ..................................
Agree ................................................
Neither agree nor disagree ...............
Disagree ...........................................
Strongly disagree ..............................
Don’t have an opinion .......................
1
2
3 →
4
5
6
SHOW CARD H
1
2
3
4 →
5
6
Very big problem ...............................
Fairly big problem .............................
Minor problem ...................................
Not at all a problem ...........................
It happens but is not a problem ........
Don't know ........................................
Q22
Have you been involved in any local organisation
over the last three years?
28. DogMess [*] Dog mess
SHOW CARD H
Yes.................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
23. Active
Q23
Q24
Ask if they have been involved in a local
organisation (Involved = 1)
In the last three years, have you had any
responsibilities in this (these) organisation(s),
such as being a committee member, raising funds,
organising events or doing administrative or clerical
work?
Yes.................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2
24. Traffic
Q24
[*] Ask selected adult
Still thinking about the same area, can you tell me
how much of a problem these things are.
234
Very big problem ...............................
Fairly big problem .............................
Minor problem ...................................
Not at all a problem ...........................
It happens but is not a problem ........
Don't know ........................................
29. Graffiti
[*] Graffiti or vandalism
SHOW CARD H
Very big problem ...............................
Fairly big problem .............................
Minor problem ...................................
Not at all a problem ...........................
It happens but is not a problem ........
Don't know ........................................
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
30. NoiseNbr [*] Level of noise
35. KnowNbr [*] Now I would like to ask you a few questions
about your more immediate neighbourhood
(by which I mean your street or block).
SHOW CARD H
Very big problem ...............................
Fairly big problem .............................
Minor problem ...................................
Not at all a problem...........................
It happens but is not a problem ........
Don't know ........................................
1
2
3 →
4
5
6
Would you say that you know....
RUNNING PROMPT
Q31
most of the people in
your neighbourhood ........................
many of the people in
your neighbourhood ........................
a few of the people in
your neighbourhood ........................
or that you do not know
people in your neighbourhood? ......
31. Teenager [*] Teenagers hanging around on the streets
SHOW CARD H
Very big problem ...............................
Fairly big problem .............................
Minor problem ...................................
Not at all a problem...........................
It happens but is not a problem ........
Don't know ........................................
1
2
3 →
4
5
6
Q32
33. LocAct
→
Q36
→
Q37
Yes .................................................... 1
No ..................................................... 2 →
Don’t know ........................................ 3
Q38
3
4
RUNNING PROMPT
most of the people in
your neighbourhood ........................
many of the people in
your neighbourhood ........................
a few of the people in
your neighbourhood ........................
or that you do not know
people in your neighbourhood? ......
SHOW CARD H
1
2
3 →
4
5
6
2
36. TrustNbr [*] Would you say that you trust...
32. Alcdrug [*] Alcohol or drug use
Very big problem ...............................
Fairly big problem .............................
Minor problem ...................................
Not at all a problem...........................
It happens but is not a problem ........
Don't know ........................................
1
Q33
37. Neighlk
In the past 3 years, have you taken or
considered taking any of the following actions
in an attempt to solve a local problem?
1
2
3
4
[*] Would you say this neighbourhood is a
place where neighbours look out for
each other?
CODE ALL THAT APPLY
38. Favdone
SHOW CARD I
Written to local newspaper ...............
Contacted the appropriate
organisation to deal with
the problem e.g. the council ............
Contacted a local councillor or MP ...
Attended a protest meeting or
joined an action group ....................
SPONTANEOUS Thought
about it, but did not do it .................
None of these ...................................
34. Victim
1
2
3 →
Yes .................................................... 1
No ..................................................... 2
→
SPONTANEOUS Just moved
into the area .................................... 3
Q34
39. Favrecd
4
5
6
40. Phonerel
Q39
And, in the past 6 months, have any of
your neighbours done a favour for you?
Yes .................................................... 1
No ..................................................... 2
→
SPONTANEOUS Just moved
into the area .................................... 3
Have you personally been a victim of any of the
following crimes in the past 12 months?
CODE ALL THAT APPLY
In the past 6 months, have you done a
favour for a neighbour?
Q40
The next few questions are about how often
you see or speak to your relatives and friends.
SHOW CARD J
Theft or break-in to house or flat ......
Theft or break-in to car parked in
the area ...........................................
Personal experience of theft or
mugging in the area ........................
Physical attack in the area (i.e. hit or
kicked in a way that hurt you) .........
Racist attack in the area (either
verbal or physical) ...........................
None of these ...................................
Not counting the people you live with, how
often do you do any of the following? Please
choose your answer from the card.
1
2
3 →
Speak to relatives on the phone...
Q35
4
SHOW CARD K
5
6
Every day .......................................... 1
5 or 6 days a week ............................ 2 →
Q41
235
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
3 or 4 days a week ............................
once or twice a week ........................
once or twice a month.......................
once every couple of months ............
once or twice a year ..........................
not at all in last 12 months ................
41. Seerel
3
4
5
→
6
7
8
One or two ........................................
Three or four .....................................
Five or more ......................................
None .................................................
Q41
46. Closefri
See relatives....
1
2
→ See Q46
3
4
Ask if they see or speak to friends
regularly (i.e. at least once every couple
of months) (Phonefri = 1-6 & Seefrnd = 1-6),
others Q47
SHOW CARD K
Every day ..........................................
5 or 6 days a week ............................
3 or 4 days a week ............................
once or twice a week ........................
once or twice a month.......................
once every couple of months ............
once or twice a year ..........................
not at all in last 12 months ................
42. Phonefri
1
2
3
4 →
5
6
7
8
How many close friends live within a 15-20
minute walk or 5-10 minute drive, if any?
One or two ........................................
Three or four .....................................
Five or more ......................................
None .................................................
Q42
47. Lifts
Speak to friends on the phone...
43. Seefrnd
1
2
3
4 →
5
6
7
8
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
Don’t know / It depends .................... 3 →
Q43
48. Lifthelp
Ask if could ask for lift or answers
don’t know/depends (Lifts = 1 or 3)
Can you look at the card and tell me who
you would ask for help.
1
2
3
4 →
5
6
7
8
CODE UP TO 3 ANSWERS
SHOW CARD L
Q44
Husband/wife/partner .......................
Other household member .................
Relative (outside household) ............
Friend ................................................
Neighbour .........................................
Voluntary or other organisation ........
Other .................................................
Would prefer not to ask for help ........
Speak to neighbours...
SHOW CARD K
Every day ..........................................
5 or 6 days a week ............................
3 or 4 days a week ............................
once or twice a week ........................
once or twice a month.......................
once every couple of months ............
once or twice a year ..........................
not at all in last 12 months ................
1
2
3
4 →See Q45
5
6
7
8
Ask if they see or speak to relatives
regularly ( i.e. at least once every couple
of months) (Phonerel = 1-6 & Seerel = 1-6),
others see Q46
(Apart from the people you live with,) how
many relatives that you feel close to live within
a 15-20 minute walk or 5-10 minute drive, if any?
236
Q48
Q49
Q48
See friends...
Every day ..........................................
5 or 6 days a week ............................
3 or 4 days a week ............................
once or twice a week ........................
once or twice a month.......................
once every couple of months ............
once or twice a year ..........................
not at all in last 12 months ................
45. Closerel
Ask selected adult
You need a lift to be somewhere urgently.
Could you ask anyone for help?
SHOW CARD K
44. Spkneigh
Q47
I am going to read a list of situations
where people might need help. For each one,
could you tell me if you would ask anyone for help?
SHOW CARD K
Every day ..........................................
5 or 6 days a week ............................
3 or 4 days a week ............................
once or twice a week ........................
once or twice a month.......................
once every couple of months ............
once or twice a year ..........................
not at all in last 12 months ................
1
2
→
3
4
49. Illbed
1
2
3
4 →
5
6
7
8
Q49
Ask selected adult
You are ill in bed and need help at home.
Could you ask anyone for help?
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
Don’t know / It depends .................... 3 →
50. Illhelp
Ask if could ask someone for help
if ill in bed, or answers don’t know/
depends (Illbed = 1 or 3)
Can you look at the card and tell me
who you would ask for help.
CODE UP TO 3 ANSWERS
Q50
Q51
Q50
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
SHOW CARD L
INFORMAL CARERS
Husband/wife/partner .......................
Other household member .................
Relative (outside household) ............
Friend ................................................
Neighbour .........................................
Voluntary or other organisation ........
Other .................................................
Would prefer not to ask for help ........
51. Money
1
2
3
4 →
5
6
7
8
1. INTRO
I'd like to talk now about caring
informally for others.
Q51
Some people have extra responsibilities
because they look after someone who
has long-term physical or mental ill health
or disability, or problems related to old age.
Ask selected adult
2. DepLivIn [*] Ask if there is more than one person
in the household (NPersn >1), others Q3
You are in financial difficulty and need
to borrow £100. Could you ask anyone
for help?
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
Don’t know/It depends ...................... 3 →
52. Monyhelp
May I check, is there anyone living with
you who is sick, disabled or elderly whom
you look after or give special help to, other
than in a professional capacity (for example,
a sick or disabled (or elderly) relative/husband/
wife/child/friend/parent, etc)?
Q52
Q53
Q52
Ask if could ask someone for help
if in financial difficulty, or answers
don’t know/depends (Money = 1 or 3)
CODE ‘NO’ IF GIVES FINANCIAL HELP ONLY
Can you look at the card and tell me
who you would ask for help.
Yes .................................................... 1
No ..................................................... 2 →
Not sure ............................................ 3
CODE UP TO 3 ANSWERS
3. DlivOut
SHOW CARD L
Husband/wife/partner .......................
Other household member .................
Relative (outside household) ............
Friend ................................................
Neighbour .........................................
Voluntary or other organisation ........
Other .................................................
Would prefer not to ask for help ........
53. Ncrisis
1
2
3
4
→
5
6
7
8
Q53
[*] Ask all co-operating adults
CODE ‘NO’IF GIVES FINANCIAL HELP ONLY
CODE ALL THAT APPLY
Ask selected adult
Yes; in this household .......................
Yes; in another household ................
No .....................................................
Not sure ............................................
4. DlivNo
RECORD NUMBER 0..15
IF MORE THAN 15 CODE AS 15
Q3
Is there anyone, (either living with you or)
not living with you who is sick, disabled or
elderly whom you look after or give special
help to, other than in a professional capacity,
(for example, a sick or disabled (or elderly)
relative/husband/wife/child/friend/parent, etc)?
If you had a serious personal crisis, how
many people, if any, do you feel you could
turn to for comfort and support?
54. NearNcri
Ask all fully co-operating adults
1
2
3
4
→
→
Q4
Q5
→ Family
Information
Ask if respondent is caring for
someone in household (DepLivIn = 1
or DlivOut = 1)
→See Q54
Do you look after or help one sick,
disabled or elderly person living with you,
or is it more than one?
Ask if they could turn to someone for
comfort and support (Ncrisis > 0)
IF MORE THAN 6 CODE AS 6
How many of these people (Does this person)
live within a 15-20 minute walk or 5-10 minute
drive, if any?
1 .. 6
5. DOutNo
RECORD NUMBER 0..15
IF MORE THAN 15 CODE AS 15
→ Informal
Carers
→
Q6
Ask if respondent is caring for someone
in another household (DlivOut = 2)
Do you look after or help one sick,
disabled or elderly person living elsewhere,
or is it more than one?
IF MORE THAN 6 CODE AS 6
1..6
→
Q6
237
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
6. TotDep1
Computed in Blaise if respondent is
caring for someone (DepLivIn = 1 or
DlivOut = 1-2)
Sex of person cared for
Male .................................................. 1 →See Q13
Female .............................................. 2
TOTAL NUMBER of PEOPLE HELPED
(DLIVNO+DOUTNO) (computed in Blaise)→
7. DrelInf
Q7
13. LivInst
If respondent is caring for someone
(in this or another household) ask
the following block of questions until
question DrelInf or OthHelp, for each
person cared for in turn, starting with
people living in the household
(DepLivIn = 1 or DlivOut = 1 or 2)
May I check, does (NAME OF PERSON
CARED FOR) usually live in a hospital,
residential or nursing home?
Yes .................................................... 1 →
next
dependent
or Q26 if not
No ..................................................... 2 →See Q16
Who is it (in your household/ not living
with you) that you look after or help?
14. LivElseW
Spouse/partner .................................
Own/adopted/step child ....................
Foster child .......................................
Parent ...............................................
Parent-in-law .....................................
Other relative ....................................
Friend or neighbour ..........................
Client of voluntary organisation ........
1
2
3
4 →
Q8
5
6
7
8 →
next
dependent
or Q26 if not
Other ................................................. 9 →
Q8
8. DepName
10. DAge
Lives here all the time ....................... 1 →See Q16
Sometimes lives somewhere else .... 2 →
Q15
15. WherElse
Q9
PROBE FULLY
In another private household ............
Boarding school/
residential college ...........................
Hospital or Nursing home .................
Residential home ..............................
Other institution ................................
Other .................................................
Q10
ASK OR RECORD
16. Dillness
Age of (NAME OF PERSON CARED FOR)
ESTIMATE IF NECESSARY
IF ESTIMATE CODE 997, AND
ENTER ESTIMATED AGE IN THE NEXT
QUESTION
→
11. XDAge
Ask if person cared for sometimes
lives somewhere else
(LivElseW = 2)
Where does (NAME OF PERSON CARED FOR)
live when he/she is not living with you. Is it in
another household or somewhere else?
ENTER PERSON NUMBER OF PERSON
CARED FOR (IF IN HOUSEHOLD),
OTHERWISE CODE 15
Number from household
box ................................. range 01-14 →
Non-member of household .......
15
Ask if person cared for is a household
member (DpersN = 1-14)
May I just check, does (NAME OF
PERSON CARED FOR) usually live here
all the time or does he/she sometimes go
to live somewhere else?
Ask about all people being cared for,
except clients of voluntary organisation
(DRelInf ≈/ 8)
RECORD name or relationship by which
person cared for will be referred to in
following questions
→
9. DpersN
Ask if person cared for is not a
household member (DpersN = 15)
1
2
3 →See Q16
4
5
6
Ask if person cared for is NOT living
in a hospital, residential or nursing
home (DpersN <15 or LivInst = 2)
ASK (or RECORD if already mentioned
by respondent)
Q11
May I check, why does (NAME OF
PERSON CARED FOR) need care?
Ask if estimating age (DAge = 997)
DO NOT PROBE
Enter estimated age range 0..120
→
Q12
RECORD ILLNESS/CONDITION
12. Dsex
Ask about all people cared for,
except clients of voluntary
organisation (DRelInf ≠ 8)
17. Affected
→
(You mentioned earlier what was the
matter with (NAME OF PERSON CARED
FOR))
ASK OR RECORD
Could I just check, how is he/she affected?
238
Q17
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
READ OUT OR SHOW CARD M or
RUNNING PROMPT
Is it ...
physically ..........................................
mentally ............................................
both physically and mentally? ...........
SPONTANEOUSLY ONLY –
old age ............................................
Other .................................................
18. DillChk
1
2
3 →
Giving medicines?
(eg. making sure he/she takes
pills giving injections,
→See Q21
changing dressings) ........................ 7
Keeping an eye on him/her to see
he/she is all right? ........................... 8
Other help? ....................................... 9
Q18
4
5
20. DfinChk
Ask if person cared for is NOT living
in a hospital, residential or nursing
home (DpersN <15 or LivInst = 2)
INTERVIEWER CHECK
Does the carer give financial help only?
Yes .................................................... 1 →
next
dependent
or Q26
if not
No ..................................................... 2 →See Q21
INTERVIEWER CHECK
Is the condition/illness permanent
or temporary?
IF IN DOUBT CODE 'PERMANENT'
Permanent ........................................ 1 →
Temporary ........................................ 2 →
19. Dhelp
Ask if person cared for has a temporary
illness (DillChk = 2)
Q19
Q20
21. HelpHrs
Ask if person cared for has a
permanent illness (DillChk = 1)
If carer gives more than financial help
(DFinChk = 2)
About how long do you spend each week
looking after or helping (NAME OF PERSON
CARED FOR) - that is doing the things you've
mentioned and including time when you just
need to be there (apart from when you are
asleep/ including time travelling to and from
his/her home)?
What kinds of things do you usually
do for (NAME OF PERSON CARED FOR)
IF IS IN HOUSEHOLD (over and above what
you would normally do for someone living
with you/a child of his/her age?)
PROMPT AS NECESSARY or SHOW CARD O
SHOW CARD N
0-19 hours per week .........................
20-34 hours per week .......................
35-49 hours per week .......................
50-99 hours per week .......................
100 or more hours per week .............
Varies - Under 20 hours ...................
Varies - 20 hours or more .................
Other .................................................
PROMPT FIRST ITEM AS EXAMPLE
CODE ALL THAT APPLY
Do you usually help with .....
Personal care ?
(eg. dressing, bathing, washing,
shaving, cutting nails, feeding,
using the toilet) ................................
Physical help?
(eg. with walking, getting up and
down stairs, getting into and
out of bed) .......................................
Helping with paperwork or
financial matters?
(eg. writing letters, sending cards,
filling in forms, dealing with bills,
banking) ..........................................
Other practical help?
(eg. preparing meals, doing
his/her shopping, laundry,
housework, gardening, decorating,
household repairs, taking to
doctor’s or hospital) .........................
Keeping him/her company?
(eg. visiting, sitting with, reading
to, talking to, playing cards
or games) ........................................
Taking him/her out?
(eg. taking out for a walk or drive,
taking to see friends or relatives) ....
22. HelpYrs
1
2
1
2
3
4 →
5
6
7
8
Q22
About how long have you been looking
after or helping (NAME OF PERSON CARED
FOR) IF PERSON CARED FOR IS IN
HOUSEHOLD (that is doing things for
him/her over and above what you would
normally do for someone living with you/a
child of that age)?
PROMPT AS NECESSARY
3
Less than 6 months ..........................
6 months, less than 1 year ...............
1 year, less than 3 years ...................
3 years, less than 5 years .................
5 years, less than 10 years ...............
10 years, less than 15 years .............
15 years, less than 20 years .............
20 years or more ...............................
→See Q21
4
23. OthHelp
5
6
1
2
3
4 →
5
6
7
8
Q23
Apart from any people, such as nurses
or home carers, who may regularly visit
(NAME OF PERSON CARED FOR), is
there anyone else who helps to look after
him/her - for example, another member
239
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
of your household, another member of
the family, a relative or friend or some
kind of paid helper?
Yes....................................................
No .....................................................
Other person(s) spend equal time ....
Don’t know ........................................
24. MoreTime
26. MdepNo
1 →
Q24
2 →
next
3 dependent
4 or Q26 if not
IF SPENDS THE SAME AMOUNT OF
TIME WITH MORE THAN ONE PERSON
THAT THEY CARE FOR, THEN SELECT
THE PERSON WHO IS 'AT HOME'
Otherwise ASK:
Ask if there is someone else who helps
look after the person cared for (OthHelp = 1)
You mentioned earlier that you spend a
similar amount of time per week looking
after or helping (NAME ALL ‘EQUAL’
PERSONS CARED FOR)
Can you say which one you spend most
time helping on average, or is there no
difference?
Can I just check, do any of these people
(including anyone in your household) spend
more time looking after (NAME OF PERSON
CARED FOR) than you do?
Yes....................................................
No .....................................................
Other person(s) spend equal time ....
Don’t know ........................................
25. ThelpHrs
SELECT THE PERSON CARED FOR
WHO THE RESPONDENT SPENDS
MOST TIME WITH
1
next
2 dependent
3
or Q26
4
if not
IF RESPONDENT SAYS NO DIFFERENCE
SELECT THE FIRST ELIGIBLE PERSON
CARED FOR
After asking about each dependant in turn
Enter person number of person cared for
If more than one person is cared for
(excluding clients of a voluntary
organisation)
1..7
27. IntChk
May I check; thinking about the total time
you spend assisting (SPECIFY PERSONS
CARED FOR), about how long altogether
do you spend each week looking after or
helping them?
28. Dvis
1
2
3
4 →
5
6
7
8
Q27
INTERVIEWER: HAVE DETAILS ALREADY
BEEN COLLECTED FOR
(NAME OF PERSON CARED FOR)?
Ask the following section of the main
carer only
→
SHOW CARD O
0-19 hours per week .........................
20-34 hours per week .......................
35-49 hours per week .......................
50-99 hours per week .......................
100 or more hours per week .............
Varies - Under 20 hours ...................
Varies - 20 hours or more .................
Other .................................................
→
Q28
Ask if main person being cared for is
a relative, or living in the household
(DrelInf = 1-6 or DPersn < 15), others Q49
I am now going to ask a few questions
about (MAIN PERSON CARED FOR)
Q26
Does (NAME OF PERSON CARED FOR)
receive regular visits at least once a month
from any of these people?
SHOW CARD P
See ‘Choosing the main person cared for’
CODE ALL THAT APPLY
CHOOSING THE MAIN PERSON CARED FOR
Doctor ............................................... 1
Community/district nurse .................. 2
Health visitor ..................................... 3
Social worker/care manager ............. 4 →
Home help/care worker..................... 5
Meals on wheels ............................... 6
Voluntary worker ............................... 7
Other professional visitor .................. 8
No, none ........................................... 9 →
Don’t know ........................................ 10 →
a. If the Carer assists more than one person, select the one
that the respondent spends most time helping.
b. If the same amount of time is spent assisting two people,
select the one that lives in the respondent’s household.
c. If the same amount of time is spent assisting two people,
both of whom live in the respondent’s household, ask
MdepNo (see below). Select the person on whom more time
is spent. If the respondent is unable to say for which person
she/he spends most time caring, select the first one listed.
d. If there is more than one person cared for and they all live
outside the household, select the one with the highest
number of hours helped.
e. If the same amount of assistance is given to more than one
person, all of whom live outside the household, choose the
first one listed
240
29. Dnurs
Q30
Q29
Q30
Ask if main person cared for does
not receive regular visits from any of
the people listed above (Dvis = 9)
What are the reasons for (NAME OF PERSON
CARED FOR) not receiving regular visits at least
once a month from any of the above? Please
choose your answers from the card.
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
SHOW CARD Q
33. DgoNot
CODE ALL THAT APPLY
Not available/not offered ...................
Not needed .......................................
Tried, but not helpful .........................
Not wanted by you ............................
Not wanted by the person
you care for .....................................
Not at a convenient time ...................
Too expensive ..................................
Other .................................................
1
2
3
4
→
Ask if main person cared for is a relative,
or living in the household AND does not
regularly go to the place or activities listed
above AND is age 16 or over (DRelInf = 1-6
or DPersn < 15 & DGo = 6 & DAge > 15)
What are the reasons that (NAME OF
PERSON CARED FOR) does not go to
any outside activities ? Please choose
your answers from the card
Q30
5
6
7
8
SHOW CARD S
CODE UP TO 4 REASONS
30. DGo
Ask if main person cared for is a relative,
or living in the household (DRelInf = 1-6 or
DPersn < 15)
Not available/not offered ..................
Tried, but not helpful ........................
Not wanted by you ...........................
Not wanted by the person
you care for ....................................
Not at a convenient time ..................
Too expensive .................................
Activity too tiring
(for person cared for) .....................
Transport not available, too
expensive, not reliable,
journey too tiring ............................
Other ................................................
Does (NAME OF PERSON CARED FOR)
regularly go to any of the places or activities
listed on this card?
SHOW CARD R
Work .................................................
Day centre ........................................
School or college ..............................
Day hospital ......................................
Social club, support group
or other club ....................................
None of these ...................................
31. DgoHrs
1
2
3
4 →
Q31
5
6 →See Q33
34. DTrnsp
Ask if person cared for goes to at least one
place/activity (DGo = 1-5)
32. DWkHrs
35. DTrns
→See Q32
8
9
Ask if main person cared for is a relative,
or living in the household (DRelInf = 1-6
or DPersn < 15)
Ask if person cared for does not make
use of a community or voluntary
transport scheme AND aged 5 or over
(Dtrnsp = 2 & Dage > 4)
SHOW CARD T
Ask if person cared for regularly goes to work
(DGo = 1), others Q34
And what are the reasons that (NAME OF
PERSON CARED FOR) does not make use
of a community or voluntary transport scheme?
About how many of these hours a week
does he/she usually spend at work?
Please choose your answers from the card
IF VARIES ASK FOR AVERAGE NUMBER
OF HOURS PER MONTH AND CALCULATE
AVERAGE NUMBER PER WEEK
CODE ALL THAT APPLY
Not available .....................................
Not offered ........................................
Tried, but not helpful .........................
Not suitable .......................................
Not at a convenient time ...................
Too expensive ..................................
Other .................................................
IF HOURS VARY AND CANNOT GIVE
AVERAGE, CODE 97
1..97
7
Yes .................................................... 1 →See Q36
No ..................................................... 2 →See Q35
Don’t know ........................................ 3 →See Q36
IF HOURS VARY AND CANNOT GIVE
AVERAGE, CODE 97
1..97
4
5 →See Q34
6
Does (NAME OF PERSON CARED FOR)
regularly make use of a community or
voluntary transport scheme?
About how many hours a week in total does
he/she usually spend without you and outside
the home?
IF VARIES ASK FOR AVERAGE NUMBER
OF HOURS PER MONTH AND CALCULATE
AVERAGE NUMBER PER WEEK
1
2
3
→See Q34
36. RespIntr
1
2
3
4 →See Q36
5
6
7
The next section only applies to people
who spend 20 hrs a week or more caring
for someone
→
Q37
241
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
37. Resp2Hrs
0-8 hours
(eg sitting/befriending service) ........
9-24 hours .........................................
25 hours or more ..............................
SPONTANEOUS – Don’t know ........
Ask if respondent spends 20 or more
hours a week caring for this person
(HelpHrs = 2-5 or 7), others see Q49
You've told me about the things you do
for (NAME OF PERSON CARED FOR).
If you wanted a break for a few hours
(during the time when you usually look
after him/her) would someone else have
to look after him/her?
42. RspSit
Yes, someone else needed .............. 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
38. Hlp2Hrs
43. RspBef
Yes.................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
Q39
Q40
Relative ............................................. 1
Friend or neighbour .......................... 2 →
Paid helper ........................................ 3
Other
44. Break
Q40
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
45. Brk1Ago
The card shows various types of temporary
care or holidays which may be available.
Are any of these services available if you
wanted a break?
Q41
46. Brk1Mth
Q46
Q47
Ask if had last break less than 1 year ago
(Brk1Ago = 1)
RECORD OR PROBE
2
3
About how many months is it since you last
had a break for 2 days or longer?
→
Q42
1..11
4
5
47. Brk1Yr
Ask if help is provided in the home
(RspType = 1)
You mentioned that help provided in the
home is available if you wanted a break.
How many hours of temporary care
would be available?
242
Ask if has a break for more than a few hours
(Break = 1)
Less than 1 year ago ........................ 1 →
1 year or more ago ........................... 2 →
CODE ALL THAT APPLY
1 →
Q45
Q49
About how long is it since you last had such
a break. Was it less than or more than
1 year ago?
SHOW CARD U
41. RspHrs
Ask if no-one else would have to look
after the person being cared for
(Resp2Hrs = 2)
Have you had a break of more than a few
hours since you started to look after (NAME
OF PERSON CARED FOR)?
Ask if respondent spends 20 or more
hours a week caring (HelpHrs = 2-5 or 7)
Help provided in the home
(eg sitting/befriending service) ........
Help provided in a residential setting
(volunteer family,
residential/nursing home
or hospital) ......................................
Holiday together................................
SPONTANEOUS – None of
these available/possible ..................
SPONTANEOUS – Don’t know ........
Ask if respondent spends 20 or more
hours a week caring (HelpHrs = 2-5 or 7)
Yes .................................................... 1
No ..................................................... 2
→ See Q44
Not available /Don’t know
about service ................................... 3
Ask if someone else could be relied on
to look after him/her (Hlp2Hrs = 1)
Who could you rely on to look after him/her?
40. RspType
Q43
In the last year, have you made use of
a befriending service for (NAME OF
PERSON CARED FOR) (that's where a
volunteer takes him/her out for the day?)
Is there anyone whom you could rely on
to look after him/her either at home or
elsewhere?
39. Xhelp2H
Q42
In the last year, have you made use of
a sitting service for (NAME OF PERSON
CARED FOR) in order to go out for a
couple of hours?
Yes .................................................... 1
No ..................................................... 2
→
Not available /Don’t know
about service ................................... 3
Q38
Q40
Ask if someone else would have to
look after the person being cared for
(Resp2Hrs = 1)
1
2 →
3
4
→
Q48
Ask if had last break more than 1 year ago
(Brk1Ago = 2)
RECORD OR PROBE
About how many years is it since you last
had a break for 2 days or longer?
1..97
→
Q48
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
48. Brk1Typ
Ask if has a break for more than a few hours
(Break = 1)
What sort of arrangements did you use for
(NAME OF PERSON CARED FOR) when
you last had a break for 2 days or more?
Nursing or residential home ..............
NHS hospital .....................................
Local Authority hostel .......................
Arranged holiday (PERSON
cared for only) .................................
Arranged holiday (PERSON
and carer) ........................................
Stay with a volunteer family ..............
Stay with relatives or friends .............
Friend or relative staying with
PERSON CARED FOR ..................
Other .................................................
Informant is married or cohabiting
but their partner is NOT a
household member ......................... 1 →
Everyone else ................................... 2 →
3. HusbAway
INTRODUCE AS NECESSARY
4
Is your husband, wife or partner absent
because he/she usually works away
from home, or for some other reason?
→
Q49
Usually works away (include Armed
Forces, Merchant Navy) .................. 1
→
Marriage/partnership
broken down ................................... 2
8
9
4. SelfCom3
49. Carehlth
Ask if caring for someone (in this or
another household) (DepLivIn =1 or
DlivOut = 1 or 2)
SHOW CARD V
5. WhereWed
Q50
Have your personal relationships, social
life or leisure been affected by the assistance
you give to (NAME OF PERSON BEING
CARED FOR)?
6. NumMar
THE NEXT SECTION CONSISTS OF A
SERIES OF QUESTIONS ABOUT FAMILY
INFORMATION
(Asked of people aged 16-59, except
proxy informants)
To all aged 16-59, if married and living
with spouse or cohabiting (excluding
same sex couples), except proxy
informants, others go to Income
INTERVIEWER CODE
2 → See Q5
3
4
→ Income
5
Ask people who have been married
(Marstat = 2, 3, 4 or 5)
Religious ceremony of
some kind...... ..................................
Civil marriage in register office
or approved premises .....................
Religious ceremony and register
office/approved premises ................
Living together as a couple ...............
FAMILY INFORMATION
2. ChkFIA
1
Thinking of your present / most recent
marriage, did you get married with a
religious ceremony of some kind, or at a
register office or approved premises, or
are you simply living together as a couple?
Yes .................................................... 1
Family
No ..................................................... 2 Information
1. FamIntro
To all
Interviewer asked section .................
Informant accepted
self-completion ................................
Data now being keyed
by interviewer ..................................
Interpreter aged under 16 - section
not asked ........................................
Respondent refused
whole section ..................................
CODE ALL THAT APPLY
Feeling tired ...................................... 1
Feeling depressed ............................ 2
Loss of appetite ................................ 3
Disturbed sleep ................................. 4
General feeling of stress ................... 5
Physical strain (eg back) ................... 6 →
Short tempered/irritable .................... 7
Had to see own GP ........................... 8
Other ................................................. 9
No, none of these ............................. 10
Q4
OFFER (COLOUR) SELF-COMPLETION
FORM TO RESPONDENT AND ENTER
CODE
Has your own health been affected by
the assistance you give to (NAME OF
PERSON CARED FOR) in any of the ways
on this card?
50. CareRel
Ask if married/cohabiting, but partner
not a household member
1
2
3
5
6
7
Q3
Q4
1
→
Q6
3
4 →
Q7
2
Ask if respondent has been legally
married (WhereWed = 1-3)
How many times have you been legally married?
(NUMBER INCLUDING PRESENT MARRIAGE)
1..7
7. CLMon
→
Q11
Ask all cohabiting couples, including
single sex couples (exc. couples now
separated) (LiveWith = 1 or 3 or WhereWed = 4)
When did you and your partner start living
together as a couple?
243
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
ENTER MONTH
18. HowEnded
→
1..12
8. ClYr
ENTER YEAR IN 4 DIGIT FORMAT E.G. 2000
→
1900..2005
9. ClMar
Q8
Did your marriage end in ...
death ................................................. 1 →
divorce .............................................. 2
→
or separation?. .................................. 3
Q9
Have you yourself ever been legally married?
Yes.................................................... 1 →
No .................................................... . 2 →
Ask if marriage ended
(Current = 2 or marriage number less
than total marriages)
Q10
Q25
19. MonDie
Q19
Q21
Ask if marriage ended in death (HowEnded = 1)
What month and year did your husband/wife die?
10. ClNumMar
Ask if respondent has been legally married
(ClMar = 1)
ENTER MONTH
How many times have you been legally
married altogether?
20. YrDie
1..12
12. MonMar
Ask of all who are, or have been,
legally married (NumMar ≥ 1 or
ClNumMar ≥ 1)
→
→
Q25
→
Q22
Q11
21. MonSep
11. Intro
Q20
ENTER YEAR IN 4 DIGIT FORMAT E.G. 2000
1900-2005
→
1..7
→
Q12
Ask if marriage ended in divorce or
separation (HowEnded = 2 or 3)
What month and year did you stop
living together?
For each marriage
ENTER MONTH
1..12
What month and year were you married?
22. YrSep
ENTER MONTH
1..12
→
ENTER YEAR IN 4 DIGIT FORMAT E.G. 2000
Q13
1900-2005
13. YrMar
ENTER YEAR IN 4 DIGIT FORMAT
E.G. 2000
→
1900..2005
14. LvTgthr
23. MonDiv
Q15
Q17
24. YrDiv
25. Cohab
17. Current
→
ENTER YEAR IN 4 DIGIT FORMAT E.G. 2000
→
Q17
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No .................................................... . 2 →
26. Numcohab
For last marriage entered
INTERVIEWER - IS THIS MARRIAGE
CURRENT OR HAS IT ENDED?
Q25
Q18
Q26
Q41
Ask if respondent is aged 16-59, and
has had previous cohabiting relationships
(DVAge = 16-59 & Cohab = 1)
How many relationships have you had
altogether in which you lived together with
someone as a couple but did not get married?
(Please exclude your present relationship)
1..7
244
Q25
Ask if respondent is aged 16-59
(DVAge = 16-59)
Have you had any previous relationships
in which you lived together with someone
as a couple but did not get married?
Ask all who are or have been legally
married (NumMar ≥ 1 or ClNumMar ≥ 1)
Current .............................................. 1 →
Ended ............................................... 2 →
→
Q16
ENTER YEAR IN 4 DIGIT FORM E.G.2000
1900..2005
1..12
1900-2005
What month and year did you start living together?
16. YrLvTg
Q24
What month and year was your decree
absolute granted?
Ask if lived as a couple before getting
married (LivTgthr = 1)
1..12
→
Ask if marriage ended in divorce
(HowEnded = 2)
ENTER MONTH
ENTER MONTH
Q23
Q14
Before getting married did you and your
husband/wife live together as a couple?
Yes.................................................... 1 →
No .................................................... . 2 →
15. MonLvTg
→
→
Q27
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
27. Intro
35. RghtdtY
Now I would like to ask you some questions
about the first three of these relationships
ENTER THE YEAR
→
1950..2005
RECORD DETAILS OF THE FIRST
THREE RELATIONSHIPS, STARTING
WITH THE FIRST
→
28. TimeCoy
Q28
36. EndCoh
Ask each question for the first, second
and third relationship
You said you stopped living together in ...
(month)... (year). May I just check, was this
when you stopped living in the same
accommodation or when the relationship ended?
INTERVIEWER - ENTER NUMBER OF YEARS
29. Timecom
Stopped living in the same
accommodation ...............................
End of the relationship ......................
Both ..................................................
Partner died ......................................
Stopped living in same
accommodation, but still having
a relationship ...................................
Q29
INTERVIEWER - ENTER NUMBER OF MONTHS
0..11
30. WhencoM
→
→
Q30
Can you tell me the month and year in
which you started or stopped living together
as a couple with your partner?
37. Endre1M
INTERVIEWER ENTER THE MONTH
1..12
31. WhencoY
Ask if respondent is aged 16-59, and
has had previous cohabiting relationships
(DVAge = 16-59 & Cohab = 1)
Ask each question for the first, second
and third relationship
Thinking about the first/second/third
relationships where you lived as a couple
but did not get married, how long did you
live together?
0..99
Q36
→
Q31
→
Q32
1 →
Q37
2 →
Q39
3
4
next
relationship
(Q28)
5
or Q41
Ask if date given is when they stopped
living together (EndCoh = 1)
When did the relationship end?
ENTER THE YEAR
INTERVIEWER ENTER THE MONTH
1950..2005
→
1..12
32. Starten
INTERVIEWER: IS THIS WHEN THE
RESPONDENT AND HIS/HER PARTNER
STARTED OR STOPPED LIVING TOGETHER
AS A COUPLE?
38. EndrelY
ENTER THE YEAR
1950..2005
ASK RESPONDENT IF YOU ARE UNSURE
Start date .......................................... 1
End date ........................................... 2 →
33. Othdate
Q33
39. EndlivM
next
relationship (Q28)
or Q41
Ask if the date given is when relationship
ended (EndCoh = 2)
When did you stop living in the same
accommodation?
If that was the date you started/stopped
living together, then you stopped/started
living together in... (month)... (year)
Does that seem about right?
INTERVIEWER ENTER THE MONTH
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No .................................................... . 2 →
1..12
Q36
Q34
40. EndlivY
34. RghtdtM
Q38
Q40
ENTER THE YEAR
1950..2005
Ask if computed start/end date not correct
(Othdate = 2)
→
next
relationship (Q28)
or Q41
What is the correct date?
CHILDREN
INTERVIEWER ENTER THE MONTH
41. Children
1..12
→
Q35
Ask respondents aged 16-59
(DVAge = 16-59)
INTERVIEWER: DOES THIS PERSON
HAVE ANY CHILDREN IN THE HOUSEHOLD
245
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
(INCLUDES ADULTS CHILDREN AND/OR STEP
OR FOSTER CHILDREN)
48. ChildNo
Ask for each step/foster/adopted child
ENTER PERSON NUMBER(S) OF THE
STEP/FOSTER/ADOPTED CHILD
(INCLUDES ADULT CHILDREN)
Yes.................................................... 1 →See Qs42
and 43
No .................................................... . 2 →See Q52
→
Q49
Step .................................................. 1
Foster ................................................ 2 →
Adopted ............................................ 3
Q50
1..20
42. StpChldF
Ask women who have a child in the
household (Sex = 2 & Children = 1)
49. ChldType
(The next questions are about the family.)
Have you any step, foster, or adopted children
living with you, (including any children from
your partner’s previous relationship)?
50. ChLivMon
Yes.................................................... 1 →
Q44
No .................................................... . 2 →See Q52
ENTER CODE AS FOLLOWS
DATE CHILD STARTED LIVING
WITH INFORMANT
ENTER MONTH
43. StpChldM
44. NumStep
Ask men who have a child in the household
(Sex = 1 & Children = 1)
Have you any stepchildren of any age
living with you, (including any children from
your partner’s previous relationship)?
51. ChLivYr
Yes.................................................... 1 →
Q44
No .................................................... . 2 → Income
52. Baby
1900..2005
How many step children have you living
with you altogether?
Have you ever had a baby - even one
who only lived for a short time?
Ask women with a step, foster or
adopted child living with them
(StpchldF = 1), others see Q47
Q51
→See Q52
Ask all women (Sex = 2), others go to Income
ASK OR RECORD
EXCLUDE: ANY STILLBORN
INCLUDE ANY WHO ONLY LIVED
FOR A SHORT TIME
→See Q45
→
YEAR (IN 4 DIGIT FORMAT, E.G. 2000)
Ask women with a step, foster or
adopted child, or a man with a stepchild
living with them (StpChldF = 1 or StpChldM=1)
1..7
45. NumFost
1..12
Yes .................................................... 1 →
Q53
No ..................................................... 2 →See Q58
53. NumBaby
Ask women who have had a baby (Baby = 1)
EXCLUDE: ANY STILLBORN
How many foster children have you living
with you altogether?
0..7
46. NumAdop
→
How many children have you given birth
to, including any who are not living here
and any who may have died since birth?
Q46
How many adopted children have you
living with you altogether?
54. BirthInt
0..7
47. StepInt
→
Q54
THE NEXT SCREEN CONSISTS OF A
TABLE OF CHILDREN TO WHOM (...)
HAS GIVEN BIRTH PLEASE ENTER
DETAILS FOR EACH CHILD
→
Q55
1..20
→See Q47
Ask women with a step, foster or
adopted child, or a man with a
stepchild living with them
(StpChldF = 1 or StpChldM= 1)
55. BirthDte
For each child
Date of birth
THE NEXT SCREEN CONSISTS OF A
TABLE FOR THE STEP- CHILDREN
(AND ADOPTED AND FOSTER- CHILDREN)
OF (NAME) PLEASE ENTER DETAILS
FOR EACH CHILD
→
Q48
PLEASE ENTER IN DATE OF BIRTH
ORDER - ELDEST FIRST, YOUNGEST LAST
AS A GUIDE, THE D.O.B. OF EACH
HOUSEHOLD MEMBER IS LISTED BELOW
56. BirthSex
Sex of child
Male .................................................. 1
Female .............................................. 2 →
246
Q57
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
57. ChldLive
Is child living with informant?
Yes .................................................... 1
No, lives elsewhere ........................... 2 →See Q58
No, deceased .................................... 3
58. Pregnant
Yes ..................................................
No ...................................................
Refused whole income section .......
3. Ben1Q
Ask all women aged 16-49 (Sex = 2 &
DVAge = 16-49), others go to Income
Yes .................................................... 1
→
No/unsure ......................................... 2
RECORD BENEFITS RECEIVED
CODE ALL THAT APPLY
(NONE OF THESE = CODE 8)
ENTER AT MOST 6 CODES
Q59
Child Benefit .....................................
Guardian's Allowance .......................
Invalid Care Allowance .....................
Retirement pension
(National Insurance), or
Old Person's pension ......................
Widow's pension or Widowed
Mother's Allowance
(National Insurance) .......................
War disablement pension or
War Widow's Pension
(and related allowances) .................
Severe Disablement Allowance ........
None of these ...................................
59. MoreChld [*] Do you think that you will have any (more)
children (after the one you are expecting)?
Could you choose your answers from this card.
SHOW CARD W
1
→
Q61
2
3
→ Income
4
60. ProbMore [*] Ask if respondent answered don’t know
above (MoreChld = DK)
On the whole do you think...
4. Ben2Q
You will probably have
any/more children ........................... 1 →
Q61
Or you will probably not have
any/more children? ......................... 2 → Income
61. TotChld
Q62
62. NextAge [*] How old do you think you will be when
you have your first/next baby (after the
one you are expecting)?
5
6
7
8
1 →
Q5
2 →
3 →
4 →
Q6
Q7
Q9
Ask if receiving CARE component of
Disability Living Allowance (Ben2Q = 1)
→ Income
6. WhoReMob
Ask all adults (except proxy informants),
proxy informants go to Q55
Ask if receiving MOBILITY component
of Disability Living Allowance (Ben2Q = 2)
Whom do you receive it for?
IF CURRENT HOUSEHOLD MEMBER, ENTER
PERSON NUMBER,OTHERWISE
ENTER 97
→
Q9
THE NEXT SECTION IS ABOUT BENEFITS
AND OTHER SOURCES OF INCOME
7. WhoReAtt
2. Ben1YN
Q4
Whom do you receive it for?
IF CURRENT HOUSEHOLD MEMBER, ENTER
PERSON NUMBER, OTHERWISE
ENTER 97
→
Q9
INCOME
1. Intro
→
SHOW CARD BB
CARE COMPONENT of
Disability Living Allowance ..............
MOBILITY COMPONENT
of Disability Living Allowance ..........
Attendance Allowance ......................
None of these ...................................
5. WhoReCar
1..97
4
CODE ALL THAT APPLY
(Can I just check, you have ... children
still alive.) How many children do you
think you will have born to you in all
including those you have had already
(who are still alive) (and the one you
are expecting)?
→
1
2
3
And looking at this card, are you at present
receiving any of the state benefits shown
on this card - either in your own name, or
on behalf of someone else in the household?
[*] Ask if respondent is likely to have more
children (MoreChld = 1 or 2 or ProbMore = 1)
1..14
Ask if receiving a state benefit (Ben1YN = 1)
SHOW CARD AA
(May I just check), are you pregnant now?
Yes ....................................................
Probably yes .....................................
Probably not ......................................
No .....................................................
1 →
Q3
2 →See Q11
7 →
Q55
SHOW CARD AA
Ask if receiving Attendance Allowance
(Ben2Q = 3)
Looking at this card, are you at present
receiving any of these state benefits in
your own right: that is, where you are the
named recipient?
Whom do you receive it for?
IF CURRENT HOUSEHOLD MEMBER, ENTER
PERSON NUMBER, OTHERWISE
ENTER 97
→
Q8
247
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
8. AttAllFU
Is this paid as part of your retirement
pension or do you receive a
separate payment?
13. Ben5Q
SHOW CARD FF
Together with pension ...................... 1
→ See Q9
Separate payment ............................ 2
9. Ben3Q
All except proxy informants
In the last 6 months, have you received
any of the things shown on this
card, in your own right?
Ask all except proxy informants
CODE ALL THAT APPLY
CODE ALL THAT APPLY
ENTER AT MOST 5 CODES
A grant from the Social Fund for
funeral expenses ............................ 1
A grant from Social Fund for
maternity expenses/Sure Start
Maternity Grant ............................... 2
A Social Fund loan or
Community Care grant .................... 3
A Back to Work bonus ...................... 4
→See Q14
‘Extended payment’ of Housing
Benefit/rent rebate, or Council
Tax Benefit ...................................... 5
Widow’s payment – lump sum .......... 6
Child Maintenance Bonus ................. 7
Lone Parent’s Benefit Run-On .......... 8
Any National Insurance or State
Benefit not mentioned earlier .......... 9
None of these ................................... 10
SHOW CARD CC
Now looking at this card, are you at present
receiving any of these benefits in your own right:
that is, where you are the named recipient?
Job Seekers' Allowance ....................
Income Support ................................
Incapacity Benefit .............................
Statutory Sick Pay ............................
Industrial Injury
Disablement Benefit ........................
None of these ...................................
10. JSAType
1 →
Q10
2
3
4
→See Q11
5
6
Ask if respondent is receiving Job
Seekers’ Allowance (Ben3Q = 1)
14. Ben6Q
There are two types of Job Seekers’
Allowance. Is your allowance...
Ask if self-employed (Stat = 2), others
see Q15
SHOW CARD GG
RUNNING PROMPT
In the last 6 months, have you received
any of these Tax Credit payments, in your
own right?
‘contributory’ that is, based on
your National Insurance
contributions .................................... 1
→See Q11
or is it ‘income-based’ Job Seekers’
Allowance, which is
based on an assessment
of your income? .............................. 2
11. Ben4Q
Ask women under 55 years
(Sex = 2 & DVAge <55 years),
others see Q12
Working Families’ Tax
Credit – Lump Sum payment .......... 1
Disabled Person’s Tax
→See Q15
Credit – Lump Sum payment .......... 2
None of these ................................... 3
15. Ben1Amt
SHOW CARD DD
Are you currently getting either of the
things shown on this card, in your own right?
Code for each benefit mentioned (Ben1Q,
Ben2Q (except Attendance Allowance
combined with pension), Ben3Q, Ben4Q,
Ben4AQ, Ben5Q & Ben 6Q), others go to Q18
How much did you get last time?
Maternity Allowance .......................... 1
Statutory maternity pay from your
→See Q12
employer or a former employer ....... 2
Neither of these ................................ 3
(IF COMBINED WITH ANOTHER BENEFIT
AND UNABLE TO GIVE SEPARATE AMOUNT,
ENTER `Don't know`)
0.00..997.00
12. Ben4AQ
16. Ben1AmtDK If don’t know or refusal at the amount
of benefit received (Ben1Amt = DK
or Refusal), others see Q17
SHOW CARD EE
Are you at present receiving any of
these Tax Credit payments, in your
own right?
Working Families’ Tax Credit ............ 1
Disabled Person’s Tax Credit ........... 2 →
None of these ................................... 3
248
→See Q16
Ask if self-employed (Stat = 2), others Q13
INTERVIEWER: IS THIS `DON'T KNOW`
BECAUSE IT'S PAID IN COMBINATION
WITH ANOTHER BENEFIT, AND YOU CANNOT
ESTABLISH A SEPARATE AMOUNT?
Q13
Yes (Please give full details
in a note) ........................................ 1
→See Q17
No ..................................................... 2
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
17. Ben1Pd
Ask if amount of benefit received was
greater than zero (Ben1Amt > 0.00),
others go to Q18
21. OthGrsAm
How long did this cover?
DO NOT PROBE MONTH, ACCEPT
CALENDAR MONTH OR 4 WEEKLY
one week .......................................... 1
two weeks ......................................... 2
three weeks ...................................... 3
four weeks ........................................ 4
calendar month ................................. 5
two calendar months ......................... 7
eight times a year ............................. 8
→
nine times a year .............................. 9
ten times a year ................................ 10
three months/13 weeks..................... 13
six months/26 weeks ........................ 26
one year/12 months/52 weeks .......... 52
less than one week ........................... 90
one off lump sum .............................. 95
none of these .................................... 97
22. ReglrPay
Yes receiving benefits - code at
next question ................................... 1 →
No, not receiving any ........................ 2 →
Q23
Q25
Ask all (except proxy informants)
SHOW CARD II
Q18
Now please look at this card and tell me
whether you are receiving any regular
payments of the kind listed on it?
If receiving one of the benefits mentioned
above (ReglrPay = 1)
SHOW CARD HH
SHOW CARD II
Please look at this card and tell me
whether you are receiving any regular
payment of the kinds listed on it?
RECORD TYPES OF PAYMENT RECEIVED
CODE ALL THAT APPLY
Educational grant .............................. 1
Regular payments from friends
or relatives outside the household .. 2 →
Maintenance, alimony or
separation allowance ...................... 3
Q19
Q22
Ask if receiving any of the benefits
mentioned above (OthSourc = 1)
24. ReglrpAm
SHOW CARD HH
RECORD PAYMENTS RECEIVED
CODE ALL THAT APPLY
(ENTER AT MOST 4 CODES)
Occupational pensions from former
employer(s) .....................................
Occupational pensions from a
spouse's former employer(s) ..........
Private pensions or annuities ...........
Regular redundancy payments
from former employer(s) .................
Training Schemes, such as YT
allowance ........................................
20. OthNetAm
Q22
Ask all (except proxy informants)
Yes receiving benefits - code at
next question ................................... 1 →
No, not receiving any ........................ 2 →
19. OthSrcM
→
0.01..99999.97
23. ReglrPM
18. OthSourc
In total how much do you receive each
month from ..... (all these sources) BEFORE
tax is deducted? (ie GROSS)?
→
Q25
Ask all (except proxy informants)
1
Are you currently receiving any rent from
property or subletting?
2
3
Yes .................................................... 1 →
Q26
No ..................................................... 2 →See Q27
→
Q20
4
26. Rentamt
5
Ask if they are receiving rent (Rentpay = 1)
In total how much do you receive each month?
In total how much do you receive each
month from (...../all these sources) AFTER
tax is deducted? (ie net)
0.01..99999.97
27. PyPeriod
DO NOT PROBE MONTH, ACCEPT
CALENDAR MONTH OR 4 WEEKLY
0.01..99999.97
In total how much do you receive from
these each month?
0.01..99999.97
25. Rentpay
Q24
→See Q27
Ask if an employee (EmpStat = 1),
others see Q42
THE NEXT QUESTIONS ARE ABOUT EARNINGS
→
Q21
How long a period does your wage/salary
usually cover?
one week ........................................
two weeks .......................................
three weeks ....................................
four weeks ......................................
1
2 →
3
4
Q28
249
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
calendar month ................................. 5
two calendar months......................... 7
eight times a year ............................. 8
nine times a year .............................. 9
ten times a year ................................ 10 →
three months/13 weeks..................... 13
six months/26 weeks ........................ 26
one year/12 months/52 weeks .......... 52
less than one week ........................... 90
one off lump sum .............................. 95 →
none of these .................................... 97
28. TakeHome
three months/13 weeks ..................... 13
six months/26 weeks ........................ 26
one year/12 months/52 weeks .......... 52
→
less than one week ........................... 90
one off lump sum .............................. 95
none of these .................................... 97
Q28
33. DPTCAmt
How much was included for the
Disabled Person’s Tax Credit?
0.01.. 300.00
34. DPTCPd
How much is your usual take home pay
per (period at PyPeriod)
after all deductions?
29. TakHmEst
→See Q29
SHOW CARD JJ
Please look at this card and estimate
your usual take home pay per
(period at PyPeriod) after all deductions?
30. Inc1TC
35. GrossAm
→See Q30
SHOW CARD EE
0.01..99999.97
Working Families’ Tax Credit ............ 1 →
Disabled Person’s Tax Credit ........... 2 →
None of these ................................... 3 →
Q31
Q33
Q35
→
Q37
Ask if an employee (Stat = 1)
Q32
INTERVIEWER - CODE WHETHER PAYSLIP
WAS CONSULTED
How long did this cover?
one week .......................................... 1
two weeks ......................................... 2
three weeks ...................................... 3
four weeks ........................................ 4
calendar month ................................. 5 →
two calendar months......................... 7
eight times a year ............................. 8
nine times a year .............................. 9
ten times a year ................................ 10
250
Ask if respondent does not know how
much their usual gross earnings are
(GrossAm = DK), others Q37
0..30
37. PaySlip
32. WFTCPd
Q36
Please look at this card and estimate your
usual gross earnings per (period at PyPeriod)
before any deductions?
How much was included for the Working
Families’ Tax Credit?
→
→
SHOW CARD JJ
Ask if received Working Families’ Tax Credit
(InclTC = 1)
0.01.. 300.00
Q35
Ask if an employee (Stat = 1)
Ask if an employee (Stat = 1),
36. GrossEst
Q34
How long did this cover?
How much are your usual gross earnings
per (period at PyPeriod) before any
deductions?
Did your last wage/salary include any of
the following Tax Credit payments?
31. WFTCA
→
one week .......................................... 1
two weeks ......................................... 2
three weeks ...................................... 3
four weeks ........................................ 4
calendar month ................................. 5
two calendar months ......................... 7
eight times a year ............................. 8
→
nine times a year .............................. 9
ten times a year ................................ 10
three months/13 weeks ..................... 13
six months/26 weeks ........................ 26
one year/12 months/52 weeks .......... 52
less than one week ........................... 90
one off lump sum .............................. 95
none of these .................................... 97
Ask if paid less than once a week, or
in a one off sum, or in none of these
ways, or did not know how much money
they usually took home (PyPeriod = 90,
95 or 97 or TakeHome = DK), others see Q30
0..30
Ask if received Disabled Person’s Tax
Credit (InclTC = 2)
Q29
Ask to all, except those who are paid
less than once a week, or in a one off
sum, or answered none of these
(PyPeriod <= 52)
0.00..99999.97
Q35
Pay slip consulted by respondent,
but not by interviewer ...................... 1 →See Q38
Pay slip consulted by interviewer ...... 2
Pay slip not consulted ....................... 3
Q35
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
38. PayBonus
Ask if answered PyPeriod
44. GrsPrft
In your present job, have you ever received
an occasional addition to pay in the last
12 months (that is since DATE 1 YEAR AGO )
such as a Christmas bonus or a quarterly bonus?
How much did you earn in the last tax year,
before tax but after deduction of any
expenses and wages?
EXCLUDE SHARES AND VOUCHERS
IF NOTHING OR MADE A LOSS, ENTER ZERO
Yes .................................................... 1 →
Q39
No ..................................................... 2 →See Q46
0.00..999999.97
45. PrftEst
39. HowBonus
If respondent does not know how much
they earned last year (GrsPrft = DK), others
see Q46
Was the bonus or commission paid.....
SHOW CARD JJ
Q40
Q41
Q40
Please look at this card and estimate the
amount that you earned in the last tax year
before tax but after the deduction of any
expenses or wages?
If some or all tax was deducted, or they
did not know if tax was deducted from
pay bonus (HowBonus = 1 or 3 or DK)
0..30
46. SecJob2
What was the total amount you received
in the last 12 months (that is since
DATE 1 YEAR AGO) AFTER tax was
deducted (ie net)?
0.01..99999.97
41. GrsBonus
Yes .................................................... 1 →
No ..................................................... 2 →
47. SjEmplee
→See Q46
48. SjNetAm
IF NOTHING OR MADE A LOSS, ENTER ZERO
43. PrLTYEst
→
Q43
Ask if doing other jobs as employee
(SjEmplee = 1 )
0.01..99999.97
Please look at this card and estimate the
amount that you expect to earn before tax
but after deductions of any expenses and
wages in the first full 12 months that you
will have been self-employed, that is up to
the end of (month) next?
Q48
Q50
In the last month, how much did you earn
from your other/occasional job(s) after
deductions for tax and National Insurance
(ie net)?
SHOW CARD JJ
0..30
Ask if respondent has other jobs
(SecJob2 = 1)
employee .......................................... 1 →
self-employed ................................... 2 →
How much did you earn before tax but
after deductions of any expenses and
wages since becoming self-employed?
Q47
Q51
In that (those) job(s) do you work as an
employee or are you self-employed?
If self-employed less than 12 months,
others see Q44
0.00..999999.97
All working (Wrking = 1 or JbAway = 1
or SchemeET = 1), others Qs1
PROMPT AS NECESSARY & INCLUDE
BABYSITTING, MAIL ORDER AGENT,
POOLS AGENT ETC.
Ask if some or all tax was deducted from
the pay bonus
(HowBonus = 2 or 3)
0.01..99999.97
→See Q46
(Apart from your main job) do you earn
any money from other jobs, from odd jobs
or from work that you do from time to time?
→See Q41
What was the total amount you received
in the last 12 months (that is since
DATE A YEAR AGO) before tax was
deducted (ie gross)?
42. GrsPrLTY
→See Q45
Ask if respondent received a pay bonus
(PayBonus = 1)
after tax was deducted (net) ............. 1 →
or before tax was deducted (gross) .. 2 →
or some before and some after? ...... 3 →
40. NetBonus
If self-employed more than 12 months, others
see Q46
49. SjGrsAm
→
Q49
In the last month, how much did you earn
from your other/occasional job(s) before
deductions for tax and National Insurance
(ie gross)?
0.01..99999.97
→
Q51
→See Q46
251
Living in Britain
Appendix F
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
50. SjPrfGrs
Ask if doing other jobs as self-employed
(SJEmplee = 2)
55. NtIncEst
In the last 12 months (that is since
DATE 1 YEAR AGO) how much have you
earned from this work, before deducting
income tax, and National Insurance
contributions, and money drawn for your
own use, but after deducting all business
expenses?
SHOW CARD JJ
I would now like to ask you about the
income of (NAME).
Please could you look at this card and
estimate the total net income, that is after
deduction of tax, National Insurance and
any expenses (NAME) brings into the
household in a year from all sources
(benefits, employment, investments etc)?
IF MADE NO PROFIT ENTER 0
→
0.00..99999.97
If proxy informant or refused whole income
section (proxy informant or Ben1YN = 7)
Q51
0....30
51. OthRgPay
Ask all (except proxy informants)
And finally, apart from anything you have
already mentioned, have you received
any regular payment from any of the
following sources in the last 12 months
(that is since DATE 1 YEAR AGO)?
ENTER AT MOST 3 CODES
EXCLUDE BENEFITS NO LONGER RECEIVED
Interest from savings, Bank or
Building Society accounts ...............
Income from shares, bonds, .............
unit trusts or gilt-edged stock ..........
Other .................................................
None of these ...................................
52. Investpy
1
2 →
3
4
See
Qs5254
End of
interview
Ask if respondent is receiving interest
from savings (OthRgPay = 1)
(Apart from interest and income from
shares) how much have you received in
total from interest on savings, Bank or Building
Society accounts in the last 12 months?
0.01..99999.97
53. Sharepy
→ See Qs 53
- 54
Ask if respondent is receiving income
from shares, bonds, unit trusts or gilt-edged
stock (OthRgPay = 2)
(Apart from interest and income from shares)
how much have you received in total from
shares, bonds, unit trusts or gilt-edged stock
in the last 12 months?
0.01..99999.97
54. OthRgPAm
→See Q54
Ask if respondent is receiving income
from another source (OthRgPay = 3)
How much have you received from other
sources in the last 12 months?
0.01..99999.97
252
→
End of
interview
→ End of
interview
Living in Britain
Appendix G
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Appendix G
Summary of main topics included in the GHS questionnaires 1971 to 2000
ACTIVITIES ON SCHOOL PREMISES
Whether attended any event/activity
on school premises in last 12 months
Whether activities organised by school or
parent teacher’s association
Type of activity attended (if not organised
by school/parent teacher’s association),
number of times attended and whether
attended a day or evening class
1984
BURGLARIES AND THEFTS FROM PRIVATE
HOUSEHOLDS
Incidence of burglaries in the
12 months before interview
1972-73,
Value of stolen goods and whether
1979-80,
insured
1985-86,
Whether incident was reported
1991, 1993, 1996
to the police
Reasons for not reporting to the police
1972-73,
1979-80, 1985-86
Incidence of attempted burglary in the
1985-86
12 months before interview
BUS TRAVEL
Frequency of use of buses in the six months
before interview
Physical and other difficulties using buses
Reasons for not using buses
1982
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
Attitudes towards careers in the Armed Forces
and the Police Force
Whether ever been in one of the Armed Forces
1972
COLOUR AND COUNTRY OF BIRTH
Colour, assessment of persons seen*
Country of birth
of adults and their parents
of children
Year of entry to UK
adults
children
Ethnic origin
DRINKING
Rating of drinking behaviour according to
quantity - frequency (QF) index based
on reported alcohol consumption in the
12 months before interview
Rating of drinking behaviour according
1971-92
1971-96, 1998, 2000
1979-96, 1998, 2000
1971-96, 1998, 2000
1979-96, 1998, 2000
1983-96, 1998, 2000
1978, 1980,
1982, 1984
1986, 1988, 1990,
to average weekly alcohol consumption
1992, 1994, 1996,
(AC) rating
1998, 2000
Alcohol consumption on the heaviest
1998, 2000
drinking day in the 7 days before interview
Personal rating of own drinking
1978, 1980, 1982,1984,
behaviour
1986, 1988, 1990, 1992, 1994, 1996, 1998,2000
Whether think drinking/smoking
1978, 1980, 1982,
can damage health
1984, 1986, 1988, 1990
CAR OWNERSHIP
Number of cars or vans, if any, available to the
household for private use
1971-96, 1998, 2000
Type of vehicle and whether privately/company owned 1998, 2000
In whose name (person or firm) each car/van
was registered
1980, 1992-93
Driving licences and private motoring
Whether held current licence for driving a car
or van, and for how long full licence held
Whether non-licence holders (aged 17-70) intended
to apply for a licence (again), and reasons for
not having done so or for not intending to do so
Frequency of use, for private motoring, of
car/van available to the household
If household car/van not available, or not used for
private motoring in the year before interview:
- whether used any car/van for private motoring in
that year
- whether drove a car, van, lorry, or bus in the
course of work in that year
1980
Whether non-drinkers have always been
non-drinkers or used to drink but
stopped, and reasons
Whether drink more or less than the
recommended sensible amount
1992, 1994,
1996, 1998, 2000
EDUCATION
Current education
Current education status
1971-96, 1998, 2000
Type of educational establishment currently attended
- by adults aged under 50
1971-81, 1984-90
- by adults aged under 70
- by children aged 5-15
1991-96, 1998, 2000
1971-77
* Including children
253
Living in Britain
Appendix G
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Qualification/examination aimed at
Expected date of completion of full-time
education
Whether intend to do any paid work while
still in full-time education, and if so when
1971, 1974-76
1971-76
Whether currently attending any leisure or
recreation classes
1973-78, 1981, 1983, 1993-96
Past education
Age on leaving school
1972-96, 1998
Age on leaving last place of
1971-96, 1998,
full-time education
2000
Type of educational establishment last attended
full time
1971-96, 1998
Qualifications obtained
1971-96, 1998, 2000
Pre-school children (aged under 5)
Whether currently attending nursery/primary school,
day nursery, playgroup, creche etc
1971-79, 1986
Frequency of attendance
1979, 1986
Whether received regular day care from person
other than parents, and for how many hours
per week
Whether working mothers would have to stop
work if existing arrangements for the care of
their children were no longer available, or
whether they could make other care arrangements
Child care (for children under 14)
Whether uses any child care arrangements,
and if so, type and frequency of use
1998
Students in institutional accommodation
Estimate of numbers of full-time students at
university or college living away from home in
institutional accommodation, and therefore
excluded from the GHS sample
Last job
- occupation and industry
1986
- employee/self-employed
Whether has a second job
1992-96, 1998, 2000
Whether present job was obtained through
a government scheme
1989-92
Youth Opportunities Programme Schemes
- identification of young persons aged 16-18
receiving training or work experience through
the Youth Opportunities Programme or Youth
Training Scheme
1982-84
Youth Training Scheme
- identification of young persons aged 16-19
who were on the YTS and whether they were
working with an employer or at college or
training school
1985-95
Journey time to work
1991
Identification of persons seriously thinking of
taking a course of training or education for a
particular type of job, with some details of
the course and the source of any financial support
Usual number of hours worked per week
(excluding overtime)
Hours of paid/unpaid overtime usually
worked per week
Usual number of days worked per week
Number of days worked in reference week
Whether self-employed during the previous
12 months
1971-84
1973-74
1981-87
1971-76, 1978
1971-96, 1998, 2000
1973-83, 1998, 2000
1973, 1979-84
1977-78
Length of time with present employer/present
spell of self-employment
1971-96, 1998, 2000
1986-91
Number of changes of employer in
12 months before interview
1971-76, 1979-91
Number of new employee jobs started
in 12 months before interview
1977-78, 1983-91
Source of hearing about present job
started in 12 months before interview
Source of hearing about all jobs started
in 12 months before interview
Whether paid by employer when sick
254
1971-96, 1998, 2000
1971-78, 1980-84
1987-91
1979
Child care (for children aged 0-11)
Whether uses any child care arrangements
Frequency of use and cost
Whether employer contributes towards cost,
and if so, the amount
Job training
Whether currently doing a trade apprenticeship
EMPLOYMENT
Those currently working
Main job - occupation and industry
- employee/self-employed
Subsidiary - occupation and industry
job
- employee/self-employed
1971-77, 1980-84
1974-77, 1980-84
1971-76, 1979-81
Living in Britain
Appendix G
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Whether employer is in the public/private
sector
1983, 1985, 1987
Trade Union and Staff Association membership
Economic activity status 12 months before
interview and, if economically inactive then,
reasons for (re-)entering the labour force
1979-81
Economic activity status 12 months before
interview, including whether a full-time student
and working
1982-91
1983
Whether people work all or part of the time at home,
reasons for doing so, whether employer makes any
financial contribution to expenses of working at
home, equipment provided by employer
1993
Whether does any unpaid work for members of the
family and if so, for whom, number of hours a
week, type of work and where
1993-95
Whether in employment prior to present job,
and if so
- whether that job was full/part time
- reasons for leaving
Whether on any government schemes
Whether has ever been a company director
Type of National Insurance contribution paid by:
- married and widowed women
aged 16 or over
aged 16-59
- married, widowed, and separated women
aged 16-59
aged 20-59
Level of satisfaction with present job as a whole
Level of satisfaction with specific aspects of
present job
Whether thinking of leaving present employer, and
if so why
1986
1985-96
1987
1972-79
1980
1981-82
1983
1971-83
1974-83
1971-76
Whether signed on at an Unemployment
Benefit Office in the reference week, either
to claim benefit or to receive National
Insurance credits
1984-90, 1994-96
Absence from work in the reference week
- reasons for absence
1971-72, 1974-84
- length of period of absence
1971-72, 1974-80, 1984
- number of working days off last week
1981-84
- whether absent because of illness or
accident, and length of absence
1973
- whether in receipt of National Insurance
sickness benefit (and supplementary
allowance) for the absence
1971-76
Sickness absence in the four weeks before
interview
1981-84
Sickness absence in the 3 months before interview
1992
Whether registered as unemployed in the reference
week (if had worked less than full week)
1977-82
Unemployment experience in 12 months
before interview
1975-77, 1983-84
Usual job of father
- of all persons aged 16 or over
- of persons aged 16-49 in full-time or parttime education
- of all persons aged 16-49
- of all persons aged 16-59
Those currently unemployed
Most recent job - occupation and industry
- employee/self-employed
1971-76
1977-78
1979-89
1989-91
1971-96,
1998, 2000
Whether most recent job was obtained through
a government scheme
1989-92
Whether has ever had a paid job
1986-96, 1998, 2000
Whether has ever worked for an employer
as part of a government scheme
1989-91
Whether registered as unemployed in the
reference week
1971-83
Methods of seeking work in the reference week
Whether signed on at an Unemployment
Benefit Office in the reference week, either
to claim benefit or to receive National
Insurance credits
1984-90, 1994-96
Whether looking for full or part-time work
1983
Whether taking part in either the Youth Training
Scheme or the Youth Opportunities Programme
last week
1984
Whether last job was organised through the Youth
Opportunities Programme (persons aged 16-19)
1982
For those who in the reference week were looking
for work
- would they have been able to start within
2 weeks if a job had been available
1991-96, 1998, 2000
255
Living in Britain
Appendix G
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
For those who in the reference week were waiting
to take up a new job already obtained:
- would they have started that job in the
reference week if it had been available then,
or would they have chosen to wait
- when was the new job obtained and when did
they expect to start it
The economically inactive
Major activity in the reference week
Last job - occupation and industry
- employee/self-employed
1977-82
1979
Whether paid unemployment benefit (and
supplementary allowance) for reference week
1971-74
When last worked and reasons for
stopping work
1971-73, 1974-79, 1986
Reasons for leaving last job
1981-82, 1986
Whether last job was full/part time
1986
Length of current spell of unemployment
1974-96, 1998
Unemployment experience in 12 months
before interview
1975-77, 1983-84
1979-81
Economic activity status 12 months before
interview, including whether a full-time
student and working
1982-91
Whether on any government schemes
1977, 1982-91
1982-84
1985-96, 1998, 2000
Whether does any unpaid work for members of the
family and if so:
number of hours a week and where
for whom and type of work
Whether has ever been a company director
Type of National Insurance contribution paid in the
preceding two completed tax years by:
- married, widowed, and separated women
aged 20-59, who were not working
in the week before interview
Usual job of father
- of all persons aged 16 or over
- of persons aged 16-49 in full-time or parttime education
- of all persons aged 16-49
- of all persons aged 16-59
256
Usual job (of retired persons)
- occupation and industry
- employee/self-employed
When finished last job
Reasons for stopping work
1973-76, 1979-88
1971-73, 1977-78, 1986
1971-73, 1978-82, 1986
Whether registered as unemployed in the
reference week
1972-83
Whether signed on at an Unemployment
Benefit Office in the reference week, either
to claim benefit or to receive National
Insurance credits
1984-90, 1994-96
Whether paid unemployment benefit (and
supplementary allowance) for reference week
Economic activity status 12 months before
interview and, if economically inactive then,
reasons for (re-)entering the labour force
Number of new employee jobs started in
12 months before interview
Source of hearing about all jobs started in
12 months before interview
1971-96, 1998, 2000
1993-96,
1998, 2000
1993-96
1972-74
Whether would like a regular paid job, whether
looking for work, and if a job had been
available would they have been able to start
within 2 weeks
1991-96, 1998, 2000
Length of time currently out of employment
1993-96, 1998,
2000
Main reason for not looking for work
1986-87
Whether would like regular paid job
1986-87
Whether has ever had a paid job
1986-96, 1998, 2000
Whether has had a paid job in last 12 months
1987-91
Whether has ever worked for an employer as
part of a government scheme
1989-91
Whether has had a paid job in previous 3 years
1986
Whether last job was full/part time
1986
Unemployment experience in 12 months
before interview
1975-77,
1983-84
Economic activity status 12 months before
interview (persons aged 16-69)
1980-81
Economic activity status 12 months before
interview including whether a full-time
student and working
1982-91
1987
1982-83
1971-76
1977-78
1979-88
1989-92
Number of new employee jobs started
in 12 months before interview
Source of hearing about all jobs started
in 12 months before interview
1977, 1984-91
1977
Living in Britain
Appendix G
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Whether on any government schemes
1985-96, 1998, 2000
Whether does any unpaid work for members of
the family and if so, for whom, number of
hours a week, type of work and where
1993-96, 1998, 2000
Whether has ever been a company director
1987
Type of National Insurance contribution paid in
the preceding two completed tax years by:
- married, widowed, and separated women
aged 20-59, who were not working in the
week before interview
Future work intentions, including whether would
seek work earlier if satisfactory arrangements
could be made for looking after children
Usual job of father
- of all persons aged 16 or over
- of persons aged 16-49 in full-time or parttime education
- of all persons aged 16-49
- of all persons aged 16-59
1982
1971-76
1971-76
1977-78
1979-88
1989-92
FAMILY INFORMATION/FERTILITY
Marriage, cohabitation and childbirth
Marital history
1979-96, 1998, 2000
Date of present marriage
1971-78
Whether first marriage
1974-78
Expected family size:
at time of present marriage
at time of interview
Whether woman thinks she has completed
her family
1971-78
Age when most recent baby was born
Age when expects to have last baby
Date of birth and sex of each child born in
present marriage
Date of birth and sex of all liveborn children
and whether they live with mother
1979-96, 1998, 2000
Where children under 16, not living with
mother, are currently living
1979
Where children under 19, not living with
mother, are currently living
1982
Date of birth of step, foster, and adopted children
living in the household, and how long
they have lived there
1979-87, 1989-96, 1998, 2000
Whether women think they will have any (more)
children, how many in all, and age at which
they think will have their first/next baby
Current cohabitation
1979-96, 1998, 2000
Cohabitation before current or most recent
marriage
1979, 1981-88
Cohabitation before all marriages
1989-96, 1998, 2000
Number of cohabiting relationships that
did not lead to marriage
1998, 2000
1979-96, 1998, 2000
Contraception and sterilisation
Whether woman/partner has been
sterilised for contraceptive reason
Details of sterilisation operations
Whether woman/partner has had
other sterilising operation
1983-84
1986-87
1989,1991,1993,
1995, 1998
Details of any reversal of sterilisation
1983-84,
operations
1986-87
Current use of contraception/reason for not
using contraception
1983, 1986, 1989, 1991, 1993,
1995, 1998
Previous usual method of
contraception
1989, 1991, 1993, 1995, 1998
Use of contraception in the previous 12 months
1989
Use of contraception in previous 2 years
1991, 1993,
1995, 1998
Use of emergency contraception in previous
2 years
1993, 1995, 1998
Whether woman/partner would have
difficulties in having (more) children
1983-84
Reasons for difficulties and whether
1986-87, 1989
consulted a doctor about difficulties
1991,1993,
in getting pregnant
1995, 1998
FORESTS
Whether ever visits forests or woodland areas,
facilities visitors would like to see there
1987
HEALTH
Chronic sickness (longstanding illness or
disability)
Prevalence of longstanding illness or
disability*
1971-76, 1979-96, 1998, 2000
Causes of the illness or disability*
When the illness or disability started*
Type of illness or disability
1971-75
1971
1988-89, 1994-96, 1998, 2000
Prevalence of limiting longstanding
illness or disability*
1972-76, 1979-96, 1998, 2000
When it started to limit activities and whether
housebound or bedfast because of it*
1972-76
* Including children
257
Living in Britain
Appendix G
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Acute sickness (restricted activity in a twoweek reference period)
Prevalence and duration of restricted
activity*
1971-76, 1979-96, 1998, 2000
Causes of restricted activity*
Number of days in bed and number of days of
(certificated) absence from work/school*
Help from people outside household with
housework or shopping
1971-76
1971-74
1977-78
Contact with health services in 12 months before
interview because of chronic health problems
whether consultation about reported longstanding illness or restricted activity*
whether was given a prescription*
Access to GPs:
whether own doctor worked alone or with other
doctors
whether could usually see doctor of own
choice at surgery
most recent consultation at surgery:
- when it took place
- NHS or private
- by appointment or not
- how far ahead appointment made
- time spent waiting at surgery
- attitudes towards waiting time for
appointment, waiting time at surgery, and
length of consultation
1977
Appointments with OP departments:
whether had (or was waiting for) an
appointment* how long ago since told
appointment would be made*
1971-75
whether consulted because something was the
matter, or for some other reason*
2000
1977-78
GP consultations
Consultations in the two weeks before interview:
number of consultations*
NHS or private*
type of doctor*
1971-96, 1998, 2000
site of consultation*
cause of consultation*
whether saw a practice nurse and, if so, the
number of times*
Outpatient (OP) attendances
Attendances at hospital OP departments in a threemonth reference period:
number of attendances*
1971-96, 1998, 2000
NHS or private
1973-76, 1982-83, 1985-87, 1995-96,
1998, 2000
nature of complaint causing attendance*
1974-76
whether claimed for under private
medical insurance
1982-83, 1987, 1995
number of casualty visits*
1995-96, 1998, 2000
Effect of chronic health problems in the 14 days
before interview (eg resting more than usual,
using prescribed/non-prescribed medication,
changing eating or drinking habits, cutting
down on activities, consulting GP, seeking
advice from other persons)
Short-term health problems (in the 14 days
before interview)
Prevalence of short-term health problems
Effects of short-term health problems in the 14
days before interview
1981
1983-84,
1986-87
1981-96, 1998, 2000
Day patient visits
Number of separate days in hospital as a
day patient in the last year*
whether NHS or private
Inpatient spells
Spells in hospital as an inpatient in a threemonth reference period:
number and length of spells*
NHS or private patient*
1973-76
1992-96, 1998, 2000
1995-96, 1998, 2000
1971-76
1973-75
Stays in hospital as an inpatient in a 12-month
reference period:
number of stays*
1982-96, 1998, 2000
number of nights on each stay*
1992-96, 1998, 2000
* Including children
258
1981-85, 1988-90
1981-85
1971-75
Health in general in the 12 months before
interview
1977-96, 1998, 2000
Chronic health problems
Prevalence of chronic health problems
Constant effects of chronic health problems
(eg taking things easy, using prescribed/nonprescribed medication, watching diet, taking
account of weather)
whether was referred to hospital*
whether was given National Insurance
medical certificate
Living in Britain
Appendix G
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
NHS or private patient
1982-83, 1985-87, 1995-96, 1998,
2000
whether claimed for under private
medical insurance
1982-83, 1987
Whether on waiting list for admission to
hospital and length of time on list*
Mobility aids
Whether has any difficulty getting about without
assistance, and if so, what help is needed,
whether the problem is temporary or
permanent, the number and types of walking
aids, and who supplied them
Accidents
Accidents in the three-month reference period
that resulted in seeing a GP or going to a hospital:
whether saw GP or went to hospital or did both
and in the last case, which first*
type of accident and where occurred*
whether occurred during sport*
whether occurred during working hours*
time off work as a result of accident
whether went to hospital A & E Department
(Casualty) or other part of hospital*
whether stayed in hospital overnight as a
result of accident, and if so how many nights*
1993, 1996
1987-89
Persons aged 65 or over:
- whether need help in getting about
inside the house and outside, and
with a range of personal and
1998
Informal carers
Whether looks after a sick, handicapped or
1985, 1990,
elderlyperson in same or other household, nature 1995,2000
of careprovided and time spent, whether help
receivedfrom other people or statutory services
Reasons for not receiving help from statutory
services
1995
Whether dependent receives respite care
1995, 2000
Whether carer’s health has been affected
2000
Informal carers aged 8-17
1996
- whether looks after a sick, handicapped or
elderly person in the same household, nature of
care provided and time spent, whether help
received from other people or statutory services
Sight and hearing
Difficulty with sight and whether wears glasses
or contact lenses:
- persons aged 16 or over
1977-79, 1981-82, 1987, 1994
- persons aged 65 or over
1980, 1985, 1987, 1991, 1994, 1998
Health and personal social services
Use of various services:
- by adults and children
1971-76
- by persons aged 60 or over
1979
- by persons aged 65 or over
1980-85, 1991, 1994, 1998
- persons aged 65 or over
1980, 1985
1991, 1994, 1998
1973-76
Accidents at home
1981, 1984
Accidents at home, in a three-month reference period,
that resulted in seeing a GP or going to hospital:
whether saw GP or went to hospital or did both
and, in the last case, which first*
whether went to hospital A & E Department
(Casualty) or other part of hospital*
Elderly persons
Whether any relatives living nearby:
- persons aged 60 or over
- if help is needed, who usually helps
- frequency of social contacts with
relatives and friends
- use of public transport
- whether needs a regular daily carer
- whether lives in sheltered accommodation
1979-80
1994
1980, 1985,
1991, 1994,
1996, 1998
Whether wears glasses or contact lenses*
Whether obtained new glasses in previous
12 months and number of pairs*
Whether had a sight test in previous
12 months*
Whether sight test was NHS or private
Whether sight test was paid for by informant
or employer, provided free by optician, or
covered by insurance
Whether obtained any ready made reading
glasses in the previous 12 months
Types of contact lens worn, and whether
obtained through NHS or privately
Reasons for trying contact lenses
Reasons stopped wearing contact lenses
Care of contact lenses
1987,
1990-1994
1990-94
1991-94
1992-94
1982
Difficulty with hearing and whether wears an aid:
- persons aged 16 or over
1977-79, 1981, 1992, 1995, 1998
- persons aged 65 or over
1980, 1985, 1991, 1994
household tasks
* Including children
259
Living in Britain
Appendix G
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Types of hearing aid worn, and whether
obtained through NHS or privately
1979
Reasons for not wearing an aid
1979, 1992, 1995, 1998
Whether hearing aid was obtained through NHS
or bought privately, and if bought privately,
the reason(s)
1992, 1995, 1998
Tinnitus (sensation of noise in the ears or head)
Prevalence of tinnitus, frequency and duration of
symptoms, whether ever consulted a doctor
about it
Dental health
Whether has any natural teeth
WC: inside or outside the accommodation
1981
1983, 1985, 1987,
1989, 1991, 1993, 1995
To those aged under 18, how long since
last visit to the dentist, and whether registered
with a dentist*
How long since last visit to the dentist*
Treatment received*
1993, 1995
1983
Whether goes to the dentist for check-ups,
or only when having trouble with teeth*
1983, 1985,
1987, 1989,
1991, 1993, 1995
Medicine-taking
Medicines taken in the seven days before
interview:
- categories of medicine
- patterns of consumption of analgesics
4th qtr 1972, 1973
Private medical insurance
1982-83, 1986-87, 1995
Whether covered by private medical insurance
and, if so:
- whether policy holder or dependant on
someone else’s policy*
- whether subscription paid by employer
Whether covered by private medical
insurance in the last 12 months
Whether company director’s private medical
insurance subscription is paid for by the
company of which he is a director
HOUSEHOLD COMPOSITION
Age*, sex*, marital status of household
members
Relationship to head of household*
Family unit(s)
Housewife
* Including children
260
HOUSING (see also MIGRATION)
Present accommodation: amenities
Length of residence at present address*
Age of building
Type of accommodation
Number of rooms and number of bedrooms
Whether have separate kitchen
Bath/WC: sole use, shared, none
1987
1987, 1995
1971-96, 1998, 2000
1971-80
Installation/replacement of bath or WC
Cost of improvements made to the
accommodation
Floor level of main accommodation
Whether there is a lift
1971-96,
1998, 2000
1971-90
1971-76
1973-96,
1998, 2000
Tenure
Whether present home is owned or rented 1971-96, 1998, 2000
Whether in co-ownership housing association
scheme
1981-95
Change of tenure on divorce or remarriage
Change of tenure on marriage or cohabitation
1991-93
1998
Housing history of local authority tenants and
owner occupiers who had become owners in
the previous five years
1985-86
Whether ever rented from a local authority,
and if so, whether bought that accommodation,
source of finance, whether have since moved
and distance moved
1991-93
Owner occupiers:
- in whose name the property is owned
1978-96, 1998, 2000
- whether property is owned outright or being
bought with a mortgage or loan
1971-96, 1998, 2000
- how outright owners originally acquired
their home
1978-80, 1982-83, 1985-86
- source of mortgage or loan
1978-80, 1982-86, 1992-93
- whether currently using present home as
security for a (second) mortgage or loan
of any kind, and if so, details
1980-82, 1992-93
- whether owner occupiers with a mortgage
have taken out a remortgage on their
present home, and if so, details
1985-87, 1992-93
- whether recent owner occupiers had previously
rented this accommodation and, if so,
from whom and for how long
1981-82, 1985-86
- whether had rented present accommodation
before deciding to buy
1992-93
Living in Britain
Appendix G
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
- whether previous accommodation was owned
and if so, details of the sale
Renters:
- in whose name the property is rented
1985-96, 1998, 2000
- from whom the accommodation is rented 1971-96, 1998, 2000
- whether landlord lives in the same
building
1971-72, 1975-76, 1979-96, 1998, 2000
- whether have considered buying present
home and, if not why not
1980-89
- tenure preference
1985-88
- whether previously owned/buying
accommodation and reasons for leaving
1995-96
Local authority renters:
- whether expect to move soon, and if so
whether expect to rent or buy
- whether expect to buy present home
- landlord preference
- awareness of Tenants' Choice Scheme
Housing costs
Gross value
Net rateable value
Yearly rate poundage
Scotland
only
Central heating and fuel use
Whether have central heating
2000
Deep frying
Whether does any deep frying, frequency and
methods used
1986
HOUSING SATISFACTION
Overall level of satisfaction with present
accommodation
Reasons for dissatisfaction
Satisfaction with specified aspects of
accommodation
Troublesome features
Housing preferences
Satisfaction with landlord
1978, 1988, 1990
1978
1978, 1987, 1988
1990
1990-91
1971-86
1971-86
1972-86
Type of mortgage
1972-77, 1979, 1981, 1984-86
Current mortgage payments
1972-77, 1979, 1981, 1984
Purchase price of present home, amount of
mortgage or loan and date mortgage
started
1985-86, 1992-93
Current rent
Amount of any rent rebate/allowance
1972-77,
and/or rate rebate received
1979, 1981
Whether in receipt of housing benefit
1985-95, 1998, 2000
Whether rent paid by DSS or local authority
1998, 2000
Method of obtaining mortgage tax relief
Access to the Internet
1992-93
1984
INCOME
Income over 12 months before interview
Gross earnings as employee, from selfemployment
Income from state benefits, investments,
and other sources
Number of weeks for which income
received from each source
Whether currently receiving income from each
source
1971-78
1974-78
Current income
Current earnings (gross, take-home, usual) as
employee, from self-employment, and from
second or occasional jobs
Current income from state benefits,
occupational pensions (own or husband’s),
rents, savings and investments, and any
other regular sources
1979-96,
1998, 2000
1971-96, 1998, 2000
Type of fuel used for central heating
1978-92
Type of fuel mainly used for central heating 1993-96, 1998, 2000
Type of fuel mainly used for room heating
1978-81,
in winter
1983, 1985
Consumer durables
Possession of various consumer
durables
1972-76, 1978-96, 1998, 2000
Possession of a telephone
1972-76, 1979-96, 1998, 2000
Possession of a mobile telephone:
1992, 2000
- number available for use
- in whose name each is owned or rented
1992
- whether fitted in a car or van
Current income from maintenance, alimony
or separation allowance
1981-96, 1998, 2000
Financial help received from former husband
towards household bills
INHERITANCE
1982-83
1995
Number, type, value and dates of
inheritances received
Details of property inheritance
261
Living in Britain
Appendix G
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
LEISURE
Holidays away from home in the four
1973, 1977,
weeks before interview:
1980, 1983, 1986
length of holiday
countries visited (in UK)
Leisure activities in the four weeks before
1973, 1977,
interview:
1980, 1983,
types of activity
1986
number of days on which engaged in each activity
whether activity done while away on holiday
Sports activities in the four weeks and year
1987, 1990,
before interview:
1993, 1996
- number of days on which engaged in each sport
- where activities took place
1996
- whether member of a sports club
Arts and entertainments, museums, galleries,
historic buildings:
- whether visited in the 4 weeks before interview
- number of days on which visited
Social activities and hobbies in the
four weeks before interview
1987
1973, 1977, 1980,
1983, 1986, 1987,
1990, 1993, 1996
LIBRARIES
Whether visited a public library in the
4 weeks before interview:
- number of visits
- library services used
Reasons for moving from previous address
1971-77
Number of moves in last five years* 1971-77, 1979-96, 1998, 2000
Potential movement
Identification of households containing
persons who are currently thinking
1971-78,
of moving*
1980-81,
Whether will be moving as whole
1983
household or splitting up*
Reasons for moving
1971-76,1978, 1980-81
Proposed future tenure
1980-81, 1983
Actions taken to find somewhere to
1971-76, 1980-81
live
Whether had experienced difficulties
- in finding somewhere else to live
1980-81
- in raising a mortgage/loan or in finding
a deposit
Frustrated potential movement
Identification of households containing
persons who, though not currently
thinking of moving, had seriously
thought of doing so in the
two years before interview*
Whether would have moved as whole
household or would have split up*
1974-76, 1980,
1983
1987
Proposed tenure
1974-76, 1980
Reasons for deciding not to move
1974-76, 1980, 1983
Whether decision not to move was
connected with rise in house prices
1974-76, 1980
Whether reasons for thinking about moving
were work-related
1983
LONG-DISTANCE TRAVEL
Number of long-distance journeys made in
the 14 days before interview
Starting and finishing points of journeys
Type of transport used for longest part of journeys
1971-72
Whether had experienced difficulties in raising
a mortgage/loan or in finding a deposit
PENSIONS
Whether covered by
1971-76, 1979, 1982-83,
employer’s pension scheme
1985, 1987-96, 1998, 2000
Whether the scheme is contributory, reasons for
not belonging to the scheme
1971-76, 1979, 1982-83,
Main purpose of journeys
Number of people travelled with
MIGRATION
1985, 1987
Past movement
Length of residence at previous address*
Previous accommodation:
- tenure
- household composition
- number of rooms
- bath/WC: sole use, shared, none
- WC: inside or outside accommodation
262
1980
1971-77
1971-73, 1978-80
1971
Whether ever belonged to present
employer’s pension scheme
Length of time in present employer’s
pension scheme
Whether transferred any previous pension rights
to present employer’s pension scheme
Whether in receipt of a pension from a previous
employer, and if so, at what age they first drew it
* Including children
1985, 1987
1983,
1985,
1987
Living in Britain
Appendix G
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Whether ever belonged to a previous employer’s
pension scheme
Length of time in last employer’s pension
scheme and in last job
1985
Whether retained any pension rights from any
1971-76
previous employer
1979, 1982-83, 1985, 1987
Whether pays Additional Voluntary
Contributions into employer’s pension scheme
1987
Whether currently belongs to a personal pension
scheme and whether employer contributes 1991-96, 1998, 2000
Whether has ever contributed towards
a personal pension
1987-96, 1998, 2000
Date the personal pension was taken out
1989-90
Whether belonged to an employer's pension
1989-90
scheme during the 6 months prior to taking
out a personal pension
Whether makes any other income tax deductible
pension contributions
1993-96, 1998, 2000
- whether free standing additional
voluntary contributions
2000
Whether receiving an occupational pension,
and if so, how many
Age first drew occupational pension and
whether this was earlier or later than the
usual age
Reasons for drawing the pension early or late,
and whether the amount of pension was affected
1990
SHARE OWNERSHIP
Whether owns any shares
1987-88
Whether shares are owned solely or
jointly with spouse
1987
Whether shares owned are in employer’s
company
1987-88
Whether has a Personal Equity Plan 1988, 1992-96, 1998, 2000
whether would find it difficult to
not smoke for a day
whether would like to give up
smoking altogether
when is the first cigarette of the
day smoked
1992, 1994, 1996, 1998,
2000
Regular cigarette smokers:
- age when started smoking cigarettes
regularly
Occasional cigarette smokers:
- whether ever smoked cigarettes regularly
- age when started to smoke cigarettes
regularly
- number smoked per day when
smoking regularly
- how long ago stopped smoking cigarettes
regularly
Current non-smokers:
whether ever smoked
cigarettes regularly
age when started to smoke
cigarettes regularly
number smoked per day when
smoking regularly
how long ago stopped smoking
cigarettes regularly
1972-73
1972-73
1972-76, 1978, 1980, 1982,
1984, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1992,
1994, 1996, 1998, 2000
1972-73,
1980, 1982,
1984, 1986, 1988,
1990, 1992, 1994,
1996, 1998, 2000
Cigar smoking
Prevalence of cigar smoking
1972-76, 1978, 1980,
1982, 1984, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1992, 1994, 1996, 1998, 2000
Current cigar smokers:
number of cigars smoked
per week
1988, 1990, 1992, 1994, 1996, 1998, 2000
number of cigars smoked per month
1972-73
type of cigar smoked
age when started to smoke cigars regularly
1972
SMOKING
Cigarette smoking
Prevalence of cigarette smoking
1972-76, 1978, 1980,1982,
1984, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1992, 1994, 1996, 1998, 2000 Current non-smokers:
Current cigarette smokers:
number of cigarettes
1972-76, 1978, 1980, 1982,
smoked per day
1984, 1986, 1988, 1990,
type of cigarette smoked
1992, 1994, 1996, 1998, 2000
mainly
usual brand of cigarette smoked
1984, 1986, 1988,
1990, 1992, 1994, 1996, 1998, 2000
age when started to smoke
1988, 1990, 1992,
cigarettes regularly
1994, 1996, 1998, 2000
whether ever smoked cigars
regularly
1972-76, 1978, 1980, 1982, 1984, 1986,
1988, 1990, 1992, 1994, 1996, 1998, 2000
age when started to smoke cigars regularly
1972
how long ago stopped smoking cigars regularly
Pipe smoking
Prevalence of pipe smoking among males
1972, 1978,
1986, 1988, 1990, 1992, 1994, 1996, 1998, 2000
263
Living in Britain
Appendix G
General Household Survey 2000/01
© Crown copyright 2001
Current pipe smokers:
amount of tobacco smoked per week
age when started to smoke a pipe regularly
1972-75
1972
Current non-smokers:
whether ever smoked a pipe regularly
1972-76, 1978,
1986, 1988, 1990, 1992, 1994, 1996, 1998, 2000
age when started to smoke a pipe regularly
1972
how long ago stopped smoking a pipe regularly
SOCIAL CAPITAL
Opinion of local services, amenities, organisations,
safety in the area, local problems
TRAINING
Whether received any job training in the previous
4 weeks, and if so:
- the type of training
- hours spent in last 4 weeks
- whether paid by employer while training
- whether compulsory
- reasons for doing training
2000
1987-89
1987
VOLUNTARY WORK
Whether did any voluntary work in the
12 months before interview and, if so:
- what kind of work, whether also done
in the last 4 weeks, and amount of
time spent
1981, 1987, 1992
- whether done regularly or from time to time
1981
- on how many days
1987, 1992
- number of hours spent
1992
- whether any organisation was involved
1981
- which organisations were involved
- whether the organisation was a trade union
or political party
- who mainly benefited from the work
264
1987, 1992
1987
1981